-.. ti ii c i- *I "r ii i arstsr ED 032 722 EF 003 457 College and Lln:versity Facilities Guide for Health. Physical Education. Recreation.and Athletics. American Association for Health. Physical Edu cation and Recreation. Washington. D.C.. Athletic Inst. Chicago. Ill. . Pub Date 68 \ Note-202p. Available from-The AthleticInstitute. 805 Merchandise Mart. Chicago. Illinois 60654 ($7.50). American Association for Health. Physical Education and Recreation. 1201 Sixteenth St. N.W. Washington.D.C. 20036 ($750; EDRS Price ME-51.00 HC Not Available from EDRS. Descr;ptors -*Athletic Fields. tEacility Guidelines. Facility Requirements. Field Houses. Guides.*Gymnasiums. Health Education. Outdoor Education. *Physical Education Facilities. *Recreational Facilities This guide presents information concerned with the planning ofareas and facilitiesfor athletics. recreation. outdoor edkicaticn. and physical and health education. Swimming pools. service areas. ice skating. field houses.arenas. and stadiums are among the many facilities whichare considered. Included are many diagrams and sketches giving specific measurements. A check listis provided. (ES)
1
--- c\I c\1 PROCESS WITH N MICROFICHEAND C\I PUBLISHER'SPRICES. FICHE MICRO- REPRODUCTIONONLY. CD CI I.1.1
COLLEGE
AND
UNIVERSITY
FACILITIES GUIDE
FOR HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION RECREATION AND ATHLETICS
Participants in the Fourth National Facilities Conference
III DEPARTMERT OF HEALTH. EDOCATION & WELFARE 1968 OFFICE OF EDUCATION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED ROM THE
PERSON OR enACATION ORIGINATING IT.POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS PRICE $7.50 STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICE Of EDUCATION POSITION OR POLICY.
THE ATHLETIC INSTITUTE 805 Merchandise Mart Chicago, Illinois 60654 and American Association For Health Physical Education, and Recreation 1201 Sixteenth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 "PERMISSION TO REPRODUCETHIS COPYRIGHTED MAA I Se9) fiICiOc%T ANEx TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS oe] OPERATING UNDER APREMF.NTS WITH THE U.S.OFFICE OF EDUCATION. FURTHER REPRODUCTIONOUTSIDE THE ERIC SYSTEM REQUIRES PERMISSION OF THECOPYRIGHT OWI(R." )mac. AS" Rcalti,/ PlkisZcoa tIcciRetx- (14;.:\s.krs-rt-Q-Kcit-vf
Permission to reproduce this copyrightedwork has been granted to theEducational Resources (ERIC) andto the organization Information Center operating undercontract with the Officeto Education to reproduce cluded in the documents in- ERIC system bymeans of microfiche only, but this rightis not conferredto any users of the fiche received micro- from the ERICDocument Reproduction Service.Further reproduction of any partrequiresper- mission of the copyrightowner.
COPYRIGHT, 1968 BY THE ATHLETIC INSTITUTE and AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FORHEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, ANDRECREATION This book is fully ?rotected bycopyright and nothing that appears in it may be reprintedor reproduced in any man- ner, either wholly or in part, forany use whatever, without special written permission ofthe copyrightowners.
Library of Congress Catalog CardNo. 68-22232 Printed in the United States ofAmerica TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE C I LAPTER PAGE FOREWORD 1 10. CLASSROOMS, LABORATORIES, AND RELATED INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS 79 I. PROGRAM OBJECTIVES AND NEEDS 2 I ealth and Safety Classrooms--Seminar Roe. nsTeach- Basic ObjectivesNeed for ProgramsNeed forAreas ing Materials CenterElementary Physical Education and FacilitiesNeed for planningSelectedReferences. Instructional LaboratoriesDepartmental Libraries Student Reading Rooms (Lounges) FacultyLounges 2. BASIC PLANNING PRINCIPLES 4 Canteen AreasSelected References. PrinciplesDetermining Facility NeedsSelected Refer- ences. 11. HEALTH AND SAFETY EDL; CATIONFACILITIES. 85 Healthful LivingHealth ServicesHealth andSafety 3. GUIDE LINES TO PLANNING InstructionSelected References. Space StandardsApplication of StandardsEnrollment 12. OFFICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE UNITS RelationshipsThe Planning ProcessSelectedReferences. 91 OfficesWorkroomsConference RoomsStorage Are- asAthletic Ticket OfficeFacilities for GraduateAssist- 4. GENERAL FEATURES OF INDOOR.FACILITIES ...12 antsStudent Activity OfficesOther SuggestionsSe- Traffic CirculationColor and AestheticsIndoorSurface lected References. MaterialsSound Control and Acoustics ElectricalSys- tems and ServiceClimate ControlSanitary Facilities 13. RESEARCH AND TEACHING LABORATORIES. . SecuritySelected References. General ConsiderationsSpecific Laboratory Facilities Selected References. 5. GENERAL FEATURES OF OUTDOORFACILITIES...25 Fences and WallsGrading and DrainageLighting 14. ON-CAMPUS AUXILIARY AND DECENTRALIZED Orientation of AreasParkingPlanning AreasSurfac- FACILITIES 100 ing Walkways Selected References. Student-Union BuildingsRecreation BuildingsLiving- Learning CentersDormitory ComplexesSelected Ref- 6. INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS 29 erences. Guide Lines for Effective PlanningGeneral-UseGym- nasiumsDance ComplexGymnastics A-eaWrestling 15. OUTDOOR EDLI CATION AREAS AND FACILITIES103 and Personal-Defense RoomWeight-ExerciseRoom Resident Centers for Outdoor Education and Camping Fencing AreaHandball CourtsSquash CourtsIndoor Specialized College or University Outdoor Centers Tennis FacilitiesExercise-Therapy RoomIndoorArch- Alumni Family CampsConference and Workshop Cen- ery RangeRifle Range Indoor Golf-Practice Are-aB owl- tersOutdoui LaboratoriesOutdoor Sports and Skills ing LanesSelected References. ComplexCampus Outdoor Recreation FacilitiesSe- lected References. 7. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SWIMMINGPOOLS 45 Design and PurposesThe ProgramResource Materials 16. ICE-SKATING FACILITIES 114 Location RelationshipsRecommendedFeaturesCon- Special Consideration for Ice-HockeySpecial Consid- struction MaterialsPool-Shell EquipmentAlarm Sys- erations for CurlingIndoor Artificial -Ice RinksSemi- temsIllumination SystemsControl of Air Circulation enclosed or Outdoor Artificial-Ice RinksOtherUses Electrical OutletsDeck DrainsStorageLocationofMe- for Artificial -Ice RinksNatural-Ice RinksLiner-Type chanical InstallationsAdditional Requirementsfor Out- Rinks Resurfacing Safety ConsiderationsSelected door PoolsSpectator SeatingSelected References. References. 8. OUTDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS 56 17. FIELD HOUSES 120 General Features of Outdoor Fields andCourt Areas Planning Design Location SizeLayoutEntrances Areas for Field ActivitiesBicyclingCross-CountryRun- = Drinking Fountains= Service AreasPublic- Address ningObstacle CoursesHard-Surface CourtActivities SystemFloorsSelected References. Other AreasSelected References. 18. ARENAS 124 9. SERVICE AREAS 67 PlanningDesignLocationSizeBalconies and Bleach- Dressing-Locker RoomShower RoomsTowelingArea ers = Communication Facilities Entrances Drinking Toilet RoomsLockersStorage AreasLaundriesMa- FountainsService AreasLounge and Trophy Room tron's Service AreaCustodial QuartersTraining and Scoreboards and Timing DevicesPublic-Address Sys- First-Aid RoomsSelected References. ternFloorsSelected References.
III TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE CHAPTER PAGE
19. STADIUMS 1213 APPENDIX F Design and ShapeFootball AreaTrack-and-Field Ar- Sour .es of Official Rules 149 eaBaseball AreaImportant Factors in Stadium De- signSeating Arrangements Seating CapacityS ite and APPENDIX G LocationDeveloping the Space Underneath the Stadi- Requirements of the Aging and the Disabled 153 umService FacilitiesProvisions for Future Expansion Selected References. APPENDIX H Abbreviated Check List for Facility Planning 170 20. GFF-CAMPUS AREAS 136 Picnic and Recreation AreasRifle RangeHorseback- APPENDIX I Riding FacilitiesGolf CoursesSnow-Skiing Facilities The Steps in Building 174 Selected References. Standard Form of Questionnaire for Selection of Architects for School Building Projects 175 Time Required to Plan and Construct a School Building 177
APPENDIX J New Educational Directions 178 APPENDIX A Sponsoring Organizations 140 APPENDIX K Executive Committee 140 Agencies Providing Resource Materials for Outdoor Steering Committee 140 Education 180
APPENDIX B APPENDIX L Participants in the Fourth National Facilities Sources of Research Equipment and Materials 181 Conference 141 APPENDIX M APPENDIX C Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Nonparticipants Who Contributed to Advance Building, Brigham Young University 187 Preparation of Materials for the Fourth National Facilities Conference 142 APPENDIX N Campus Master Plan for Lorain County (Ohio) APPENDIX D Community College 189 Participants in Previous National Facilities Conferences 143 APPENDIX 0 Glossary 190 APPENDIX E Athletic Field and Court Diagrams 144 INDEX 195
Iv FIGURES and TABLES
Figure1. Campus Facility Planning Organization Chart 5 Figure 25. Dressing Room Arrangement Combining Table1. Facilities Evaluation Chart 9 Clothing Storage and Dressing Areas 67 Figure 2. Space Relationships in the Physical EduatiQn Figi'r' 25. Combined Clothing S1.rage acid Dressing Suite 13 Areas for Girls 68 Table2. Suggested Indoor Surface Materials 15 Figure 27. Divided Group Shower 70 Table3. Levels of Illumination Currently Figure 28. Typical Combined Storage-Dressing Locker Recommended for Specific Indoor Areas .1.it',, Arrangements 71 Table4. Suggested Needs for Electrical Service. ....21 Figure 29. Front and Side View of Post-Office Box Table5. Levels of Illumination Currently Lockers 72 Recommended for Outdoor Sports Areas 26 Figure 30.Detail of Locker and Bench Installation. 73 Table6. Types of Surfacing Materials 27 Figure 31.Central Training Area 75 Figure 3. Illustration of Several Types of Surfacing _27 Figure 32.Auxiliary Training Room 76 Figure 4. Combined Instruction-Performance Dance Figure 33.First-Aid Room 77 Studio, Brigham Young University 33 Figure 34.Elementary School Gym Floor Layout... 80 Figure 5. Wrestling Room in Gymnasium Building, Figure 35.Suggested Playground Markings for an University of Massachusetts 34 AsphaltArea for Kindergarten-Primary Grades.. . 81 Figure6. Indoor Tennis Courts 36 Figure 36.Suggested Playground Markings for an Figure 7. Exercise-Therapy Room, University of AsphaltArea for Lower and Upper Intermediate Illinois 37 Grades 82 Figure 8. Pit Area of Rifle Range, University of Figure 37. Elementary Physical Education Instructional Maryland 38 Laboratory, Northern Illinois University 83 Figure 9. Golf Driving Cages for Indoors or Outdoors .39 Figure 38. Health and Safety Instruction. Laboratory . 86 Figure 10. Indoor Colf Greer 40 Figure 39. Driver Education Classroom and Figure 11. 8-Lane Bowling Installation 40 Laboratory 88 Figure 12. Men's Gymnasium Building, University of Figure 40. Multiple-Car Off Street Driving Range ... 90 Massachusetts 41 Figure 41. Recreational Gymnasium, Purdue figure 13. Women's Gymnasium Building, University University 101 of Nebraska 42 Figure 42. Resident Center for Outdoor Education Figure 14. Suggested Arrangements for College Aquatic and Camping 105 Units 45 Figure 43. Small Housing Unit 106 Figure 15. Brigham Young University Aquatic Complex 48 Figure 44. Temporary Shelters 107 Figure 16. Brigham Young University Aquatic Complex 49 Figure 45. Large Housing Unit 108 Figure 17. University of Wiscoi.sin Aquatic Complex ..49 Figure 46. Health Lodge 109 Figure 18. Diving Pool 50 Figure 47. Ice Arena, Bowling Green State University .116 Figure 19. Swimming Pool Filter Systems 51 Figure 48. Floor Plan of Ice Arena, Bowling Green - Figure 20. Types of Overflow Gutters 52 State University 116 Figure 21. Outdoor Aquatic Complex, Indiana Figure 49. Physical Education and Athletic Complex, University 54 Illinois State University 121 Figure 22. Outdoor Olympic Swimming Pool, Indiana Figure 50. Floor Plan of Physical Education and University 54 Athletic Complex, Illinois State University 122 Figure 23. Layout of Par 3 Pitch-and-Putt Course 60 Figure 51. Arena, University of New Mexico 125 Table 7. Chart Comparing Various Tennis Court Figure 52. Shapes of Outdoor Spectator Structures. ..129 Surfaces 64 Figure 53. Sight Lines and Focal Points 132 Figure 24. Dressing Room Arrangement Separating Clothing Storage and Dressing Areas 67
V FOREWORD
At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the American given to basic college needs by thoseattending the 1965 Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, workshop, the participants agreed that a college and ;Ia. held in Washington, D.C., in April 1945, favorable action versity Guide should be prepared at asubsequent work- was taken on a proposalby Caswell M. Miles, AAHPER shop. As a result, AAHPER and The Athletic Institute again Vice-President for Recreation, that a grant of money be ob- agreed to finance such a project and the dates of April29- tained to finance a national conference on facilities. Subse- May 8, 1967, were set for the fourth workshop. quently, a request for $10,000 to finance the first facilities The delegates for the 1967 workshop were carefully workshop was placed before Theodore P. Bank, President selected on the basis of their particular knowledge and con- of The Athletic Institute. At a later meeting of the Board of tributions. Among those invited were a number of outstand- Directors of The Athletic Institute, the project was approved ing college and technical personnelengaged in planning and the money appropriated to finance the first workshop. and conducting programs of athletics, recreation, outdoor The National Conference on Facilities for Health, Physi- education, and physical and health education. In addition, cal Education, and Recreation was formed for the purpose invitations were extended to a number of specialists respon- of organizing and conducting the workshop. The members sible for planning and constructing facilities for these pro- of the Conference Executive Committee included representa- grams. These specialists included cityplanners, architects, tives of the several national organizations cosponsoring landscape architects, engineers, and schoolhouse construc- the project. tion consultants. Over 20 years have elapsed since the printing of the Early in the planning, chairmen were selected for the various workshop committees. These committees werebusily Guidewhich resulted from the first workshop, held at Jackson's Mill, West Virginia, in December 1946. Dur- engaged in conducting research and gathering data prior to the workshop, which was again held atthe Biddle Con- ing this interval, there have been 12 printings of theGuide. tinuing Education Center at Indiana University. The second workshop was held May 5-12, 1956, at the The workshop participants approached the task of pre- Kellogg Center for Continuing Education, Michigan State paring the newGuidefrom the standpoint that adquate University, East Lansing. The second workshop, as was programs of athletics, recreation,outdoor education, and the first, was financed by The Athletic Institute. The 1956 Physical and health education can be provided only through edition of theGuide,which resulted from the second work- cooperative planning directed toward the mosteconomical shop, has been widely used in the planning and construc- and efficient use of the total resources. Everyeffort was tion of facilities. made to incorporate the most recent advances in facility The third workshop, which was financed jointly by planning and construction. At the same time, an attempt AAHPER and The Athletic Institute, was held January 15- was made to identify newneeds and to anticipate future 24, 1965, at the Biddle Continuing Education Center, In- ones. diana University, Bloomington. The 1965 edition of the Appreciation is extended to all those who contributed Guido,which was prepared by the third workshop, has their time, effort, and materials to make thisGuidepossible. been well received throughout the country. It has been a team project, and, therefore, thepublication During recent years, there have been many new develop- does not necessarily represent the viewpoint of any orin- ments in facility planning and construction.These develop- dividual or the organization he represents. It is a corn?usite ments have been due to a numberof factors. The need for of the thinking and effort of the entire group of workshc_ improving education, recreation, and fitness opportunities participants and preworkshop committee members. for the youth of the nation has been highlighted by many This Guideis an answer to a great need for concretein- groups. The fine work of thePresident's Council on Physi- fozmation that would be of material value to planners of cal Fitness is one illustration of the growing national inter- areas and facilities forathletics, recreation, outdoor educa- est in health, physicaleducation, and recreation activities. tion, and physical and health education. Not onlydoes it Much of the research and attention devoted to facility plan- include many diagrams and sketches showing specific meas- ning and construction during the past 25 yearshas been urements, but it provides a check list to preventthe inad- due to the increased leisure time in our society and a grow- vertent omission of an item that would bedifficult to correct ing realization of me concept that recreation,and especially later. The fact that it is essentially functionaland complete physical activity, is a fundamental human need essential to is a credit to those who have prepared thisdocument. It the well-being of all people. should be in the hands of every department head, architect, At the 1965 facilities workshop, there was an expressed planning consultant, and all others who may either be in- interest in the need for aGuidoon college facilities. It was terested in planning new college or university facilities for pointed out that the earlierGuideshad been directed toward health, physical education, and/or recreation, or checking community and school use. Although some attention was the adequacy of those already in use.
1 This document has beenrepro duced exactly as received from the original ing Chapter 1 organization, in spiteof the fact that certain drawings ana diagrams may beon too small a scale to be legible in reproduction.
PROGRAM OBJECTIVES AND NEEDS
Human needs and educational objectives determine the Health and safety education seeks to bridge the gap he- program content in health and safety education, physical tweet. scientific knowledge of health and safetyand its appli- education, recreation, and athletics. The program content, in cation by people in their daily lives. A college or university turn, will be the basis fur determining facility needs. Since health and safety education program includes healthful no two institutions will have identical programs, thefacility living, health and safety instruction, and health services. requirements will vary among colleges s.nd universities. These facilities require detailed planning by responsible RECREATION persons to assure that they are functional. The primary function of recreation is the enrichment of Health and safety education, phy:ncai education, recrea- living by enabling individuals to find oudets for selfetpres- tion, and athletic facilities provide the laboratories neces- sion and thereby to develop their inherent potentialand sary for the accomplishment of program objectives. There- achieve desired satisfactions. These satisfactions include fore, the program content must be continuously considered adventure, fellowship, a sense of accomplishment, the en- throughout the planning process. joyment of beauty, and the joy of creating, all of which contribute to human happiness. Thrmgh recreation pro- BASIC OBJECTIVES grams, people are helped todevelop interests and skills Before considering the planning of areas and facilities which enable them to make constructive useof leisure. and essential for health and safety education, physical educa- which contribute to physical and mental health, safety, tion, recreation, and athletics, it is important to understand good citizenship, confidence, and character development. the basic aims and objectives of these fields. Recreation is essentially a kind of experience rather than a set of specific activities.Many types of these experiences PHYSICAL EDUCATION have a major place in college and university programs. The wide range of recreation activities includes games and The aim of physical education is to help people of all sports, music, dance, arts and crafts,drama, social activi- ages live healthy, satisfying, and energetic lives. Four spe- ties, nature and outing activities, hobbies, and service pro- cific purposes are: to develop and maintain maximum phys- jects. The comprehensive recreation program affordsthe ical efficiency; to develop useful knowledge and physical students, faculty, and staff the opportunity to engage in a skills; to act in socially-useful ways; and to enjoy whole- variety of activities with the help of trained leaders and some physical recreation. under conditions which assure maximum enjoyment and The subject matter of physical education is the science and skill of movement. All types of sports and other physi- benefits. cal activities are utilized to develop in youth and adults the ATHLETICS strength, endurance, coordination, and flexibility essential in both work and play. The intercollegiate or extramural athletic programs of Through physical education, boys and girls, youth,and a college or university aredes'gned to meet the needs of adults are. (1) taught the physical skills needed for per- those men and women who have attained a high degree of forming their daily work; (2) trained and conditioned for proficiency in sports activities. These athletic programs the maintenance of mental and physical health; and(3) should be broad in scope, and, ideally, should provide helped to acquire the skills of those plhysical activities which opportunities for participation in all competitive sports may be enjoyed during theirleisure time throughout life. A sound college or university physical education pro- NEED FOR PROGRAMS participationby all stu- gram includes: required daily Man functions as a total organism. Experienceand dents in appropriate and diversified physical activities; learning leave their impression upon his totality. They and a wide variety of intramural activities available toall. and in his Additional opportunities should be provided for those of make changes in his mental and physical being, emotional and social attitudes. superior ability to participate in their areasof special in- Down through the ages, man has adapted himself to his terest, such as sports, gymnastics, swimming,and dance. environment very well. Otherwise, he would have been ex- tinct like many prehistoric animals. Modern man, however, HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION faces a more rapidly changing environment than his for The aim of health and safety education is to provide ex- fathers, and today's college students gill find it increasingl periences which will favorably influenceknowledge, atti- more difficult to adapt to the new socialconditions. The im tudes, habits, and practices related to individual, commun- pact of less physical acv: ity, more leisure time,bulletin ity, and world health and safety. advertisements, confusing propaganda, conflicting ideol gies, and everyday threats of disasters and wars confron today's students with myriads of mental, physical, em tional, and social strains. These can be most effectively di 1 This section is adapted from a statement issued by the American Assc- cussed and alleviated in the educational climate of the cam dation for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. pus.
2 PROGRAM OBJECTIVES AND NEEDS
The .fragmentation of campus life caused by the location meet that the future role of the community college will beto of an increasing percentage of the collegepopulation in provide the first two, and, insome instances, the first four urban-centered institutions has resultedin an increased years of the college education to the vast majority of proportion of off-campus housing. This situation has stu- be- dents. The large university will then be madeup almost en- come a serious problem in the United States. Anincreasing tirely of upper-level undergraduate and number of requests are being receiv ed by graduate students. college admini- The community college will haveto assume the impor- strators for the develnpment of facilities which willcause tant responsibility for providing physical education the commuter student to wantto remain on the campus for and longer periods of time. Physical education and recreation programs that will enable studentsto live as a recreation total being throughout life. Therefore, facilities are frequently mentionedas primary contributors it is essential that the to the solution of this problem. community college plan facilities which will enableit to meet It is apparent that one of the solutions this responsibility. It is equallyimportant that the large to the problems university provide opportunities for contirmed of adjusting to a rapidly-changingsociety is proper prepar- participation in the activities learned during the earlier collegeyears. edness through education. For fruitful andpurposeful living, man must be an active participant in educational and recre- NEED FOR PLANNING ational endeavors and experiences. A broad instructional program is essential at the college or university level if The .institutions with foresighted leadershipgrow in students are to be better preparedto cope with their recre- accordance with a master plan designed byprofessional ation needs throughout life. However,even with a broad planners. The existence ofa master plan, however, is riot a program of instruction, the student must begiven the op- permanent solution. The plan should be reviewed periodi- portunity to participate in a widerange of physical recrea- cally and modified accordingto changing needs. The ex- tion activities in order that hecan supplement his class pert, planner is capable, in most situations, of planning with learning experiences with both out-of-classpractice of activi- respect for the dynamics of a changing situation. The avoid- ties and exposure to numerousnew activities. The college ance of becoming hampered by too much rigidity, and,at the same time, meeting realistic needs duringeach year of years provide the last opportunity to expose the studentto growth is the physical recreation activities within theframework of the essence of master planning for a college. college or university. Professional planners cannot work successfully without the counsel of program specialists from alldisciplines in- NEED FOR AREAS AND FACILITIES volved. It is especially important thatprogram specialists assisting in the planning of facilities for health and safety Most colleges and universities have, inrecent years, been education, physical education,recreation, and athletics be under great pressure to expand their facilitiesin order to highly qualified toserve as consultants. Since most college meet program needs Enrollments are rapidlyrising be- and university planning will havesome effect upon these cause of a growing population and because an ever-increas- fields, it is important that theseareas be represented in all ing percentage of the population is seekinga college educa- campus planning discussions. tion. In adctition. program advancement, enrichment, di- Since the faculty in most institutionsis composed of versification, and specializationare contributing to a greater specialists, an individual faculty member need for health and safety education, physical may be quite education, knowledgeable about a particularaspect of bis field, but recreation, and athletic facilities. Since the growth ofexist- may, at the same, be la:gely unaware of the special needs ing institutions will be unable to meet thesepressures, new of another area Therefore, it college and universitycampuses are being planned through- is recommended that pro- out the country. fessionals in health and safety education, physicaleduca- tion, recreation, and athletics utilize The community collegeprogram is rapidly growing in source materials, such most of the urban areas. Educators as thisGuide,to help them in their consultant work with are in general agree- planners.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Crawford, Wayne H., A Guide For Planning Indoor Fadlities for College Participants in National Facilities Conference, Planning Areas and Physical Education. New York: Bureao of Publications, Facilities Teachers Col- for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Chicago: lege, Columbia University, 1963. The Athletic Institute, and American Association for Health, PhysicalEducation, and Recreation (NEA). 1965. Engelhardt. N. L: Engelhardt, N. L. Jr.; andLeggett, Stanton, School Planning and Building Handbook. New vork: F.W. Dodge Corpora- tion, 1956. Scot, Harry A., and Westkaemper, Richard B., FromProgram to Facilities in Physical Education. New Yolk: Harper and Brothers,1958. Gabrielsai, M. A., and Miles, C. M., Sports andRecreation Facilities for School and Community. Englewood Cliffs. N J.:PrenticeHall, Inc., 1958.
3 Chapter 2
BASIC PLANNING PRINCIPLES
Acceptance of the thesis that health and safety education, All interested and qualified individuals and g physical education, recreation, and athletic programs are should be given an opportunity to share in the essential to present-day living, and of even greater impor- ning.Every individual or group wishing to mak, taace to the future well-being and happiness of people, gestions should have the opportunity to do so. makes it logical to state the principles basic to planning times an excellent idea comes from a most un areas and facilities for these programs. source. Inviting all interested parties to contribu make it necessary to screen and sift much materi PRINCIPLES no interested person should be denied the opportu participate. This approach createsesprit de corp The principles listed in this chapter are based upon cer- the accompanying good will. tain assumptions. One of these is that health and safety Initial planning should be pointed at the ideal. education, physical education, recreation, and athletics pro- ism should not be forgotten in planning ideal fac vide important educational experiences forall students. Planners should "think big" without indulging in d Furthermore, intramural activities and recreation oppor- completely out of line with the needs of the pro tunities should be provided at times during the day when The realistic needs of the program should be the students, faculty, and staff desire to participate. Finally, of all early planning. facilities should be provided for the comfort of those spec- A professional consultant in planning healt tators who wish to attend athletic contests. safety education, physical education, recreation Good facilities are essential to a satisfactory pro- athletic facilities should be retained.The profes gram in health and safety education, physical educa- consultant is concerned with problems related to fun tion, recreation, and athletics.Facilities should be pro- size, aid relationships. His specialized knowledge, vided to meet all the requirements of those activities upon study and experience, should be most help which go to make up a comprehensive program of aiding the professional to determine what he nee health and safety education, physical education, recrea- addition, he aids in translating these needs to the tion, and athletics. Initial planning should point toward tect, and this helps the architect to build a truly fun a realistic but ideal situation. The real needs, as seen by al and practical facility. The use of a professiona the program specialists, should be the basis for planning. sultant should save money on the original cost All planning should be within the scope of a master building, and improve maintenance and operatin plan for the institution.In planning such facilities as ciency. swimming pools, athletic fields, arid gymnasiums, con- Every available source of funds should be in sideration should be given to the space and financial gated.Sources of information regarding available needs of the institution as a whole. It is imperative that from the federal government and private and public those responsible for health and safety education, physi- dations include state universities, federal agencies cal education, recreation, and athletic programs play an state departments of education. important part in all campus planning. Professionals must be ccmstantly aware of f The type, locarion, and dimensions of areas and needs and must continuously investigate the possi facilities planned should be related to existing facilites of obtaining new spaces.Most colleges and univei of al! kinds. Inplanning spaces for particular activities, are growing rapidly with regard to enrollment and Consideration should be given to the kind. of programs cal plant. Open space is becoming increasingly mo for which the space is best designed. When designing a ficult to obtain and retain. Professionals must plan facility, consideration should be given to efficient and so as to make their future needs known before all functional use, keeping in mind possibilities for flexibil- pus and off-campus land is allocated. They must ity, expansibility, and adaptability. out the necessity for retaining that space which is All planning should conform to state and loco! regu- being used for health and safety education, physic lations and accepted standards.Planning groups should cation, recreation, and athletics. be familiar with state and local fire, building, electrical, Planning functions should be carefully organiz and sanitary codes. number of organizational patterns have been succes Planning should include provision for the needs of used. A common plan that works well is as fol the atypical.Recent advancements in knowledge and L A professional planning office technology have resulted in more individuals with dis- 2. A campus planning committee abilities being motivated to attend college. More institu- 3. A project planning committee tions each year are extending themselves to make a col- 4. Program specialist subcommittees lege education possible for all qualified and deserving The first two are usually part of the regular colle people. The development and implications of "continuing university planning program. The third is aua education" add further significance to the need and de- grout; composed of program specialists, establish sirability of designing college facilities for everyone, in- the purpose of programming new construction for cluding the disabled and d aging (see Appendix C). cific discipline. The project planning committee for
4 B%,i1CPLANNING
field house, for example, will consist of program special- requirement may increase the demands for this type of ists in health and safety education, physical education, space, since all students will then Lend to use after-school creation, and athletics. Professional planners and arclii- hours to meet their physical-activity needs. This concen- le.cts must work closely with program specialists in order tration of student activity into a shorter daily period will f.at they may be constantly aware of the objectives which likely make it necessary I, provide greater play and ex- ;te construction of the facility attempts to attain. Several ercise space than needed for a balanced program of basic ineject planning committees may be at work at the same instruction, free-play opportunities, and intramural and t is te. These aread hoccommittees which are disbanded intercollegiate sports competition. I'm their assignment has been completed. The erroneous practice of dropping required physical A building should be programmed by the specialists education in order to eliminate the need for physical-ac- and such programming rhould include a description of tivity spaces Las been pointed out. Even more important, the sizes, functions, and relationships of the facilities de- however, are the effects of such a decision on the en-ire sr.ed. Schematic drawings should be prepared by this iife of the student. The psychological pressures present group. The architect can then graphically interpret eie in today's society are so intense that man must have th:Aing of the group and submit these drawings for ;e- wholesome recreative experiences in order to survive. stt..dy by the program specialists and/or project plan- Prioi to the 'age of automation,' man often found his ni,g group. Figure 1 is an organization chart showing creative needs fulfilled through his work, but increasing thi: interrelationships of the various planning g:aups. numbers of people today feel emptiness in life which can be filled only through leisure-time recreative experi- DETERMINING FACILITY NEEDS ences. A college or university should dedicate itself to the ed- Since the program is the basis for facility planning, the ucation of the total man. To do otherwise will only lead facilities should be designed to meet the needs of the pro- to increased frustration and emotional disturbance. The gam. The following are questions to assist program spe- cost of total education for life is far less than the cost of ,:talists in determining their facility needs: curing the emotional illnesses of those who were not pro- How many years of instruction in physical education per]; prepared for life. Society cannot afford the luxury will be required of all students?Studies indicate that in of allowing colleges and universities to educate only a colleges and universities requiring all students to take part of the man. And students should demand that edu- physical education for three years or mare, the peak cational leaders be foresighted enough to prepare them loads on facilities occur during class hours. Conversely, properly for life in a complex and technical society. in those institutions requiring from one to two years of Is the instructional physical education program to be basic instruction in physical education, the peak load oc- broad in scope, with opportunities for the development curs after school hours. The peak load is a factor in determining the types of of interests and skills in a great variety of sports?The facilities needed and the square footage and numbers of objectives of physical education as envisioned by the ad- units of each type. The futility of dropping required phys- ministration must be taken into consideration. Broad ical education in the belief that this will reduce the press views of this area of education with multiple objectives sures on facilities for physical education and athletics is should be planned. This will result in a need for more obvious. In fact, the elimination of a physical education elaborate facilities than would be needed if a limited pro- gram were planned.
Campus Planning =NI. OM. a .10.= =MI= MONI=1, Campus Planning Office Committee
1."41111L:".. "
MM.
Health, Physical Education, Project Planning Project- Planning Committee and Recreation Building Committee Planning Committee
I
Aquatic Research Dance Sports Specialists Specialists Specialists Specialists Subcommittee Subcommittee Subcommittee Subcommittee
FigureI Campus Facility Planning Organization Chart COLLEGE AND U.NIVERNITYEtt:11111Es GuIDE
Are professional curriculums in health andsafety Will research in health and safety, physicaleduca- education, physical education, and recreation to be a tion, recreation, and athletics be an aspectof the pro- part of the program?The specific kinds of facilities need- fessional program? ifsu, research laboratory space ea will be somewhatdifferent if the program is entirely must be provided. The squarefootage and room dimen- basic instruction and intramural and intercollegiateath- sions for research laboratorieswill vary considerably, letics. More lecture rooms, seminar areas, and office depending upon the kinds of research to be conducted. space will be required incollege and university depart- What will be the scope of fie intercollegiateand ments offeringprofessional curriculums. Departments extramural athletic programs?Women's -...vramural ac- Vihic.h offer graduate programs will need facilities such tivities and varsity athletics shouldprovidA for the com- as research laboratories toprovide the graduate student petitive interests and abilities of thehighly-skilled stu- opportunities implicit in graduate education. dents. What responsibility does the college or university What will be the scope of the intramural sports pro- sake for the physical recreation and physical fitness of gram?The intramural program she uld include activities its faculty and staff?Good faculty members are difficult for all men and women. The program should be varied tc recruit and more difficult tokeep. Many colleges are so as to provide forall interests and levels of ability. encouraging their faculty to use the gymnasiumand Both the competitive and the recreation needs shouldbe sports fields for recreation andfitness. There is some evi- served. dence that fringe benefits of this type are important in What are the environmental factors which will af- maintaining a good and also healthyfaculty. The inter- fect the program and facilities for the college or uni- est of this group should be aconsideration in planning. versity?Emironmental factors such as climate, popula- Faculty interests seem to be strong in such activities as tion, space availability, topographicalfeatures, campus handball, squash, tennis, golf, badminton, swimming, plan relationships, and transportation must be consid- weight training, and running. Consideration for thewel- ered. The planner might need to devote special attention to the question of whetherfacilities are to be centralized fare of faculty and staff will indicate a need for more should be aware of the current con- facilities in the areas of their particular interests. or decentralized. He cept of the residential college.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Crawford, Wayne H A Guide for Planning Indoor Facilities for College Participants in National Facilities Conference, Planning Areasand Facili- Physiml Education. Neu York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers Col- ties for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.Chicago: The Edu- lege, Columbia University, 1963. Athletic Itistitute, aad American Association for lieeth, Physical cation, and Recreation (NEA), 1965. Engelhardt, N. L.; Engelhardt, N. L, Jr.; and Leggett. Stanton,School Planning and Building Handbook. New York: F. W. Dodge Corpora- Scott, Harry A., and Westkaemper, Richard B., FromProgram to Facili- and Brothers, 1958. tion, 1956. ties in Physical Education. New York: Harper
Gabrielsen, M. A., and Miles, C. M., Spons and Recreation Facilitiesfor School and Community. Englewood Cliffs. NJ.: Prentice -Hall, Inc., 1958.
6 Chapter 3
GUIDE LINES TO PLANNING
The colleges and universities of the United States are TYPE "B" Outdoor Activity Stations facing the greatest decade of expansion in history. Predic- Space requirements: 100 square feet per student (Applied tions indicate that these institutions will have to build as Student Population) many rm. buildings in the next ten years as they have Including: Sports fields of all types (adjacent to lockers constructed during the past 300 years. The magnitude of and showers and within ten-minute a alking distance this problem has made the development of a master plan of academic classrooms) essential to college development. Uses: Physical education class instruction, v a r sity sports, intramural sports participation, student and faculty recreation, etc. Breakdown of Type 11" Space SPACE STANDARDS B1 - Sodded areas for soccer, touch football, softball, etc. (approximately 60 percent of the computed Planning officials in colleges and universities need guide Type "B" space) lines in terms of square feet per student for the development B2 - Court-type areas for tennis, volleyball, flicker of the master plan for the campus. Unless land is set aside ball, etc. (approximately 15 percent of the com- for both indoor and outdoor facilities, keeping in mind the puted Type space). There should be one long-range growth of the institution, an impasse is eventu- doubles tennis court for each 400 students (Ap- ally reached where it becomes impossible to administer an plied Student Population). adequate program of physical education, recreation, and B3Specialized athletic areas for track and field, base- athletics. ball, archery, varsity football, golf, camping dem- The suggested standards which follow have been adapted onstrations, etc. (approximately 25 percent of the fiom a planning study completed by Sapora and Kenney at computed Type sir space) the University of Illinois. These standards are based on B4 Swimming pools (included in B3 approximation) the makeup of the student population of the institution (Applied Student Population). It is recommended that the following formula be used TYPE "C" Sports Fields and Buildings; Intramural and for determining the Applied Student Population: Total un- General Outdoor Recreation Areas, dergraduate enrollment plus 30 percent of graduate enroll- Space requirements: 160 square feet per student (Ap- ment equals Applied Student Population. plied Student Population) Including: Playing fields and athleticbuildings of all types: softball diamonds, tennis courts, arenas, field TYPE "Am Indoor Activity Stations houses, etc. (too far removed from general student Space requirements: 12 square feetper student (Applied lockers, showers, living quarters, and academic build- Student Population) ings for use as teaching stations) (maximum distance Including: Gym floor, mat areas, swimmingpo ol s, from major residence areas: one mile) courts, etc. (adjacent to lockers and showers and Uses: Intramural sports, varsity sports, informal sports within ten-minute walking aistance of academic class- Breakdown of Type "C" Space rooms) Cl - Sodded areas for soccer, touch football, softba:l Uses: Physical education class instruction, varsity etc. (approximately 40 percent of the computea sports, intramural sports, informal sports participa- Type wC" space) tion, student and faculty recreation, etc. C2 - Court-type areas for tennis., volleyball, flicker Breakdown of Type "A" Space ball, etc. (approximately 10 percent of the com- Al - Large gymnasium areas with relatively high ceil- puted Type PC" space) ings (22 feet minimum) for basketball, badmin- C3- Specialized athletic areasfor track and field, base- ton, gymnastics, apparatus, volleyball, etc. (ap- ball, archery, varsity football, golf, camping dem- proximately 55 percent of the computed Type 'A" onstrations, etc. ( approximately 45 percent of the space) computed Type PC" space) A2 - Activity areas with relatively low ceilings (12 C4 - Swimming pools (included in C3 approximation) feet minimum) for combatives, therapeutic exer C5 - Sports and intramural buildings providing lock- cises, dancing, weight lifting, etc. ( approximately ers, showers, play space, office space, lounge 30 percent of the computed Type 'A space) rooms, etc. (approximately 5 percent of Type PC* A3- Swimming and diving pools (approximately 15 space) percent of the computed Type 'A* space) A4 - Handball and squash courts. In addition to the above reauirements, there should be one handball TYPE V'Informal Recreation Areas or squash court for each 800 students Applied Space requirements: Included in C3 Student Population). Including: On-campus picnic areas (maximum distance Go1,11:GE AND UNIvERSITY FACILITIES GUIDE
from residence areas: 1-1/2 miles) (approximately Acti' ity Areas 100,000 sq. ft. 14 percent of total Type 'V space) Ancillary Areas 35.000 sq. ft. Uses: Overnight camping, picnics, outing activities, Net Usable Area135,000 sq. ft. camping demonstrations, golf, archery, boating, ca- Tare Areas 70.000 sq. ft. noeing, outdoor swimming, etc. Gross Area 205,000 sq. ft. TYPE 'E' Off-campus Outdoor Education, Camping, and Another method of computing the gross building area is Recreation Areas to start with the figure of net usable area(including activity Including: Outdoor camping and outdoor education areas, offices, locker and shower areas, storage space, sup- center, off-campus golf course, university country ply rooms, and bleachers) and add 30 to 35 percentfor club, etc. (maximum distance from heart of campus: circulation requirements (including public toilets, hallways, 25 miles) stairways, surgelobbyareas,wall thicknesses, and me- Uses: Overnight camping, picnics, outing activities, chanical areas). In a facility where most of the space is in camping demonstrations, golf, archery, boating, ca- the form of large open areas, the circulation area maybe noeir.g, outdoor swimming, etc. reduced to 20 to 30 percent. The area allotted for bleachers Estimate of space needs of this type area: It is difficult is highly variable, depending upon theintended function of to state these needs on asquare-feet-per-student basis. the facility. In the following illustration of this formula, it Such areas contribute materially to the outdoor edu- was estimated that an areaequal to 20 percent of the total cation and outdoor recreation of both men and wom- activity area was devoted to permanent seating: en students, but the many variables in climate, topog- Net Usable Area135,000 sq. ft. raphy, distance from the heart of the campus, and plus seating 20.000 sq. ft. emphasis on outdoor education make a square-feet- Total 155,000 sq. ft. per-student standard difficult to establish. One acre multiplied by percent per student for the anticipated enrollment isgenerally Circulation Area51,667 recommended for an outdoor education laboratory. Gross Area 206,667 Table 1 is a sample chart for evaluating the facilities of a college or university having a total undergraduateand APPLICATION OF STANDARDS graduate enrollment of 13,000. Standards are guides for the use of planning committees and administrators. Standards are extremely helpful to the planner but cannot be construed as a substitute for creativ- ANCILLARY AREAS ity. They help in early computations of cost estimates and Research studies ha% e indicated that a reasonable stand- also in checking preliminary drawings to determine whether ard for determining the space needed for lockers, showers, enough space has been provided in different categories to toweling rooms, equipment storage, supply rooms, and of- meet the program needs of the student enrollmentfor which fices associated with Type 'A' space is a squarefootag' the facilities are planned. equaling approximately 35 percent of the activity area in a Programs in colleges and universities vary all the way gymnasium facility. from a minimum service program in physical education to The following is an example of how this standard may a broad program including teachereducation, intramural be used. Assume a building is being planned which will pro- sports, intercollegiate athletics, recreation education, health vide 100,000 square feet of activity area. In other words, and safety education, and elaborate research relating to all the square footage in the swimming-pool surface and deck, of these areas. A comprehensive program calls for much and all gymnasium floors, including high- and low-ceiling more office space than asimple, required program for non- areas, equals 100,000 square feet. Thiswould mean that major students. The ancillary space provided by the 35- the square-footage need:: for ancillary areas would be ap- percent figure includes merely the minimum office require- proximately 35,000 square feet. Architects generally speak ment for physical education and athletics. of the combination of activity areas and ancillary areas in a gymnasium as 'net usable area'Consequently, the net us- ENROLLMENT RELATIONSHIPS able area in the building would be approximately 135,000 When standards in terms of square feet per student are square feet. used as guides in college or university planning, it is natur- al to azIc where the cutoff begins. At what point do the TARE SPACE standards become meaningful? Obviously, `,r a college of 200 students, 12 square feet per stu4ent of indoor area for All other than the net usable area in a building, includ- sports and athletics would be inadequate. Itwould not even ing hallways, stairways, wall thicknesses, lobbies, public provide one basketball court. A college or university with toilets, bleachers for public use, custodial space, and space an enrollment of fewer than3,000 undergraduate students needed for service conduits of all types, is referred to by should meet the minimum physical education-recreation many architects as 'tare' The area needed for tare varies space needs of an institution of 3,000. As acollege ^r uni- greatly from building to building, depending upon the func- versity increases in size above 3,000, the space st.lards tion and architectural design. A rough estimate of the area outlined in this chapter are applicable. needed for this item is a figure equal to 60 to 70 percent of the activity area in a gymnasium. Ha large amount of THE PLANNING PROCESS ' permanent-type seating is provided in a building, the tare figure may be much higher. By adding tare, ancillary, and After it has been determined that additional facilities are activity areas, an estimate of the gross square footage of needed, the following steps should be taken to ensure proper
a gymnasium building can be computed.This figure is 1 From N. L Engelhardt, N. L. Engelhardt, Jr., and Stanton Leggett, helpful in preliminary discussions of costs. S4-..hool Planning and Building Handbook, F_ W. Dodge Corporation New The follov.ing is an example of the application of the York, 1956, pp. 125-126. Used by permission of McCraw-Hill Book formula mentioned above: Company.
8 IDELINES l'IAN \INC;
TABLE 1 FACILITIES EVALUATION CHART
Name vi Institution: I. nivenity of A ndergradaide Sui.,;%,..1 Enrollment: 11300 x 100%- 11,500 Graduate Student Enrollment; 1-50U x Ste; - 450 Applied Student Population: - 11.950 'type ''S' Space Indoor AAmity Stations National Standard: 12 sq. ft. per student x ASP: (11.950) w 143.000 sq. It. I Arms Me sued : of Cl-ss 'X SpaceWe have in sq. ILStandard in sq. ft.4 of Standard we have% of Standard we need Sq. ft, we need .Al Gym A 'Gym B 'Gym C 55: 42.414 78.870 53.8: 46.2% 36.456 ,Gym D i A2 Combatives Room Weight Room 1 1 Correctives Rmim 30% 10.1:s5 43.020 23.6% 76.4% 32.885 I Dance Room i A3 Swimming Pool 15% 2,925 1 21.510 13.6% 86.4: I 8,585 Typeir Space Outdoor Activity Stations National Standard: 100 sq. h. per student x AS132(11,950 )1,195400 sq. ft.
Areas Measured % of Class II SpaceWe have in sq. ft.Standard in sq. ft.% of Standard we have% of Standard we need Sq. h. we need BI Soccer Field
Flicker -ball Field 60% 435.600 717,000 60.7% , 39.3% 281,400 General Fields B2 Tennis Courts 1 1'olleyball Courts 15% 28,360 179,250 15.8; 84.2% ;50,890 Flicker-ball Courts , B3 Track & Field Area Baseball Fields 25% 1,207,680 298,750 100+% 0 Football Fields Type1.7 Space Intramural Outdoor Rai-cation Areas National Standard: 160 sq. h. per student x ASP' ( 11,950) =1,912,000 sq. h. Areas Measured It of Class 'C Space We have in sq. h.. Standard in sq. ft l% of Standard we h,.. el % of Standard we need Sq. h. we need
Cl Soccer Fields j Touch Football Fields 40: 270,894 764.800 35.4% 64.6% 493.906 Softball Fields C2 Tennis Courts Volleyball Courts 10% 52,720 191,200 273% 82.5% 138,480 Flickcvliall Courts C3 Football Fields & Track & Field Arca C4 Baseball *Fields 45; 1.163,052 36G,400 100+% 0 Outdoor Pool C5 Sports and ,.. r. intramural .1, 0 95,600 01;, 100: 9 95,600 Buildings
Tennis Courts Outdoor Activity Stations (space included in Types B2 and C2 standards) National Standard: one "I'enni$ Co"' x ASP* (11,950) 30 Tennis Courts 400 stadents
Areas Measured Number we have 1National Standards of Standard we have of Standard we need Number we need Tennis Courts 13 30 43 "I; 56.71; 17 Handball and Squash Courts Indoor Activity Stations ( apace not included in Type A2 standard ) one handball or squash court National Standard: x %SP:1(11,950115 lIandball or Squash Courts 800 student%
Areas Measured Number we haveNational Standard 4 of Standard we have : of Standard_we need Number we nerd Handball Courts Squash Courts 4 15 26.6% 73.4% 11
GASP is the abbreviation for Applied Student Population. COLLEGE ANL) L N1VERNITY FACILITIES GUIDE planning and construction: PROGRAMMING BY THE PROJECT PLANNING COM- MITTEE WITH THE PARTICIPATION OF ALL OF THE FACULTY AND STAFF WHO ARE INTERESTED AND ANALYSIS AND CHARTING OF THE TOTAL PROJECT CAPABLE The analysis and charting of the project will vary a great deal from one college or university to another, de- It is recommended that the Project Planning Committee pending upon the planning organization already established examine documents that have been prepared for building within the institution. Presumably, the initiative will come constructions of a similar type. Plans for these facilities can from the program specialists, who must convince the ad- be provided by the college or university planning commit- ministration of the need for new facilities. The Department tee, the professional consultant, or an architect. If possible, of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation will undoubt- the Committee shold actually visit some of these facilities. edly wish to appoint a project planning committee. Some de- The programming of a building or a field should be partments will have a regular building planning committee; completed in written form, with or without schematic draw- others will appoint one of the staff members responsible for ings. Architects vary in their desire to have planning com- facilities coordination and planning, and will appoint a mittees make and present such drawings. The architect committee to work with him whenever a new project or normally prepares a great many preliminary schematic building is being planned. drawings in an effort to interpret the needs as represented by the Project Planning Committee.
SELECTION OF A PROJECT PLANNING COMMITTEE SELECTION OF THE SITE OR SITES The Project Planning Committee should not be too large, but it should represent the various interests within the col- The architect usually wants to be involved in site selec- lege or university who will be using, or who have an inter- tion for a building. Many times, however, the site is selected est in the utilization of, the new facility. Thesepeople will prior to the appointment of an architect. Program special- be, for the most part, program specialists. When selecting ists, engineers, and others should work together in the selec- this Committee, it should be kept in mind that many mem- tion of a desirable site for any new construction. Some of bers of the faculty and others vrho will not be serving, on the factors that must be considered in selecting a site are as the Committee can, and should, frequently be called upon follows: to serve as consultants. Proximity to dassrooms Proximity to housing Pedestrian traffic patterns on the campus DOING THE SURVEY WORK WHICH WILL DEMON- s Motor traffic movement and parking space STRATE THE NEED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION Soil conditions and drainage Survey work will he done by tar, Project Planning Com- Availability of utilities mittee of the Department. This survey should be carefully Relationship to other health, physical done because of the tremendous demand upon general education, recreation, and athletic facilities. budgets for funds. It must be proved conclusively that a new facility is needed before the administration canbe ex- THE SELECTION OF AN ARCHITECT pected to allocate funds for the project. The application of the planning staadards outlined earlier in this chapter will Selecting an architect is a most significant action. It is reveal the aced for additional facilities for the particular of utmost importance that the firm selected shall have dem- institution. This application should also be quite informa- onstrated its ability in planning buildings of the type under tive with respect to delineating present strengths and weak- consideration. It is advisable for the Project Planning Com- nesses of existing facilities, particularly in specific types of mittee to look at completed work of a similar type which facilities (see Table 1). The Project Planning Committee for was done by this architect. Evaluation should be made of health, physical education, and recreation will need to do the quality of the architect's staff, induding an appraisal of head-count and utilization surveys in different areas where the competence of the engineers, draftsmen, and artists: activity is now taking place in order to demonstrate defi- The ability of the architect to write specifications, to pro- nitely that the present facilities are inadequate: vide good schematic drawings, to supervise construction, to balance between economy and function, to work with other people, and to be open to new ideas should be ap- ARRIVING AT THE METHOD OF FINANCING THE praised carefully. Above all, the architect should have a PROJECT reputation for honesty and integrity. The professional con- Colleges and universities finance facilities in a number sultant retained by the Project Planning Committee should of different ways. New facilities and modifications of exist- be extremely helpful in the selection of an architect. ing facilities may be firanced by capital outlay funds, gen- eral budgets, student fees, federal or state grants, founda tion grants, and/or private donations or gilts. The method ARRANGING FOR SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS, of financing a particular facility is usually determined by SKETCHES, AND BUILDING MODELS the administration, which knows best the current possibili- Schematic drawings are sketches of floor plans for a ties for supporting the project. building or field that are preliminary interpretations of the work of the program specialists in programming the facility. A designer will usually meet many times with the program ASSURING THAT ALI INTERESTED PARTIES ARE specialists before he arrives at an interpretation of their INVOLVED AT ALL STAGES ideas that is satisfactory to everybody involved in the plan- Each member of the faculty who wishes to be heard ning. During this stage of planning, the architect will usual- should be given a chance to contribute ideas, and to look ly have someone draw a building model so that the pro- over schematic drawings for improvement possibilities. gram specialists and the Project Planning Committee can
10 GLIDE UNIS 'DJ PL'iNNING
sec how the building fits in with its environment. They can mined to the confirminE, and appropriating bodies. draw conclusions from well-done building modelsconcern- ing the aesthetic aspects of the bailding and theH ay in THE PREVIEW OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPE- which it will blend with thecampus in general. CIFICATIONS The Campus Planning Committee and the Project Plan- REVIEWING THESE DRAWINGS AND SKETCHESBY THE PLANNING AND PROJECT COMMITTEES AND ning Committee normally spend several sessions in preview- OTHERS ON THE FACULTY AND STAFF ing the working drawings and specifications of the building. This process may involve many discussions, meetings APPROVAL OF FINAL WORKING DRAWINGS and revisions. After the working drawings have been thoroughly pre- REVIEW OF FINISHES, MATERIALS TO BE USED, viewed by the Campus Planning Committee and the Project AND EQUIPMENT ITEMS TO I3E INCLUDED IN THE Planning Committee, they are given final approval. BUILDING CONTRACT OPENING OF BIDS AND THE AWARDING OF CON- The finishes, materials, and equipment must be reviewed TRACTS FOR CONSTRUCTION by the Planning Committee of the college or university, the Project Committee, and program specialists. The selections The contracts for construction are based upon the final will vary with the amornt of money available for building working drawings and specifications. The contractors bid- the facility. ding on a construction project will usually fall into five dif- ferent categories: OFFICIAL ACCEPTANCE OF PRELIMINARY DRAW- General construction INGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Heating and ventilating Plumbing and drainage When the schematics and the specifications have been ap- Electrical work and lighting fixtures proved by all committees involved, the architect can then Landscaping proceed with his working drawings and final specifications. Most good architectural firms have men on their staffs who ACCEPTANCE OF BUILDING AFTER CAREFUL are specialists in specification writing. It is extremely impor- INSPECTION tant to have good, clear specifications that will not permit a contractor to take shortcuts. The quality of the specifica- Appendix I shows the typical procedure followed in the tions will determine the validity of the bidding. construction of a building. This can serve as a guide for determining when a building should be accepted. OFFICIAL PREPARATION OF BUILDING BUDGET REVIEW OF THE BUILDING BEFORE THE GUARAN- AND ACCEPTANCE OF TENTATIVE ESTIMATES OF TEE PERIOD EXPIRES BUILDING COST The guarantee period for a building is usually one year. On the basis of the preliminary specifications, the build- An ethical contractor establishes a financial reserve for work ing budget must be prepared, the tentative cost estimates that may have to be done during this period. approved by the committees, and these documents trans-
SELECTED REFERENCES
Crawford, Wayne H, A Guide for Planning Indoor Facilities for College Partidpants in National Facilities Conference, Planning Areas and Facili- Physical Education. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers Col- ties for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Chicago: The lege, Columbia University, 1963. Athletic Institute, and American Association for Health, Physical Edu- cation, and Recreation (NEA), 1965. Engelhardt, N. L; Engelhardt, N. L, Jr.; and Leggett, Stanton, School Planning and Building Handbook. New York: F. W. Dodge Corpora- zion, 1956. Scott, Harry A., and Westkaemper, Richard B., -From Programto Facili- ties in Physical Education. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1958. GalnicIsen, M. A., and Miles, C. M., Sports and Recreation Facilities for School and Community. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice Hall, Inc., 1958. Chapter 4
GENERAL FEATURES OF INDOORFACILITIES
Well-designed college facilities wiih functional relation- SPACE RELATIONSHIPS ships and aesthetic appeal will help assure optimum use. The relationship of activity areas, instructional areas, Careful, cooperative planning by staff, engineers, architects, and service areas to the placement and size of corridors, and competent professional consultants will help to insure lobbies, stairs, and doors needs careful consideration if the that the completed structures are attractive, but more im- flow of traffic is to move easily and safely. Spectator space, portant, that they are functional for those programswhich if provided, should be separated from the swimming pool will be offered in them. and pool deck areas, the gymnasium floor, and other activ- Building features that are common to all structures are ity areas. Entrances to the seating area should be direct included in this chapter so that important consideration in from the out-of-doors, or from corridors or foyers isithout planning will be given to the most efficient use of these requiring travel through locker rooms or across pool decks facilities, while providing for the maximum comfort and or gymnasiums. It is also important that traffic toand safety of participants and spectators. Such essential features from the locker room not be across the gymnasium floor. as traffic circulation, colorand aesthetics, indoor surface Suggested space relationships in the physical education materials, sound control and acoustics, electrical systems suite are are shown in Figure 2. and service, audiovisual services, mechanical systems, sani- The individual components of the dressing and locker tary facilities, and security are covered in detail. Recommen- room areas should permit entrance to, and Licitfrom, each dations for these general building features are based on the area without cross traffic in wet and dry areas. The location research, experience, and suggestions of qualified engineers, of toilet rooms in relation to the swimming pool and to architects, and professional educators. outside facilities should be given careful consideration, es- pecially with reference to community or public use. TRAFFIC CIRCULATION Units within the building which require truck delivery service should be grouped so as to reduce to a minimum Building location is a most important consideration in the number of delivery points. Delivery of supplies withic traffic circulation and control. A careful study of the rela- the building should be planned so there is no traffic or de- tionship of the proposed structure to studenthousing, aca- livery through locker rooms or across gymnasium floors. demic buildings, and the community will provide valuable A loading dock is a most important consideration. In multi- information relative to placement of primary and secondary storied structures, elevators should be provided. entrances and exits. The foremost purposes of planning for traffic circulation and control indude: (1) minimizing congestion in corridors, stairwells, locker rooms, and spectator areas; (2) minimiz- CORRIDORS AND FOYERS ing the disturbance of students and staff inoffices, class- In large buildings, the health, physical education, and rooms, and study rooms; (3) providingfor ease of build- recreation units should be accessible from at least two cor- ing supervision, and separation of various unitswhere ridors or passageways leading from the principal classroom necessary; (4) enhancing efficient and safe movement;and areas of the building to prevent traffic congestion during (5) providing for future building expansion. change of periods. Corridor widths should conform with Ideally the gymnasium structure should be located be- local and state building codes. tween the student housing area and the centerof the cam- Provision should be made for heavy traffic from the pus. A physical education buildingthat is designed to serve dressing room or the locker suite to play-fields. The desig- students and staff in instructional, intramural, athletic, and nated corridor widths should be clear of all obstructions, recreational activities should be conveniently located and induding the maximum swing of locker and room doors. easily accessible. No corridor should be less than 60 inches in width. All Within the building, the control of traffic is related to equipment, such as heating units, drinking fountains, fire the location of offices, classr.00ms, activity areas, service extinguishers, and telephones, should be recessed. Each end areas, and spectator areas. Theanticipated use of the build- of every corridor should terminate at an exit, or stairway ing's facilities should be carefully studied prior to anddur- leading directly to a point of exit. ing the time preliminary layout drawings areprepared. Public-assembly rooms, including gymnasiums, used for In the preparation of flow charts, one shouldconsider large public groups should be designed with entrance foyers. the required movement of individuals from service areas to The size of the foyer will depend upon the seating capacity. activity areas, from classrooms to service areas,and other The planning of this area should include consideration for necessary movement. Thoscspecial circulation problems ticket sales, public telephones, an information desk, and a created by intramural, recreation, and spectator programs cloak checkroom. The foyer should be accessible to public should also be included in the traffic control study. The toilets for men and women. In many situations, it is ad- placement of service, activity, instructional, and spectator visable to provide cutoff gates so that it will not be neces- areas should provide forefficient tit ans of supervision of sary to supervise the entire building when specific areas are those utilizing the facilities of the building. not in use.
12 GENERAL EEATL'RES 0? INDOOR PACILITIES
Source: Herrick. John H.. Ralph D. McCleary. Wilfred E. Clapp. and Walter F. Bogner. From School Program to School Plant. New York: Henry Holt and Company. 1956. p. 325.
Figure 2 Space Relationships in the Physical Education Suite
STAIRWAYS from one another, and additional exits as prescribed by the Buildings of two or more stories should have no fewer National Fire Protection Association formula in the Build- than two stairways, located at the extremes. All stairways ing Exits Code. Exits should be located for convenience as should be of fire-resistant construction, and all main stair- well as for safety. It is important that the number of exits ways should lead directly to grade exits. Two-lane stair- and their locations be properly related to the 'seating capac- ways are recommended, and they should have a dear ity and the space in the gymnasium or swimming pool. width throughout their entire length of a minimum of 44 Folding bleachers are often provided along the sides of inches between handrails (see local fire code). the long axis of the gymnasium playing court. When a Stairways should be divided into runs of not more than second level of folding or fixed bleachers is provided on 16 nor less than 3 risers. Risers should not exceed 6-1/2 one or both sides of the gymnasium, there should be ade- quate exits at the four corners of the gymnasium. It should inches, and treads should be at least 10-1/2 inchesmeas- ured from riser to riser. The rounded nosings of all treads be possible for the spectators to reach the out-of-doors and landings should have nonslip, flush surfaces. Abrupt directly from the main level without passing up or down overhanging nosing should not be used. the stairs. With two levels of seating, this is hardly possible, Circular or winding stairways should not be constructed. at least on a level site, but stairways or passageways down In some cases, ramps are desirable to compensate for minor long hallways should be kept to a minimum. differences in levels of floors. These ramps should have non- All doors should open in the direction of exit, with the slip surfaces and should have a rise of not more than 1 to entire door swinging free of the door opening (side-hinged). 12; 1 to 15, or 1 to 20 is preferable. Adequate stair aisles Double exterior doors should be provided with a removable must be provided (see state and local codes) for all bleach- center mullion so that each door will operate independently, ers of more than three rows, whether the bleachers are and at least one such opening should be a minimum of 36 movable or fixed. inches wide. Every room should be provided with exits as prescribed by the Building Exits Code, and all outside doors should be equipped with panic hardware. EXITS AND DOORS The doors to rooms where combustible material is kept should be constructed in accordance with Fire Underwriters' Exits should be located so that at least one exit, or specifications. Exterior doors and all doors in damp areas, stairway leading to an exit, will be within 100 feet of a such as the swimming-pool area, laundry rooms, shower doorway of every room designed for occupancy. Every rooms, and dressing-locker suites, should be heavy-duty floor of the building should have at least two exits, remote and moisture-resistant.
13 COLLEGE ANL` UNIVERSITY FACILITIES GUIDE
If exterior doors cannot be recessed, the should be pro- should reflect an inviting, hospitable, and friendly atmos- tected against the weather by projections, overhangs, or phere. soffits. Outside entrances should be provided ,vith mud-and dirt grates or mats for cleaning the mud and dirt from LIGHT REFLECTION shoes. One method which has proved satisfactory is the use of a grate-covered recess about six feet long and the width Light reflection from surfaces and equipment in a .-oom of the door opening, so placed that persons entering the should be considered in term.: of color as well as the type building moist14alk across it with both feet. Consideration of a.c.tivity. The following reflection factors, indicated in should be giver to the size of the oper.ags in the grate to terms of percentage of light reflection, are recommended by prevent accidents to persons wearing high-heeled shoes. the Illuminating Engineering Society: While minimum widths of corridors, stairways, and exits Furniture 35% to 50% are determined by local codes, these areas should be con- Ceilings 70% to 9C% sidered in the light of maximum use of the building's facili- Walls 40% to 70% ties. Stairways and exits are the most important factors in Dado or wainscot40% to 60% preventing traffic congestion, and should, in most cases, Trim 30% to 60% be wider than the code requirements. Floors or desks 30% to 50% Chalkboards 5% to 20% COLOR AND AESTHETICS Tackboards 40% Window walls 80% Daily contacts with good color design help give individ- uals an appreciation of aesthetic values and a feeling of These figures provide a guide to light efficiency as welt as pride in their surroundings. Studies have shown that the visual comfort in the various rooms. skillful use of color definitely affects attitudes and work In general, walls should be slightly darker than ceilings. habits. Colors in a large area, such as a gymnasium or auditor- Color is really no more than a reflected quality of light. ium, add interest and variety. A reasonable variation in The physical function of color is to reflect light in such a color combinations from room to room, and rooms to cor- way as to provide maximum quality as well as quantity. ridors, adds to the attractiveness of the entire building. The psychological effect of color must be considered as well Natural-finish maple floors in gymnasiums and other as the physical function. The color scheme of the entire similar areas, such as a dance studio, should provide a structure should provide a pleasing learning environment. reflection factor of 30 to 40 percent. Tile or terrazzo floors, The trend toward the use of light colors is recommended in or floors made of other synthetic materials may prove sat- planning gymnasiums, classrooms, and recreational facil- isfactory provided they have the recommended reflection ities. factor and are not of checkerboard design. Doors to offices, classrooms, and other areas should CONSIDERATIONS IN COLOR SELECTION harmonize with the entire building. The grays and browns of yesteryear are now obsolete The geographic locaticn of the facility should influence and the trend is toward tints and light wood finishes. Be- the type of color utilized. In N%arm climates, the cool blue- cause glossy surfaces may cause excessive glare, it is im- green group of colors is desirable. In northern climates portant that nongloss or matte finishes be used. where there are cool areas or cool exposures, the warm red-orange group of colors is preferable. In bright, sunny locations, intense colors are recommended because bright FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT light tends to "wash out" color. The selection of properly-designed furniture is vitally im- It is quite obvious that the exterior finish of the gymna- portant. In addition to being of suitable color, furniture sium structure should be in harmony with other buildings should be designed so that it will not mar walls and other on the campus. When the design of the building is such furniture. that very little light enters any one room, warmer tints of Where draperies aud upholstered materials are used, ap- color are recommended. If classrooms, offices, and other propriate color combinations should be planned to achieve areas utilizing natural lighting ha..e a northern exposure, color harmony for the area. Lockers, cabinets, and sanitary warm colors are recommended, while southern exposures fixtures may be obtained in colors to harmonize with the will call for cool colors. prevailing decor. The size and shape of a room car. appear to rye changed Gymna.:Ium equipment, such as tumbling mats and gym- by the skillful use of colors. Small rooms can be made to nastic apparatus, is now available in various colors. Use appear larger by the use of light colors. Saturated colors of attractive color combinations for equipment can help can be used in large.rooms if they do not absorb too much make a gymnasium a pleasant and inviting area. light. Both the type of lighting fixture and the color tempera- ture of the lamps have an effect on the final color rendition COLOR CODES of an area. Colors should be selected under the same light Color codes should be used for purposes of identification in which the co)ors are to be seen. and safety. MultipurposeIse of gymnasium floors and The type of activity should be a factor in determining the other areas indicates the need for colored court markings, exact color of a room or an activity area. In addition to which can be achieved by permanently-painted lines or by being classified as warm or cool, colors may be stimulating, the use of different-colored, sensitized pressure tape. relaxing, depressing, or neutral. In general, classroom col- The recognition of hazards, such as close clearances, ors should be neutral to slightly stimulating, while gymna- cdges of openings, moving objects, and barriers, may be sium colors should be slightly stimulating. For example, a achieved more readily if associated with a specific alertfug bright red in a gymnasium would be too stimulating, where- color. For example, red has long been associated with fire as a purple would be depressing. Each room in the complex extinguishers, fire alarm boxes, and fire-fighting equipment.
14 GENERAL FEATURES OF INDOOR FAciums
Persons may be alerted to danger or emergency areas by FLOORS rising orange on power controls, rims of pulleys, gears, switch boxes, electrical boxes, or other such potentially- At least three distinct types of floor surfacing are re- dangerous apparatus. Yellow and orange colors can be quired in facilities described in thisGuide.Floors in service used to identify physic-il hazards, blue can denote an area, areas such as locker rooms, shower rooms, toweling rooms, where caution should be used, white can mark the location and toilet rooms require a surface that is impervious to of sanitary facilities, and green can be used to identify safe- moisture. In general, gymnasiums and other activity arms ty and first-aid equipment. require a wooden floor, unless specific purposes dictate another type of surface. Classrooms, corridors, offices, and INDOOR SURFACE MATERIALS like areas may be grouped together for common surfacing. In the treatment of floors, it is well to heed the instruc- The selection of indoor surface materials becomes a com- tions of the manufacturer of the product being used. One plicated problem because indoor facilities may be subject to satisfactory ti.,ethod for finishing wooden floors is as fol- hard usage andior excessive moisture, aid they must meet lo after initial installation, the floor should be sanded minimum standards in terms of acoustical and light-reflect- carefully to a sah.;oth finish; it should be cleaned thorough- ing properties. Geographic location of the facility and th.: ly without water; next, a penetrating floor seal should be availability of certain surface materials are factors to be applied and allowed to dry; the floor should then be buffed considered in the selection of appropriate surface Leatment. and painted floor lines added; the Lealing process should be Table 2 indicates suggested indoor surface materials. repeated, followed by the app:ication of a coat of finish seal. Other available materials not mentioned in the Table, such Special activity areas require different treatments. For as patented resilient synthetk plastics, should be cor.sidered. example, a dance gymnasium that i., used for instruction in For example, spray or brush glaze is being used for do- modern dance should have a finished treatment soas to al- does, and, in some instances, is used in locker rooms, shots low the dancers to slide or glide across the floor whileper- er rooms, and corridors for all wall surfaces. forming dance movements. In other areas, suchas basket-
TABLE 2 SUGGESTED INDOOR SURFACE MATERIALS
ROOMS FLOORS LOWER WALLS UPPER WALLS CEILINGS
'). Cl 's '": '01 t (10T': a -1,1'% t c:- Nj 7 .4n C./ T:6/ ..? 4
.`") `); -g. 'V.% a.,% 'Ts?" % '''a .'41. 14 .k. %°^ tri%SA S I,' e:% CPC1 e0 .,.., ',7e; etIp.ti % ,.; 1. G4. A 0.... GV.6 0 '",e %, Aqp Aco C;41.: .pr, A 1r# A I7:). c.:? 1-, °o * 0, 0 .."..3e.. trG 3, Tr,4 =:0 0 0 e0...., V', 00 ..P G3
Apparatus Storage Room 1 2 11 2 1 C
Classrooms 2 1. 2 1 2 2 1 C C 1 Clubroom 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 C C 1 Corrective Room 1 2 1 2 22 1 2 1 Custodial Supply Room 1 2 Dance Studio 2 1 C C 1 Drying Room (equip.) 22 1 2 1 1 1 1 Gymnasium 1 2 1 2 22 1 20 C C 1 Health-Service Unit 1 1 2" 1 2 2 1 1 Laundry Room 2 1 2 1 22 1 C* * A 3:1 Locker Rooms 3 2 1 1 223 1 * 1 112 C 1 Natatorium 1 2 1 3 2 1 *22 1 * * C C 1 * Offices 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 Recreation Room 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2# C Shower Rooms 3 2 1 1 2 1 *2 1 22 * 1 Special-activity Room 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 C 1 Team Room 3 2 1 2 1 223 1 * 1 1 2 C Toilet Rooms 3 2 1 1 222 1 * 1 1 1 1 Toweling-Drying Room bath 3 2 1 1 2 1 *2 1 22 * 1
Note. The numbers in the Table indicate first, second, and third choices. 'G. indicates the material as being contrary to good practice. An° indicates desirable quality. COLLEGE AND 'UNIVERSITY FACILMPS GUIDI ball courts. the finish should be of a nonslip nature. by the proper structural design and materials. In the con The cyst of installation is important in the selection of entional wall construction, alternate studs can support di flour surfaces. The cost of floor maintenance and the ease sides of the wall in such a manner that there is no througl with which floors can be cleaned and repaired are additio.t- connection from one wall surface to another. This is some al considerations in the selection process_ times known as double-wall construction. The space insid
In general, classrooms, corridors, and offices have been the walls can be filled with sound-absorbing material I., satisfactorily surfaced with some type of tile, such as as- further decrease the sound transmission. Sometimes threeo phalt, vinyl, vinyl asbestos, rubber, or linoleum. Consider- four inches of sand inside the wallsat the baseboard wi ation should be given to the use of carpeting in offices, cut down the transmission appreciably. Likewise, soun, golf-course locker rooms, and other appropriate areas_ absorption blankets !aidover the partitions in suspende ceiling construction can frequently reduce the sound fron WALLS one room to another. .:hinery-vibration or impact sounds can be reduce In addition to segregating specific areas, walls sh,,uld by use of the proper floor covering and/or by installim serve as Farriers to sound, light., heat, and moisture. In the machinery on floating or resilient mountings. "Soury selecting wall surfacing, consideration should be given to locks: such as double walls or doors, are needed between the acoustical properties of the material to be used. In gen- noisy areas and adjoining quiet areas. Improt,er locatio] eral, moisture-resistant walls with good acoustical proper- of doors and windows can create noise problems. ties are recommended. Most modern gymnasiums have It is imperative to pay attention to the acoustical treat smooth surfaces on the lower portion of the walls so they ment of all areas. Gymnasiums, swimming pools, and dress may be used as rebound surfaces. Rough-surfaced walls col- ing-locker rooms are frequently neglected. lect dirt easily and are difficult to clean. In those areas such as locker rooms, shower rooms, and MATERIALS FOR ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT toilet rooms, where high humidity is often present, it is most iniportant to select surfacing for walls that is highly -mois- Care must be taken in the maintenance of acoustical ma ture-resistant and has good acoustical properties. Walls that terials. Oil paint reduces the sound-absorbent qualities c serve as barriers between toilet rooms, handball courts, most materials. Surface treatment for different acoustica squash courts, and other areas where noise is a problem materials will vary. The most common treatment of acousti shoals: have a minimum of sound transmission. cal-fiber tileis a light brush coat of water-base paint. I should be noted that most acoustical materials lose thei CEILINGS efficiency after several applications of paint. Roof design, type of activity, and local building codes should determine the ceiling construction. Ceilings should ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND SERVICE be insulated to prevent condensation and should be of a light color to enhance light reflection. Acoustical ceilingma- All electrical service, wiring, and connections should b terials are necessary in instructional and activity areas. installed in accordance with the requirements of the Na False ceilings with catwalks above them have been ef- tional Electric Code of the National Board of Fire Undei fectively designed to permit maintenance and repair of light- writers, and of state and local building codes and fire regu ing and ventilating systems. lations. The capacity of each individual electrical system shout SOUND CONTROL AND ACOUSTICS be determined accurately for obvious reasons of safetyany economy. Full consideration should be given to present any The sonic, or audible, environment is the most difficult future program plans when designing the electrical system5. phase of the total environment to balance and requires the The increasing use of electrically-operated equipment, highe services of an expert acoustical engineer. Within each room, standards of illumination, and special audiovisual equir attention must be given to reverberation time. This is influ- ment should be anticipated. enced by the absorption and reflection qualities of all sur- faces within the room. Hard surfaces reflect sound and pro- ILLUMINATION duce excessive unwanted reflection and reverberations; thus the space may be "noisy: Soft or absorbative surfaces turn In addition to the amount of light in any given area, th the sound into another form of energy and can produce quality of the light is of equal importance. Providing effi areas that are too "dead." Therefore, most areas must have cient illumination is most complicated and challenging, any some materials with sound-absorbing qualities in order to the services of an illuminating engineer are strongly recorn balance the sonic environment for good hearing conditions. mended in order to obtain maximum lighting efficiency Gymnasiums, classrooms, corridors, and other specific area SOUND INSULATION have distinct and different lighting requirements. Plannim for electric illumination requires that each area be consid Unwanted sound, or noise, may be transmitted into the ered relative to specific use. In all areas, minimum requin room by means of ventilating ducts, pipes, and spaces ments are recommended in terms of footcandles per task around pipe sleeves. The transmission of sound through ducts can be reduced by the use of baffles or by lining the ducts with sound-absorbent, fire-resistant materials. The MEASUREMENTS OF LIGHT ducts may also be connected with canvas to interrupt the The footcandle is a measurement of light intensity at transmission through the metal in the ducts. Pipes can be given point. Light intensity, as measured in footcandles, i covered with pipe covering, and spaces in the pipe sleeves one vital factor in eye comfort and seeing efficiency, but in can be filled. tensity must be considered in relation to the brightness bal Sound can also be transmitted through the walls, floors, ance of all light sources and reflective surfaces within di and ceilings. This can be reduced to a desirable minimum visual field.
16 t)1 INN NA: I--Atzl MIEN
Thr reflection factor is the percentage of lightfalling on RiticitrEsSit11..a\cf: a surface schich isreflected by that surface. In order to The brightness balance of illumination is thequality of fnuiLtain a brigl.mess a quantitv and quality light achieved by maintaining an acceptable ratioof bright- of light for good seeing, all surfaces within a rounishould ness difference withinthe total visual field_ Brightness bal- be relaiively light, with a matte rather than ance is important to visualcomfort and efficiency, and good The fuolambert is the :product of the illumination in lighting involves the proper interrelationshipsof surface footcandles and the rellectiun factor of he surface. For ex brightnesscs and lighting intensities fromnatural and or ample, 40 fucitcandle.s striking a sulfite; with areaectiun electrical illumination. It is desirable to reducebrightness eliminating die factor of 50 percent would produce a brightness of 20foot- differences to a reasonable minimum by lamberts. These brightnesses are necessary when computing sources of extremelyhigh and low brightness and by in- brightness ,differences in order to achieve a balancedvisual creasing the brightness of the dark areaswithin the total field. visual environment.
TABLE 3 INDOOR ARE LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION CURRENTLYRECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC
Footcandles Footcandles Area Area on Tasks on Tasks 702 Adapted physical education gymnasium 50 Squash 702 Auditorium Tennis Volleyball 50 Assembly only 15 50 Exhibitions 30-50 Weight-exercise room ... 50 Social activities 5-15 Wrestling and personal-defense room . Games room 70 Classrooms 1003 Laboratories 100 Ice rink Library Lecture rooms 70 Audience area 70 Study and notes Demonstration area 150 Ordinary reading 50-70 Study halls 70 Lounges Corridors and stairways 20 General 50 -50-70 Dancestudio 5-503 Reading books, magazines, newspapers Field houses 80 Offices First-aid rooms Accounting, auditing, tabulating, bookkeep- 150 General 50 ing, business-machine operation Examining table 125 Regular Office work, active filing, 100 Gymnasiums index references, mail sorting Exhibitions 502 Reading and transcribing handwriting in General exercisc and recreation 35 ink or medium pencil on good-quality 70 Dances 5-50 3 paper, intermittent filing Locker and shower rooms 30 Reading high-contrast or well-printed Gymnastics 50 material not involving critical or Archery prolonged seeing, conferring and Shooting tee 50 interviewing 50 Target area 70 Parking areas 1 Badminton 502 Storerooms Basketball ao 2 Inactive 10 Deck tennis 50 Active Fencing 70 2 Rough bulky 15 Handball 70 2 Medium 30 Paddle tennis 70 2 Fine 60 Rifle range Swimming pools Point area 50 General and overhead ...... 50 Target area 70 Underwater 4 Rowing practice area 50 Toilets and washrooms 30
2 Care must be taken to achieve a brightness balance and to diminate ex- 1Thesc standards have been developed by a panel of expms fadlitics tremes of brightness and glare. for health. physical education, and recreationafter careful consideration of the activities involved. In all instance:, the standards in thistable are 3Should be equipped with rheostats. equal :0, or exceed, the standards which havebcca recommendee, by Arzhitecis. and Alust be balanced with overhead lighting and should provide 100 lamp Illiminating Engineering Society, American Institute of lumens per square foot of pool surface. National Council On Schoolhouse Construction.
17 oLLLt.). 1\111 .7'.11 Ei,:?.1 ty 1.1A 1 1,1
VI:- trial .111/11$4_- i zs isual Lan IrSttlit ittItips ltatr the at aatage lung life and result iron fit c at least *a o and the Whowit ul light that difference goalsft.,'theti taIisit,tl t-11% iiii.ande,coit lamps gitr lox the Nalth: amount vl current critical seeing tasks are king kTriorined. areas lollow Ws-d. They are frequently used in old buildings to raise the The footlambert l_trighniess of an% surfaLe ea froni illumination lead without du installation of tier any normal sn,nding or sitting position in the room Mercury -% apor lighting is most expensive in terms ol should not exceed Wilts tilt: locktlambat btigl_theb of initial install-Ilion. 1 he &n et-all Lost of inercur!apor light- the poorest-lighted task being performed in the wont not :Lg. ants r\ el, is clitapei than incandescent lighting. l'he be less than one third of the loodanibert brightness of dic primary objection to mercury-% apoi lighting is the bluish poorest-lighted task in the room. color that results when this system is used. However, when The foutlambert brightness of any surface immediately incandescent lighting is used in addition tomercury-vapor, adjacent to the task should nut exceed three times the a highly-satisfactory lighting system results. task brightness. Night lights which burn continually are recommended 4 The brightness difference bet..% ern adjaLenturfaces.should fur gymnasiums. swimming pools, handball courts. squash be reduced to a minimum. courts, and other indoor activity areas. Lobbies, torridors, The brightness goals, as stated above. assume a lighting and some classrooms should also be ,equipped tin ith night system that provides 11-oln 30 to 70 foutiandles on the lights. These lights are extremely important for safety and poorest-lighted task. The ,extent of the aim of the surface security purposes and should have separate controls. producing brightness has a measurable effect upon c isual The recommended method of turning the lights on and comfort. Small areas of either extremes of brightness are off in handball and squash ci.nirts is to installsw itches that usually less noticeable than are larger areas of the same are activated by the opening or closing of the door to the brightness. court. When tit! door is opened. the lights will turn of auto- Increasing the quantity of light with little or no consider- matically, leaving only the night light to burn continuously. ation for the quality has often resulted in extremely unfac or- When the door is closed, lights in the court will turn on. able visual conditions. Traditionally, we have prescribed This system eliminates the possibility of the lights being left the level of illumination desired for various areas in a gym- on when the courts are not in use. nasium only in terms of footcandles without any considera- Prot ision for outside lighting should be considered ia tion for the quality of the reflection. With the shift of em- the entire lighting system. Exit lights must follow the pre- phasis from quantity to quality of light, the illumination scribed codes of the local community and the state. Electri- levels now recommended ( see Table 3) consider quality as cally- illuminated exit lights, clearly indicating the direction well as quantity. of exit to the exterior, should be provided: over all exit doors from gymnasiums, combined auditorium-gymnasi- IMPORT NT CONSIDERATIONS ums, multipurpose rooms. and other rooms used for as- In addition to the quantity and quality of light from the sembly purposes; over all exit doors from the building; various kinds of lighting systems available, additional fac- and at the head and foot of exit stairways. All exit lighting tors to consider ih the selection of an electrical illumination should be on special circuits. system arc maintenance, repair, replacement, and cleaning. Emergency (white) lighting systems should be provided The ideal lighting fixture has both an indirect and a for exits including exterior open spaces to which the exits direct component, throwing surface light on the ceiling to lead in gymnasiums, multipurpose rooms, and other give it about the same brightness as the lighting unit itself. places of assembly or large-group activity. This lighting There is less need, however, to provide high- ceiling areas should be on a special emergencyemergency circuit. All controls with direct-indirect fixtures. In gymnasiums, swimming should be located so as to under the supervision of pool, and similar activity areas, an even distribution of authorized persons, and all other aspects of the installation light is required to permit the individual to see quickly and should meet the specifications prescribed by the Underwriters distinctly in any part of the room. It is advisable to pro- Laboratories, the Building Exits Code, and state and local vide supplementary lighting on such areas as those contain- f:re laws and regulations. ing goals or targets, and to place dimmers on the lighting in spectator areas. Supplementary light sources should be shielded from the ayes of participants and spectators in FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM order to provide the proper brightness balance. Electrical fire-alarm systems should be separate and dis- Transparent, nonbreakable, plastic protective covers will tinct from all program-signal or other signal systems, and protect lighting units in areas where balls are used. Vapor- should be designed to permit operation from convenient proof lighting units are recommended for all damp areas, locations in corridors and from areal of unusual fire haz- such as toilets, showers, the dressing-locker suite, and the ard. All .`ire- alarm systems should meet the specifications swimming pool. Lo-7,,er-room lights should be spaced to prescribed by the Underwriters Laboratories and by state light the areas between lockers. and local fire laws and regulations. Incandescent, fluorescent, mercury-vapor, and sodium- vapor lighting systems are most commonly used in gymna- sium buildings. The incandescent light is instantaneous, burns without sound, and is not affected by the number of PROGRAM-SIGNAL SYSTEM times the light is turned on or off. Incandescent lights and Gymnasium buildings should be wired foi a signal sys- fixtures are considerably- cheaper in initial cost, arc easier tem operated by a master cluck or push buttons from the to change, and the lamp, within limits, may be varied in main administrative offices. Secondary controls may be size within a given fixture. Incandescent fixtures, bowel, er, placed in other administratives units of the facility. have excessively high spot brightness and give off a con- Program signals should be independent of the fire-alarm siderable amount o heat, which becomes a problem when systcm and should not be used as a fire-elarm system high levels of illumination are necessary. (check local and state codes).
18 *4-A1%1:1L IF)-_111 j\tmn, t \lin /IL,
Program signals usually mcbale, buzzers chimes catit.r and Uuttiuta faalmes T.v1hic11 are '1s1iniu the classroon s-.bells is corridors, pools. gynoia.siiinis, date sports k seiitdemonstrations. or similar activititN and dressing -lotr suites. and large gongs onthe Special consideratiop should be given to outdoor areas outside of the building. In 11.411 aistances, signals placcd where larac groups gab-r for outings or intramural 4nd strategically in corridors 'inlet than in indiidual class i-xtraraurid contests. Suit systern.s should be carefully dc- rooms are adequate. El...ctricclocks should be incladed in signed by qualified rngineer.:. the program-signal st stein 41.1d be located in -,.orri Public-address systems should be designed for flexible durs and gymnasiums. use. Microphone inputs and secondary control panelsshould be located according to the varitly of anticipated uses. A built-in s7steill for a large gymnasium or similar area ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONTROLS should be able to accommodate suci, needs as the following: (1) announcements and description of athletic contests and The entrance for electrical service should be installed so other events, either from the main floor or from a press as to insure the safety ofthe students and school personnel. booth; (2) amplification of vocal and instrumental music When practicable, it should be located at the side or rear or 'directions fur group activity; (3) instructions or an- of the building, away from heavy-traffic or play areas. nouncemeats in connection with large-group social recrea- Main service panels with main service switches, meters, tionactivities, demonstrations, contests, or meetings; (4) and main light and power panels should be located so as addresses or panel discussions at meetings; (5) directions to prevent entrance by anyone exceptthose authorized. Secondary control panels should be placed for the con- for building control; and (6) amplification for underwater the facilities speakers that can be tied in with the pool public-address venient use of individuals who open or close system for synchronized swimming and other swimming in- during hours of darkness or outside of regular hours. Elec- tric lighting and power should befully available to all sanction or contests. athletic, physicaleducation,,and recreation facilities during hours when the main offices and classrooms of the building INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM may be closed. Means of intercommunication should beprovided not The main distribution panel. all secondary panels, and the other all circuits should be protected by automatic circuitbreak- only between thz main administratie office and should be provided in pan- facilities, but also between individual units of thesefacilities. ers. A number of spare circuits Special consideration should be given to the need to com- els for future use. Secondary panels, located in corridors, outdoor halls, and similar places, should be of the flush-front type municate with instrortors who have groups on areas. Secondary controlpanels and microphone-input provided with locks. equipment should be carefully planned so as to permit pro- Wiring for program-signal systems and communications originate in places such should not be in the regular service conduits. Switches in grams or other communication to instructional rooms should be arranged so that the lights as the swimming pool or gymnasium. adjacent to the interior wall may be controlled independ- The central.-iund system should include provision for ently of the lights adjacent to the exterior wall. both radio and television reception and transmission. Ap- Stairway and corridor lighting should be on separate propriate space and/or special conduits should beprovided circuits. Three-way switches should be provided atthe foot to accommodate television installation at alater time. and head of stairs, near each end of corridors, and near doorways of large classrooms, activity rooms, or gymna- SERVICE FOR OUTDOOR FACILITIES siums. This will permit control of thelights from two or more points. Switches shouldbe located on the open side of The master plan should include the lighting of outdoor entrances to all spaces in thebuilding. Switches should also courts, playfields, stadiums, and other suchfacilities. In- be provided in projection booths to control the lights inthe creasing night use of the recreational, instructional, and rooms used for spectator activities.Remote control switches athletic facilities should be anticipated. should have pilot lights. AUDIOVISUAL SERVICE TELEPHONES Many of the units, especially classrooms, health rooms, and some gymnasiums, and swimming pools,will require electrical In addition to telephones provided in offices service for projectors, tape recorders,record players, por- classrooms, independent telephone service should be pro- table public-address equipment, and radio and television. vided to the gymnasium, swimming pool, health unit, or when the The specific needs for such service should be determined be- other facilities which might be used during hours fore wiring and conduit layouts are designed. It is impera- main offices are dosed. In those areaswhere several exten- exchange system may be tive to install ample conduits and duplexoutlets to provide sions are necessary, a central for the increasing use of audiovisual aids. Planners should used. It is recommended that the local telephone company and econom- consult program specialists and professional literature in be consulted in order to provide a satisfactory the fields of health, physical education, and recreation, and, ical telephone system. in addition, should consult those qualified torecommend in- One or more pay-telephone units should beinstalled for public use in convenient areas, such as in the gymnasium stallations dealing with audiovisual equipment. and Light switches should be placed, when possible, near the foyer or near activity areas which serve participants location where the audiovisual ecuipment will be used. spectators. Power for audiovisual aids, however, should befurnished through outlets independent of the light switches. Two-way switches will adequately accomplish this. In classrooms, it PUBLIC-ADDRESS SYSTEM is most desirable that outlets for audiovisual equipmentbe Built-in public-addiess systems are considered abasic installed tt both the front and rear of the room.
19 cbux.ch 1 U t \ivkatsrn: GUIDE
riot t1461iii3llt.flt often iniitedc Rath suites. recepiacle.s and pro% ision ict: audiometers, au.f. %lc% i, Ectertioit iltictut-411 ttlual built in ision testing equipment, now fans, and air -conditioning ntennas. Therefore. flare is anticipated use of tele- units. % own ox tale, iCt.cht715 it±tllc%,11-iuUS units of the Will- Table 4 summarizes some of the needs fur outlets and ing. is desirable ;4 rov idc connt-ctions to a central an- special wiring and connections. tenna 51,SClil or communicant its critter. riatAllS.Lir any rouni to be used for sound-motion pictures. it is desirable to run an appropri- ately-sized conduit. with polarized outlets at each end, from CLIMATE CONTROL one erd of the room to the other to carry the sound cable. The desirability of providing a master television antenna The engineering design of heating, air-conditioning, and from the roof to various points of the installation should ventilating systems should be based on the technical data be carefully studied. Electrical servtee fur liens and special and procedures as published by the American Society of Pudiuvisual effects should be considered fur bulletin boards, Heating and Ventilating Engineers. The selection of the type disp:ay eases. the 1.,,tvninasium foyer, and other similar loca- of heating, air-conditioning, and ventilating systems should tions. mt'de with special consideration for economy of opera- New construction should include provision for the trans- tion, flexibility of control, quietness of operation, and capac- mission of radio and television programs of several types: ity to provide desirable thermal conditions. The design and ( I ) public service broadcasts through commercial or educa- location of all climate-control equipment should make ample tional radio and television outlets, indding athletic events, provision for possible future additions to the facility. demonstrations, study courses, or other similar instruction- Since the numb:f.r of occupants in any given area of the al, interpretive err entertainment features; (2) dosed-circuit building will vary, special consideration should be given to instructional programs transmitted to other units or sec- providing variable controls to supply the proper amount of tions of the same building, or to other buildings on the fresh air and totai circulation for maximum occupancy in campus; and (3) closed-circuit instructional program s any one area. Specially-designed equipment andcontrols transmitted to other schools through educational radio and are necessary to insure that dimate control in some major television facilities. Planners should give careful and imagi- areas can be regulated and operated independentlyof the native consideration to the provision of facilities to accom- rest of the facility. modate radio and television offerings in their present pro- All three mechanical systemsheating, ventilating, and grams or those for the future. air-conditioningare interrelated and should be planned to- Larger institutions will find that extensive guidance can gether. It is important to secure the services of a competent usually be obtained from one of the following campus ser- mechanical engineer, not only for design, but also for mak- vices: instructional resources center, television production ing inspections during construction and for giving operat- center, or audiovisual services. Personnel associatedwith ing instructions to the service department. such centers are increasingly alert to the needs and prob- Some of the problems involved in the installation of heat- lems related to de% eloping instructional television systems. ing, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems are asfollows: Smaller institutions without such services should consult Maintaining a minimum noise level. the latest edition of Educational Facilities with New Media. Insulating all steam, hot-water, and cold-water pipes and This source contains a thorough discussion of policy-mak- marking them with a color code. ing. facilities design, and technical requirements. Exhausting dry air through the locker rooms and damp air from the shower room to the outside. Providing a minimum of four changes of air per hour without drafts. SERVICES FOR APPLIANCES AND OTHER Installing locking-type thermostats inall areas, with ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT guards wherever they may be subject to damage. Placing the thermostats for highest efficiency. There are many needs for electrical wiring and connec- Zoning the areas for night and recreational use. tions which require careful analyst. and planning. The fol- Eliminating drafts on spectators and participants. lowing are illustrative: The geographical location of the proposed facility will Basic construction: motors to operate folding partitions; dictate to some 2.x.tent the type of climate-control equipment blowers for heaters and ventilating ducts; exhaust fans in selected for installation. Mechanical ventilation is recom- gymnasium ceilings or walls. mended over the open-window method of ventilating any Custodial and maintenance services: receptacles for floor- facility. Whereas air-conditioning has been strongly recom- cleaning equipment and power tools. mended for southern dimates, the year-round use of facili- Dressing-locker rooms: wiring for hair and hand driers ties makes air-conditioning a highly-desirable building fea- and electric shavers. ture in most areas. Special rooms such as locker rooms, Lounges, kitchenettes, snack bars. and concessions: out- shower rooms, swimming pools, and steam rooms need spe. lets for refrigerators, water or soft drink coolers, electric cial consideration for moisture and humidity control. stoves, blenders, mixers, coffee urns, and hot plates. Office suites: wiring for individual air-conditioners, busi- ness machines, floor fans, and other mechanical and electrical equipment. SANITARY FACILITIES Laundry rooms: wiring for washers, driers, and ironers. Pools. provision for underw ater vacuum cleaners, pumps, Well-arranged sanitary facilities are essential to the com- and speck.' lighting. fort and convenience of both participants and spectators. Gy milasturns. provision for special lighting effects, spot Plumbing installations and materials must meet the require- lights, and rheostats or controls to lower the illumination ments of the local plumbing code. Safe water-supply and for certain activities. sewage-disposal systems are also required.
20 GENEKAL EF-itURES CIF 1\1)114* MCIUTVi_S
TABLE 4 SUGGESTED NEEDS FOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE*
FACILITY SPECIAL WIRING & CONNECTIONS FOR
4.' 7,- cv_. s,tf! * / ..? e"-L,'-.".* V :. 1'''' 31A ..P "' G ye 1. .0 61: 0 .-.. - 0 .v '',A.IN c') ..- ..z. A 4 .:-,_.r; .> CI*i AtdV I.'.. C??, 0 A -- G .p # .3 -c co. A .0. 'a f 1.) A0 l Nooft., I! r'ar ..e. J.,- ir s-1 1# A0 ...,_ i) ci0 : 1:i t% 0 ''(:" rI 1" . Iii 'If') 0
Adapted Physical Education Room X lX Administration Office Suite D IX D X X Archery Range Indoor N." Audiovisual Room I XIXI X XI
Auditorium X X XI XI Xi X' X I X Bo: ling Alleys E X Classrooms XI Clubrooms x I X E Corridors E Custodial Rooms Dressing-Locker Rooms a Equipment Rooms
Faculty-Staff Rooms D X A First-aid. Room D Foyer X Game Room (Ping-Pong, Billiards) D X XX E
Gymnasium & Fieldhousc X XX X X X I X A' Handball Courts Health-Instruction Laboratory X X X I X Health-Service Suite D 4 Kitchen or Kitchenette Laundry X Library Lounge. Social Room, or All-purpose Room X X X Multipurpose Room X X X X Outside Areas X X XXi X X Rifle Range -- Indoor Skating Rink (Ice or Roller) DD X X X Snack Bars Refreshment Stands D EIIX 4 Stadium XII X X X X X Staff Office & Service Facilities 4 X Storage Rooms (In-season) Storage Rooms (Out-of-season) Swimming Pool X XX D E X D Toilet and Shower Room
Legend: XThis kind of service or equipment is either necessary or often found L the faciiity DDcsirable or sometimes found in the facility. E Exit lights needed if opening to exterior or if spectators or large groups assemble in the facility. Duplex outlets should be installed an all rooms in anticipation of present and future needs.
21 CuLLEGE AM) UNIVMSITT 1-11CILITIEN GVIDE
Construction inter lals selected for sanitary facilities each locker and-dressing room. Thepe selected should be should be stain-resistant and easily cleaned. Structural tile of v itreous china, with backs and aprons. Floor-supported with a glazed face, ceramic facing tile, terrazzo, and other types ;_re not desirable because of cleaning problems.Re- impel% sous materials are recommended for use, this type cent del elopmenes and experimes indicate thatHall- mount- of facility. ed lavatories are preferred because of ease of maintenance. Sinks with shallow aprons and with the drain and the deep part of the basin to the rear are more desirable. A TOILET ROOMS mechanical stopper is recommended. Individual liquid soap Toilet rooms should be located as follows: (1) near the dispensers should be installed near each lavatory. Returns points of entrance to gymnasiums, the field house, and should also be installed above lavatories. other similar areas; (2) convenieni to outdoor facilities; (3) in each locker room and dressing room; and (4) near of- WATER CLOSETS fices of admiiiistrators and faculty members. Toilet rooms will vary in number, size, and location, de- Water closets should be of the extended-lip or elongated- pending upon the scope of the program, the type of facility, bowl type, made of vitreous china, and equipped with im- the seating capacity, the general location of the facility with- pervious open-front seats. Individual flush valves, located in the plant, and whether the facility will be used by both about 36 inches above the floor, are recommended. Fix- participants and spectators. Entrances to toilets and other tures should be 12 to 15 inches in height. areas within the general dressing rooms should be protected Wall-mounted water closets are recommended. They by sight barriers. If windows are included, they should be should have a rapidly-receding front design. The plumbing above eye level and should be opaque. Clearly-marked to water closets should be easily accessible from the rear to signs indicating the location of the toilet rooms should be facilitate service and maintenance. included in all facilities. URINALS MIRRORS Urinals constructed of vitreous china should be provided Mirrors should be placed in all toilet areas, preferably in each toilet room and near the entrance to each shower on the walls near the exits. Toavoid crowding around the room, and should be equipped with a hand-operated, foot- lavatories, no mirrors should be placed over them. In the operated, or automatic flushing device. women's locker rooms and toilet rooms, full-length mirrors Wall-mounted urinals are recommended. Floor-mounted placed close to the exits are recommended. urinals and trough urinals are extremely undesirable. The Returns, rather than shelves, should be constructed. They advice of an informed professional physical education wom- should be approximately 10 inches in width and should be an should be obtained in selecting urinals for women. located at wainscot height beneath Nil except full-length mir- rors. HOSE BIBBS AND FLOOR DRAINS Each public toilet, locker-room toilet, locker-and-dressing DRINKING FOUNTAINS room, swimming pool area, field house,custodians' closet, and other similar area should be provided with hose bibbs: Drinking fountains should be provided at or near the It is best that these bibbs be key-operated, with the excep- entrances to activity areas, in locker-and-dressing rooms, tion of those for the service custodian. They should be re- and at strategic points to serve outdoor facilities. It is rec- cessed in walls or located under lavatories. ommended that fountains not be located in the gymnasium Frostproof hose bibbs shoula be provided for the clean- itself. ing and maintenance of track equ'pment, hard-surface areas, If fountains are located in the corridors, they should be and other outdoor facilities. Where provided, hose bibbs recessed to the full depth which construction will permit. should be recessed or otherwise protected. Where hose bibbs Face-mounted or projecting fountains should not be installed are placed above the ground adjacent tothe buildings, they in activity areas. should be high enough for filling buckets. Each fountain should be equipped with one sanitary-type Floor drains should be provided in each of the following bubbler head. The orifice should be above the rim of the areas: toilet rooms, shower rooms,toweling areas, locker bowl and should be of a type to prevent the mouth from rooms, laundry rooms, team rooms, drying rooms, training coming in contact with the nozzle, and to prevent the water rooms, custodians* closets, and swimming pools. If there are from falling back into the nozzle. Self-contained water-cooled corridors leading to swimming pools, these corridors should units have proved to be very satisfactory. be equipped with floor drains. Outdoor fountains should be secured to a building or permanent structure and should be of the frostproof type, with the same sanitary and safety features. The height from HOT-WATER SUPPLY the top of the nozzle to the ground should not be less than Hot water to shower heads and lavatories should not ex- three feet nor more than three and one-half feet. ceed a temperature of 120°F. Faucets should be oftype Supply lines to drinking fountains should be kept some that delivers both hot and cold water. A mixer valve which distance from hot pipes and warm spaces. Each fixture equalizes the pressure should furnish hot water to faucets should be equipped with an automatic pressure-control and shower heads. device. Hot water should be supplied to custodians' closets. An innovation in custodians' closets is to have the floor serve as a sine: by the installation of ceramictile on walls, with LAVATORIES a six-inch lip on thefloor. This will provide a sink and a Lavatories should be provided in each toilet room and drain, and will facilitate the filling and emptying of buckets.
22 GENERAL FL'at RES OF FAciulus
CUSTODIAL FACILITIES dawn. The corners of the buildings should have floodlights which light the face of the structure. So-called 'vandallights* Providing w ell planned quarters :r..1 the custodialstaff en should be selected and protected to make them vaadalproof. courages systematic management,el :icing and economical Corridors which arc continuous and straight,providing use of supplies and equipment,and, most important, a high unbrokenision, add qualities of safety and security tothe standard of workmanship. The standards ofhousekeeping building, its contents, and its users. Corridors areoften best and maintenance must be high to promote theobservance lined up with entrance doors, making it possible tohave a of good health and safety habits Custodiansshould assist commanding vision of the doorway from thecorridor, and in the planning of facilities fortheir own use. Custodians' of the corridor from the entrance door. There shouldbe an closets should be planned in relation to the maintenance attempt to avoid angularities incorridors, and to eliminate equipment and materials to be used. and tothe areas to be small effects, niches, or cubbyholes. if such extra areas oc- set ved. cur in planning, theyshould be included in adjacent rooms The custodial. may require a ventilated supply storage or in corridors where alccking door will dose off and con- space adjacent to toilets,dressing rooms, and shower trol the space. rooms of the gymnasiums.This space may provide storage The use of night lighting within the building and at its for such supplies as paper towels, toilet paper,light bulbs, entrances will give protection again -tvandalism and other soap, detergents, wax,and polish. It should also be large forms of runcle:Arable conduct. Night lighting will necessitate enough to accommodate k 1 ectri cal cleaningmachines. A separate wiring and switches inorder to maintain a desir- hook strip should be provided for hanging mopsand able amount of illumination. Switches for suchlighting brooms. should be key-controlled to prevent their use byunauthor- Large portable cleaners are less expensiveand more ized individuals. A building chart for day andnight 'on" flexible than a central vacuum system. In buildingsof two and "off' lights should be developed. There shouldbe addi- or more storieswithout elevators, duplicate equipment for tional directions for won" and 'off* at every switch,and such each floor is recommended. directions should be changed according to need. A key- If it is necessary to plan for the disposition of waste ma- station system for night-watchchecking is desirable. terial by the use of incinerators, special precautionshould be taken to control smoke and to eliminatefire hazards. If SECURITY OF THE BUILDING waste materials are to be transported,which is preferable in most instances, containers shouldbe located so as not to To secure the building and its component rooms against interfere with the normal traffic of the building. illegal entry is the first and most logicalconsideration in terms of building protection.Good door framing, substan- SECURITY tial doors, and heavy-duty hardwareand locks hold up against wear and abuse. Intheir long life and securing The physical education complex presents a uniqueprob- qualities, they constitute a reasonable investment.In reduc- lem relative to the development of features thatlead to secu- ing replacement costs formaterials and labor, the installa- rity. The facilities and the program attractlarge numbers of tion of good hardware is an economyin the long run. In individuals who move at all times during the day,through- reducing loss by breakage and theft, theadditional security out the week, and through manykinds of areas and in factor of quality hardware should never beoverlooked at many differentdirections. any cost. There is scarcely a real traffic flow and hardly a pattern, A lock-and-key system, developed withthe help of experts except for individuals. Thebuilding presents an intermesh- in the field of buildingadministration, will usually result ing of movement. This is the type ofbuilding which people in a plan which considers someof the following features: are entering through manyoutside doors and dispersing to (1) a building master plan, including alock-and-key sys- offices, classrooms, or dressing rooms. Other individuals tem; (2) lock-tumbleradjustments so that an area may have are going to spectatorgalleries. its own control and authorization;(3) area division (verti- It is reasonable to believe that all studentsand visitors cal division) by responsibility or usagefor key assignment; for enter- who come to the building have a distinct purpose or "level' division(horizontal division) for key assignment; ing, and, as such, should bewelcome. There should be or a combinationof both vertical and horizontal divisions; some plan for pedestriancontrol and for the handling of (4) a policy of not lending keys is recommended;the per- visitors who wish to observe activities withinthe building. son to whom the key isassigned signs a pledge for no Security within a building is accomplished in thefollow- lending; the keys for the facilities should be identified by a ing two ways: (1) constructing thefacilities according to a distinguishing mark, and a policy should be established plan which makes for maximum security;and (2) adopting with key duplicators in the area that they willrefuse to du- an administrative planfor the direction and control of all plicate keys carrying such identifyingmarks; (5) an annun- persons using thebuildiag: ciator system in which outside orother doors of importance, The physical layout will facilitate the accomplishment such as swimming pool doors, may. beconnected to an of security measures but will not guarantee them. Agood electrically-controlled system. Any door can be connected in administrative plan will help insure the accomplishmentof or out of the annunciatorby a lock-controlled switch at the security. However, the implementation of agood administra- door, or a switch at the annunciator. Thus, adoor tamper- tive plan cannot completely accomplisheffective security if ed with or illegally opened after the annunciator is setfor the physical layout does not lend itself well towardthe at- the von' position will direct a warning signal.The annunci- tainment of such security. ator may be developed towork by a light on a control box, the sound at a control box, an alarmsound of general SECURITY FEATURES OF CONSTRUCTION broadcast in the building, or an alarm systemwith signals Entrance doors constitute the first barriers against illegal directed to the campus security office. The natureof the an- intrusion. Open and descending stairways, walled entries, nunciator response should bedetermined by whether it is and deep-set entrances should be avoided. The points of en- wished to quietly apprehend unauthorized persons, orif it is trance to buildings should bewell lighted from dusk until desired to deter, them or frighten them away.
23 tm1.11.*4. %ND I NIIKR,s11-Y 110%
SECURITY OF PARTICIPANTS Doors to steam rooms and dry-heat rooms must be kicked front the outside when the room is unsupervised. Security and safety suggestions related to the use of spe- The door should hai e an instruction plate by the door c;Cic facilities ordinarily found in a gymnasium structure lock, bearing directions to those wh-1 have u key to un- are given below: lock the dour. Steam-room controls should be set not to All swimming pool doors are to be locked unlesslug- exceed a maximum room temperature of 130F. This lucked by a person authorized to do so. Whena door control should be tamperproof. The steamroom should is unlocked for a purpose, the individual unlocking the have a bar latch of the panic type (noncorrosive hard- door is responsible for the accomplishment of that pur- are ) to make exit readily possible under any conditions, pose in the pool area_ Outdoor, and some indoor, pools even if the door should be locked from the outside. may be desirably connected with a sonar detection sys- Accepted vaadard building safety practice-5 should be tem or a sound amplification system which will announce employed. State and local requirements and regulations for illegal use or entry. The signal can go to one or several stair widths, ingress and egress openings, fire escapes, fire strategic control points. Swimming pools should normally alarms, fire extinguishers, and exit lights must be met. Open be keyed differently than other areas in the structure. and straight hallways leading straight to outside doors In a gymnastics gymnasium, or where there are related should be clearly marked and used for exits. Panic hard- gymnastic activities, the room, or certain pieces of equip- ware should be installed on all doors which lead from ment, such as tiampolines, must be locked except when areas of assembly to corridors of to the outside. an instructor is directly ir, charge. Providing storage are- The safety and security of participants must begiven as sufficiently large to store all equipment for this activity great consideration in planning for the location of entrances is recommended. If possible, a separate room which is to dressing rooms and to toilet rooms. Dressing-room en- secure from students and faculty is most desirable. trances should be away from the main traffic and in the In viewing balconies, stairs should have handrails and area where only participants go to change clothes. Toilet lights at the sides, or luminous rettectorizing material on rooms should be au ay from direct view of the lobby, and the edges. Bleacher seats should have aisles and exits yet be in sen ice corridors rather than in isolated parts of to allow rapid clearing other than to the playing floor. the building. Activity-room floors should be free of objects or floor Stairs should be well lighted. In some cases, the edges of plates which set up above the floor level. stairs should be marked. Objects in the building which may Shower-room and dressing-room floors should be kept need to be identified for safety or position may need to be free of objects and obstructions which may cause foot color coded or marked in some manner. In basement pas- injury. sageways and around motors and equipment, it is impor- Shower rooms should be equipped with towel bars to aid tant to mark corners, l4 -uF pipes or beams, and safety-zone in safety of those individuals using the facility. Hot water areas. On main floors, it is desirable to mark fire alarms available through shower heads should have a maximum and extinguishers, some traffic lanes, and first-aid bores, temperature of 120°F. and to indicate service and toilet areas with their appropri- Areas for vigorous activity, where combatives or compet- ate service designations by door labeling or signs at door- itive sports are engaged in, should have floor and;or top height. Designation of objects can be accomplished by wall covering to protect the participants. No specifica- painting the objects or zones according to a color code. tions or classifications are given here, but every consider- The reader is referred to Appendix G for building adap- ation is urged and every precaution should be taken. tations to accommodate the aging and the disabled.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Brewster, Sam F, Programing, Planning, and Coratruction of College and Si_utt, Harry A., and Wcstkacmper, Richard B., From Program w l: act University Buildings. Provo, Utah. Brigham Young University Press, in Physical Education. New York. Harper and Brothcrs. 1958. 1963. Seagers, Paul \V., Ligllt, Vision and Hearing. New York: Better Light Bet- Crawford, Wayne II, A Guide for Planning Indoor Facilities for College ter Sight Bureau. 1963. Physical Education. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers Col- lege, Columbia University, 1963. Seagers, Paul \V., Visual Environment for School Rooms. Bloomington, Ind.: Division of Research and Field Services. Indiana University. Green, Man, C., ed., Educational Facilities with New Media. Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, 1966. Scagcrs, Paul W., and hart, G. Harold, A.S.I.D., Functional Color for the Classroom. Chicago: Brunruick-Balke-Collencler Company, 623 Kaufman, John E., ed., I. E. S. Lighting Handbook. New York: Illuminat- South Wabash Avenue, 1958. ing Engineering Society, 345 East 47th Street, 4th ed., 1966.
24 Chapter 5
GENERAL FEATURES OF OUTDOOR FACILITIES
When planning outdoor facilities, a number of general to these %cry important considerations. features must be considered. Among these are fences and walls, grading and drainage, lighting, orientation- land- SURFACE DRAINAGE scaping, .surfacing, and parking. All must be carefully and Surface dra:nage on unpaved areas should be controlled thoughtfully integrated into the overall planning if the com- by slope grading to nat'iral or artificial surface-water col- pleted plant is to be aesthetically pleasing as well as func- lectors, to carefully located surface inlets, or to catch basins tional. connected to a storm-water drainage system. In order to This chapter attempts to convey to the reader the impor- facilitate surface drainage of activity areas, a good general tance of the many different facets involved in the planning rule is to establish a minimum slope of one percent in non- of outdoor facilities. It is not an attempt to provide specific competitive sports areas. As a rule, the surface slope of technical information. The services of qualified professional paved areas should be a minimum of one percent except consultants and engineers should be obtained for this pur- when used for competition. Exceptions to the above may be pose. nectssa4y. When certain soil and area-use conditions exist, the degree of slope may be lessened. FENCES AND WALLS Fences and walls around facility units are frequently re- SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE quired for purposes of isolation, enclosure, separation, traf- Subsurface drainage can be effected by using either por- fic control (pedestrian and vehicular), and the protection of ous subsoil foundations or perforated drain tile. In regions participants, the general public, spectators, and property. Walls or plant-life barriers may be used for sound and of severe frost, where surfaces are to be paved, natural or wind control, and for screening out undesirable features. tile subsurface drailia.ge is essential. All drainage the should be installed after rough grading is completed. FENCING Some characteristics of good fencing are stability, dura- LIGHTING bility, economy of maintenance, attractiveness, and effective- The extensive use of outdoor lighting should be consid- ness. Among the many types of suitable fencing available, ered on the basis of meeting the criterion of maximum use woven-wire fencing of the chain-link type (minimum thick- of facilities. The availability of facilities in the evening ness-11-gauge), using H-type line posts or circular posts, hours, after the heat of the day, can greatly increase inter- has been found to meet requirements satisfactorily. est and participation. All chain-link fencing should be installed so that the The lighting of outdoor areas involv es many problems smooth edges are at the top and the sharp edges arc at the not encountered in other types of lighting. A good lighting bottom. In some cases, however, it may be desirable to installation can only result from careful blending of the have smooth edges at both top and bottom. A hard-surface proper quantity of light, which is relatively easy to pro- strip about 12 inches wide may be placed under the fence vide, with a good quality of light. to facilitate maintenance (grass cutting, etc.). The importance of competent technical consultation in Fences may be painted for beautification purposes. The dealing with outdoor lighting cannot be stressed too strong- brush method of painting produces acceptable results but is ly. This is of paramount significance if a satisfactory facil- exceedingly expensive. Spraying may be objectionable be- ity is to be secured. Private consultant firms, local utility cause oF the drifting action of the fine spray. The roller companies, and manufacturers of lighting equipment are method seems to be the most efficient and economical. available in all sections of the country, and their help can Attractive plastic-covered fences are available in several often prevent costly mistakes. colors. LIGHTING OF SPORTS FACILITIES WALLS The most complete and reliable source of general and Wall: can be constructed of many kinds of masonry ma- specific information on the subject of sports-facility lighting terial. While they are expensive, they may be necessary for is the Illuminating Engineering Society's publication entitled sound or visual control, or as a it -shod of solving the problem of change of elevation from one area to another. 'Current Recommended Practice for Sports Lighting.' This Walls are frequently used for such program activities as publication covers all aspects of sports lighting in consider- able detail. tennis and handball. Table 5 lists illumination levels for outdoor facilities which have been recommended by a panel of health, physi- GRADING AND DRAINAGE cal education, and recreation facilities experts. In all cases, The development of any site should include the prepara- these recommendations are equal to, of exceed, the illumina- tion of an overall grading-and-drainage plan prepared by tion levels recommended by the Illuminating Engineering a competent professional. This will assure proper attention Society.
25 comEct: ANu IsNIvERsay maxims GUIDE
TABLE 5 ORIENTATION OF AREAS LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION CURRENTLY RECOMMENDED Courts and fields should be oriented to give protectionto FOR OUTDOOR SPORTS AREAS* both players and spectators, with major considerationto those players who need it most. It may not be possible to Sports Area Footcandles on Task get the best orientation of a particular court or field because Archery 15 such factors as topography, shape of thearea, and loca- Badminton 30 tion of other facilities may dictate some variations. Baseball 100-150 Outdoor courts and fields should be orientedso that the Basketball 70 late-afternoon or early-morning sun's rays will intersect the Corkball 30 general path of the flight of the ball at an angle of approxi- Field Handball 30 mately 90 degrees. Otherwise, playerson the eastern end of Field Hockey 30 the fields or courts will have to face the sun during after- Football 100-150 noon play. In rectangular fields and courts, the general Golf Driving Range 30 pattern of the bail's flight is parallel to the long axis of Handball 60 such areas. Therefore, the long axis should generally be at Horseshoes 30 right angles to the late-afternoon sun's rays. Locate thesun- Ice Hockey 70 set position at midseason of the sport and orient the field Lacrosse 50 or court accordingly. Rifle and Pistol Range 100 On baseball, softball, and similar fields, the general pat- Rugby 100 tern of the ball's flight does not parallel any axis. Instead, Skating 30 it covers an arc of more than 90 degrees. Since the field Soccer 100 cannot be oriented to give equal protection to all players Softball 100 and spectators, a choice must be made. Because the batter, Speedball 100 pitcher, and catcher are in the most hazardous positions, Tennis 70 they should receive first consideration. Thus,a line through Volleyball 70 these positions should be the axis for orienting the field. The Swimming Pool 30 field may be properly oriented by ensuring that the imagi- nary line from home plate to second base is at right angles °Because of the nature of outdoor lighting and the types of fixtures avail- to the rays of the late-afternoon sun. able at this time, it is difficult, if not impossible, to reach the lighting levels desired for most outdoor activities. However, it is expected that further im- PARKING provement in outdoor fixtures will provide the desired higher-level intensi- ties with a minimum ai'direct glare. The need to provide off -street parking for automobiles is a major consideration in the design of facilities. A careful study should be made to determine the space requirements. GENERAL AREA LIGHTING Careful attention to the design of facilities is necessaryso as not to locate the parking area where it conflicts with pe- Where specificsports-facility lighting is not required, destrian use of the building and outdoor facilities. Parking modified or general lighting can be provided. Generally lots should be placed so as to best serve the spectators, mounted on poles or structures on the perimeter of thearea, custodial staff, faculty, and the ever-increasing number of this type provides sufficient lighting for movement through- student cars. out the area and is usually arranged so as to cover as Each parking space should be marked. It is oftenmore much territory as possible with the greatest economy. Time desirable to construct parking areas in several locations, docks can be incorporated into the system so that the lights near the facilities which have the highest concentration of turn off at a specified time. users. This will also make it easier to blend the parking For both sports-facility and general area lighting, under- areas into the landscape. Where possible, parking areas ground service through conduits is recommended. should be located near the perimeter and she uld be designed so as not to interfere with normal pedestrian use of the HOUSING FOR ELECTRICAL CONTROLS area. In the case of large parking areas, it is necessary to A vital part of any outdoor-lighting system is the protec- make a study of the traffic pattern in the surroundingarea tive and control equipment necessary to make it function. in order to facilitate the movement of traffic to and from the The very nature of this equipment representsa real hazard parking area. to anyone not completely familiar with its operation and The off-street parking areas should be hard-surfaced, the characteristics of electricity.. and, when wisely planned, may be used forsports, free- The development of new lightsources has resulted in play activities, driver education, march;ng-bandmaneuvers, more frequent use of high voltage for larger outdoor-light- and other activities. Either post sleeves, flush with thesur- ing systems. Distribution systems of 240 and 480 volts face, or portable standards will make it relativelyeasy to are no longer uncommon, and, in some instances, a pri- conduct a variety of net gameson these areas. mary distribution system utilizing 2,400 or 4,160 volts to An individual parking space is figuredat 10' x 20'. To stiategicolly-placed distribution transformerscan be justi- this must be added circulation roads, entrances, exits, walks, fied. and planting islands. Wherever such equipment is located, the controls must be adequately housed and padlocked. Where buildings or PLANTING AREAS bleacher complexes are adjacent to the lightedarea, con- Plans and specifications for landscape plantings should sideration should be given to locating the controls insidea be prepared at the same timeas those for the original site control room where they can be properly protected from development. This willensure that the plantings will be in access by unauthorized persons. keeping with the total development.
26 GENERAL FEATURES OF OUTDOOR FACILITIES
Planting arca: should serve both functional and aesthetic facing, materials are combined to provide an attractiveand purposes. They should be arranged toform a pleasing pat- functional facility. tern, with open areas, walks, and drives.Plantings are not only used for enclosures for certain spaces, but also serve TABLE 6 as excellent buffers to cutdown on noise. Good planting de- TYPES OF SURFACING MATERIALS sign in the development of buffer strips,enclosures, and of overall land- screening should provide a pleasant pattern Group Type scape treattnew. The servicesof a landscape architect should be obtained. Earth Loams; sand; sand-clay; clay-gravel; full- er's earth; stabilized earth; soil-cement SURFACING Turf Bluegrass mixtures; bent; fescue; Bermuda There is no one surface which will satisfactorily meet the Aggregates Gravel; graded stone; graded slag; shell; needs of all outdoor activities. Each activiiy has its own cinders surface requirements, which will dictate what type, or types, Bituminous Penetration-macadam; bituminous or as- of material can be used. (asphalt -tat ) phaltic concrete (cold and hot-laid): sheet In the selection of surfacing material for anyoutdoor asphalt; natural asphalt; sawdust asphalt; area, certain qualitiesshould be sought. These include: vermiculite asphalt; rubber asphalt; cork Multiplicity of use Low maintenance cost asphalt; other patented asphalt mixes Durability Pleasing appearance Synthetics Rubber; synthetic resins; rubber asphalt; Dustless and stainless Nonabrasiveness chlorinated butyl-rubber; mineral fiber; fine- Reasonable initial cost Resiliency ly-ground aggregate and asphalt; plastics; Ease of maintenance Year-round usage vinyls Obtaining the proper surface for outdoor areas continues Concrete Monolithic; terrazzo; precast to be a perplexing problem. Overthe years, however, there Masonry Flagstone (sandstone, limestone, granite, have been significant developments in surfacing.The vari- etc.); brick; etc. ous types of surfacingmaterials are shown in Table 6. In MiscellaneousTanbark; sawdust; shavings; cottonseed Figure 3, turf, soil, aggregate, concrete, and synthetic sur- hulls
...s of--
-7. .4.11421. -4._4 7, t_t
", -s- *" 1....."04tef. - 1:+0" 0""z"'" IP
kao ---e -064 -:'"?Pfir--, st...401.0 ....44144113t'
-;..-J-111"erfat""
._ '31*-.15 _ - ,
!NW
4111.,
-41 7;.r I-- -I;
it 11:ti
.94s% ,
, - t
1.4
Figure 3 Illustration of Several Types of Surfacing
27 COLI.ELE ANII UNIVERSITY I'ACILITIES GUI
TU RF be marked easily- and with a relatively high degree of p The advantages of using grass as a surface are its manence. Asphalt also provides a neat-appearing, no-gh attractiveness, resiliency, and nunab;asiveness, and the fact surface that will blend well with the Iztndscape. that it is relatively dust-free. Such a surface lends itself very The disadvantages uf bituminous surfaces are their re well to activities that require relatively large areas, as illNt tively high installation costs and lack of resiliency as cu field games do. pared to sonic other types of surfaces. However, the high Turf is difficult to maintain in areas where there is in- stallatiun cost will be offset by low maintenance co: tensive usage. In some parts of the country where watering Bituminous surfaces will vary as to firmness, finish, is essential, maintenance costs are high. Turf surfaces are siliency, and durability in direct relation to the kinds a not practical for most activities when the ground is frozen proportions of aggregates and other materials used in th or wet, and, in addition, must be given time and care to mixture. restore themselves after heavy use. Asphalt can be combined with a variety of other mat Since climatic conditions and uses should determine the ials to provide a reasonably resilient or extremely hard s species of grass selected for a particular locality, careful face. The use of such materials as cork, sponge, or rubl consideration should be given to the several, varieties avail- in combination with asphalt will yield a fairly resilient s able. face. Aggregates such as slag or granite will produce extremely hard surface when combined with asphalt. SOILS SYNTHETICS Among the difficulties encountered in the use of earth as a surfacing material are dust and the tendency to become Some synthetic materials appear to combine many of i rutted, which, in turn, create drainage problems and rela- aualities sought for outdoor surfaces. New products tively high maintenance costs. These difficulties can be par- constantly being tested and marketed, some of which ha tially overcome by mixing the earth with clay or sand. proved to be highly satisfactory for tennis courts, runni When this is done, the resulting surface is often less resilient tracks, and other installations. Very little maintenance and somewhat abrasive. synthetic materials is required, thus maintenance costs Natural soils can also be stabilized by the addition of low. Most synthetics have a very pleasing appearance a asphalt, resin, or cement, which are the most commonly are available in different colors. They are nonabrasive a used stabilizers. The use of stabilized soils is a possibility suitable for year-round use. in many areas where turf is impractical or cannot be grown. There are a number of commercially-manufactured s3 thetic compounds, such as chlorinated butyl-rubber, rubl asphalt, synthetic resins, mineral fiber, finely ground agg MASONRY gate and asphalt, plastics, and vinyls. They come in a N Natural-stone slabs, or blocks, and manufactured brick riety of textures, colors, weight>, and thicknesses. MI can be used for such installations as walks and terraces, synthetic surfaces have a high degree of resiliency, whi where interesting and attractive patterns, colors, and tex- makes them desirable for many types of athletic activiti tures are desired. WALKWAYS CONCRETE All-weather walks should be confined to a minimum Concrete surfaces provide year-round and multiple usage. open play areas and should be provided only where The costs of maintenance are very low and the surface is foot traffic is heavy enough to warrant their need. Th extremely durable. should vary in width in accordance with the anticipated tr fic density and should not cross through game courts. BITUMINOUS may be necessary to use signs, pavement lines, and fix The common bituminous surface has many of the ad- or planted barriers to accomplish the desired circulati vantages which are sought in any surfacing material. It movement. The degree of slope, and subsurface draina provides a durable surface which can be used on a year- should be given careful study. round schedule. The maintenance of a bituminous surface In developments where it is impractical to service featin is easy and inexpensive. Such a surface can also be used and facilities with drives, or from adjacent street pavemen for many different activities. When properly installed, the selected walks should be of heavier construction and of s surface is dust-free and drains quickly. Asphalt surfaces can ficient width to accommodate service-truck loads.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Gabrielsen, M. A., and Miles, C. M., Sports and Recreation Facilities for Unit ashy of the State of New York, Planning the Outdoor Physical E School and Community. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.. Prentice Hall, Inc., cation Facilities. Albany. Division of School Buildings and Grour 1958. University of the State of New York, 19M.
Herrick, J. H.; INIcLzary, R. D.; Clapp, W. F.; and Bogner, W. F., From School Program to School Plant. New York: Henry Holt and Com- pany, 1956.
28 Chapter 6
INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS
Actin it) areas included in this chapter are those specific seating of spectators should be kept to a minimum. Roll- sports and dance areas commonl) found in g) ninasium au a) bleachers should be used in order to utilise efficiend) buildings. Included also are basic guide lines for planning the available space for spectator seating. and designing these areas. The health and safety of those using the areas should re- ceive primary consideration in the planning. The aging and GUIDE LINES FOR EFFECTIVE PLANNING' disabled should also be considered (see Appendix G). Traffic patterns for the building and auxiliary facilities Planning can be effective only if the major purposes and should be carefully studied before deciding where to locate uses of each specific area are dearly defined and interpreted. specific activity areas. The factors to be c,nsidered are: (1) the types of activities Storage rooms for equipment and supplies used at the to be conducted in a single area; (2) the number, ages, and activity areas should be carefully planned and functionally skill levels of the participants using each area; and (3) the located. These rooms should be of four types: length of seasons or periods of use. The central receiving storage room, to which all equip- Because programs are subject to change, and because ment and supplies are delivered. This room should be they vary in different localities, standardized, or stock, plans accessible by truck for delivery of heavy equipment. for facilities are rarely acceptable. Each facility should be Utility storage rooms located adjacent to activity areas planned to accommodate the program to be offered by the so that bulky equipment may be moved onto the floor particular college or university. and back to storage with minimum difficulty. Overhead Specific activity areas should be designed and located doors, or double doors with flush thresholds, should after careful consideration of: (1) the surrounding land- be large enough to permit free movement of heavy scape; (2) other existing facilities in the immediate area; and equipment. (3) available construction materials near the geographic Clothing and equipment issue rooms with attendant area. For suggestions on the relative location of specific windows opening to the locker rooms. facilities, see Figures 12 and 13. Off-season storage rooms for activity equipment. Funczionability should be the primary consideration in facility planning. Attractiveness is also an important consid- The lower portions of walls in activity areas should have eration in that facilities should always contribute to the ap- a smooth, hard finish durable enough to withstand the pearance of the particular surroundings. bouncing of balls and other such abuse. The wall finish Facilities should be planned for multiple use whenever should be of a type and color that tends not to show marks such use can be justified. It is apparent that most facilities and is easily cleaned. depreciate either with or without use, and more hours of If some activity areas are above or below ground level; worthy use per day results in the facility serving its pur- an elevator should be provided for use by handicapped poses more effectively. Following art examples of some persons, and for the transporting of heavy equipment. acceptable combinations for multiple use: All areas designed for activity which requires dressing Basketball courts designed for basketball, badminton, should be located as conveniently as possible to the locker volleyball, tennis, dancing, and adapted activities rooms. Recreation gymnasium designed for all types of gym- nasium games plus social recreation activities GENERAL-USE GYMNASIUMS Handball courts designed for handball, squash, pad- General-use gymnasium areas are utilized for basketball, dleball, and tennis drills volleyb:411, and badminton instruction as well as intramural Therapeutic exercise room designed for additional use contests in these activities. They are also frequently used for as a general conditioning and weight training arra intercollegiate competition in basketball, wrestling, and gym- Swimming area designed for competitive suimmin?, nastics. Gymnasiums are usually rectangular and vary and diving, plus instruction, recreational swimming, widely in dimensions. The dimensions of each gymnasium and water polo. should be determined by the number and sizes of the vari- Facilities should be planned so that insofar as possible ous courts to be placed on the floor. all activity areas are conveniently available to both men The recommended minimum amount of main-gymnasium and women. It is usually unwise to identify these facilities floor space for a college or university is 25,000 square feet.. as strictly for men or for wor m. Good planning will per- The formula for the computation of the minimum floor mit easy access to all areas from both men's and women's space area for institutions having over 5,000 undergrad- locker rooms. This type of planning permits the flexibility uates is as follows; 5 square feet x undergraduate enroll- and adaptability necessary for efficient utilization. ment and 1.5 square feet x graduate enrollment. Although Most colleges and universities cannot afford the cost of the formula is designed to indicate minimum standards, many permanent seats that are used only a few times each the following criteria will ultimately influence the determina- year. Therefore, space used in activity areas for permanent tion of the size of the floor area. (1) the nature of the total physical education program (including intramurals and
1 See Chapter 4 for additional information. intercollegiate athletics); (2) recreational use; (3) student
29 01-11-Gh Nat.:10M 1.1clUTIE_s GUIDE load as determined by enrollment and attendance require satisfactory. Skylights are nut recommended. ments per week; () specta:or interest; and (5 ) anticipated Rebound walls are useful in *ninasiums. If constructed, enrollment increase. they should be at least 12 feet high and made of material For basketball courts, backboards that swing up to the with good rebound characteristics. ceiling may be needed rime nunfolding backboardscan in Special colsideration ',lust be gi%en to the cl entual court terfere with the emir' usage for other activities such as vol- layout on the main gymna5ium floutso that adequate pro- leyball and badminton. In order to increase the number of vision can be made for piopeil) anchoring flout plates for instructional stations within the main gymnasium, electri- net standards. All courts should be separated from each cally-controlled acoustical partitions may bi installed. W4JUd other and from the w all bat least ten feet. If gymnastic doors or nylon or fiberglass nets may also oe used. meets are to be held on the main fluor, the exact placement If the gymnasium is to be used for intercollegiate ath of apparatus must be determinedso that reinforcement of letics, seating must be provided ILI. spectators (dire,; and critical floor plates ma} be accomplished duringconstruc- one-half square feet per person). Roll-away bleachersare tion. recommended. Portable knockdown bleachers are notrec- Bulletin boards and chalkboards should he availablein ommended because they interfere with class work while they the main gymnasium area. are being erectei and dismantled. The number of seats to be provided will be determined by the size of the student body, the college community, and DANCE COMPLEX the degree to which there is public demand for admittance. The seating capacity should be set at a minimum ofone- The combination and relationship of areas and facilities half to two-thirds of the student-faculty population. In larger which are developed to serve the many aspects of a dance institutions, it may be necessary to install roll-away bleacher program constitute a dance complex. The extensiveness of seats in a balcony, which, when combined with the bleachers the complex will depend on the amount of emphasis placed on the main floor, will provide the required number of on dance at the particular institution. Numerous institutions seats. In such cases, the balcony areas can serve as addi- now offer dance as an undergraduate major, and many of- tional teaching stations when the bleachers are retracted. fer an undergraduate dance concentration or a minor. The varsity basketball court should be laid out length- Several types of facilities need to be included in the wisr: along the middle of the gymnasium. A minimum of dance complex. At least one studio should be planned for ten feet should be left between the first row of seats, or the multipurpose use, such as for folk, square, and social wall, and the outside boundary line of the court. in placing dance forms and social recreational usage. Other studios the seats and bleachers, it is necessary to plan the line of should be developed for a single purpose (e.g., a studio for vision so that the sidelines of the varsity basketball court modern dance and ballet). Facilities in a dance complex are plainly visible to all spectators. The folding bleachers should be des'gned to serve both men and women. on the floor and in the balconies should be planned to con- In order to serve the needs of a dance program, auxil- form to the same line of vision. iary areas are required. These should include areas for: the If the gymnasium is to be used for intercollegiatesports, making and storing of costumes, props, and scenery; the the number of entrances and exits equipped with safety exit laundering, dyeing, and drying of materials; the storing of hardware must meet local and state fire regulations and be sound equipment; and the photographing and filming of adequate to handle spectator traffic. Spectators should be dance. Planning should also indude: music-listening rooms routed in such a manner that they do not cross the playing or booths; rehearsal rooms for small groups; projection, court or other activity areas in the gymnasium. sound, and lighting booths; a box office and/or ticket The height from the floor to the beams in the maingym- booth; cloak rooms; public lavatories; and balconies or nasium should be such that in normal use of any of the other areas for dance audiences. courts, the balls oz other playing equipment will not strike Particular attention needs to be given to adequate provi- the ceiling beams. This height should be a minimum of 24 sion for both dance performances and observation because feet to accommodate basketball, volleyball, and badminton. they are essential aspects of dance education. Where intercollegiate basketball is played, there should It is advisable to locate all facilities of the dance complex be adequate provision for sportswriters, photographers, in one general area of the building, convenient to both and television personnel. (See Chapter 4 for requirements men's and women's dressing-locker rooms. Because dance for television, radio, and public-address systems.) facilities are scheduled for frequent use during evening A storage room for equipment relating specifically to the hours and weekends, supervision and control will be en- main 7.-anasium should be located adjacent to this facility. hanced if the dance complex occupies a wing of the total A minimum of 400 square feet should be provided, but the physical education structure. The dance areas should also final determination of size will depend on the actual use of be readily accessible from an outside entrance to the build- the area. Lockable overhead doors as well as a flush thresh- ing. old are suggested for this storage area. Concrete is commonly used as a base in constructing the STUDIO FOR FOLK, SQUARE, AND SOCIAL DANCE floor of the main gymnasium. A resilient floor is then laid on top of this base. Maple tongue-and-groove of random A studio designed for instructional and recreational use length is a popular type of wood finish. in folk, square, and social dance may also be used for It is suggested that a glazed tile or plastic paint which is large-group demonstrations and exhibitions as well as so- durable and easily cleaned be used on he walls up to a cial-reaeation occasions. An outside entrance into a main height of seven or eight feet. From that point to the ceiling, corridor of the building will provide for the traffic flow of the concrete or cinder block should be painted with a hard- the relatively large groups using the studio. finish, light-colored paint. The size of the studio will depend on the number of in- Direct sunlight should not be allowed to enter the gym- dividuals who will use it at any one time. An area of 5,400 nasium area. Translucent windows are often used, and sotae square feet will accommodate a class of approximately 60 new facilities without any source of outside light are very students. A larger studio of 9,600 square feet can accom-
30 INittouR 1 :111-111" AI FAs misdate approximately twite that number 44 Tbc studios Ly installing a sound absorbing curtain sirother larger studtu has the extra advantage of pros iding for large di% iding des ice. A large studio, which is tobe divided into grnups desiring to use the facility torsocial-zeLreation lour. small areas upon occasion should be rectangular inshape, poses. By installing an acoustical curtain orother dividing such as 60' x 80'. This size will provide two 60' x 40' device, a large studio can be conveniently dit idea into two studios for small-group instruction and rehearsals_It will instructional areas. also permit a minimum width of 60 fret for staging.Fur a The studio is usually rectangular. with the length and single small studio, a square shape 501x 50'has been width in t" ratio of approximately 3 to 2, such as 90' x 60 found to be effective. or 120 x 80'. Theceiling height should be hi proportion The ceiling height of a small studioshould be a mini- to the size of the room. A 12 -rootceiling is satisfactory fur mum of 16 feetbecause overhead space is required for a small studio. If a largestudio is planned, the ceiling movements involving elevation, as inleaping, for support height should be increased to at least 16 feet. of other dances in a vertical line, and forthe use of tall The studio floor should be of the construction described props. Larger studiosshould have ceilings of a height pro- as a 'floating floor.' flooring materialsshould be carefully portionate to the size of the room.Full height (24 feet) is selected, and care shotild also be taken in laving the floor- recommended for a 60' x 80' studio. ing. Special attention should be given tothe floor finish. Street shoes are often worn for activities conducted in this coNsTRUClioN }EAMES area. For this reason, random-length,tongue-and-groove The floor should be of the q pc ieferred to as*floating hardwood, sanded and sealed, is recommended. Nonskid- floor." This is necessary to provide for someshock absorp- type floor finishes, such as those used on gti mnasiumfloors, tion as a protection when landingfrom leaps, jumps, and should be avoided for the studio. other vigorous elevated movements. The floor shouldbe of Placement of sound equipment, such as record players, hardwood such as maple, and of random lengths, tongue turntables, microphones, and speakers should be considered and -grout ed. The flooring should be laid with the grain in the initial planning. Electrical outlets shouldbe located running in one direction and finishedby fine sanding and where electrical equipment will be used. If the studio is to then sealed. The finish should provide a smoothsurface be divided into two instructional areas, the sound system upon which dancers canglide with bare feet or soft sandals. should be installed to provide for separate operation of The use of tung oil has been found to be highlysatisfac- units located in each of the two areas.These two units tory. Nonskid waxes and resinsshould be avoided. They should also be operable as a single unit. An adequate num- not mil) cause feet and otherbared parts of the body to ber of speakers, installed at near ceiling height, should be stick to the floor surfauc, but contribute to blistersand floor so located that participants at anyplace within the area burns. The floor should be cleaned with a dry orslightly- can hear both the music and the instruction. moistened mop. If the studio is to be located aboveother A lockable storage room, located immediately adjacent activity areas or offices, thefloor should be treated acous- to the studio, should be provided for the storageof sound tically to avoid transmission of sound. equipment when it is not in use. This room should have a Walls should be smooth-surfaced and easily maintained. double door, flush threshold, and built-in cabinets and They can be finished satisfactorily with a spray orbrush shelves for storage of records, sound tapes, and musical glaze which is of permanent color and can bewashed. A instruments. Electrical outlets should be provided inthe major portion of the walls shouldbe unobstructed to pro- storage room so instructors can listen torecords and tapes vide a neutral background for filming. inside the room. It is advisable to place sound equipment If the lights used for general illumination also serve as on table-height standsequipped with rollers for ease of houselights during studio performances, theyshould be transportation. controlled from wall switches as well as the lightcontrol If the studio is planned for demonstrations, roll-away board. Natural light through windows, particularlylarge bleachers should be installed at one end of the room. There ones, contributes to anaesthetically-desirable atmosphere. should also be provision for setting up folding chairs along To avoid direct sunlight, the best location forwindows is on the walls when the studio is to be used for a social event. the north wall. Windows should be curtained sothe studio Unless the dance complex includes a cloak room, racks can be darkenedwhen desired. This makes it possible to for coats and books should be installed adjacent to en- use the studio duringdaytime for film showings and mati- trances, either within the studio or along theoutside corri- nee performances. dor wall. The construction, finish, lighting, and other qual- The temperature of the studio should be maintained at ities of this studio should be conducive to a desirablesocial approximately 65° and the air should be well circulated. atmosphere. Mechanisms for the heating and circulation of airshould be as nearly silent aspossible to avoid interfering with the STUDIO FOR MODERN DANCE AND BALLET quality of sound and its reception. A combined dance office and workroom opening intothe A dance studio designed specifically for the instruction and and performance of modern dance and ballet is a very im- studio can be used for consultations, class observation, records, tapes, and other items. portant feature of the dance complex. storage of sound equipment, The door should have a flush threshold to facilitate storing DINIENSIONS equipment when moving it from thestudio. A window with should be installed, as should perma- The space requirerwitt will be de...erminedby the maxi- a view of the studio stud.:nt., enrolled in dance classes, and nent storage cabinets andshelves. A small tackboard for mum number of useful features to be whether this area is to be used forperformances as well as notices, and a worktable or desk are instruction. A class of 24students can be accommodated incorporated into the planning. in a space of 2,500 squarefeet. A larger studio, with ap- ACCESSORIES proximately 4,800 square feet, is needed if italso serves as an informal theaterand instructional area combined. This Mirrors, which can be lea-folded for protection during larger size can be divided into twosmaller instructional performances, should be installed along two adjoining walls
31 a_(11.11_ut. AND I NIII-_,KNITY kAtal of the studio. Tins enables dancers to analyze movement as lighting, seating, entrance, exits, and useof scenery from two directions. Where mirrors are placed on a wall proscenium stage contains more 4.4 the featuresthat are they should extend 4 giiI11114111 of 20 feet along the wall. conducive to good performance. Whatever kind of staging Mirrors should be insulted flu:1 with the wall and raised is used the surface should be of the sam.. finish as sped- one or one-and-one-halffeet. ET4)1n, the flow surface. Copper lied fox the use of modern dance and ballet instruction backed mirrors trill counteract the effect of fluorescent light Softwood areas arc hazardous and should be avoided ing on skin color. Scenery should not be attached to the flooring by stage Ballet barres, adjustable from 42 to 43 inches in Height, screws. should be installed permanAntly on at least mu w ails of the A proscenium stage can be provided by an installation dance studio. These should extend from six to eight inches of curtains at the front, sides, and back of the far end of the from the wall. The minimum allow ante fur kngth to accom dance studio. The front curtain, when open, should provide modate one dancer is fig ( feet. If permanent barre space is a minimum performing area of 20' x30'. If the studio has inadequate to accommodate all class members at once. por- pros isions for dhision into twoinstructional areas, the table banes can be utilized. Barnes should be tt ooden and stage portion might be raised two orthree feet, with the should be smooth in texture. Metal pipes hat e been substi- front curtain line four feet behind the raised edge to provide tuted with some success. If necessary, harms can be placed for an apron (forestage). m front of mirrors. This will protect the glassfrom damage Curtains should be of a neutral or dark color which is but will add to the difficulty of using maims and curtain- highly light-absorbent, and they should be hung so as to ing them. touch the stage floor. The front curtain should be hand- heavy pieces of sound equipment should be placed on paged because this offers more flexibility in use than does stands of table height equipped with rollers for ease of mechanical control. The back curtain should have a center transportation. Since moving Affects the tuningof a piano, opening and be hung at least three feet forward ofthe back this instrument should be placed where it will not have to wall of the studio to permit crossovers by performers. Side be moved. curtains (legs) should be installed on both sides of the stage Chalkboards and tadlboards will be needed and should area to provide for side entrancesand exits. Asbestos teas- be attached flush to stuclic was. A glass-enclosed exhibit ers, hung overhead, areneeded to mask border-light install- case for display of pl-otographs, costumes, costumeplates, ations. manuscripts, and ether dance materials shouldbe installed Battens, either wooden or pipe, to be used for hanging on a wall adjacent to thestudio. scenery, sky drop, or film screen,should be suspended The general atinospinic of the dance Jtu ci iv slw,ald be above the visible stage area. Provision should also be made one which is conducive to artisticendeavors. Soft colors, for lowering and raising battens for the attachment of scen- dear lighting, and a sense of spaciousness will be inviting ery and the like. Lines should beattached to a pin rail lo- to both dancers and spectators. The studioshould be equal- cated at one side of the stage. ly functional and attractive. There should be sufficient offstage space on both sides of the open stage area so performers can wait for entrance DANCE PERFORMANCE AREAS cues without being seen by theaudience, or perform a fast exit without danger of running into a sidewall. Wing space la designing the dance complex, provision should be is also used for offstage piano accompaniment, forquick rr ade for danceperformances. Although it may not be changes, and for storage of props that are to be used dur- practical to indwie a small theater as a part of the com- ing the performance. The combined wing area should at plex, facilities to be used for instructional purposes can be least equal the amount of the visible stage area. designed for performances as well as instruction. The studio for modern dance and ballet is usually designed to serve Lighting equipment should be provided for side lighting, both instructional and performance needs. The folk, square, front strip lighting, overhead border lighting, front balcony and social studio can also be used for exhibitions and dem- or front ceiling beamlighting, and houselighting. Current onstrations in. those forms of dance. A patio or other out- practice has eliminated the necessity of footlights.Overhead door area, such as a dance green or a broad-level surface border lights should be on three separate circuits so it is at the entrance to a campus building, canbe adapted for possible to obtain blue, amber, or red, singly or incombi- occasional use for dance performances. nation. Other lighting units, except for ceilingbeam lights In designing a dance studio so as to make it functional and houselights, should be getable so color changes canbe for dance performances, the following guidelines should be effected. Crawl space should be provided in the ceiling, observed: above the benlights, to enable focusing and repair work. All light units should be on separatedimmers. A sufficient SEATING number of electrical outlets should be located in floor pock- ets in the wing space. A worklight, installed in the right The entire performing area should be visible from all stage wing, is necessaryfor cueing performers and crew seats. Since a raked seating arrangement is essential, an members. All lights should be operated from a single con- overhanging balcony with permanently-installed seats is sole within the control booth. preferred. Entrance to the balcony can be from the balcony A systein for use of tapes and recordings for dance ac- level or from a stairway located outside the studio. A lock- companiment should be installed, preferablylocated within able door should be provided at the foot of such a stair- the control booth. Speakers for amplification of sound way. Seating snould be planned for the estimated size of should be conveniently placed so both performers andaudi- the audiences. ence can hear. An intercommunicationsystem connecting STAGING backstage, dressing rooms, and the control booth should be included in the design. Telephones to handle outside calls Although arena staging is one means of staging dance should be located backstage and in the box office. within the studio area, it is less common than proscenium A booth for the control of lighting, sound,and projec- staging. Arena staging presents technical difficulties,such tions should be constructed at the audienceend of the stu-
32 I \ Dtiolt At:fiVITY ARIAS
..iiu. If an overhanging balcony is included in the plan, die table, one or two sewing machines, athree-way mirror, booth should be 'centered beneath the balcony. The booth ironing boards, a washing machineand dryer, a cleaning requires soundproofing, and a built-in counterand shell es machine, two laundry tubs, portableracks for hanging for the use and storage of equipment. The counter should costumes, and built-in storagecabinets and shelves. (Some be under a window facing the stage. This enables the vper- of these items, such as laundry equipment, maybe supplied atur to have a full view of the stage.Providing this type of elsewhere in the building.) A double doorwith a flush facility is far superior to operating technical equipment from threshold will facilitate the moving of costumeracks. Stor- one of the wings. The operator isable to make a visual age ccbinets shook' containracks for hanging costumes, check of rehearsals and performances, to correct errors, and and should be equipped with slidingdoors. A tackboard to better control the supportive elementsof a production. and chalkboard should be affixed to one wall. Figure 4 illustrates a combined instruction-performance dance studio. SCENE AND PROP ROOM Although dance productions do not require full scenery, AUXILIARY DANCE FACILITIES some spaceshould be provided for the construction a:ad storage of flats, drops, sets, and hand props. A room con- COSTUNIE ROOM taining 400 square feet will usually be adequate.The ceil- Costumes for dance performances are usuallyconstructed ing should be a minimum of 16 feet in height.Since spillage rather than rented. Sufficient provisions should bemade for is frequent, the floor should be covered with a paint-resistant their construction, fitting, cleaning, and storage. A roomof surface. Ventilation should be provided to take care of approximately 400 square feet can accommldate a cutting fumes from paint and glue. Large double doors with flush
tai
VEI
Figure 4 Combined Instruction-Performance Dance Studio, Brigham Young University
33 coUEtaf., AND t-Nivotsrry EACILITIES GUIDE thresholds are needed to facilitate passage of large pities suuction should be of the same materials as recommended of scenery and properties. Built-in bins and sheles fur fur the in in g. mnasium. Large bulletin boards should he storage of nails, screws, paints, brushes, glues, and other provided as hell as some chalkboard space. It is desirable ,construction materials are required. A pegboard mounted to hair a large shatterproof mirror in the area where the flush with the hall is useful for hanging itools.A built-in free-exercise mat will be located. Direct sunlight should not workbench. a wash sink, and tables for electrical tools enter the area. should be included. A tackbuard and chalkboard are needed for posting notices and for diagramming construction plans. WRESTLING AND PERSONAL-DEFENSE ROOM
BOX OFFICE oR TICKET BOOTH The personal-defense room can be used for wrestling, judo, and other personal-defense instruction, team practice, If admission is charged for p7formances, a box office and recreation. It should be located near the locker rooms or ticket booth is necessary. Racks for tickets should be in- and near the area in which intercollegiate wrestling compe- cluded if seats are to be reserved. A built-in counter with a tition is to be held. It should also be convenient tocustodial drawer for currency should also be provided. services because of the need to keep the mats clean. It is recommended that the room be designed to accom- GYMNASTICS AREA modate two 40' x 40' wrestling mats, with additional space for nonparticipants to walk in the area without stepping on The gymnastics gymnasium is used primarily for instruc- the mats. A room 80' x 50' would be satisfactory. The tion and team practice. It may also be used for competition standard for the computation of space needed is 140 square if the number of spectators is expected to be small. The area feet of mat per student during peak usage. The two 40' x is usually scheduled so that gymnastics apparatus may be 40' mats would accommodate a class of 24 students. A permanently placed. double teaching station with four 40' x 40' mats may be Dimensions of the gymnastics gymnasium should he desired. Such an area requires a room with minimum di- determined by: (1) space requirements needed to accommo- mensions of 80' x 90'. date the apparatus and equipment to be installed; (2) space The ceiling of the room should be 12 feet high. The needs for performance in gymnastics; and (3) total college floor is usually hardwood, or concrete covered with floor or university enrollment and interest in gymnastics. Ideally, tile, to allow the room to be easily cleaned when the mats the size of this gymnasium should approximate 10,000 are removed. The walls surrounding the mat areashould square feet, with a minimum ceiling height of 24 feet. The be without projections and should be padded to a height of safety of performers and instructors should receive major 6 feet. Cabinets for storage should be provided, but should consideration in planning the location of apparatus, equip- be located as far from the mat area as possible. All ob- ment, and wall fixtures. Apparatus used in performance stacles that may present hazards to participants should be should be located so that performers do not interfere with eliminated. each other when going through their routines, and so they Doors into the room should be wide enough to facilitate have full range of movement, including the approach. In the removal of the folded or rolled mats. The materials planning apparatus positioning, it should be remembered used in the construction of the area should be resistant to the mats will be laid so as to cover completely the area of the absorption of odor, and adequate ventilation of this performance on all pieces of apparatus. Floor space for a area is imperative. Consideration of howthe wall mats are 42' x 42' free-exercise mat should be considered in the floor to be hung should be made during theplanning stage so layout. that necessary preparations can be made during the con- If seating is to be provided in the gymnastics gymna- struction. If polyurethane-type mats are to be used in the sium, it should be of the roll-away bleacher type, and suf- room, it is important to determine thecoefficient of shrink- ficient floor space must be added to the area to accommo- age for the mat and take it into considerationwhen deter- date the extended bleachers and still have room to conduct mining the size of mat to be ordered. When this is not con- a meet without having to move equipment. Storage space sidered, undesirable gaps in the padded surface may result. is a very important consideration if multiple use of the area is contemplated. A minimm of 600 square feet of storage space is required to store the usual equipment and mat trucks. There should be a flush threshold between the storage room and the gymnasium floor, and an overhead door is desirable. When space permits, the storage room provides an ideal audiovisual room for gymnastics instruc- tors, coaches, and individual performers. Floor plates for anchoring equipment should be recessed flush with the floor. It may be necessary to reinforce the floor to adequately install floor plates where tension from apparatus is unusually severe. Wall boards should be se- curely installed to the wall when equipment is attached to it. Apparatus suspended from the ceiling should be securely attached to metal ceiling supports. If the ceiling is to have concrete beams, it is desirable to have metal sleeves placed along the bottom of each beam at three-foot intervals to provide future flexibility in making attachments to the ceil- ing. Doors in the area should be wide enough to accommo- date the movement of gymnastic equipment to other areas. Figure5 Raised thresholds should be avoided. Wall and floor con- Wrestling Room in Gymnasium Building University of Mau.
34 ISI,rouR AcTIV1TY ARE As
WEIGHT - EXERCISE ROOM regulation handball courts by using a removable 'telltale.* The official handball court is 20 feet wide, 40 feet lung, The weight-exercise room may be used for instruction, and 20 feet high. The formula for determining the number recreation, and practice for competitive weight lifting. It of courts to be constructed is one court for each 800 stu- should be located as dose as possible to locker areas_ The dents. However, a minimum of eight courts should be con, room should contain at least 2,500 square feet, with a ceil- $tructed to prof ice au adequate teaching battery. Detailed ing height of 12 feet. specifications for handball courts can be found in the official The floor of the weight-exercise room is usually concrete, handball rule book of the United States Handball Associa- covered with an interlocking rubber tile or similar tear-re- tion (see Appendix F). sistant and resilient material. A 15' x 15' wooden platform When more than one court is to be constructed, the bat- for the competitive lifts is usually placed on top of the re- tery should be arranged so the courts are back to back, silient floor covering. Chinning bars, isometric racks, and separated by a corridor approximately 10 feet wide and 8 several large shatterproof mirrors should be securely mount- feet high. A corridor located immediately above and at least ed in the room. Consideration should be given to barbell 12 feet high may facilitate instruction or be used as a spec- and weight racks that can be attached to the wall so the tator gallery. Corridors and galleries should be illuminated floor can be kept reasonably dear. The room should have with indirect light. at least one double deo: with a flush threshold to permit The back wall of a court need not extend higher than movement of heavy equipment. 12 feet. Plexiglass or other material may be used to enclose If the weight room is to be located near other instruction- the remaining 8 feet. The use of wire mesh for this purpose al areas, special consideration should be given to acoustical is of questionable value. Most courts are satisfactorily used treatment. The room should be well-ventilated and planned with an open upper rear wall. so as to facilitate maintenance. Handball courts may be constructed of hard plaster, smooth concrete, plexiglass, or a nonsplintering, durable FENCING AREA wood. Newly-developed synthetic materials should also be Fencing is included in the instructional, intramural, and considered. While plaster is often used, it would be wise to intercollegiate programs for both men and women. An area consider courts constructed of more durable materials to lined with strips, or piste, should be easily accessible from reduce maintenance costs. Front walls may be constructed the men's and women's dressing rooms. A multipurpose of hard maple laid on diagonal wood sheathing. Studding area with accommodations for approximately 300 specta- should be placed close enough to prevent dead spots. tors will usually eliminate the need for duplicating the elec- Twelve-inch stud centered wall construction is recommended: trical outlets and the transporting of the equipment to other Block-constructed walls have also proved satisfactory. A areas. costly but highly-desirable front-wall construction is to lay A room 55' x 90' allows for four official strips 40 feet hard maple on edge. Side and back walls may be of non- long and 6 feet wide, with 15 feet between strips. These splintering, durable wood, such as yellow pine or hard strips may be used for informal competition and instruction. maple. Some side and back walls constructed with one-inch, Intercollegiate competition, however, requires a 52-foot tongue-and-groove, marine plywood have proved satisfac- length of floor area, with a minimum of 18 feet between the tory. All interior walls should be painted with white paint. strips. Courts should have resilient hardwood floors. For instructional purposes, the strip may be painted on a Entrance doors should open into the court and be pro- nonslip hardwood floor, be inset in linoleum, or a rubber vided with flush-type pulls and binges. A small shatterproof runner of correct measurements may be laid on the floor window should be installed flush with the interior surface and removed when not in use. For the electric foil and epee, of the door at a height of approximately five feet. a metallic piste must cover the entire length of the strip, No fixtures, such as pipes, ventilating ducts, or lights including the extensions. should project into the playing area. Ventilating ducts and Electrical outlets and jacks should be placed at the rear lighting fixtures (shatterproof) should be flush with the ceil- of the tournament strips to provide power for the electrical ing surface. Ventilating ducts should be located toward the equipment. If permanently-affixed wall scoreboards are pro- rear of the court to minimize interference with playing sur- vided, portable score boxes are unnecessary. Brackets or faces. Provision for replacement of burnt-out light bulbs eyebolts for mounting fencing targets should be either re- from above is a desirable feature. cessed flush with the wall or placed above the seven-foot A single light switch to control all lights in each court level. should be placed on the corridor wall near the entrance The fencing area should be a well-lighted room with a door. Warning lights indicating when a court is being used minimum ceiling height of 12 feet. The installation of roll- should be located outside each court. By use of a sturdy away bleachers for spectators may necessitate raising the push-button arrangement, lights can be turned on when an ceiling height, and it may also require an increased-capacity entrance door is closed. ventilating system. Air-conditioning, or at least forced ventilation, is esszn.- An equipment room should be located adjacent to the tial for individual courts or for the total handball area if fencing room and should be large enough to store the wea- there is an open balcony between courts. pons and protective equipment used by classes. Sixty square feet is the minimal spi,:e required for storage and to accom- SQUASH COURTS modate a small cabinet work counter for the repair of Squash courts can also be used for handball and paddle- equipment. Portable strips will require additional space, ball if they are constructed with a removable "telltale, and depending on the number used. a front rebound wall that meets the floor. Many times, squash courts are located in the same area as the handball HANDBALL COURTS courts. The official singles court has the following dimensions: Handball, paddleball, and squash can all be played in 18 feet, 6 inches wide; 32 feet long; and 16 feet high. The
35 cot:LEW; VALlittit.--s MADE
doubles court is 25 feet wide,45 feet lung, and 2U feet high. The formula If the courts are ina separate building, it should be or determining the number of singlescourts conveniently located v.) locker needed is one court for each800 students. However,a min- rooms. Consideration should also be givento a covered passageway between thegym- imum of eight singles courts should beconstructed to pro- nasium and the tennis building. vide a teaching battery. Fewdoubles courts have been con- Ventilation, lighting, andtemperature control in this structed in proportionto singles courts, and if anyare to facility should be the be constructed, localinterest should deterrrine the number. same as for other indoor activity areas. The United States Lawn TennisAssociation has pub- The official yearbook of the UnitedStates Squash Rac- lished some helpful information quets Association (see Appendix F) and on indoor tennis facilities.2 the National For more detailson the construction of tennis courts, refer Squash Tennis Association shouldbe examined before plan- to Chapter 8. ning and constructing squashcourts. Construction features of squash courtsare generally similar to those of four-wall handball courts relativeto floors and lighting. The walls EXERCISE-THERAPY ROOM of squash courts must be wooden. Mr-conditioning of courts A special activityarea is desirable for disabledor other should be considered if year-rounduse is contemplated. One students who are unableto participate in regular physical construction feature often overlookedis the need for a ceil- education classes. In additionto its use as a remedial-exer- ing height of at least 20 feetto allow for the proper trajec- cise room, this areamay serve as a teaching station for tory of the ball. classes in body mechanics The use of prefabricated and conditioningexercises, as courts has increased in recent well as a laboratory forprofessional physical education years. Fiberglass covering of the front wall hasproved to students studying adaptedactivities and motor therapy. be of value in reducingmaintenance costs, as has theuse Other general activityareas will also be used by students in of epoxy paint. the adapted program. The size of the exercise-therapyroom should be deter- mined by the scope of theprogram and the types of disa- bilities of thosepersons receiving special attention. Adapted classes are usually small. Aroom containing at least 1,600 square feet is required to accommodate the neededequip- ment and allow adequate teachingspace. The ceiling of this room should beno less than 12 feet high. The exercise-therapyroom should be near the photogra- phy room, the swimming pool,and the adapted physical education office-conferenceroom. If possible, these areas should be on the ground-floor level,with direct trafficroutes to the dressing rooms and outdoorareas. If the adapted area is not at ground level, an elevatoror ramps should be provided. If severely disabledindividuals are to beusing the room, a handrail shouldbe installed along theramp and hallway leadingto the room. The toiletroom in the vicinity should have one stall equipped . with d handrailon lefioN each side (see Appendix G). 1. -46.- Heating, ventilation, and lightingfor the unit should be planned to provide Couttety of Putleraurs Meloi Parkersiwre. W. Va. a comfortable environment. An individu- ally-controlled thermostat shouldmaintain the temperature Figure 6 from 66° to 70°, witha capacity to heat the room to 75°. Indoor Tennis Courts The lighting should be adequateand the walls and floors attractively colored tocreate a cheerful atmosphere. In order to use the wall surfaces for attaching INDOOR TENNIS FACILITIES apparatus, windows should start eight feet above thefloor level. Doors andwin- Tennis can be played indoorson any firm surface of dows in the area should be designedto provide privacy, in sufficient size for a tenniscourt, and where court markings the room. and a net are provided.Sometimes tennis court markings The walls, ceiling, and floorof the exercise-therapyroom are placed on the general-usegymnasium floor and pro- should be constructedto support apparatus. Theroom visions are made for temporary placementof net posts,or should be acoustically treated.Either hardwoodor vinyl- the net is attachedto rings inserted in the wall. Tennis tile flooring is recommended. courts might also be housed in the fieldhouse or athletic Equipment installation should beplanned prior tocon- arena. Tennis is played indoorson surfaces of clay, syn- struction in order to locateapparatus attachments in the thetic rubberized floor covering,concrete, asphalt, and wood. walls, ceiling, and floor. Equipmentpermanently installed The ball rebounds slightlydifferently from eachtype of sur- in the room should include: stall bars,wall and overhead face. pulley weights, mat hangers,a press bar, weight racks,a A few colleges have constructeda special indoor facility shoulder wheel, hanging bars,suspended horizontal ladders, adjustable parallel bars, specifically for tennis. If thisis done, the facility shouldin- a chinning bar, climbing ropes,a clude a minimm of fourcourts, along with a a tennis drill posture grid screen, plumb lines,a climbing pegboard, and area. Such a facility would enable 16 studentsto play ten- a walking rail. A full-length, stationary wallmirror 6 feet nis, while other studentsuse the tennis drill area. This high and 15 feet long, witha light above it to improve vis- approach would demand frequentrotation of students. If enough courtsare desired to accommodate a class of 32 2 United States Lawn students at one time, then eightcourts are needed. Tennis Association, TennisCourts: Construction, Maintenance, and Equipmmt, 1966,pp. 4547.
36 INIARAI ACTIVITY ARIAS ibility, should b mounted 6 inches from the flour. The mir- established new indoor shouting rounds and standardsfor ror should nut be obscured by wall fixtures. A fuil-length, 16-inch and 20-inch target faces for the automatedlane. three-way mirror with the side panelson hinges is desirable. An archery range may be establishedin a multipurpose The room should also havea chalkboard, tuckbuard, activity area which has been plannedso as to ensure the drinking fountain, lavatory, and electrical outlets furfa:cord- safe use of equipment andprevent damage to the room. In ing machines and testing devices. (See Figure 7.) Acurtain- some cases, archery backdrops may also be usedas ball ed area should be provided where disabledstudents may stops fur indoor golf practice. Where automatedtarget re- change their personal equipment and performspecial exer turns are installed, however, a single-purpose cises in privacy. area should be planned. Some commercial establishmentsconvert bowl- Storage space commensurate with the amount and tc pes ing alleys to archery ranges during certain periods ofthe of equipment to be stored should be adjacentto the exercise- week. In the collegeor university facility, the therapy room. An area with -,nge should a minimum of 200 square feet be located in a heatedarea where foot traffic,n be con- is recommended. Movable pieces ofequipment that may re- trolled and floodlights providea minimum of 30 footcan- quire storage include: an exercise table (plinth), stall-bar dies of light (70 footcandles preferred)on the target face. benches, a record player andtape recorder, extra weights, An area 78 feet long is adequate for officialranges of a low balance beam, and miscellaneous small items. 10, 15, and 20 yards for indoor archery, anda 20-yard An office-conference room for private consultationand range for practice with the outdoor target. The 78 feet in- filing of records should be convenientto the exercise-therapy cludes 3 feet for the target, 60 feet for therange, and 15 room. A glass, sliding panel between this office and the feet for walking space behind the shooting line.Aar area 65 exercise-therapy room may be desirable. feet wide is required for 24 students. Thisarea will accom- modate six 48-inch targets set 10 feetapart on centers, or INDOOR ARCHERY RANGE twelve 5-foot lanes for indoortargets. A minimum ceiling height of 10 feet should be provided between theshooting Instructional and recreationalgroups need an indoor line and targets. archery area that is suitable forpractice during inclement The floor in the archery weather. At the same time, indoor area will receive hard usage archery, with its mechan- from street shoes and flyingarrows. A hardwood, tongue- ically-efficient automated targetequipment, is being rapidly and-groove floor, with the boards running the length of developed. The American Indoor Archery the Association has shooting area, is preferred. A wooden flooris damaged
st
rr
i! 4 F 2
Iof^brairleI _ Aare4k., 11-54 1 s07...... 1
-woo. 1111
1 ;zwiaz
w
's
Figure 7 Exercise-Therapy Room, University of Illinois
37 C11.1.11:1,3.*. AND VNIVERSIIY EACILITIES GUIDE less by arrows, and, at the same time, it helps reduce arrow stallation of target carriers. Each firing point should be at breakage. A rug or hard-rubber runners may be placed least 5-1/2 feet wide. along the shooting lane if desired. The wall at the target end of the range should be bullet- The location of structural features in the archery room proof. Bulletstops should be made of heavy steel or armor should be given careful attention. Obstructions ahead of the plate. Masonry and wood should not be used for bullet- shooting line, such as supporting pillars and overhead stops. Masonry will chip, causing dangerous ricochets,and lights in a low ceiling, should be recessed or otherwise pro- wood becomes chewed up by the slugs. The required thick- tected from flying arrows. The area behind the target should ness of the steel plate used forthe bulletstop depends upon be covered with a backdrop to protect the wall and pre- the caliber of ammunition used, with the required thickness vent arrow breakage. A large heavy run, or a commercial- increasing as the caliber of the weapon increases. If only ly-available nylon net which arrows cannot penetrate, may .22 caliber ammunition is used, 3,'8 -inch plate should be be used. All doors and windows in the area should be lo- installed. cated behind the shooting line. The same is true for tack- The backstop should be behind and angled down and boards and chalkboards. away from the target at a 45-degree angle (seeFigure 8). Targets may be affixed to the backstop or placed on The sidewalls of the bulletstop should be steel plate to pro- easels in front of it. A variety of targets are available, in- tect the wall from the spatter of lead from thebackstop. A cluding straw, double-curl excelsior, and styrofoam with sandbox, 8 inches deep and 6 feet wide, running the full composition centers. The target should be constructed and width of the range, should be placed on the floor beneath placed so as to allow an arrow to penetrate at least 20 the bulletstop to catch deflected lead. This type of bulletstop inches without striking any obstruction that would damage requires 8 feet of space. A bulletstop made of louvered steel the arrow. plate requires somewhat less space. In a multipurpose room, target holders should be mount- The target carrier is a pulley device that runs the target ed on wheels or set in floor plates. The plates should be back and forth between the firing line and the backstop, flush with the floor when the target holder is removed. The thus eliminating the need for the shooters to step in front of backdrop behind the targets should be pulled to the side -.r the firing line. The target frame and carrier may be con- rolled overhead when not in use. structed locally or purchased from commercial manufactur- Storage space for targets and other equipment should be ers specializing in this field. The carrier should providefor adjacent to the range. The size ar d location of storage targets at two heights, one for the standing position at 5 areas will be determined by the type of targetsused. Heavy feet, 3 inches high, the other at 1 foot, 6 inches high for the straw targets require a large storage space near the target area; light-weight targets on aluminum frame maybe stored with the bows. Racks for hanging bows, and shelves for storing arrows should be induded in a storage area behind the shooting line. This location enables a student to replace or exchange equipment while other students continue to shoot. is The feasibility of installing automated lanes should be seriously considered. Several types of commercial lanes are available. Automated lanes have lane dividers at the shoot- ing line and an automatic warning system to halt shooting in the event a person steps in front of the shooting line. Electric target-returns bring the targets to the shooting line itl so arrows can be removed, and the targets canbe adjusted for different shooting distances without altering the shoot- ti ing line. ,
RIFLE RANGE 1 A rifle range can be used for dass instruction, competi- tive shooting, and recreation for both men and women. On 1 , " r t. ..- ,,. campuses where it is deemed unfeasible to include a range - /- within the physical education complex, the department might '/ / ;17 collaborate with ROTC units or the campus in construct- ing a range. .., A room 75' x 42' will accommodate eight firing points, or a class of 24 students. At leasteight firing points are recommended on the basis of one point for every three members of a class. Additional room width is required if more firing lanes are desired. The NationalRifle Associa- tion standard shooting distance for rifles is 50 feet, meas- ured from the Fixing line to the target. The bulletstop should be 6 to 10 feet beyond the target. This space varies with the type of installation. A minimum of 15 feet is required behind the firing line for mats, scoring tables, rifle racks, and walking space. The ceiling sho :uld be 8 feet high in front of the firing points. This ceiling height reduces the amount of wall space that Figure 8 must be covered behind the backdrop, and facilitates the in- Pit Alva of Riff* Rang., University of Maryland
38 INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS prone, sitting, and kneeling positions. The lower-level tar- the five-foot level, is helpful. Tackboards, chalkboards, a gets are lusuay provided by a detachable extension rod telephone jack, and light-control switches should be installed from the upper targets. behind the firing line. Special attention should be given to the lighting, vendla- For specifications on construction of backstops and tar- tion, and acoustics of the range. It is essential to have uni- get carriers, and for steel plate thicknesses for a particular form lighting from strategically-located lamps to eliminate caliber of ammunition, write to the National Rifle Associa- undesirable shadows, reflections, and brightness contrasts tion of America, 1600 Rhode Island Avenue, N.W., Wash- between the target and the surrounding space. The light in- ington, D.C. 20036. tensity should gradually increase down the range, from a minimum of 50 footcandles at the firing line to 70 foot- INDOOR GOLF-PRACTICE AREA candles on the vertical target. Lights focused on the target Provisions can be made to accommodate golf practice are placed above and below the target. Exposed lamps indoors. Balls may be hit into a large durable nylon net should be protected by steel plating with a wood facing. The or canvas placed several yards in front of the hitting posi- color of the backstop, walls, and ceiling should be light tan or off-white, similar to the paper on which the targets are tions. Driving cages such as those pictured in Figure 9 may also be used. Hitting positions may be established by plac- printed. Nonglossy paint should be used to reduce glare. ing matting, such as a large door mat, on the floor, with a The range should be provided with sufficient ventilation smaller piece of artificial turf on top of the mat. The golf to keep it reasonably free of gunpowder fumes. The ventilat- ball is then played from the turf. ing ducts should not transmit the sound of gunshot to other Indoor greens can be constructed by laying artificial turf areas of the building. The range will require acoustical over a solid surface, and placing one or more cups in the treatment, with the walls and ceiling around the firing points desired location (see Figure 10). receiving special attention. Acoustically treated doors should be designed to prevent the transmission of noise. There is no need to have windows in the room. The acoustical ma- BOWLING LANES terials and all surfaces around the firing point should be Bowling lanes in a physical education complex can be fireproof and fire-resistant. Reinforced concrete is recom- used extensively for instruction, recreational bowling, and mended for the floors and walls of the range. competition. A minimum of eight lanes should be construct- Exposed beams, lamps, conduits, or any projecting sur- ed to provide an effective ;ristructional unit. With four stu- face in front of the firing point should be covered with pro- dents per lane, eight lanes will accommodate a class of 32 tective steel plates faced with wood two inches thick. The students. The lanes should be located for convenient access steel plate will protect the exposed part from bullets and the during both day and evening hours, and where noise from wood facing will prevent ricochet. The facing should be set the pins will not interfere with other classes. It is not espe- at such an angle that a bullet could not possibly return to cially important to locate the lanes near dressing and show- the firing point. er rooms, as recommended for other activity areas. A lockable arms and ammunition storage unit should be The construction of bowling facilities is a complex archi- located immediately behind the firing line. The size of the tectural and engineering task. Therefore, specialists should unit will depend upon the number of firing points and the be consulted and brought into the planning at an early variety of weapons employed. Storage space is also needed date. Major suppliers of bowling equipment will provide for a mat for each firing point, target faces, and other small excellent architectural consultation and research services. items of equipment. Examples of common errors which may be eliminated The only entrance to the room should be from behind the by expert planning are: firing line. Since the doors must be closed while the range Support columns on or near the approach areas (clear- is in use, a small viewing window in the door, starting at span roof structure is an important feature)
11110111.111/
Figure 9 Golf Driving Cages for Indoors or Outdoors
39 COLLEGE AND VNIVERSITY 'FACILMES GU
: -- "r
r111:." Vci!lt 1 : . T. 4.44-1 ) t -
4.' -t
>1- +123,", - .. - . =144. L.,' - . I.- ar.z I ..t. 10 4?;.;V::
Figure 10 Indoor Golf Green
Poorly-planned lanes and pits which permit distracting The ceiling height of the room should be a minimum noise, inadequate or uneven light, or glare 10 feet, with 12 feet strongly recommended. The width Drab or discordant color combinations the facility is dictated by the number of lanes. A lane, Fluctuating room temperature and humidity due to cluding gutters, is 60 inches wide. Eight lanes, includi varying numbers of people lane dividers and four ball-return chutes, require a mi Poorly-planned service areas mum width of 44 feet, 8 inches. Space for a passageway Poor maintenance provisions the pits must be added to this.
115V-P"
9e-2" 121-0- 46..-10"
I61141.1 elfIISOOOOO 2minaciisoluzigmragcoos1:.:Warr.aill: 111a
1
Figure 11 8-Lan Bowling Installation
40 IND, 14 +It ACTIVITY AREAS
i24
UPPER AREA OF SQUASH COURTS BASKET ROOM 1 1 1 k h7 1_1 115` 1I3t 1
POOL, I
109I
NIL
w FIRST FLOOR BASEMENT 1.- 101MainLocker Room 113Toilet 1 Research Arca 22 Men's Toilet Graduate 102VarsityLocker Room 114Athletic Issue Room Physiologyof Exercise Laboratory 23 Men's Toilet 2 103SwimmingPool Office 115Janitor's Closet 2APhysiologyof Exercise Storage 24 Mechanical Equipment Room 104VisitingTeamLocker Room 116Physical Education Issue 3Storage 25 Storage 26 Squash Court 105DressingRoom 117Basket }worn 4Office 118Physical Education Storage 5Janitor'sCicset 27 Storage 106PhysicalEducationFaculty 28 Squash Court LockerRoom Room 6WeightTraining Room 120Auxiliary Gymnasium Storage 29 Maintenance Room 107Toilet 7FilterRoom Auxiliary Gymnasium 108FacultyLocker Room 122 8BowlingAlleys 30 Squash Court 124Janitor's Office 9PhysiotherapyRocm 31 Laundry 109MainShower Room 10BowlingAlley Office 32 Squash Court 110JanitorsCloset SShower 11Physiotherapist 33 Steam Room 111Pool 1Toilet 12StorageRoom 34 Squash Court 112AthleticStorage EElevator 13WhirlpoolRoom 35 Electrical Equipment Room 256 14JanitorsCloset 36 Elevator Machinery 15SteamBath 37 Transformer Room 488254 16Women'sToilet 38 Equipment Storage Room 50A Education Laboratory 17Driver 255 1 253 248 250 18EmergencyWomen's Toilet 251 S-- Shower ' 3 19Classroom I 1"L I TToiiet se) 252 20EmergencyMen's Toilet 1.,:t 248A 21ChairStorage Room EElevator 245 IV 247 Myry.a..1, 246
UPPERAREA 244 237 OFAUXILIARY UPPERAREA 2 GYMNASIUM OFPOOL 40 235 !:11 o:34 36 227 31 218 oN taa)0 2251223l2119 14 16 NNNNNVI .s 1 7-
21513 119 720 II 2 42C318to12121-11 1 7-1"Tr- SECONDFLOOR 200MainLobby 247WomenInstructorsLocker 214Men'sToilet Room 216Women'sToilet 248Laboratory 223SeininarRoom 248ALabStorage 402 225SeminarRoom 2488LabStorage 227Audio-VisualClassroom 249Classroom 229ProjectionRoom 256Laboratory 30147 T 1.301B 231TicketBooth 2534LabStorage 232MechanicalEquipmentRoom 251Classroom MAINGYMNASIUM 233PublicTelephone 252Audio-VisualStomge 235JanitorsCloset 253Classroom Room 301MainGymnasium 481 237WrestlingRoom 254CalculatingMachine Storage 402 239Janitor'sCloset 255Classroom 301A 443IFan Rooms 3018Storage 241Men'sToilet 256Janitor'sOffice 302Women'sToilet 404 J 243Women'sToilet EElevator 303Janitor 245Women'sLocker Room numberedroomsare 3C4Men'sToilet t:Elevator 246AdaptedPhys r.a1 Education All other Room offices. Figure 12 Msn's Gymnasium University of Massachusetts 41 rl 0.14124 VIIII IIMPIASIVM1 FOURTH FLOOR PLAN a r 0A441NO 111111)04 p111 16041111M ROOM i OtlINAIINIM THIRD FLOOR PLAN 1111"1""fr":17"."e1 rIO 104414 1 11011111 OVNNA111111 Oft VI Off WI SECOND FLOOR PLAN
FIRST FLOOR PLAN Women's Gymnasium Building, University of Nebraska Figure 13 INW%i...."Nod"..." Oa 14 III NI $111;$.4.--. AN1$ Atitsrii tAtALITali..S Cl"114:,
The total length of the bowling room is determined by The need fox el en light intensityon the lanes is para- the length of the lanes plus additional spur ureded for Mount. The tewiumended ioutcandle intensities are as fol. storage and repair :hops at 'lie rear of the Lr ilding and fur lows. 15 to 25 roi.,:cacdles on thet,e& 8 to 15 fowcandles service al-eas in the front of the building. The distance from ton the approach, and 35 footcandles orei the automatic 11! foul line to the end of a lane is 63 feet. At leat 10 feet pinsetters. If tele.% ision lighti.:)g is needed, separate circuit additional space :s required fur pinsetting machines and the wiring weed hum other house activity is 1-mamma-fa pit service area. A minimum of 15 feet is required for the (sec Chapter 4). approach Therefore, the pit service area, pits, bed, and A public-address system for general announcements and approach, require a minimum length of 88 feet. Another 9 instruction is desirable. An intercommunication system is to 12 feet should be added for bowlers' sete.es, depending very important because it can save steps and time. Such a on the particular type used. Spectator seats are recommend- system aids the management in communicating with me- ed and each row of such seats will require an additional chanics and other personnel in the pits. Background music 3 feet, 6 inches. Other features which should be included and equipment may also be installed and should be controlled will requite additional space are: (I) conveniently-located from the main counter. rest rooms; (2) the control and sales area; (3) shoe-rental Because of the great fluctuation in the number of people areas; and (4) storage space near the pits for extra pins in the room, fully-automatic control of both temperature and and other such items. humility is highly desirable. Local weather conditions must A manager's office of at least 1.00 square feet, with win- be carefully considered in planning controls for temperature dows offering a view of the lanes, ihould be provided. The and humidity. office should have Dutch doors with a large counter, ora The sound of crashing pins is inspiring to the bowler. half-height raising door over a counter_ The management Other noises should be reduced to a minimum. To effect should be able to supervise the exits and entrances as well this, the floor should be firm and solid, with no space be- as all of the bowling lanes from the control area. An inter- tween the floor layers. Many forms of acoustical materials communication system and switches used to control the may be used on the ceiling and walls with reasonable suc- houselights and to activate the bowling equipment should cess. Bowling-supply manufacturers can provide informa- also be located in this control area. Special attention should tion on tilt. best material to tkse. As a general rule, noise- be given to proper ventilation and sanitation of the shoe reduction coefficients of .70 to .85 in the pit area of the storage and rental area_ Ball racks mounted on rollers or lane-, and of .50 to .65 for the balance of the lane areas permanently placed must be provided. A passageway with are c.oissidered satisfactory. A .65 to .75 noise-reduction co- a door wide enough to allow movement of pinsetting ma- effit..cnt is considered satisfactory for the control andman- chines should be located so as to facilitate the moving of agement area. heavy equipment to the pits.
SELECTED REFERENCES
American %doe?. krchery Association. Mimeographed Rules. Cnicago. National Industrial Recreation Assoaauon, Standard Sports Areas for In- The Association, 23 East Jackson Boulevard, Revised 1965. dustrial, School, Private., and Public Recreation Leaders. Chicago: The Association, 1963. Bischoff, David C.. 'Designed for Partidpation; Journal of Health, Physi- cal Education, and Recreation, March 1966. Participants in National Facilities Conference, Planning Areas and Facili- ties for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Chicago: The Ath- Castello. Hugo. and Castello, James, Fencing. New York. The Ronald letic Institute, and American Association for Health, Physical Educa- Press Company, 1962. tion, and Recreation (NEA), 1965
Nrthur S.and Davies, Frel3-n A. Adapted Physical Education. 'Physical Education Facilities,' School Management Magazine., December New York: Harper and Row Publishers, 1965. 1966.
Depart= of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Guide- Scott, Harry A., and Westkaemper, Richard B., From Program to Facilities lines i Adapted Physical Education. Harrisburg, Pa.: Department of in Physical Education. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1958. Public Instruction, 1965. United States Lawn Tennis Association, Tennis 0...ins: Construction, Main- Gabrielsen, M. A., and Miles, C. M., Sports and Recreation Facilities for tenance, and Equipment. New York: The Association, 1966. School and Community. Englewood Cliffs, ti J.: Prentice-Hall,Inc., 1958.
Kelly, Ellen D., Adapted and Corrective Physical Education.New York: The Ronald Prcss Company, 1965.
44 Chapter 7
INDOOR ANDOUTDOORSWIMMING POOLS
The vast expansionin aquatics which has occurred dur- If the program design doesnot include competitive swim- ing the past two decadesin the United States placesnew demands upon planners of ming, the pool sizes and shapesrecommended aboveare college and university facilities still desirable because they for health, physical education,and recreation. are the most functional. The multiple-unit aquatic facilityis most desirable and General considerationsin pool planning andconstruc- tion are normally the may include an instructional pool,a diving well, and a same for aquatic facilities in schools competitive pool. If onlyone pool is to be built, its multi- and communities. However,certain special featuresat the college and university level purpose character will have to meet the needsof the pro- must be given consideration in gram design as fully as possible. order Lo make possiblean extensive educational, competi- tive, and recreational aquatic From the standpoint of flexibility,if the program is program. This chapter has broadly conceived, itmay be desirable to build pools which been developed to aid poolplanners in designzng facilities which will be adequate can be used for coeducationalor all-male and all-female to meet the present and futureaqua- groups. All aquatic facilities should be designed %..ads of the particularinstitution. so as to meet the structural regulations of the Divisionfor Girls' and Women's Sports (AAHPER), the DESIGN AND PURPOSES National Collegiate Ath- letic Association, and the AmateurAthletic Union. The collegeor university swimming poolor natatorium should be designedto serve the present and projected future THE PROGRAM needs of the specific collegecommunity. It should helpto meet the basic objective of theinstitution's program in The pool planningcommittee should card-nil., review the health, physical education,and recreation. In brief, this program requirements before attemptingto determine the objective is to promote thetotal development of individual kinds of aquatic facilities neededto satisfy these require- members of the collegeor university community physically, ments. The list below suggests possibilities whichmay aid mentally, spiritually, andsocially. Insome cases, college or planning groups in the developmentof adequate aquatic university facilities may be designedto serve the additional programs: needs of the residentialcommunity adjacent to thecampus. Classes for undergraduate studentsin swimming, div- The college or university aquatic facilities shouldbe ing, lifesaving and water safety, synchronizedswim- planned in the light of the aquatic program to be offered. ming, and skin and scuba diving . In order of priority,it is important toprog.am for swim- Special classes for the disabled,post- operative cases, ming instruction, lifesaving andwater safely, competitive excessively timid nonswimmers, andslow learners, swimming, the adapted aquaticprogram, aquatic research, and for adapted physical educationdasses and recreationalaquatics for the collegecommunity. Addi- Recreational-swimming periods for students,faculty, tional aquaticprograms cars be planned for members of and other collegeor university personnel the residential communityin situations where suchprograms Make-up swimming periods for studentswho have had are desirable and feasible. excused absences If the aquaticprogram is to include competitive swim- Practice periods for intramural andvarsity swimming ming, the pool should be designedaccording to the follow- team groups ing specifications of the NationalCollegiate Athletic Asso- Practice periods for team divinggroups ciation and the Amateur AthleticUnioni rectangular and Practice periods for synchronizedswimming dub groups 75' x 45' minimum,containing six 7-foot lanes. For mark- Boating and canoeing classes ings, refer to current rule books. Assignments for home teamcompetitivs' meets, water The pool depth shouldrange from 3 1/2 or 4 feet to shows, demonstrations, clinics, andother special events 9 or 12 feet, accordingto the type of diving-board installa- Classes for faculty children tion. This size pool should havenot more than two 1-meter Programs for the collegeor university community boards, or one 1-meter andone 3-meter board. If there are Programs for collegeor university residential groups diving boards of different heights,they should be placedso there is a lateral distance betweenthem of at least 10 feet, INVOLVEMENT OF PROGRAMPERSONNEL measured from the midpoints of the boards. Boards should All people should be involved also be placed 10 feetin from the sides of the pool. in the preliminary plan- There is a growing trend toward ning who will later becomepart of an operative program. building the Olympic- An efficient method is size pool--50 metersx 75'4"with eight lanes (see Figure to appoint a committee of faculty members whoarc conversant with aquatics. This committee 14). Consideration should alsobe given to a pool withan overall depth of five feet. This will need to: type of construction doesnot Examine the existing aquatic facilities permit the use of diving boardsand is not suitable for of the college or classes of nonswimmas. Some university 50-me P::: pools incorporate Determine future needs movable bulkheads whichpermit greater flexibilityin use of the facility. Familiarize themselves with thespace and site allocated for new aquatic facilities
45 CoLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY FACILITIES GUIDE
Single-Unit All-Purpose Facility Multiple Units
45' 45' 45'
1. 36' 75'4" 75'4" Diving Pool 45'
Instructional Pool 754'
Competitive Pool 45'
L45. 75q" 36' Diving Area (Offset) Deep Water
Instructional and Competitive Pool
Olympic-Size Pools (50 meters) 75'-l'
60'
Deep Water 164'4"
16414"
Deep Water
75'
Figure 14 Suggested Arrangements for College Aquatic Units
46 INDooR AND ot-tikitiR sWININIINGlAtioLS
Know the anticipatedmaximum funds available for Bulletin board, 10' x 20', in each poolarea new aquatic facilities. Electric clock in each area Become thoroughly familiar withthe provisions of Underwater window, or windows,on sides of each state and local codes regulating the design,construc- pool, ten feet from the deep end and with thetop of the tion, safety, and sanitationaspects of pools window 3 1/2 feet beneath the surface of the Submit the water (a 41 x program to all members of the aquatic 4' window is minimum although larger installationsmay faculty and coaching staff and solicittheir suggestions be desirable) Revise the program in the light ofsuggestions received Built-in or portable vacuum-cleaningsystem Submit the programto the architects to guide them ia Depth markings on sidesor ends of all pools making preliminary drawings Routing for swimmers from the locker and dressing Meet with the architectsto discuss alterations in the rooms totoilets, showers, suitingarea, and then to the preliminary drawings (Theseprocesses are continuous pools until the final drawings have been approved.) Adequate deck space ranging from 6to 20 feet (The Appoint the most knowledgeable memberof the com- area behind diving installations should be adequate for mittee to check the progress of the constructionwith the safe traffic circulation. Maximum deckspace of 20 feet is appointed university buildinginspector to see that the desirable if construction costs permit.) facilities under construction and the approveddrawings Entire area free of obstructing posts and pillars coincide Built-in spectator sections for pools which will beused for meets and water shows (see Chapter 13) RESOURCE MATERIALS Recessed receptacles for lane lines and floor installa- tions, such as starting blocks and turnpennants for back- Available reference materials should be consulted for strokers up-to-date information on pool planning andconstruction (see references at the end of this chapter).
LOCATION RELATIONSHIPS ADDITIONAL FEATURES RECOMMENDED FOR COMPETITIVE POOLS The indoor instructional pool should belocated in the aquatic area adjacent to the diving well and Size: 75'4" x 45' minimum competitive Depths: 3 1/2 to 7 feet if pool. but separated from them bya permanent wall. It no diving boards are in- should be located convenientlyin terms of shower rooms, stalled locker rooms, toiletrooms, lavatories, and classrooms 3 1/2 to 12 feet if boardsare installed (see Chapters 9 and 10). Lanes seven feet wide, with 12-inch lines downthe The indoor competitive pool should '..1e center on the bottom of each lane (Use color whichcon- at ground level, trasts with pool floor. These lines should end with with convenient spectatoraccess to corridors and exits which a "T" of will permit audiences tocome and go without traversing the 30' x 12, five feet from each end of the pool.) rest of the building (see Chapter 4). This pool should Hand grips, flush with the end of the pool,in the cen- be ter of each lane for backstroke starts adjacent to dressing rooms, toiletrooms, locker rooms, classrooms, and the instructional pool. Turn targets 30 inchessquare, built or painted into The indoor diving well should be the end wall in the center of each lane (Anabrasive mater- in the same room as ial or paint is recommended. The color selected the competitive pool, but separatedfrom it by means ofa should con- wide deck, parallelto the width of the competitive pool. trast with the pool wall.) Adequate clear wall space formounting scoreboards and record boards RECOMMENDED FEATURES Large double door with flush threshold, leadingto a loading area or driveway for delivery ofheavy or large GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS equipment (see Chapter 4) Rectangular-shaped pools Floor or wall fixtures forpennant lines 15 feet from Coved corners to facilitate vacuuming each end of the pool, which permitpennants to hang at Acoustically-treated ceilings and walls regulation hcight for visibility by backstrokeswimmers Central office equipped u--thone-way observation win- coming into their turns dow overlooking all areas Entrance to office from outside corridornot in general student traffic lanes (see Chapter 4) Recessed ladder:, two on each side of each pool,three ADDITIONAL FEATURES RECOMMENDED feet from end walls, three stepsmaximum, seven to ten FOR INSTRUCTIONAL POOLS inches between steps Size: 75'4' x 45' minimum Drinking fountains in each area Depths: 3 1/2 to 12 feet if diving boardsare installed Self-flushing phlegm receptacleson the wall in each 3 1/2 to 7 feet if no boards area are installed Water-polo markings at each end of pool (consultrule Hot and cold water outlets in eacharea for scrubbers book for regulations) Nonskid deck material Recessed receptacles for water-polo goalson ends of Telephone beside diving well andat one end of each pool, or overhead installations whichcan be raised and pool, located five feet above deck level lowered Cutoff system for hourly bell schedule whenmeets and A large pegboard of marine plywoodor plastic for shows are in progress pegging scenery design for wafer shows Yardage markings every five yardson pool sides or Hooks or pulley installationsat or near the ceiling or decks at water edge one wall for handling backdrops for water shows
47 Jormsmorat ImmEgml: r- 0" sttess..444. CUSTODIAN STORAGE FIRST 411 11 411 14411 AID 4,1 ! I ; V.Ii STORAGE 1.! SWIMMING 14 OFFICE f'- LEARNING POOL I. ' -0*0 r - -1. 7,.1 4 r t 411 644 4101 361-0' 1,1 7 143 711 / 75'. 0' 411 I. 1411 4,41 1,-.1 DIVING POOL O I; ews 0 ka COMPETITIVE POOL 40 l 1.4174 11411 Sr - tem. 1-1 ri Brigham Young University Aquatic Complex IL Figure 15 Vrri nmomint-- 3- IrV ET ME
ow.
g
Figure 16 Brigham Young University Aquatic Complex
Figure 17 University of Wisconsin Aquatic Compisx
49 COLLEGE tM rxivERNay FACIaTIES talUE
ADDITIONAL FEATURES RECOMMENDED In the granular-media system, water impurities are held FOR DIVING POOLS on top of the mediabed (sand, anthrafilt, calcite, ground blast-furnace slag, exparded shale, ground cinder, etc.). A Size: 45' x 36' mini -um coagulant (floc) may be used to remove extremely small Separate from comp Aitive pool, but in the same room particles. The system is cleaned by reversing the flow and Depth: 14 to 16 feet to a cco mmoda te three-meter backwashing the bed. boards and platforms Diatomaceous-earth and/or filter-aid filters remove water Ceiling height of 15 feet above highest board, or ten impurities as thE flow passes through a thin layer of dia- feet above platform tomaceous earth or other filter-aid covering thefilter ele- Water surface agitator in front of each board ments. When the filter elements have become pluggedwith One- and three-meter boards and platforms installed to impurities and can no longer pass adequate water volume, meet competitive regulations (see DGWS, NC/V., and AAU the filter is cleaned by a backwash or by sluicing of the references at end of chapter. Platforms may be installed on elements until they are entirely clean. A fresh layer (precoat) pillars or hung from the ceiling, as illustrated in Figure 18.) of diatomaceous earth is then placed on the elements and Boards installed ten feet apart (use center of board to the filter is returned to service. During the filter cycle, the measure distance) along one wall, ten feet from sidewalls element coating is kept porous and is prevented from early Diving-board stands, ladders, and fixtures of noncor- plugging, i.e., "short cycles,' by the continuous addition of rosive metal treated to prevent electrolysis slight amounts of diatomaceous-earth slurry, also known Guard rails on all ladders and platforms above one as "body coat.' meter in height Ladders three feet from pool ends, built into sidewalls CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Every pool shell is a foundation structure, with water on the inside, and sometimes on the outside too. In designing the pool shell, the particular soil mechanics must be tho- roughly investigated. Borings, at least two at the shallow end and two at the deep end, provide vital reference infor- mation. An experienced soil-investigation service should be en- gaged. Certified logs should show changes of stratum, spoon and casing blows at five-foot intervals, the water table, the rock-core recovery, and all irregularities of the natural formations. Expert interpretation of boring logs should be obtained. The profile of the pool will determine the specifications for materials, construction, and reinforce- ment of the wall. When unstable or unsuitable conditions for ground-level installation require the construction of pools above the existing grade, concrete or metal pool shells supported on a suitable structural framework should be considered. For concrete buildings, pools using concrete support beams and integral-formed pool bottoms are usually advantageous. In an all-steel building, structural steelfabrication has advan- tages. In-the-ground pools have been developed using many construction materials and techniques for the shell construc- tion, including the following: poured reinforced concrete; pneumatically-applied concrete; carbon steel; aluminum; and Figure 18 brick or concrete-block wall, poured concrete bottom. All are Diving Pool finished with a light-colored paint or ceramic tile.
POOL-SHELL EQUIPMENT RECIRCULATION AND FILTRATION SYSTEM GUTTERS AND SKIMMERS All modern pools are equipped with a recirculation and Pools use gutter systems and skimmers for removing filtration system. Filters fall into two general classes: granu- surface water. Gutter designs include the following: roll-out lar media (sand-and-gravel); and diatomaceous-earth or type; recessed; and semirecessed. Architects,- pool consul- filter-aid. Most granular-media filters for swimming pools tants, health officials, and swimming coaches should bb are of the pressure-system type, while diatomaceous-earth consulted in determining what is best suited for the particu- units can be either pressure-system or vacuum-system. The flow in these systems can be reduced to the simple schematic lar installation. diagram shown in Figure 19. INLETS Each system includes a pump for moving the water, and piping to take the water from the pool and pass it through Pool water is returned at different locatiods through con- the filter and treatment units before returning it to the pool. nections in the pool shell. Inlets can be set either in the wall Sterilizing and water-treatment additives are usually intro- or on the pool floor. The use of floorinlets normally re- duced in the return piping. Local and state sanitary codes sults in better pool hydraulics and a self-cleaning action. should be consulted for requirements. Local and state codes should be consulted for requirements.
50 IN DOuR AND ol:TDOOR SWI11111XCPOOLS
Typical Pressure Filter System
Gutter
Wall Inlet
rr=*. BTM Inlet
Main Drain Chlorine Feeder ooster Pump Level Control a_ Alkaline Feeder Where Req'd Flow Meter
Filter Pump Drain to Surge Tank or Hair & Lint Waste Catcher Wet Wall
Typical Vacuum Type Diatomaceous-Earth Filter
Auto Level Control Filter Req'd Where Filter Drain to Waste is Located Below Pool Water Line
Figure 19 Swimming Pool Filter Systems
51 cuMGE AND umvutsrn- KleILITMS GUI
Concrete Deck
6" 4
I
/I
Tile Facing
41
a
Conc. Pool Wall
Full Recessed Semirecessed Concrete 8,/or Metal Concrete & /or Metal
Return 12" 4" Slots 1 x 8" Recirculation at 12" ctrs. Line
mnies,semool Deck Water s Line
Overflow Return Duct
Enclosed, Roll-out Type Flush Deck Metal Pool Concrete Nor Metal
Figure 20 Types of Overflow Gutters
52 E\ out* 1\1) tit-vim* SWIM NI 1\ G 0110111
DRAINS ELECTRICAL OUTLETS Drains are del ices located at the pool bottom fox the ,col Multiple electrical- outlets should be installed u the sides lertion of deep-end t atex, and fox emptying the pool. Usu and ends of all pool areas, three to four feet above deck ally, a removable grate is set in a frame, flush with the let el. The IA eatherptoof, outdoor t)pe tthiJ is groanded bottom of the pool and firmly secured in place so that it for safety is recommended. cannot be removed by swimmers. Main drains are also used as pool-water returns, similar DECK DRAINS to an inlet, and styles to accommodate these systems are available. Perfcratee drains are desirable for safety, and In all pool areas, deck drains should slope away from should never be located below the diving trajectory. Local the pool toward the center of the deck or outside wall. Local codes set standardst:or the sizes of drains. and state sanitary codes should be consulted for require- ments. HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVES STORAGE Hydrostatic relief valves can be the most important shell equipment provided. Every pool, when empty, is essentially A storage rocim should he accessible from the pool deck. a boat hull. Water beneath the hull tends to cause the pool This room shouldNbe constructed to meet the needs of the to, float. Hydrostatic relief valves relieve external water pres- program, and shotiid relate to the specific facilities. It sure on the pool shell. shothd be equipped with double doors and flush thresholds, and should contain no obstructing pillars er inconvenient ALARM SYSTEMS cul-de-sacs. A room with minimum dimensions of 20' x 40' will prc-vide space to accommodate canoes and other large Alarm systems for indicating the presence of persons in pieces of equipment used in the aquatic program. the water when the pool is closed aocl unsupervised can pc--f-irm important watchman servie. 'baubles with early LOCATION OF MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS models are king corrected and practical systems are now available. Below the aquatic wing, a tunnel should lead to all plumbing which should be exposed to facilitate future re- ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS pairs and maintenance. This tunnel should also permit access to the underwater windows. Separate and oversized Underwater lighting must be installed in accordance with filters. Dumps, and heaters for each unit will increase the the requirements of local authorities. This information life of the installation. Separ ate thermostats connected to should be obtained early in the design-program planning influent water pipes should Lt. installed in cach unit. stage. If underwater lighting is used, it should be grounded to the cold-water system, and an authoritative electrical ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTDOOR i'CiCiS engineer should check the effectiveness of the installation. Water volume has a great influence on lighting levels LOCATION throughout the pool shell. (See illumination tables in Chap- Outdoor pools should be conveniently located in rela- ters 4 and 5.) tion to other facilities for health, physical education, and Attention to the spacing of underwater light units is recreation. Locations in natural valleys, basins, or depres- needed. The Illuminating Engineering Society recommenda- sions in the terrain should be avoided. Relatively-dr) sub- tion yields good results, although what appears to be need- surface conditions are recommended for outdoor-pool in- ed is a volumetric basis of calculation similar to the 'zonal stallations. cavity' computations being introduced to the profession. Locations adjacent to wooded areas, industrial plants, White lighting, :ontaining a very light tinge of blue, has main traffic areas, or other possible sources of pool con- been used successfully for night lighting. For pools that are tamination should be avoided. lighted at night, amber lighting has proved most effective in minimizing insect attraction. Other colors reduce the trans- DESIGN mission of light to a serious extent and cause the swimmers to look garish. Area lighting should be designed by a The same design considerations are desirable for outdoor lighting specialist. as for indoor pools, except that larger installations are fre- Excec-sive source glare can be prevented by a sufficient quently constructed outdoors. number of fixture locations. The fixture mounting height Deck space for outdoor pools should be at least twice should be at least 30 feet for uniform comfort levels and the square footage of the surface of the water. It is recom- glare reduction. mended that consideration be given to the development of a Colored spotlights can be used effectively for architectural dry deck area for sunbathers. intertsi and for highlighting the diving tower, starting blocks, ladder locations, walls, and other areas. WINDBREAKS Infrared heating lamps and quartzline heating fixtures, in The structures housing the dressing facilities, showers, addition to providing light, can be used effectively for pro- office, and mechanical equipment should be located to form jecting radiant heat to ensure extra comfort at principal a windbreak for the pool area iii situations where the pre- activity locations. vailing wind may interfere with swimmer comfort. Plastic or canvas may be hung on the fence for additional wind- CONTROL OF AIR CIRCULATION breaks if required in a specific situation.
In all pool areas, the plan for control of air circulation WATER HSATINC should provide for heating and cooling cycles to allow for an orderly release of heat from the body of the swimmer so In temperate and colder climates, provision for heating that their will be no draft sensa:ions (see Chapter 4). the pool water will extend the annual period of pool use.
53 a ..411.41
a ....0111 aaleirle4 _- Anc 44E: .... .,.. = ...-'1'.' ..r...... , T 4.' ...m.. ,,.. Iiiiiiiiii.441111117.1*-.. ,s, s a. *f +,. 'Ir l V. n::-.. sy.....,7as."' i .1 . ' S g,' 4:1111...4. !; 1 -
k lefetir4-
7:NKZ 444
""".144.
Figure 21 Outdoor Aquatic Complex, Indiana University
4 %
/ a IS
_A111.. - _1 A.'S! - -
Figure 22 Outdoor Olympic Swimming Pool, Indiana University
54 ANL) IXTDOUR SWIMMING rt-SiLS
POOL COATING MECHANICAL EQUIPNIEN1 The interior surface of the pool should be finishedu ith a Fitters, pumps, and other mechanical elements forthe smooth coating which can be kept clean, but which also outdoor pool must be adequately-sizedto take care of the provides traction for safe walking in shallow-water. extra demands caused by contamination elements, algae, and the more rapid chlorine fade-out whichoccurs in the XLIUNIINATION presence of sunlight. Illumination recommendations for outdoor poolscan be found by referring to the charts in Chapters 4 and 5. THE OUTDOOR POOL AS PART OF A RECREATION COMPLEX FENCING Outdoor swimming areasmay be planned as part of a recreation complex. In this situation, consideration should Outdoor-pool installationsmust be completely enclosed be given to swimming facilities for children. Separate wad- by a fence at leastseven feet high. Local and state codes ing pools, or an increase in the .,hallow waterareas in the should be consulted. regular pools may be considered. Where the pool depth ranges between 3 1/2 and4 feet, DIVING FACILITIES the shallow-water areacan be increased to two-thirds of the Diving facilities depend upon thetype of outdoor installa- pool length. If a wading pool is installed, thewater depth tion. If at all feasible, the construction ofa separate diving should range from 8 to 24 inches, and the pool shouldbe fenced and separately controlled for safety. well is advocated. Boards and platformsshould be mounted so that the diving end faces south or east. Diving platforms SPECTATOR SEATING add to the flexibility of the facility, and theirspecifications should conform to official AAU andiorOlympic require- Bleacher-style spectator sectionsare needed when water ments for competition. Appropriate rule books should be shows and competitive meetsare held in outdour pools. consulted for details. Such seating may be permanent or portable, dependingup- on the needs of the particular institution. The stands should STEPS parallel the length of the competitivecourse and be placed Steps at the shallow endare useful in outdoor pools. so that spectators will have their backs to the afternoonsun. They should be set back into the wall, and the treads SOUND SYSTEMS should be of contrasting color and finishedwith nonskid paint or other nonslippery material. Handrailsare desir- Public-address systems, record players, and underwater able for use by disabled and olderswimmers. speakers are desirable additions to outdoor installations. Care must be taken to place speakers and the microphone LANES inputs strategically around the pool area. It is unsafeto ex- tend electrical cables around pool decks inproximity to Competitive lanes for outdoor, pools must be eight feet moisture. in width. LIFEGUARD STANDS ENTRANCES AND EXITS Large outdoor pools require careful studyto determine Entrances and exits, located at the shallow end of the correct placement of lifeguard stands for good visibility'un- pool, are recommended for control of traffic andease of der peak-load conditions. Local andstate codes should be supervision (see Chapter 5 ). consulted for safety regulations.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Aquatics Guide. Washington, 1) COivision for Girls' and Womas Official Swimming Handbook of the Amateur Athletic Union of the United Sports, Amerkan Association for Health, Physical Education,and States. New York: The Amateur Athletic Union of the United States, Recreation (NEA) 1963-1965. 1966.
Council for National Cooperation in Aquat;is ConferenceReports. Wash Recommended Practice for Design, Equipment, and Operation of Swimming ington, D.0 - The Council, 1201 Sixteenth Street, N.W., 20036. Pools and Other Public Bathing Places. New York: American Public Health Association and The Conf-ronce: of State Sanitary Engineers. Kahms, Frederick W., Jr., A Summary of Selected Features of theIndoor Swimming Pool. Lafayette, Ind.: Purdue University. Swimming Pool Age Magazine. Fort Lauderdale, Ma.: Hoffman Publishers.
Kaufman, John F edI.ES. Lighting Handbook. New York. Illuminat- Swimming Pool Data and Reference Annual. Fort Lauderdale, Fla.: Hoff- ing Engineering Society, 345 East 47th CtreCt, 4th ed., 1966. man Publishers, 1964.
Mears. Louis. and Gibson, Charles, Planning School-CommunitySwim. Swimming Pool Operation. Springfield, Ill.. Department of Public Health, ming l'ouls. Sacramento: California State Department of Educatitn, Circular 822. 1955. Swimming Pools: Disease Control Through Proper Design andOperation. Mcslir. Jerry, ed., Florida Swimming Pool Operator's Text. Miami, Fla.. Washington, D.C.. United States Government :riming Office. The author, 301 N.W. Court.
National Collegiate Athletic Association Swimming Guide. New York: The National Collegiate Athletic Bu:eau, 1966.
55 Chapter 8
OUTDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS
A basic principle throughout this Guide is that the pro- ADAPTABILITY gram should determine the facilities required. Therefore, A site for outdoor facilities should combine qualities of the facilities needed for outdoor activities will depend upon permanence with those of flexibility. These facilities should the nature and extent of these activities. The activities, in be located and designed in such a way w to permit ease turn, will depend upon program purposes and upon the and economy in bringing about the alterations and changes interests, needs, and abilities of the participants. that future requirements may demand. GENERAL FEATURES OF EXPANSIBILITY OUTDOOR FIELDS AND COURT AREAS 1 Plans for long-term efficient use of field areas should an- SITE SELECTION ticipate the possibility of changes in emphases in the pro- In selecting d site for the location of turf playing fields, gram through the years. In planning for theseeventualities, a level rectangular area with a ratio of 3 to 5, width to it is necessary to locate field and court areas on site.s which length, is recommended. How ever, the shape of a site is far are somewhat larger than minimum requirementsdemand. less important than the size or possibilities for future expan- It is also important that goal and net posts, backstops, and sion. other fixtures be planned in such a way as to permit re- The potential for field development is an important con- arrangement when necessary. In addition, attention should sideration in the location of a site. However, in many situa- be given to the effective utilization of all opportunities for tions, little choice is offered. Fields must be developed on the multipurpose use of facilities. existing areas or not at all. If possible, however, considera- tion should be given to the surrounding environment as it SITE DEVELOPMENT relates to buildings, highways, parking areas, walks, pre- Problems which are commonly present in site-develop- vailing winds, drainage, and accessibility to existing locker ment projects are concerned withgrading, drainage, land- and shower rooms. accessibility to water and elec- The location of outdoor facilities in relation to each scape design, fencing, and other, to indoor areas and associated buildings, and to the tricity. people who will use them is important in evaluating their long-term usefulness in the program for which they are de- GRADING signed. Listed below are 2 number of important factors Outdoor physical education and sports activities are best which merit careful consideration in selecting a site? promoted on field and court areas that are relatively level: However, the topography of available sites and the cost of ACCESSIBILITY filling and cutting often make some terracing necessary. The site selected for the development of physical educa- When this is the situation, the following factors should be tion and athletic fields should be easily accessible to the considered: individuals who will be their principal users. The multiple use of the area. If the area is to be used for different activities during different seasons of the year, the total area required for these activities should ISOLATION be surrim:).se:i on the topographical map of the site, should Outdoor physical education and athletic facilities at.d to_ 1.; be planned in such a way that the be isolated from persistent and unnecessary distractions. needed space is provided. Conversely, these facilities should also be so locatedthat The orientation of activity areas. Generally speaking, their use does not become a distraction for nearby class- all outdoor game fields and courts should be oriented rooms and living units. lengthwise in a north-south direction. A 45-degree nevi= ation, however, is permissible- INTEGRATION Outdoor facilities should be located strategically in rela- DRAINAGE tion to one another and to other accommodating facilities. It is always necessary to provide for a gradual slope of all field acrd court sites to as!nre the efficient removal of excess surface water. A one-percent slope is recommended as maximum for turf areas. For a stadium football field, a 12-inch crown down the longitudinal axis on the middle of the field is wommended. Sec Chapter 5 for additional information. For baseball, the pitcher's box should be elevated 15 2 James B. Ddamatcr, The Design of Outdoor Physical Education Fadl- inches above the base lines and home plate. The slope from ities for Colleges and Schools, Bureau of Publications, TeachersCollege, the pitcher's box to home plate and to all base lines should Columbia University, 1963, pp. 26.27. be gradual. A one-percent drainage grade for the outfield
56 01:71_10OR ACTIVITY AREAS is recommended. mirrixu Large hard-surface multipurpose areas are generally sloped so that surface water is directed toward specific col- The lighting of playing fields and court areas is aneces- lection points. It is recommended that fur tennis, volleyball, sary consideration in most college situations in order to badminton, and other net games the slope be from one provide maximum use of these facilities for a rapidly -in side to the other. creasing number of users. The lighting of such facilities, in Attention should be given to the problem of subsurface many locations, also makes ft possible for participants to drainage in the development of playing fields. This prob- use the facilities when time and climatic conditions are most lem is generally peculiar to the existing conditions, and suitable. consultation with a competent landscape engineer is recom- Sports lighting involves many special types of problems. mended. Due to the hazards of damage from freezing, sub- These problems can only be solved by consultation with surface drainage is also an important consideration in the competent lighting experts Private consultant firms, local development and construction of hard-surface court areas. utility companies, and manufacturers of lighting equipment are available in all sections of the country and ate ready and willing to offer assistance. LANDSCAPE DESIGN The levels of illumination currently recommended for The primary objectives to be realized in designing field outdoor sports areas are shown in Table 5. areas for physical education and sports activities are those that are concerned with their functional aspects for the activ- SERVICE FACILITIES ities to be served. However, these functional aspects can be In order to facilitate the proper organization, administra- enhanced when the landscaping requirements are met in tion, and supervision of the outdoor physical education and such a manner that the areas are attractive and combine sports activity programs, facilities for the dispensing and beauty with function. storage of playing equipment should be on or readily ac- Landscaping should be planned so as to improve the cessible to the site These facilities should include space for playing conditions of the activities for which the playing equipment needed in the maintenance of the area, and for surfaces are designed. Shrubs, hedges, trees, and vinescan benches, tables and chairs, and rest rooms formen and be used as windbreaks, background barriers, spectator women spectators. screens, and ground cover. They also enhance the value of Plans for such areas should include consideration of the adjacent property and provide a better environment for the accessibility of dressing and shower facilities for home and enjoyment of the activity. visiting teams, game officials, and coaches. In many situa- An important duty of the landscape engineer is to pro- tions, it has been found more economical to provide trans- vide proper and well-designed entrance and exit walks, portation to and from the playing site than to construct drives, and parking areas for all playing areas. these facilities.
WATER AND ELECTRICITY No turf playing area can be properly developedor main- tained without an adequate supply of water. Therefore, in AREAS FOR FIELD ACTIVITIES designing a field area, it is recommended thatan automatic All field and court dimensions in this chapter are subr.t. sprinkler system be installed that will require a minimum to change by the official rules committees which govern the of maintenance. particular activity. Current and official sources of rules for Electrical outlets should be available at all field and each activity must be suited to assure updating such changes court areas. The number, size, and voltage should be de- as they occur. These sources ai-e included in the selected termined by the requirements of needed field lights, public- references listed at the end of the chapter. address systems, concession facilities, scoreboards, and maintenance equipment. Ob. ARCHERY TARGET RANGE Consideradon should always be given to the possible lo- cation of a telephone at all field and court areas. This as a Space: 135' x 300' (8 targets) safety precaution for emergencies,an ail and important Dimensions: 15 feet between targetscenter to center time-saver for maintenance help, and a convenience for Markings: Shooting lines for specified distances of players and spectators. rounds (20-40-60 yds.) drawn parallel to target tne FENCING Safety Areas: 30 feet each side of range (minimum) 75 feet behind targets (minimum) Fencing is a requirement for many physical education Surface: Turf range- level and free of stones and and sports areas. It is needed for security, safety, separa- surface obstructions tion, and traffic control. In the case of baseball, field hock- Buffer area back of targets level and free ey, softball, soccer, rugby, lacrosse, and tennis, fences are of obstructions used to confine the ball to the playing area, and thus en- Other Functional hance the play of the game and the enjoyment of specta- Requirements: Tackle house- storage of targets, target tors. Unfenced baseball and softball fields reduce the home- stands, ground quivers, arrow rests, mark- run potential. ing equipment In lacrosse, field hockey, soccer, and rugby, a fence Backstops: Earth bunker for permanent range turfed three feet beyond the end line of the playing field confines Roped-off area (back area and sides)or most out -of bounds balls and reduces time lost in retrieving storm fencing for temporary range the ball. A ten. to twelve-foot fence around all sides of ten. Fencing: Permanent fencing-shrubs desirable for nis courts is recommended to confine the balls and speed entire area to control cross-traffic and up play. provide safety factor
57 CuLLEGE AND uNivEitsrn IACILITIES
bare Lighting. Desirable fur night use injury from base paths, worn or Electrical connections for auxiliary light- turf, and holes or irregularities ing and public-address systemfor compe- Goals: Posts - 2" x 3" - 7 feet high titive events and tournaments Crossbar - 12 feet lung Coal Cage-Frame: Posts - 7 feet high with 12 feet be- tween posts - 4 to 6 feet behindgoals CORKBALL Goal Net: Official net attached between goal and Game Type: Baseball - 5 players per team frame to form cage Space: Caged space - 20' x 75' Backstop: Low fencing - 3 to 4 feet high (storm or Open space - home-run line approximately permanent fencing) 18 to 20 feetbehind 200 to 250 feet from home plate goal line to serve as rebound for goal Surface! Level turf or asphalt area shots and contain hard ball; protect other field areas and spectators CRICKET FLICKERBALL Game Type: Team sport utilizing a bat, or racquet, and bases - 22 people participating Space: 220' x 120' close-cropped turf area Space: Multipurpose field 500' x 450' or 550' x Dimensions: 160' x 90' 520' Other Functional Surface: Close-cropped turf Requirements: Orientation: Play should be north and south Goals: Located at each end of the field 15 feet outside the end lines FIELD HANDBALL Safety Lines: 15 feet lengthwise; 15 feet widthwise Field handball is a popular international sport played somewhat like basketball, with a ball somewhat smaller FOOTBALL (Men) than a volleyball and approximately the weightof a soccer aPlev en-Man: Eleven-matt football is played on a field ball. 360' x 160', and minimum safety zones 30 feet wide on the sides and 20 feet wide Space: The field of play is 65'4" (20 meters) by on the ends are necessary. 131'-2' (40 meters) Six-Man: Six-man football requires a field-of-play Safety: Safety lanes 30 feet between fields and at area 300' x 120',and safety zones as the ends are needed, and fences or some specified above are required. other means of confining the ball are Touch-Flag: Touch and flag football are played en helpful fields of varying sizes and internal mark- Other Functional ings. The National College Touch Foot- Requirements: The goal is 6'4" high (2 meters) by 9'- ball rules specify a field 300' by 160', 10" wide (3 meters) but much smaller areas may be used for many flag and touchfootball leagues. FIELD HOCKEY The minimum safety areas recommended Space: 2 to 3 fields - instruction, practice, com- for 11-man football are equally applica- petition ble for most modifications. 170' to 200? by 310' to 340' level turf area GOLF (On-Campus Instructional and RecreationalAreas) Dimensions: 150' to 180' by 270' to 300' The advantages of specially-designedinstructional areas Field Markings:Center line - midway between and paral- for golf, associated with the physical educationfacilities on lel to goal lines campus, merit incorporationof these areas in plans for the 25-yd. lines - 75 feet from and parallel construction of outdoor facilities. Amongthe advantages to goal lines of such facilities are: Women-5-yd. lines - broken line parallel Accessibility and availah'ity for classes, practice, and to and 15 feet inside sidelines recreational use Men-7-yd. lines - broken line parallel to Elimination of the necessity to allow extra class timc and 21 feet inside sidelines to reach off -campusfacilities Striking circles (2) Free or minimal cost fer recreational use bystudents Straight line extending 12 feet parallel and faculty to goal, connected with goal lineby Efficient use of marginal land areas, restricted plotsof quarter circles with goal posts as cen- ground unusable for fields, or land requiring extensive ters fill or development for other use Women-12-foot line parallel with goal line - 45 feet from goal line centered DRIVING RANGE on goal Space: 6 to 12 acres (based on 35-tee site) - Men-12-foot line parallel with goal 350' x 480' to 600' = varying width and line - 48 feet from goal line centered topography - turf on goal 10-foot minimum space between tees Layout in crescent or shallow-arch shape Other Functional aimed toward central point 480 feet from Rap 'rements: Permanent sleeves for setting goal posts to permit removal in multipurpose fields center tee Restrict field areas to field sports such as Safety: 10-foot restraining line (minimum dis- soccer and speedball to safeguard against tance) back of tees and at end tees
58 OCTDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS
Other Functional constructed to serve primarily for putting practice and Requirements: &Lill, rubber link, or all-weather syn- should be large enough to provide for installation and thetic fiber mats set flu.1 with turf relocation of 18 cups. Low wooden -raft fencing with bag rests SAND TRAPS at rear of tees Water supply; lighting for night use; dis- Dimensions: VariableShallow sand traps are more tance signs showing yardage economical and practical for instruction and practice than are those of standard COMBINED RANGE AND GREENS depth, requiring less maintenance and One or more target greens may be incorporated in the sand replacement. driving-range area. Location: On diagonally-opposite sides of a single 1 green:360 to 525 fret from tee area green; on side nearest adjacent green and 3 greens: ranging from 360 to 750 feet from tee area at same general point of each green to permit greatest simultaneous use with few- SIMULATED GOLF FACILITY est hazards; traps constructed for practice Space: Fringe or marginal areas around athletic purposes may be located in a.y area near fields, combined with field area greens, driving range, or cages which Temporary, semipermanent, or perma- provides a natural site with minimum nent layout preparation. Traps should be located to avoid hazard to cross-tra.fic or adjacent DRIVING CAGES activity areas or buildings. Installation of driving cages for instructional use should be considered. The following advantages are evident: PAR 3 - PITCH-AND-PUTT COURSE Class in compact area, which increases opportunity for Space: Nine holes - 5 to 6 acres; eighteen holes individualized instruction 9 to 10 acres Efficient use of time and space Specifications: All holes are 3-par holeslayout and Elimination of necessity for recovering balls from greens to provide various combinations range of short-shot requirements found on a Opportunities for multipurpose use for instruction and regulation course Other Functional self-directed practice Space: 12' x 20' x 10' high per cage unit Requirements: Water for greens, fairway turf, and drink- Units may be installed in single or double ing fountains rows supported bypermanently installed Benches, dub rests, and restraining lines posts and frame. Demountable units may for tee areas be both advisable and practical in some Night lighting; combined dub room, rest areas. rooms, and storage house for mainte- Safety: 10-foot (minimum) restraining lines nance equipment, tee markers, light con- should be placed behind all tees. All posts trols, and service facilities should be padded to reduce hazards from rebounding balls. LACROSSE Other Functional Space: Men -field dimensions 210' x 330' Requirements: Rubber link, brush, or synthetic mats Women-no definite requirement - recom- should be installed flush with the turf or mended dimensions 210' x 330' other surface of the cage. Total area desirable 250' x 360' Drinking fountains; club racks; fixed ball Surface: Level turf field racks; lighting for night use. Safety Area: 30 feet outside of boundary lines Other Functional PRACTICE GREENS Requirements: Goals of 6' x 6' (men and women) - pipe Space: Variable. depending on anticipated vol- construction - portable ume of use, number and size of adjacent Desirable to have four-foot fence around greens, and space available total arearecommended to have four- For class use and practice, two or three smaller greens foot fence 3 feet from each end line are preferable to one large multipurpose green. Goal nets are pegged to ground 6 feet be- One multipurpose practice green.Construct the green hind goal for men - 7 feet behind goal in an area permitting short approach shots from several for women angles. The size should accommodate 18 cups, with ade- Locate fields away from buildings, high- quate space for periodic relocation to reduce excessive ways, parking lots and other game aims; wear. provide benches, chairs, scoring tables Two practice greens.Construction of two adjacent greens for games; recommended that women use increases the amount of practice for each student. The crosses designed for women location should provide space for approach shots toward each green simultaneously from back-to-back positions without undue hazard. Each green should be large RUGBY (Men) enough to accommodate a minim im of nine cups for Space: Field dimensions 225' x 330'total area putting practice and relocation. 255' x 360' Three practice greens(two small and one large). Two Surface: Level turf area greens should be constructed prim arily for approach Safety Area: 30 feet beyond field boundaries shots and sand-trap practice. The third green should be Orientation: Generally north-sow'.
59 CoLLEGE AND L'NIVERSITY FACILITIES GLIDE
Figure 23 Layout of Par 3 Fitch-and-Putt Course
Other Functional Safety: A minimum safety area of 30 feet is need- Requirements: Goal posts similar to football - wood or ed at each side, each end, and between pipe - uprights 18'-6" apart, 21 feet high- fields. crossbar 10 feet from ground Location: Because the soccer ball is frequently pro- Goal posts should be padded to a height pelled out of the field of play, it is unwise of 5 feet to locate this facility adjacent to a body of Benches for playexs; chairs and scoring water, a busy street, or a gulch. The ac- tables for scorers cessibility of an ear then embankment, fence, or other means of reducing ball SOCCER chasing would be a valuable feature. Space: Women-field dimensions 120' to 180' wide Other Functional by 240' to 300' long Requirements: Goal posts are 8 feet high with 24 feet be- Men-field dimensions 165' to2251wideby tween posts (these are inside dimensions). 300' to 360' long Goal nets must be attached to the posts
60 OUTDOOR ACT1V1TY AltEAS
(screw hooks) and supported out behind Safety: the field of play. Materials used in the To alleviate and safeguard pedestrian trafficon many construction of the posts and net supports campuses, internal streets have been closed to normalauto- must be sturdy and &arable. It is recom- motive traffic and reserved for walkers and bicyclers. mended that the post uprights be of 4"x Paths: 4" wood and that two 2"x 6" planks be The European-type bicycle path makes possible relatively bolted together (with the 6" side facing safe and frequently picturesqueroutes for the cydist. the field of play) and to the uprights. The Parking: three net supports should be constructed Bicycle racks should be provided and bestrategically of 1-112-inch to 2-inch O.D.pipe, bolted located to provide controlas to where the bicycle is parked to the crossbar, and anchored to the when not in use. These racks should bedesigned for econ- ground. These should be painted white. omy of space and should provide a simple means of lock- A wooden rebound wall (or rebound ing the bike for secuiay reasons. net) similar to that used for tennis-stroke Regulations: practice is a valuable practice facility. Regulations for registration anduse of the bicycle are This facility is usually 24' by 8' (goal essential and must be developed and enforced. size). CROSS-COUNT2Y RUNNING SOFTBALL Space: Space: 275' x 275' level turf area The length of a cross-countryrun for colleges and uni- 200- to 250-foot radius from home plate versities is three to seven miles. The length of the National 25-foot clear, unobstructedarea between Collegiate Championship Run is six miles. home plate and backstop Course Markings: Unobstructed area 25 feet wide outside The course must be properly measured and marked by foul lines one or more of the following methods, in order of prefer- Orientation: Home plate, second base, and center field ence: aligned north and south, with home plate 1. "Tall sign posts with large directionalarrows on at north end boards fastened to the topsso that the arrows will he plain- Other Functional ly visible at a distance (e.g., 20to 30 yards) to contestants Requirements: Portable benches approaching the posts. These posts shall be placedat every Accessibility to water and electricity point where the course turns, and also be placed wherever See official rule books (men's and wom- there is any doubt as to the direction of travel. en's) for official distances between home 2. "A lime line laid on the ground along theentire dis- plate and pitcher's plate, between bases, tance of the route to be traveled by the contestants. and specifications for dimensions and in- 3. "The course may be marked by flagsas follows: stallation of home plate "A red flag to indicate a turn to the left. "A yellow flag to indicate aturn to the right. SPEEDBALL "A blue flag to indicate thecourse is straight ahead. Space: 180' x 300' unobstructed, level turfarea "The flag(s) shall mark the shortestperimeter of the Dimensions: See official rule book course." 3 Halfway line- midpoint of field and paral- lel to goal line OBSTACLE COURSES 2 restraining lines- 15 feet from and par- Description: allel to the halfway line Obstacle (challenge) courses in many formsare provid- 2 five-yard lines- 15 feet from and paral- ing vigorous and challenging activity in numerous instruc- lel to goal lines tional and personal-developmentprograms throughout the 2 penalty areas- 15 fet from and paral- nation. These courses include running paths of varying lel to goal lines lengths and terrain, and a variety of obstacles. 2 penalty-kick marks Apparatus: Other Functional Such courses include: walls for scaling;ropes, poles, and Requirements: Goal posts 18 feet apart, 20 feet highset pegboards for climbing; hurdles and in permanently, or in sleeves for easy-re- pits for jumping and moval leaping; overhead bars, ladders, andropes for hand, arm, Crossbar 8 feet from ground, flush with and shoulder-girdle development; platforms, bars, andother inside of posts structures to be crawled through or under; mazes (posts which outline a zig-zag path for agility running); andother types of obstacles which present tests of speed, agility, strength, endurance, and even insome instances, courage. BICYCLING Design: Problems of campus transportation, vehicular At the present time, these nursesare designed and con- traffic, structed locally and are dependent parking, and even smog control allpoint to the desirability on the ingenuity of the of the re-emergence of the bicyclein the college or university physical educator and the availability of thespace, mater- setting. Factors to encourage and accommodate this whole- ials, and technical assistance neededto construct the ob- some and desirable vehicle of transportation and physical stacles. It may be that the future willsee standardization in recreation include paths, parking stands, and regulations for use. While solutions will be dependent on local condi- 3National Collegiate Athletic Association, Track and Field Guide,Col- tions and desires, some suggestionsare included below. lege Athletics Publishing Service, Phoenix,p. 51.
61 COLLEGE AND I NivEhsrry FAcILITIEs course length and design, and competition on such cuitr,es sides ef a single court and behind the long (end) line. Whe between instituCms. In the meantime, such a facility serves a common wall is placed between two rows of courts, rei as a self-testing device For vigorous youth, and as a means economy in its use is effected. A fence or w all 4 to 10 fet of contributing to their organic, and neuromuscular devel- high is needed at the backs of courts to decrease ball cha. opment. ing and interference with activities in other areas. TIIREE-wAti HANDBALL HARD-SURFACE COURT ACTIVITIES Aft,difications of the one-wall game are possible when so id wings are constructed along the sidelines 6 feet or Labe BASKETBALL to permit bank shots in the forecourt. Space: As a competitive game, basketball is or- FOUR-WALL HANDBALL dinarily confined to indoor courts, and Outdoor four-wall courts can be constructed for consider when played out-of-doors, it is usually in ably less money than those included within a building. Fe; a recreation setting. The official court re- general construction details, refer to Chapter 6. It is impo, quires an area 94' x 50', and sufficient tant to note that outdoor courts must be constructed of rriz spacea minimum of six feetshould be terials which will resist the steady erosion of sun, water provided outside the boundary lines. ed other climatic conditions. Walls should be constructs Surface: A smooth, hard surface is essential for of smooth, hard-finished concrete. Floors should be of col playing the game, particularly dribbling. crete, buc they should be textured to minimize slipping. A turf area is not satisfactory. solid ceiling should enclose the front 10 feet of the cour Orientation: Courts should be laid out so that the side- and the remainder of the ceiling and top 8 feet of the bac lines extend north and south. wall should be enclosed with wire fencing or nylon nettinl Other Functional The floor should slope 1 inch in 8 feet away from the for Requirements: A goal, ten feet above the ground, is wall, and provisions for removal of water from the are attached to a backboard of 72" x 48" af- are essential. fixed to supporting standards and sus- pended four feet inside each end line. LAWN TENNIS Adequate outdoor lighting requires that Space: light sources be suspended well above the The official lawn-tennis court is 36' x 78' with 21 to 3 surface of the court. It is desirable to have feet of unobstructed space needed behind the base line 70 footcandles of light on the playing each end. A minimum of 12 feet is needed between sideline surface. and side fences, and 12' to 24' is needed between sideline of adjoining courts. Additional space is needed in the tenni DANCE (Folk, Square, Circle, and Social Dancing) complex for stroke practice with a rebound net or wall. Space: Area of 35' x 70' or 70' x 70', which space 20' x 30',,with a rebound net at one end of the 2( may also serve as a multipurpose area. foot dimension, will accommodate two participants usin Surface: Sealed asphalt or concrete. one side of the net. By doubling the 20-foot dimension, th Lighting: Night lighting is feasible. A weatherproof net can be placed it the center and usr 1 from both side electrical outlet should be provided for thus serving four participants simultaneously. If a rigid r4 attaching a record player and public- bound wall is used, the length must be increased from 4 address system. to 60 feet- to permit use on both sides, and fences must E placed at the ends to facilitate the retrieving of balls. FENCING Backstops and Side Fences: Chain-link fencing with a recommended height of 1 Space: Hard-surface, multipurpose area 52' to feet (10 feet minimum) is needed at the ends of the cou 55' x 75'. complex. This height should be extended around the enth Strips may be painted on surface, allow- enclosure. If spectators are to be accommodated at the side ing minimum of 6 feet between strips. Reg- of the complex, this fence might be at a lower height froi ulation strips and spacing should be used service line to service line in order to permit unobstructe for all competition. viewing of the activity. A minimum height of 4 feet is re Other Functional ommended for this purpose. Entrance gates should be h Requirements: Lighting for night use. Outlets for public- cated at the ends of courts, preferably one between each pa: address system if area is used for compe- of courts. These locations are desirable as a means of d tition. (See Chapter 6 for construction creasing traffic at the rear of playing courts. Heavy-dut details.) galvanized pipe is recommended, with 2-1/2" O.D. pipe fc line posts and 3" O.D. pipe for corner posts if no win HANDBALL screens are to be affixed to the fence. If wind screens are t ON E-wALL HANDBALL be supported, stronger posts must be specified. Posts mu This sport is quite popular is sections of America where be securely embedded in concrete footings. is is played. Furthermore, a wall suitable for one-wall hand- Net Posts and Fixtures: ball is a valuable facilityfor stroke practice in tennis, Standard net posts of heavy-duty pipe with proper ne squash, handball, paddleball, soccer, and other activities. tightening reel, cable hooks, and top cable supports al Space: available commercially and their use is recommended. The The standard one-wall court is 20' wide by 34' long by must be located 3 feet outside thc doubles sideline in orde 16' high. A wile extension 4 feet high at the top of the wall to provide 42 feet clew ance for the official net and still a will improve its usefulness. There should he 6 to 8 feet be- sure regulation net height at the sides. These posts mu tween adjoining courts, and at least 6 feet is needed on the support the net cable at an exact height of 3'-6", and the
62 c."-wooR ACTIVITY MAS must be firmly embedded to a depth of 3'-(? in concrete Lighting: tooting (more if frostline is a problem ). A center strap an- Lighting is highly recommended as a means of rAtend- chor located at mideourt under the net must also be firmly ing the use of the courts, and, especially during the but anthored in a concrete footing regardless of the surface summer months, of providing m9re pleasant conditions for used The top of this anchor should be flush with the tourt play. Detailed plans and recommendations are ailable, surface and designed to permit a harnesssnap attachment and these, together with local illumination specAists, should from above. be consulted when planning to install lightit ,g. Outdoor Surfaces: lighting should provide a minimum of 30 footcandles. If A variety of tennis-court surfaces are available.. This television is contemplated, mach more light will be needed. complicates the problem of decision-making, buta also (See Chapter 6 for recommendations concerning the design makes possible much more satisfying results if sufficient and construction of indoor tennis facilities.) effort is expended to select the right surface for the local situation. Table 7, which is taken from a recent publication PADDLE TENNIS of the United States Lawn Tennis Association,4 classifies Space: Court dimensions 20' x 44' (doubles three general types of surfaces and summarizes the specific court). Overall space requirements 30' x qualities of each. This same publication includes. good des- 84'. criptions and critiques for each of these surfaces.5 Because Other Functional local conditions differ so greatly, it is not possible to rec- Requirements: 8 to 10 feet between courts. Net posts ommend specific surfaces which would be adaptable to all should be removable, but set in sleeves. situations. Officials in colleges and universities who seriously desire to develop a tennis program will have need for two types PLATFORM PADDLE TENNIS of surfaced courts. One group of at least ten courts should Game Type: Platform tennis is an outdoor game which be constructed of nonporous, noncushioned material (see combines many of the features of tennis Table 7) to provide for instructional and general recrea- and squash. It is played on specially-con- tional needs. These courts are durable, require a minimum structed platforms. Balls which first strike of maintenance and supervision, are available for use a the court area may be played off the wire maximum amount of time, and provide very good playing as in squash. conditions. Space: Overall size of platform 30' x 60'. A second group of at least six courts may be constructed Dimensions of court 20' x 44'. of the better nonporous cushioned materials, or the best of Height of backstop 12 feet. the porous materials, and should be carefully supervised Orientation: Courts should run north and south. and maintained for use by the competitive and more sophis- Platform should be dose to service build- ticated tennis groups of the campus community. The sur- ings. faces for this second group of courts require careful super- Avoid location where shadows make it vision and maintenance, and unless these provisions can be difficult to ree ball. assured, these surfaces should not be selected. Other Functional Among other factors to be considered in selecting the Requirements: Wiring around court: 16- gauge, 1-inch surface are the availability of materials, the skill and ex- mesh, 6-foot wide strips, stretched tight perience of those who will construct the courts, dimatic con- vertically and Clamped together. ditions, and the needs and desires of those who will use Evans-type back and side stops, with ad- these areas. justable tension bars. Grading: A perfectly flat tennis surface provides the best playing ROLLER SKATING conditions and should be included in the indoor facility. However, because drainage is a factor in outdoor courts, Space: Dimensions for a championship speed- these must be graded 1 inch to 10 feet for nonporous skating track are based on 14 laps to courts. This slope must be from one side of the court to the mile. Speed skating requires an oval the other. Other methods of grading are not recommended track with a minimum width of 20 feet because they provide inferior playing conditions. and a minimum length based on 24 laps to the mile. An area 108' x 120' (the area Orientation: required for two doubles tennis courts) The long axis of the tennis court should normally be will accommodate 70 skaters. nor ',rand south. In central and southern regions of the Surface: Hard-surface, multipurpose area. Thesur- United States, the rotation of 20° to the northwest and face should be smooth enough so that it L,Puthit will provide more equal conditions of play. Other- is not hazardous to the skaters. It should cwise, toe player facing the south must look into the sun be hard enough so skates will not cut (luring the fall, winter, and spring seasons. Where there through the surface. are strong prevailing wind conditions, the courts should be Other Functional li:cated in a sheltered area. Movement, distractions, and Requirements: A weatherproof electrical receptacle, or unfavorable backgrounds can be eliminated by the addi- accessibility to an indoor outlet so a re- Von of dark-colored wind curtains. cord player may be attached.
SHUFFLEBOARD -United States Lawn Tennis Assodation, Tennis Courts: Construction, ,-;atintenance, and Equipment, 1966, pp. 10-11. Space: Court dimensions 6' x 52' Maximum width of dimension lines 1-1/2" Ibid., pp. 1543. Minimum width of dimension lines 3/4'
63 CHART COMPARING VARIOUS TENNIS COURT SURFACES TABLE 7 AbrasiveSurface CourtTypo MayRepairs Be Costly Glare (1966 pricer)'Inc(. UseCost PerCourtInitial MainIenance Resurfacing Av, Time Before prices)Resurf,(1966Cost OtherUses HardnessSurface LengthSkidBall Effective SpinBall Colors DryingTimeAfterRain UniformBounceIs Ball Stains Bail & rackets)(hard on shoesballs, ProblemHumidify"Indoors Surface BounceSlide BallAffectLines ClayFailPOROUS Dry no goner.no 200050003500 dailyyearly and care 10 yrs. 10001500 yos softsoil dampshorl courl if yesyos variesredgreen slowIcy,1 molnlolned) yes (if yesdsome no yesyes yes topes,esyes GritDirt nono allyyes yes 200030001500.1500- dailyyearlyyearly and care care 5 yrs.3 yrs. 500500 yesyosyos softsoil drylong courl if yesyes varies slow maIntoined)mainiained) yes (If(if yes ateno yes yes lopesresit,ei 3' (PorousSpecialGrass concrete) yesno no 10,000 8000.6000.8000 veryyearlydaily minorand care (ifindefinite colored)3 yrs. 2500varies1500. yes hardsoil 1 mediummodoralely long yesyos yeti()greenvarioly failslow maintained)Irregular yes noyes yesno won't grow let 1141F. ConcroloNON.POROUS NON.CUSHIONED yos no (if' 6000 very minor 3 yrs. 1500. yes hard long if glossy no if wide Iasi depends on no WHIGS no no no Asphalt Plant Mix no nocolored) 10,000 45003000. very minor (if colored)5 yrs. 25001500 800. yes hard ifmediumcourl Oily finish yesfinishglossy if widevarietyvariely failfast Inslallalion yesyes nocolored if coloredno if nono noan 14ri.ri J Iraled(Co'oeadlAsphalt(Canute"Asphalt Macadam Job Pone- Mk no nor, 6000.40003000.50003500. very minor .5 yrs.5 yrs. 250015001500 800 yosyos hard 1 courlmediumshort finish finishgriny yesyos varietywidevariety foilfast yes colored nocolored if colored no wits no nonc,*4 no WoodenColoredAsphalt InlograllyMix no no varies8000 varyvery minor minor Inclohnile varies yos hard long no if glossy no varietywidevariety fail yes no yes no no no AsphaltSynlholicSystemNON.POROUS Bound (Colored) CUSHIONED nono no 60004000- varyvery minor varies 5 yrs. varies1500 800. yesno soil mediumfinish,grillylong 10 short if finish shortglossy if finishyes If grilly yes groonvarietywido Iasifall yesyes no no no yes nono RemovableSynlholic Grass nono no 12,00013,000 65009000. very minor varies variesvaries yesyes soilsoil tovaries,short longest shorlesi yes greenvariely foilslow yesyes no no nono Slight yes OAnil *"Colorod++Yes playing if"Now conslrucled+Yes surfaces surface.'Nol if granules including with now lop imbodded.in granulesoxporimenlalfencing orfooso. silo singe proparolien. lhal require 111110 wafering, Thus reducing indoor humidily problems. Courtesy of U.S. Lawn Tennis Assodelion, New York, N.Y. 1471 kg
Surface. Smooth concrete, terrazzo, vt sealed as- Adjacent Courts. There must be at !east 10 feet between phalt stakes of adjacent courts, and in tourna- Orientation. Locaie courts relativdylukt area wi'lt ment play, front foul lines of pitching some shade. boxes must be aligned. Lighting: Night lighting feasible. Pitching Distance. Men-4U feet Women -3U feet (optional), measured between stakes at either end of VO YB ALL court. eitchers Boxes:Location-2 feet rrom each end of court, Space: Court dimensions 30' x 601. measured to back ends (4-boxes, respect- 6 feet minimum out-of-bounds space ively. Dimensions-6 feet square, inside Surface: Smooth, hard swam or level turf measurianent. Materialframe of wood Orientation: Courts should be laid out so that side- joists; filling of potter's clay or other ma- lines extend north and south. terial of like nature. 6' deep. A stake must Other Functional be placed in exact center of each box. Requirements: Net posts, equipped to support nets at Clay or other filling of box must be kept official heightsMen: net height 8'. Wom- in moist condition in area immediately en: net height 7'4 1/4*. surrounding stake. If desired, a hard sur- Pipe sleeves mounted in concrete forease face may be used, in which case an area in removing poles. of 31* x 43" must be left open around Adequate lighting should be provided for stake, to be filled with day. night play. In outdoor courts, wooden frame must be set in ground flush with surface, ex- WEIGHT-EXERCISE FACILITY cept at front of box, where it must extend approximately 1 inch above surface of Weight training and other developmental activities can ground; foul lines surrounding each box be economically and effectively promoted in the out-of-doors must be dearly defined. In indoor courts, during favorable seasons of year. Because some aspects boxes must not stand more than 6 inches of the out-of-doors are desirable while others detract from above floor. the activity ( sun, wind, heat, cold ), outdoor weight-lifting Throwing Platforms: No official specifications. However, areas should be located near shelters and windbreaks. heavy outdoor plywood or plank throw- If the outdoor weight-exercise facility is to be of value in ing platforms, 12 to 18 inches wide, are the program during marginal (cold) weather, the provision sometimes placed over surface, and along- of overhead radiant heat should be considered. side edges of pitchers' boxes, to give sure For the security of equipment and to protect it from the footing. elements, a sheltered equipment-storage area is needed. Stakes: Material iron pipe or steel rods with dia- Equipment or apparatus which is permanently installed in meter of 1 inch. Each stake must extend the open should be designed and constructed so as to re- 14 inches above surface of pitcher's box, quire a minimum of mintenance. with an incline of 3 inches toward stake Surfaces recommended for the indoor facility (see Chap- at opposite end of court. Imbedding stakes ter 6) may serve equally well outdoors. In addition, some in concrete will assure uniform height and use may be desired for ccncrete or bituminous materials, inclination, and prevent removal. turf, clay, and loose sand. Other Functional Requirements: Horseshoe courts need no special direc- OTHER AREAS tional orientation. They can be construct- ed singly or in batteries of several courts BOCCE in a row to the extent of area available. A box constructed of heavy plywood or Space: Court dimensions 15' x 75' planking for the storage of shoes is very Total area desirable 33' x 81' desirable.It should be secured with a Safety: Safety area 3 feet lengthwise; 9 feet on padlock and located adjacent to the play- each end ing site. Surface: Level surface of a mixture of sand and Itis recommended that indoor courts clay have a ceiling height of at least 15 feet. Orientation: Shaded area desirable
CROQUET Game Type: Court- 2 to 8 players LAWN BOWLING Space: Court dimensions 28' x 70' Total area desirable 34' x 76' Game Type: Bowlingusually played with a four-man Safety: Safety area 3 feet lengthwise; 3 feet on team each end Space: Bowling green 120' x 120' surrounded Surface: Close-cropped turf or loam by a ditch not less than 10 inches w!de and not less than 6 inches below the land HORSESHOES of the green. The ditch should besur- rounded by a bank not less than 9 inches Space: Men-10' x 50'Women-10' x 40'. (This above the green. The green is divided into allows for a space of 2 feet behind each eight 14' x 11* rinks. pitcher's box.) Surface: Close-cropped turf or loam
65 )111:1-.F. ANA) NralLs1TY 1AC1LITILS l 11Y-
QUOITS ROQUE Game Individual err dual pitching Game Type: Mallet-and-ball game Spue: Women-12' x 44', with a pitching dit;- Space: 30' x 60' take between pins -A. stakes of 30 fret Surface: Smooth, flat. and level; of a sand-clay hien-25' x 80', with a pitching distance mixture or asphalt sprinkled with fine ktween pins or stakes of 54 feet sand. The border should be of wood or Surface: Level turf or asphalt area concrete with an iron rim for better re- Orientation: North and south bound deflection. This border should be not less than 5 inches high. A painted or taped boundary line should be 28 inches inside the curb. Steel arches are Set into concrete blocks beim the surface.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Blanchard, Fessenden S., Platform Paddle Tennis. New York. William Gabnelsen, M. :1_, and Miles, C. M., Sports and Recreation Facilities for Morrow Co., Inc., 1959. School and Community. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1958. Butler, George D., Recreation Areas: Their Design and Equipment. New York. Ronald Press Company, 2nd ed., 1958. Golf Instructor's Guide and Golf Operator's Handbook. Chicago. National Golf Foundation, Inc. Delamater, lames B., The Design of Outdoor Physical Education Facilities for Colleges and Schools. New York. Bureau of Publicauims, Teachers Parucipaias in Natioaal Facilities Conference, Planning Areas and Facilities College, Columbia University, 1963. for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Chicago: The Athletic Institute, and American Association for Health, Physical Education, Division for Girls' and Women's Sports, Archery-Riding Guide. Washing- and Recreation (NEA), 1965. ton, D.C.: American Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, 1201 Sixteenth St., N.W. 2056. (Current year;. Bowling- Piper, Ralph A., Night Football. Minneapolis. Burgess Publishing Co., Fencing-Golf Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, (Current Year). 1941. Field Hockey- Lacrosse Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, 1966. Soccer-Speedball Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, 1966. Tennis- Badminton Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, 1966. Volleyball Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER, 1967.
66 Chapter 9
SERVICE AREAS
Service areas are used primarily for the health, safety, SIZE comfort, and convenience of the participants in aprogram of physical education, athletics, ant: recreation. These facil- The dressing-locker room size should be basedon the ities include such areas as dressing-ocker rooms, shower number of students enrolled in the collegeor university and rooms, toweling rooms, toilet rooms, storage and central the number of students using the facility during peak loads. equipment supply rooms, matron aui custodial areas, and It is recommended that, in planning, allowance be made training and first-aid rooms. for projected enrollment. Using a minimum of 20 square feet perperson, addi- DRESSING- LOCKER ROOM tional space should be allowed for faculty, graduateassist- ants, intramural sports participants, and participants and LOCATION coaches in intercollegiate athletics. The locker room should be located to serve functionally PHYSICAL FEATURES the indoor and outdoor teaching stations and activityareas. It is recommended that dressing-locker rooms be located Consideration should be given to the factors whichin- above ground level. Students should be able topass from fluence the shape and size of lockerrooms, and space re- locker rooms to activity areas without crossing main paths quirements for benches, lockers, storage, toilets, showers, of traffic in corridors. Such rooms should be easilyacces- circulation of pupils, and towelingrooms. Figures 24, 25, sible to the shower room, instructorsoffices, equipment and 26 indicate several possible arrangements. rooms, and toilets. In some plans, it may be desirable that a separate ser- vice area be developed to serve the swimming pool area. TYPEIT In passageways from the outdoor activity areas, special AN ILLUSTRATIVE ARRANGEMENT drains equipped with a mud crock should be located at the entrances. Provision for flushing and cleaning such areas FOR DRESSING ROOM is also needed.
TOWEL SHOWER TOWELING TYPEI. TO /LET ROOM ROOM nowt: %""PASS AN ILL USTRA T /VE ARRANGEMENT WIMOOW t t3
FOR DRESS/NG ROOM 1
70/LETS SHOWER TOWELING TOWEL ROOM ROOM ROOM a PASS )14 WINDOW 2 I I I
LOCKER DRESSING ROOM 1 M 1
iro Co:e.:4:211:4;470216:4:::4
STOR4 GELOCKER ROOM Iwo
111111111111111MNIMIN
Indicates Dressing Locker 0 Indicates Dressing Locker Indicates Storage Locker Indicates Storage Locker =3 Indicates Fixed Bench C= Indicates Fixed Bench ThisArrangement Separates the ClothingStorage This Arrangement Combines the Clothing Storage and Dressing Areas and Dressing Areas
Figure 24 Figure 25
67 .177.103147""`""1"". . lo a 4. Li / " ''.. "...V... 7 oA/E1..../A/ Cr.114 //0/444.04/4/40/4....4eg1C)W1 " 4440140.0.04... ,04/ .04,10004/0.11 .g.1/C1-4 /4) f efTs.v.er-r, wm 77077441r. 4.1 fi= rdioe#' II. 4 6/,0.410 Lepc.#4,4 /4"/ scev /3451/ON S 411111.14 ...Y. - 0/4 Acx s r...*Mare!arrit.WWW."! 0.4 toM fad qp 1, t .11 CC>Aof/faLlr4,p#Ayg:_z To /le 4 rofQ.4 s Figure 26 SI' }WILL %HMS
Floors should be of nonskid Wiper% ious materials, such all eletori. -audits be located in dry areas of the as ceramic or quarry tile, with a carborundurn-:mpregnaled shower and dressing-locker rooms. sorra _et, and should 1.: taopeil) sloped toward the. drains. It is recommended that all t)pes of shower installations Concrete floors (tions.'eid surface ), although rtrt recommend- be ,considered. Among those to examine are:1) the center ed, should be treated with a hardener to prel ent the pent- post installation, 1,21 installationalong the loutside wall; tration of odors..'11(1 moisture- Low humidity should be k 3) ere erhead installation,and (4) progres:dvealk- through rna'aitained :n the locker rooms. The locker bases should be installation. In some situations, the gang shower is pre- 8 inches high, should he cot ed, and of the same material felled, w its, shower Leads at four-foot intervals. Where facil- as the floor. ities are used constantly by individual players, orsmall Walls should be of moisture-resistant materials and groups, the separate shower withindividual control is rec- should have easily-cleaned surfaces. All corners in the locker ommended. room should be rounded. Where possible, all plumbing for the showers should be Heavy-duty, moisture-resistant doors should be installed placed in p'ie spaces so the pipes arc readily accessible at entrances and exits of the locker rooms, should be of $then repaLs are needed. The height of the shower heads sufficient siee to handle the traffic flow, and be in a posi should be such as to direct the flow overhead for men,, and Lion where they form natural vision barriers. All eutsidt at shoulder height for women. 'Self-cleaningshower heads, doors from the' ocker rooms should be equipped with panic and ease of maintenance are othu factors to be considered. bars of noncorrosive metal. In shower areas for women, group showers are becom- Locker rooms should be well lighted with vaporproof ing more popular_ For semiprivacy, , low dig iders aoproxi- light fixtures. The ceilings should be acoustically treated inately 6 feet high may be used beta eon shower hea Is (see with a material impervious to moisture. The layout of the Figure 27 ). lockers should be such that the lights are directly over the At least 10 percent of the shower hea is shouldd be in in- spaces between the lockers. Electrical outlets she uld lre lo- di% ideal shower booths. These individual showers shOuld cated approximately 3 feet above the fluor level ..nd should be located at the side of the toweling room. It is recom- be vaporproof. Floor drains should be properly placed in mended that the shower heads in individual showers be the locker room to permit complete drainage and cleaning. adjusted for shampoo use. It is recommended that special attention be given to the The walls should be of ceramic tile, terrazzo, glazed tile, use of color on floors, walls, and lockers (see Chapter 4). or similar impervious material: If wainscots areused, they Drinking fountains should be provided at strategic loca- should extend to a height of at least seven feet. tions. A soap dispenser should be located at each shower head An ample supply of mirrors should be installed in 'van- if a soaping aim is not provided. Cra% ity -flow, liquid-soap ity' areas. Full-length mirrors should be strategically lo- dispensers are desirable. The soap outlets should be sup- cated and placed at least 12 inches above the floor. plied from a central reservoir or sufficient size to hold If the dressing-locker room serves the swimming area, several days' supply. For custodial control, this reservoir hair dryers is the ratio of 1 to 4 swimmers has proved should be located outside the shower space if possible. satisfactory. It is desirable to have dryers at varied heights and grouped in one or several areas. In each of the other TOWELING AREA dressing-locker room areas, it is recommended that a few The toweling area should have the same amount of floor additional hair dryers be installed. Hood dryers are pre- area as the shower room, and should be immediately acces- ferred by many women and should be considered in the sible to both shower and locker rooms through an entrance planning. to each. Floors should be of the same material as used in the shower room. Walls should also be of this material, except that the tile need extend upward only to a height of SHOWER ROOMS approximately 5'-6" from the floor. Provision should be Shower rooms should adjoin the dressing-locker rooms. made for drainage. If more than one dressing-room area is to be served, the If the wail between the toweling area and the dressing shower room should be centrally located and large enough room extends to the ceiling, the ceiling should be of the to serve the peak loads of all the areas. same material as that used in the dressing room. Heavy- Shower rooms should be separated from dressing rooms duty, noncorrosive towel rails, approximately 4 feet from by a low curb, and by the toweling area. Adequate ventila- the floor and securely fastened to the wall, are recommend- tion and humidity control are essential. Air should be ex- ed. A large foot-drying ledge 18 inches high and 8 inches hausted 100 percent to the outside. Temperature control wide, with a bull-nose edge, should be provided. This and pressure regulation of shower water are important. should be made of the same material as the walls and Floors should be of nonskid, impervious ceramic tile, slicld be coved at the wall and at the base. Benches should quarry tile, terrazzo, or the equivalent, pitched away _from not be installed in this area. dressing-locker rooms toward adequate drains. These drains should be covered by removable nonferrous metal TOILET ROOMS grating. Hose bibbs. while not located in the shower room Toilet facilities should be provided in the following for safety reasons, should be placed in the adjacent dress- places: central locker rooms; auxiliary dressing rooms; and ing-locker room area. Where possible, hose bibbs should adjacent to shower, toweling, and trainers' rooms. Toilets be placed under the lavatories and the hose should Le for public use should be conveniently available to the foyer equipped with aerating or ronsplash nozzles. and spectator areas. Ceilings should be moisture-resistant, acoustically treat- Toilet and lavatory facilities should be provided in pro- ed, and a minimum of 9 feet high. All lights should be portion to the peak period loads in the central locker rooms vaporproof. Light swi.ches should be so installed that, if and auxiliary dressing rooms. In the planning of toilet desirable, the lights may be operated from the central room facilities, provision should be made for direct access to out- or the attendant's office in the area. For safety purposes, door activity areas.
69 COLLEGE .,ND EKSITY FACILITI ES GLIDE
O
LOW WAIL FOR TOWELS
0 0 0 0 0
Figure 27 Divided Group Shower
In the men's central locker-room area, there should be a forms; (2) the utilization of facilities to the greatest advan- minimum of two water closets, two urinals, and two hand tage; (3) the keeping of odors to a minimum; (4) the sav- lavatories for the first 30 students. Additional fixtures ing of the time of the student; and (5) the administrative should be provided as follows: one urinal for every 20 stu- feasibility and cost. dents, one lavatory for every 20 students, and one water For institutions that provide for laundry of the uniform, closet for every 30 students. In the women's central locker the box-locker plan, served by an attendant from inside room area, there shouldbe a minimum of four water closets the storage of issue room, has advantages. This plan saves and two hand lavatories for the first ?,0 students. Additional the time of the student in that the soiled uniform may be fixtures should be provided as follows: one water closet for changed when the area is not being used. This system also every 15 students and onelavatory for every 20 students. utilizes space more economically. In addition, odors in the Provision for either paper-towel dispensers or electric building are cut to a minimum due to the daily change of hand dryers is necessary. Adequate waste containers are soiled apparel. However, the operational cost of the box also needed. In toilet areas for women, sanitary dispensers locker system may be higher than for other plans because and sanitary disposers should be provided. of increased labor costs of attendants. Stalls should be securely anchored to the veiling and In the tote-basket system, the tote baskets are stored on walls. For ease in cleaning, fixtures should be wall-hung so shelves inside the storage room and issued through win- that the floors are clear. All outside doors should close dows, or stored on dollies or racks and moved to the dress- automatically and, where necessary, be baffled to obstruct ing- locker room. Pilferproof baskets may also be stored and sight lines. The placing of mirrors over hand lavatories locked on open shelves in the locker room. The tote-basket should be avoided. The mirrors should be placed above a system requires fewer standing lockers thanthe individual- wall return. See Appendix G for inforn'ation concerning locker plan. Some disadvantages of the tote-basket system shower facilities fcf, the disabled. are: (1) the baskets are fragile; (2) they canbe misplaced or incorrectly returned; and (3) they require more super- LOCKERS vision. This system can prove ineffective when there is a Lockers are needed for all participants who will use the rush of users during peak periods. If dollies are used in this dressing-locker rooms. Storage lockers should be provided system, they may be placed in a small area toenable the for physical education uniforms and certain personal game equipment stored on them to dry faster. equipment that may be stored convenientlybetween activi- Units of lockers, in which storage lockers are in com- ties. Dressing lockers for street clothing, personal effects, bination with dressing lockers, may also be considered. The and books should be provided for use during activity per- major problem with the unit system is poor ventilation iods. The number of lockers should be equal to the peak- through obstruction created by long rows of locker units of period load plus adequate allowance for overlapping classes, excessive height. Where lockers are used, it is recommended variations in dass size, scheduling, and use by intramural, that combination locks be furnished by the institution. recreation, and intercollegiate participants. Projected enroll- Stand-up dressing lockers should be raised off the floor ment is another factor to consider. on coved bases of impervious materials. These lockers There are several locker systems to be considered: the should be of sufficient number to take care of the peak per- box-locker or post-office plan; the rote-basket plan; the stor- iod of dressing-room use. In addition, extra lockers should age-locker-plus-dressing-locker plan; and the individual-lock- be included to allow for expansion and enrollment increases.. er plan. The following guidelines are suggested for use in When banks of lockers are placed throughout the room, determining which system will be installed: (1) the need to supervision is facilitated by setting them perpendicular to the safeguard street clothing as well as physical education uni- supply room, the dispensing area, or the instructor's office.
70 SERVICE AREAS
TYPICAL COMBINED STORAGE-DRESSING 'OCKER ARRANGEMENTS and LOCKER AREA REcUIRED FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF STORAGEDRESSING UNITS
I OVER-ALL NUMBER AREA SIZE OF LOCKERS ARRANGEMENT OF LOCKERS HEIGHT STUDENTS I REQUIRED ADAPTATION AND ONE PUPIL W:T; I I PER INCLUDES 4" BATTERY ARRANGEMENT EACH PERIOD 8" BASE DAY FOR VENTILATION
6 STORAGE 6-PERIOD 9" x 12" x 24" AI A. 56" DAY 1 DRESSING iiii I A[ 152
L._ 12"x 12"x 48" ' SQ. ft 240
6 ST9ORAx 12E 24" g[ 115 B L B. 80" SQ. FT. 1 DRESSING 12" x 12" x 72" A. B. 1
6-PERIOD 6 STORAGE DAY 9" x 12" x 20" 115 ill 68" 240 1 DRESSING a SQ. FT. 12" x 12" A 60"
6-PERIOD 6 STORAGE ii1
DAY , 12"x 12"x 12" 93 56" 240 1 DRESSING - SQ. FT. 12 "" x 12" x 48"
6-PERIOD I 12 STORAGE DAY li 12" x 12" x 12" Di 133 80" 240 _1 SQ. FT. 2 DRESSING DA 12" x 12" x 36" .M.IEIM
7-8-PERIOD 8 STORAGE 9" x 12" x 24" DAY I1 187 56" 320 1 DRESSING II_ SQ. FT. 12" x 12" x 48"
8 STORAGE 7- 8-PERIOD El 12" x 12" x 12" DAY 133 56" 320 1 DRESSING SQ. FT.
12" x 12" x 48" j-n(
Figure 28
71 COLLECI: AND FACILITIES GUIDE
Front
(it),,N111X-4:2.
Figure 29 Front and Side View of Post-Office Box Lockers, Showing Doors, Baskets, and Markers in Rear
72 SERVICE AREAS
DETA LOF LOCKER AND BENCHINSTALLATION
PERFORATED PERFORATED OR FILLER STRIP GRILLED ENDS
ALL LOCKERS TO HAVE LOUVRED DOORS AND REMOVABLE PERFORATE] BACKS FILLER STRIP
30: 30' 87 30.- 12.I112." 30 1 l
TRAFFIC WATER COVE AREA TIGHT BASE
Note: Locker heights and widthsare variable. Figure 30
Itis recommended that positive ventilation be used in all Walk-in storage areas for large equipment (e.g., tables lockers as well as in locker-shower rooms. for recreational sports, and gymnastic equipment) should Benches should be secured to the floor. Aseat board of have double doors with flush sills. Door heights toac- hardwood, at least 8 inches in width, surfacedon four sides, commodate passage of such items as a folded trampoline with rounded edges and corners, is essential. The height of or net standards are necessary. the bench should be 16 inches from the floor. Space rela- Racquet-sports equipment, fencing foils and masks, and tions of lockers to bench and bench to bench should be archery bows may be hung from hooks on quarter-inch planned for traffic control and dressing comfort. Therec- pegboards. ommended allowances are 30 inches from lockersto bench, 8 inches for bench width, and a 30-inch Tilted shelves or noncorrosive barsare convenient for passage between ball storage and items such as masks of various kinds. benches. Benches should extend the full length of each locker bank, with traffic breaks at intervals of about 12 feet (see Installing these shelves about an inch from the wall facil- Figure 30). The architectural design should facilitate house- itates cleaning. Level shelves are needed to store such keeping. items as hockey sticks on a flat surface. Bins for ball Team locker rooms which incorporate storage-hanger- bats are convenient. locker-beds that may be used by visiting teams meritcon- In classrooms, closets to house audiovisual equipment sideration. and laboratory models are needed. In the dance-studio complex, walk-in storage, racks for STORAGE AkEAb hanging costumes, and closets with shelves for leotards Conveniently-located and cafefully-an angedst or a ge and small dance accessories should be provided. Aper- areas contribute to the efficiency of physical education pro- cussion storage room with humidity controls will extend grams. A "rule of thumb" that has been used is allowance the life of expensive instruments. of 250 to 300 square feet of storagespace for each exer- Where no storage room is planned for pool equipment, cise area in the facility. Storage should adjoin the exercise it is suggested that racks for a canoe be placed parallel area served to save the instructor's teaching time. More- to the pool at one corner of the pool room where traffic over, the housekeeping in the building benefits from ade- is light. Enclosed ca.binets should also be provided to quate storage space. accommodate such items as racing lane markers, kick Although it is impossible to describe all storage needs, boards, and other pool accessories. In addition,a closet the following suggestions should be helpful: to house the pool vacuum cleaner is needed. Provision should be made for dead storage of seasonal Where athletic equipment must be stored in the central equipment. storage room, several precautions need to be observed. Fire laws must be observed relative to the storage space Large workbenches will be needed for folding andsort- used for combustible items such as archery targets. ing. Open-end cubicles facilitate the storage of helmets, If possible, storage of equipment for field sports should pads, shoes, and other bulky items, and also provide for be located near the field exits. If needed, small field stor- free circulation of air. Cedar-lined closetscan serve to age sheds should be constructed. safeguard woolen goods.
73 COLLEGE .%.ND UNIVERsitY FAcIlniEs
LAUNDRIES The size of the matron's room depends upon the size One or more laundry rooms may be needed, depending the dressing-shower area and the number of matrons unit upon the activity program. For example, football uniforms it. Usually 70 to 80 square feet is sufficient for one maul require a. different type of treatment than that for dance leo- serving sport:. and dance areas. When the matron servic tards. A central laundry to care for towels and apparel a swimming-pool dressing room, additional space is 1 would require extensive equipment, and demand the services quired for the larger number of towels in use. of a full-time laundry attendant. Breakdowns in equipment and/or the scheduling of varied fabrics for laundering CUSTODIAL. QUARTERS could eesult in a breakdown in the total program. Diversi- Well-planned quarters for custodial staff encourage s) st fied, smaller laundry units might, in an emergency, be able matic management and routine, efficient, and economic to provide some interim service for another unit. use of supplies and tools, and, most important, a hit Some guide lines to the planning of a laundry unit are standard oforkmanehip. The standards of housekeepir as follows: and maintenance must be high to do an effective job The size of equipment (washer-extractor plus dryers) de- teaching the observance of good health and safety habn pends upon the laundry cycle (daily 4..n1i'or meekly work The custodial superintendent should assist in the plannit loads). Therefore, the peak load for the cycle chosen of these facilities. rifust be used as the 'kise for the calculation. An item Custodians' closets should be planned in relation to tl such as a towel must be accurately weighed and its dry equipment and materials to be used. For example, close weight multiplied by the peak load to help determine the near large general-use areas should be large enough size of the equipment needed. accommodate the equipment needed for maintenance pu The size of the equipment under eonsidereion determines poses. At least one fire-resistant closet should be provide the size of the foundation required. Pads Ore used to as- for each 7,500 to 10,000 square feet. sist in the prevention of vibration. Within the custodial closets, there should be a floor sin The size of the equipment and its power demands will open shelving for paper supplies and cleaning material determine the electrical, steam, or gas and plumbing re- and a built-in rack for brushes and mops. Space is al: quirements. Oversize drains and vents are needed. needed for the storage of vacuum cleaners, floor waxer The size of the equipment considered must be such that and other large equipment items for cleaning. the space it occupies will allow room on all sides for It is recommended that, if possible, a custodial worksht necessary repairs. be provided for minor sports equipment repairs and mai When feasible, laundry chutes should lead from the area tenance functions. Counter space is needed for work on sup of use into the laundry room. items as balls, archery arrows and fencing foils. A cabin Space in the room is needed for a supply dolly and for small tools, and a slop sink for washing equipment a tables for folding laundry. needed. Good lighting, ventilation, and electrical outlets fi Access to this room should be directly off a corridor, tools should be included. It is recommended that a roo and, if possible, the room should be near a delivery en- of 150 to 160 square feet be provided. trance with double doors and flush threshold. Adequate attention must be given to humidity factors in TRAINING AND FIRST-AID ROOMS this room. The floor should be of a nonskid material that is easy The athletic training room should be a functional facili to dean. where the physician and athletic trainer can provide efficie Lighting should be vaporproof. service to students and athletes. Although the primary fun tion of this room is its use for the prevention, first aid, at care of athletic injuries, it can also serve other purpose As a first-aid room for the various college and col MATRON'S SERVICE AREA munity functions Women's dressing-shower areas should be serviced by As a classroom laboratory for classes in first aid at matrons. They may clean as well as protect these areas. In athletic training those areas serving as dispensing units for bathing suits, Since the trainer often assumes the responsibility for leotards, towels, and/or other physical education clothing, care of athletic injuries in physical education, and in into a counter with a roll-up window is advised. Suits and tow- collegiate and intramural sports, he should be involved els may be stored on the counter shelves. the planning of the training and first-aid room. The trai A Dutch door enables the matron to direct the immediate ing-room facilities should be coordinated with those in t. area, yet gives her a chance to see the entire dressing area. physical therapy department in the student health cent The matron's room should be located close to the entrance, when such facilities are available. Since the college physicit and planned for eye supervision of the entirearea Built-in supervises both facilities and the attendant personnel, sup cabinets should be provided for storage of towels and cloth- coordination is essential. Such coordination may also ser ing, and for necessary cleaning and sanitary supplies. to reduce the amount of expensive therapeutic equipme Electrical outlets are needed cu.. a sewing machine and for needed for the institution. an iron (minor repairs of departmental materials). If pos- sible, a small closet should be provided for the personal LOCATION use of matrons (coats, purses, etc.). Custodial closets with The training-room facilities should be located next to t a sink and the racks needed for brushes, mops, and rubber dressing quarters for athletic teams, whether in the fit hose should be provided. house or gymnasium. If the physical plant is so design This room should be equipped with a telephone so that as to allow all athletic activities, indoor and outdoor, emergencies may be reported at once. A buzzer system to flow out of one large central facility, one centrally -locat summon the matron when workmen need to enter the dress- training room is recommended. Such a facility is shown ing-shower area is also a necessity. Figure 31.
74 ,warcasepliersilameloallMewleat,.wosse.wwwwwImmIMMN=111W 644.L. i±r 114, ak 1'. P+4-4.414.614 1 -- of. =.41. 94401(44, 113.efri.prpt1 r kocirs itA Lteio LI J.LRLDLfoc. Central Training Area Figure 31 CtillIGE AND t"NIVTANITY FACILITIES GUIDE
When the physical plant is spread out so that one train ing area, (4) medical and trainers' offices, (5) exercise ing room cannot serve all playing areas, smaller auxiliary area; and ( 6) storage area. training rooms should be provided for the necessary pre- The sizehill ary with the number of students to be practice and pregame adhesix c strappings (see figure treated at one time. The zoom should be large enough to The ,IX4inurig room should be reiuute from laundry accommodate 12 to 15 students without crowding. A central and shower rooms_ The room should be planned as a cal- training room should be at least 1,000 square feet in size- de-sac in order to a't old traffics through the axed. Sincc Aminimum of 3 feet of unobstructed w orking space should ambulance services are required,, adequate doois told 4. Ui be plux ided around p1inth5,Labinet.S, and appartus. Aisles ridors to the area should be provided. for chankleling traffic within the room should be at least 5 feet in width. LAYOUT The area should be constructed so that all parts of the The athletic training room should be designed to meet room are easily seen from any point within the room. future as well as present needs. The number of students on When partitions arc used to separate work areas, windows the campus, the extent of competition in the intercollegiate should provide an unobstructed view_ and intramural athletic programs, and the number of par- The materials used in the construction of the training ticipants in the physical education program will affect the room should be safe, durable, attractive,and easy to main- size and make -up 'of the training room. tain. Floors and walls should be of tile or similar material. The room should be divided into several work areas. The wiring should be adequate, and all power equipment The following areas are commonly used.I 1 by drutherapy should be properly gr o uncle& Ventilation and lighting area; (2) electrotherapy area; (3) general first-aid and tap- standards are covered in Chapter 4.
.12,#Ca mit; it.o.
4-c," (Duro. 44itis.
Figure 32 Auxiliary Training Room
76 SERVICEAREAS
zuc treatment plinths, padded withleatherette. They should be constructed of 140 ad and should be heavily braced. Electrical outlets should be located at the head of every k table, 4 feet from the floor. All electric circuits should be adequately grounded. 1 40" &it ;43 HYDROTHERAPY AREA Individual whirlpools are recommended for thehydro- therapy area in preference to the *gang* type. Roomfinisht,1 should be the same as for shower rooms.This room is self-contained but must be an integral part of the total facil- ity for efficiency and proper supervision. The hydrotherapy area may be separated from theoilier training areas by a raised curb and aglass partition 3 feet high. Three whirlpool baths, a hand sink, and afoot tub are located in this area. Adequate drainageshould be provided. g OFFICE The trainer's office should be separated from the rest of the training-room suite by a glass partition, and should be so located that supervision of the activityof the entire suite is easily possible. A storage room should beprovided for supplies and therapeutic agents.
VISITING-TEAM TRAINING ROOM The visiting-team training room should belocated ad- jacent to the visiting-team dressing room, orpartitioned from the visiting-team dressing room proper.This training room should be 'largeenough to accommodate two plinths, b two work tables, a bench,and a sink. It is not necessary to include storage cabinets for a visiting athletic trainerbe- IfEi=1=1=IMI with him all athletic medi- Figure 33 cause he would normally carry cal supplies needed. A telephone outlet isrecommended. First-Aid Room The plumbing needs will be determined by the equipment SAUNA BATHS selected. However, special care should be taken to ensure The sauna bath is a natural complement to the training adequate drainage in hydrotherapy areas. activities. The room should be located adjacent to locker An ample supply of both hot and coldatcr is needed and shower rooms for ease of supervision and use. W!'en in this room at all times. Awide variation in water temper- the number of people to be serviced is determined, sauna- ature is necessary for the proper operationof hydrotherapy bath manufacturers should be consulted as to the size need- equipment and for maintenance requirements. ed. These manufacturers will also supply standard details for incorporation into the facility plans for a particular GENERAL FIRST-AID AND TAPING AREA institution. This area is the *key' in the overall planof the athletic- training facility. Activity here will consistof emergency first FIRST-AID ROOMS aid and the preparation of athletes for participation.From additional care will be A first-aid room should be located as near as possible this location, individuals requiring loading dock for an directed to other treatment areas. Where alarge central to audience seating. Easy access to a facility is provided, the taping room should contain atleast ambulance should be provided. The storage cabinet should contain an adequate first-aid kit, resuscitation equipment, four tables (see Figure 31). including emergency oxygen, and a set of pneumatic air ELECTROTHERAPY AREA splints. A telephone and cot should also be provided. A The electrotherapy area should contain a minimum of suggested layout is shown in Figure 33.
SELECTED REFERENCES
California State Department of Education, Planning of Shower, Locker, Crawford, 'Wayne IL, A Guidc for Planning Indoor Facilities for College and Dressing Facilitim for California Schools. Sacramento. StateDe- Physical Education. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers Col- partment of Education,13ulletin No. 53, November,1956. lege, Columbia University, 1963. *Focus on Fadlitics," Journal of Health, Physical Education, and Recrea- tion, Aped 1962, pp. 33-48.
77 1 COLLEGE AND v:savasrry FACILITIES GLIDE
Caluielsen. M A, and Miles. C Sports and Recreation Fad Blies for Scott, Harry A. and Wesekaemper, ftrchard B., From Programto Facili- School and Commanhy. Englewood airs, NJ- Prent;ce-114.Inc.. ties in Physical Education. New York. Harper and Brothers. 1958 105.3. Sleeper, Harold R., Building Planning and Design Standards for Archi- Herrick. I H ; Mdeary. R W F.; and Bogner, W. F From tects, Engineers, Designers, Consultants, Suilding Committees, Crafts- School Program to School Plant. New York. Henry Holt andCo.. men, and Students. New York. John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1955. 1956. Sumption, Merle IL, and Lauda, Jack L, Planning Functional School New York State Education Department. Planning the IndoorPhysical Edu- Buildings. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1957. cation Facilkies. Albany State Education Department. 1962.
78 Chapter 10
CLASSROOMS, LABORATORIES, AND RELATED
INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS
Classrooms sufficient in number, size, and purpose are isalso an important consideration. Although the newer essential to physical, health, and recreation education pro- audiovisual projectors and screens do not require com- grams. The classroom complex will depend upon projected pletely-darkened rooms as in the past, some effective and enrollments and breadth of curriculums. easily-operable room-darkening method should be installed. The professional courses in health education, physical (See Chapter 4 for detailed standards.) education, and recreation will normally include: sessions Movable lab desk armchairs, straight chairs with con- utilizing audiovisual aids; kctures in the foundations of ference tables, or fixed chairs should be provided according these fields; basic knowledge lectures in such areas as ap- to the functional use of the space. Generally, large lecture plied physiology, kinesiology, anthrcpometry, and health halls and auditoriums are equipped with chairs permanently instruction; and basic instruction in a variety of skills. In secured to the floor and ramped for good sight lines. many instances, experiences in the appliedphysiology lab- Storage spaces for apparatus and instructional mater- oratory supplement the skill and lecture periods, solocation ials, display racks for periodicals, and other needs as dic- and traffic patterns for both sexes become prime consider- tated by the courses involved should be listed for inclusion. ations. Where needs are extensive, the 20 percent additional square Space for health education, physical education, and rec- footage may be used as a guide. reation classes meeting at any one peak-load hour poses serious problems. Inclement-weather adjustments requiring a transfer from outdoor facilities to indoor classroomsmake HEALTH AND SAFETY CLASSROOMS it necessary to have reserve classroom space which is both Instructional facilities for health and safety should in- adequate and flexible. Movable partitions can be used ad- clude not only the space allotments and conveniences of the vantageously for the control of seating capacity and the standard classroom, but also the special features essential combining of several sections into one large class. At least to health and safety instruction (seeChapter 11). one large amphitheater-type auditorium room is also need- ed. These rooms should be adequate for combined sections, large dasses, and clinics ranging in seating capacity from SEMINAR ROOMS 150 to 300 persons. The space requirement for instructional areas varies Small functional seminar rooms that will seat 15 to 25 from 12 to 20 square feet per student, depending upon persons for small meetings andround-table discussions function and size, with the larger room requiring less space should be planned. The minimal required space for such per student. The standard classroom should accommodate rooms is 15 to 20 square feet perstudent. The rooms seating for approximately 40 students. The above stand- should be located in the proximity of laboratories and other ards apply to general-purpose classrooms only. Auxiliary instructional units so that they may be used to the maxi- areas (e.g., storage space), special equipment (e.g., chalk- mum. boards and audiovisual aids), or specialized-instruction Some plans may include double or large-size offices con- requirements (e.g., demonstration space) may change the taining 240 to 300 square feet. This space maythen be requirements. An additional 20 percent may be allowed for utilized jointly for office space arid seminar rooms. these special needs or for multiple use of classrooms. The professional courses in health, physical, and recrea- TEACHING MATERIALS CENTER tion education should have classrooms and auxiliary areas planned for lectures, discussions, or demonstrations. These Curriculum laboratories and teaching resource-materials facilities should be planned in accordance with the best centers need flow patterns and security controls similar to a accepted standards. library. Display racks, counters, and tables should be Common conveniences and special features, such as the spa zed to facilitate their use. Lighting, ventilation,and protected wall dock, lighting, acoustical treatment, thermo- other services should be planned to meet the peak loads statically-controlled mechanical ventilation, chalkboards, (see Chapter 4). stationary tackboaids, electrical outlets, and connectionsfor A teaching materials center may serve as a part of the radio and television, should be included and strategically department &, division, or school library. located. Modern construction should provide the necessary In laboratory -type rooms, the space needed per student television conduits and the basic equipment essential for ranges from 13 to 95 square feet. With additional alloca- future installation of air-conditioning, even though con- tions of up to 20 percent for the display and stack areas, struction budgets may prevent initial installation. the teaching materials center will normally require 35 to Lighting glare should be avoided. Interior decorating 50 square feet per student.
79 COLLEGE AM) V XTVERSITY EACILITIf CLUE
ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION Lighting units should be protected by guards or trans- INSTRUCTIONAL LABORATORIES parent, nonbreakable plastic coverings In the professional preparation of physical education Duplex electrical outlets should be located approximately teachers and elementary school teachers and administra- 12 inches from the floor on at least one sidewall and tors, increased emphasis is being placed on the program of one end wall physical education at the elementary level. There should be an even distribution of light through Not only should physical educators know and under- the room stand the facilities needed for elementaryprograms, but classroom teachers and elementary school principals should OUTDOOR LABORATORY have an opportunity to study dementari. physical educa- The following recommendations should be helpful in tion in its proper environment. This environment includes planning the instructional laboratory for elementary school indoor and outdoor instructional laboratories designed and physical education course work for elementary physical equipped for children. educators, classroom teachers, and elementary school prin- cipals: Minimum dimensions of 130' x 180' asphaltarea or re- INDOOR LABORATORY silient synthetic material' Minimum dimensions of 150' x 200' turf area' gymnasium designed to house the elementary physical Asphalt or new synthetic-type area should have a smooth education professional preparation program is desirable. surface with line markings, induding circles, diamonds, The following guide lines are recommended: running lines, 4-square, and hopscotch Dimensions of 54' x 76' Turf area should have dose-cut grass Minimum ceiling height of 18 feet If located next to laboratory school, asphaltareas should Maximum ceiling height of 24 feet be distributed around the building according to locations Tongue-and-groove select maple flooring (Consideration of the kindergarten, primary, and intermediate levels should be given to new-type, resilient synthetic materials.) (Strategic placing of the asphaltareas reduces traffic Markings should be painted on the floor before complet- through the building and through other group areas.) ing the final finish coat (This procedure preserves floor Class organization and care of the area may be more markings for many years.) logically planned if the turf area is in one location Steel girder beams extending widthwise in this facility A chain-link galvanized fence should separate all play- should permit installation of overhead apparatus such ground areas from street and sidewalk traffic as: Openings to the outside area from the playground should 4 climbing ropes be of the baffled type, constructed of chain-link fences 4 climbing poles Permanent apparatus should be strategically placed on 4 pairs of wall adjustable flying rings the hard-surface areas according to kindergarten, pri- Wall construction should allow installation of the follow- mary, and intermediate levels ing: Permanent installations of apparatus should include: One adjustable horizontal ladder Climbing tower 6' long x 6' wide x 7-1/2' high Stall bars Junior horizontal ladder, crossbars 3-1/2'; 4-1/2', and Eye hooks for net mountings 5-1/2' above ground Basketball goals Junior horizontal ladder 12' long, with gradual slope A wall-mounted chalkboard, tackboards, and hoot from 6' to 5' strips Senior horizontal bars 16' long, with gradual slope Walls should be painted a light, aesthetically-pleasing from 7-1/2' to 6-1/2' color Apparatus obstacle course Sculptured play apparatus Placing a resilient synthetic surfacing material under all apparatus has merit Both asphalt and turf areas should allowspace for chil- dren to play creatively with boxes, benches, balance beams, and cylinder-type equipment for climbingover, through, and under
DEPARTMENTAL LIBRARIES Basic philosophy concerning departmental or. t-_entral branch libraries must be established before extensive plan- ning can be done. Departmental or branch libraries should provide for adequate shelf space. Reading rooms, carrels, and functional zones should be carefully planned. Librarians who know and understand the problems should assist in checking plans for space requirements, traffic flow, control, 141,fthe "mew arnmart. AL= 41717SAL & me Ate Inkcaisor.s. S aro0 .ftes -sir am. C sitar - -.7r am. and storage space. The common guides used to indicate Arawdrorwfflir srmmu. afAII Ar.rom 4fe1s" space requirements specify 30 to 35 square feet per reader station, and 8 volumes to one linear foot of stack area. Figure 34 Momentary School GymFloor Layout Based on school enrollment of approx;;nately 503 students.
80 CLASSROONIS IABORATORT ES, AID RELotTEr) INSTRCCTIONAL AREAS
1
20'
X
111
/11111111
Scale: 1"= 10'
Figure 35
Suggested Playground Marking; for an Asphalt Area Kindergarten - Primary Grades
81 COLLEa AND UNIVERSITY FACILITIES GUIDE
301
3 130
Scale: 1/2 "= 10'
Figure 36
Suggested Playground Markings for an Asphalt Area lower and Upper Intermediate Grades
82 Elementary Physical Education Instructional Laboratory, Northern Illinois University Figur© 37 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PCILITIES GUIDE
With the computerized retrieval systems developing_,ade- faculty gatherings, entertainment of special guests, and re- quate provisions should be made for the inclusion of the laxation after strenuous activity classes. An efficiency kitch- necessary conduits and space in the library. Where depart- enette should be included as an adjacent unit. Generally, mental libraries and teaching materials centers are Com- these rooms should be close to the central offices and lobby. bined in a complex of rooms, or space is limited, some Standards for space requirements should approximate 20 thought might be given to combining a student reading square feet per full-time faculty member. Aesthetic considera- room (lounge) with limited library resources. tions should be emphasized ia the planning. CANTEEN AREAS STUDENT READING ROOMS (LOUNGES) Concessions andjOr canteen areas have come to be con- There is a need for reading and study rooms in a mod- sidered a necessary public service in facilities where a com- ern physical education building. These looms may serve a bination of functions include recreation, public gatherings, variety of educational needs which conserve time and en- and educational enterprises. courage reading and study. Even where stringent economy A great deal of study should be given to the matter of must be practiced, there are several combinations of uses including canteen or concession areas in the building. If an that justify the need. Students who have free hours between affirmative decision is reached, careful consideration should activity or professional classes may go in uniform to study. be given as to the type, number, traffic pattern, and multi- These rooms may also function as club rooms for major or joint use of such areas. students, lettermen's rooms for varsity athletes, and depart- Concession rooms that are to be used interchangeably as mental or student libraries. An efficiency kitchenette, includ- cloak rooms, projection rooms, photography rooms, or in ing refrigeration and cooking units, could be incorporated other combinations should be carefully planned to include as an adjacent or joint unit. adequate fixtures for sinks, hot and cold water, sewer con- Standards for space requirements should approximate nections, electricity, ventilation, and counters that form a 30 to 35 square feet per student at peak load. The location flush wall when dosed. of the rooms should be governed by their function. Aesthetic Canteen rooms that are used constantly should be located and functional accommodations should be carefully planned near the traffic flow. Ease in servicing and supervision are so the rooms will be fully utilized. also important considerations. Electrical outlets, adequate ventilation, and provision for garbage disposal are impor- FACULTY LOUNGE(S) tant. Floors, walls, and equipment should be easily cleaned Provision for a faculty lounge is desirable from several and maintained. Sanitary conditions must prevail at all standpoints. There is a need for a general meeting room for times.
SELECTED REFERENCES
American School am: University, Annual. New York: Buttenheim Publish. Caudill, William, 'What Works and What Fails in School Design?', The ing Corporation. (Yearly) Nation's Schools, March 1967, pp. 85-116.
Crawford, Wayne H., A Guide for Planning Indoor Facilities for College Physical Education. New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers Col- lege, Coh;mbia University, 1963.
84 Chapter 11
HEALTH ANDSAFETY EDUCATIONFACILITIES
providing sim- The college or university health andsafety education general considerations as other institutions the other school levels, is ilar services. When housing andfood service are provided, program, like the program at healthful-living as- comprised of three phases: (1) healthfulliving; (2) health special attention must be given to the The Amer- pects of the facilitiesinvolved in providing these services, and safety education; and (3) health services. highest standards of ican College Health Associationhas prepared a set of "Rec- and complete compliance with the ommended Standards and Practices for aCollege Health health and safety should be required. Program," which may be used as a guidefor developing The term "healthful living" embraces allefforts to provide colleges and facilities and conditions at the college or universitywhich health and safety education programs for health and safety of students and other universities. are beneficial to the The purposes and objectives of the health andsafety ed- personnel. Providing an environment conducive tohealth- ucation program can be met onlywhen facilities are pro- ful living is a legal and moral responsibilityof the institu- vided to conduct the activities designed toaccomplish these tion. goals. This chapter attempts to define and point upfacility Those responsible for planning the educational program needs related to the college or universityhealth and safety as well as thephysical plant should place great importance tducation program in the light of the institution's responsi- upon the environmentalfactors to which students are ex- bility to the student, to the community,and to society. posed. Environmental factors make lasting impressions Intelligent self-direction of health behavior isrecognized upon the individual. Careful attention tothe problems of color, as being an aimof health education which can be achieved environmental sanitation, proper lighting and room through education. The very nature of the institutiondic- climate control, safety, and construction thatlends itself to twofold contribu- tates that education is thebasic objective of the college or good housekeeping procedures makes a university program and the primaryobjective of all three tion to the well-being of the student.First, it has the imme- interrelated phases of the health and safetyeducation pro- diate effect of protecting against disease and injury, and gramhealthful living, health instruction, and health ser- promoting and maintaining good healthSecond, contact educational vices. with a healthful and safe environment is an It is important to be aware of the factthat health and experience. In addition, the college or university mayhelp safety education takes place in many situationsand experi- meet its obligation to thedisabled through wise planning the most significant educational experiences and construction which eliminates architecturalbarriers and ences. Many of Appendix G). occur outsidethe classroom. With this in mind, it is impor- makes facilities available to all persons (see tant that the health andsafety education of the college or A healthful environment is important to the entirecollege university, and the facilities forthis program, be planned or university and shouldbe planned at the administrative with education as a prominent goal. level rather than be restricted specifically to any one pro- While the guide lines suggested here aredirected at the gram area. Decisions,supported by the advice of the pro- provision of facilities for healthand safety education, it gram faculty, must be madeby administrators, architects, does riot assure official agencies, and planning experts in conformancewith should be recognized that such provision and regula- wise use. Coordinationresulting in effective utilization of existing construction standards, codes, rules, facilities can be brought-about onlyby a conscious effort. tions. The health coordinator serves to effectuatecooperative plan- ning and use of these facilities.The health committee, with HEALTH SERVICES within the college, special responsibilities for the program will can do much to promoteessential coordination of the pro- The college or university health-service program vary with the size and typeof institution, ranging from gram. be met on a In suggesting guide lines forfacilities for the health and small units with few demands, which can recognized that no single first-aid basis, to the large, comprehensivestudent health safety education program, it is in both quantity and set of standards canbe universally adopted. Insofar as center providing services on a par, herein will provide quality, with many hospitals. Thediversity of facilities possible, the recommendations included light of the statements of principleswhich will underlie any set of stand- needed dictates that planning must be done in will determine the immediate situation, and that it mustinvolve those who ards. Varying needs and philosophies technical and pro- details of specific requirements for theparticular institution. will use the facility, in cooperation with fessional planners. The "RecommendedStandards and Prac- tices for a College HealthProgram" of the American Col- lege Health Association provideexcellent guide lines and HEALTHFUL LIVING references pertaining to college health-servicefacilities. The healthful-living considerations in thecollege or uni- versity are directly related to the sizeand type of institution, HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTION the services provided, and the facilitiesavailable. Although the college or uni- The purpose of general health and safety instructionis varying in magnitude and complexity, and experiences which will lead to versity environmental-health programembodies the same to provide information
85 CuLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY FACILITIES GUIDE the establishment of attitudes and practices conducive to the GENERAL FACILITIES FOR conservation, protection, and promotion of individual, com- HEALTH AND SAFETY INSTRUCTION munity, and world health. Health and safety instruction facilities in colleges and The basic space allotment for health and safety instruc- universities must be suited te meeting the health and safety tion facilities in the college or university should be in har- instruction needs of three groups of students: (1) general mony with generally-accepted standards for classroom size. health and safety instruction for all students (general edu- However, due to the nature of activities involved in health cation); (2) health and safety instruction for elementary and safety instructional programs, it is recommended that school teachers and others who are not specialists in health the space allowed for such instruction be increased approxi- and safety education; and (3) health and safety instruction mately 35 percent above requirements for the regular class- for specialists in health and safety education (health educa- room. This will result in a space allotment of approximately tors and safety educators) who have special responsibilities 1200 sq. ft., including storage space, in the room intended for providing instruction in these areas. to serve a maximum of 30 students. In meeting the health and safety instruction needs of all The space allotment should be sufficient to allow for such students (general education), the facilities required will be activities as vision and hearing screening, first-aid and safe- comparable in nature and scope to those in the secondary ty instruction, and practical demonstrations, and for flexible school. teacher location. In addition to the conventional teacher's In providing the special professional preparation in desk, provision should be made for laboratory amonstra- health and safety education for teachers, attention should lions. This indicates the need for a laboratory-demonstra- be given to special knowledge and the methodology impor- tion desk which will provide space and facilities for demon- tant to teachers. This will dictate that teachers become ac- strations. Thus, provisions should be made for water, gas, quainted with content, methods, equipment, and facilities, and electricity, as well as storage space for heating devices, thus emphasizing the need to make the health and safety test tubes, flasks, beakers, and other equipment essential to education program for teachers an exemplary one. such demonstrations. The diversity of teaching procedures
40'
tu
a TABLE TA A LE TA Q L E
OC n g /
Storage and Display _W___Lne 1r IIEWIL COR R.1 D0R. TACK BOARD
Figure 38 Health and Safety instruction Laboratory
86 IMAITII AND SAFETY EIRCATIoN VACUUMS requires that /cola' classroom atrangements be used at Since the facilities fur health and safety instruction in the song: times, but at ()ILI tiftle$ flour space be a. ailable fox secondary sch_ of arc comparable to those Iii the college or practical instrudton, such as practice in artificial respitatiun, university, the general health and safety inetrudionlabora- splinting. and emergency trarpurtatioa. tory provides a must favorable settingfur instruction of the The suggested laboratory method of teaching will require specialist. The chief difference betv:een the two settings adequate storage space as well as displa) areas fur charts, should be in the diversity of equipment and supplies needed mannequins, models. and equipment. First-aid etitiipniern, in the peofessional preparation of thespecialist. This diver such as blankets, bandagex splints, and stretchers. w ill also Sily is necessary in order to acquaintthe prospective spe- be needed. Fox instruction in home nursing, sueli equipment cialist with different methods, equipment, and supplies. For as incubators, roll -away beds. pans, containers. andbed- example, it may be sufficient to rely on one z ision-screen- ding will be required. ing procedure in the general education program at any There should be a large amount of display space for grade level, but the prospective specialist should be ac- the great variety of educational exhibits, literature, and stu- quainted with several. dent projects inherent in the health education program. This can be provided by allowing liberal space for tablesand RESEARCH FACILITIES shelves, and by using all available wall space fur bulletin The importance of research in health and safety educa- boards and tackboards. There should be ready access to tion should be stressed. Special laboratory facilities are the teaching materials center (see Chapter 10). needed in order to conduct the various kinds of research The health and safety instruction laboratory should pro- which are essential. Research facilities for health and safety vide for the optimum use of such additional audiovisual education are described in Chapter 13. devices as still pictures, slides, motion pictures, radio, and television. This will necessitate a liberal allowance of appro- priately-located electrical outlets, shades or curtains which CHECK LIST FOR HEALTH AND will reduce the outside light, and a screen which may be SAFETY INSTRUCTION FACILITIES mounted above the chalkboard behind the' aboratory desk. Space of 1,200 square feet to accommodate a maxi- Special consideration should be given to the provision of mum of 30 pupils a health museum. Such a facility may consistof a separate Flexible teacher location room, or rooms, where elaboratehealth and safety exhibits Provision for various teaching, methods, including lab- may be on display, or it maybe a portion of the health oratory demonstration and safety instruction laboratory where exhibits may be on Flexibility of seating display for a' imited time. Hot and cold running water and gas outlet The health and safety instruction laboratory should be Educational-exhibit space an example of the ideal classroom environment,with spe- Storage space cial concern for color of walls, lighting, ventilation, temper- Provision for using audiovisual devices (electrical out- ature and humidity control, order, andcleanliness. Figure lets, window shades, screens) 38 illustrates a suggested floor plan for the health and Exemplary environmental features such as lighting, safety instruction laboratory intended to accommodate a heating, ventilation, and cleanliness maximum of thirty students. Adequate hand-washing facilities, drinking fountains, Safety education must be structured into the program: and toilets A good safety education program does not restrict activities, Air-conditioning nor does it protect at the expenseof education. It does Accessible to and usable by the disabled (see Appen- identify hazardous physical conditions and unsafe practices. dix G) The hazards should be corrected or eliminated. All activities Planned jointly for community use and student participation should be studied to determine the nature and extent of safety educa7on and supervision DRIVER EDUCATION AREAS AND FACILITIES required to develop needed knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Special facilities and equipment are not always required The college or university driver education program is that concerned with the preparation of teachers rather than the to teach safe procedures and practices. It is important preparation of new drivers. Prospective teachers should be equipment for physical education and athletics be selected, purchased, and maintained from the point of view of acci- taught to use and evaluate all available facilities, equip- ment, and devices for driver education. Facilities, equipment, dent prevention. The use of such equipment should incor- and devices for the college or university program should, porate a deliberate intent to provide instruction insafe therefore, be similar to those recommended for high schools, practices: but with emphasis on a wide variety of makes and models. The program of driver education is generally accepted as a responsibility of the school, and, morespecifically, as a function of health and safety and physicaleducation de- INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES FOR partments. The guide lines outlined herein are in keeping PREPARING HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATORS with approved standards and national recommendations, In view of the fact that elementary teachers have a good both for schools and for the professional preparation of background in educational methods, one of the most impor- teachers. tant considerations in health and safety preparationwould seem to be basic scientificinformation. The elementary school classroom is generally satisfactory for health and INDOOR FACILITIES safety instruction, hence the preparation needed by elemen- tary school teachers does not requitefacilities which differ For the indoor program of driver education, a class- markedly from those necessary for preparing health and room, a psychophysical laboratory with testingdevices, a safety education specialists. simulator laboratory, and an office should be provided.
87 Ct AN 11 i 1110. -11 r1V 1:11_31-1-Liks 11
30'
Poo
Nre C.osabination Driving Vision Test la Simulator
Working Re Models lime
fTh
Work 2 g 73 C a« 1,13 Table Z5._> 1 '...i ___J
Film Projector --> on wheels Blackout shades for windows
IP
.11111M
32 Chairs with writing arms PP
Teacher's Demonstration Desk Table 1 I ti0 Coats
Movie screen Blackboard Res Traffic board 4, Bookcase
Figure 39 Driver Education Classroom and Laboratory
88 HEALTH AMJ SAFE TY EDI:c.VrioN FAULITms
All iztdosfaulities Aiuult.t IA; litst flvvi 4.)f ibc build- through a double outlet toca:ed in the vicinitv of the record ing. near the garage or parking space fur the dual-control ing unit. cars, and iie,u the dr.o, ing range done is used. Ample soft white fluorescent-light tubes should be installed The reEoninientled iitotedure is to 4.Ott LttiC the 4.1..tSt4jidni to provide IVO foutcandles of light at desk height. These Unli the labozatozv for 4 turilbal4nurl, town of 1.200 squat, tubes should be recessed in the ceiling and should have feet (see Figure 39 ). Where separate rooms are used, the :-emitraticlucent shields. classroom should he of standard size. Pastel colors should be used. The woodwork and finkh- In addition to the standard classtooni failities aad itig should be compatible with the color used on the equipment, such as chalkboard, 'aulle,iti board, desk and A reflection factor of 80 percent is needed fur the ceiling, chairs, the (Lit er education daswooni z.hould pro% ide facil- and 60 percent for the walls. The furniture should have a ities fox the following special ,equipment. nonglare finish. Heating and ventilation should be in con- Nfution-picture projector formance with best accepted standards. Bookcases and storage cabinets for such items as films, flip charts, testing equipment, and models MOBILE LABORATORY UNIT Demonstration table Demonstration equipment, including magnetic traffic A mobile laboratory unit may be used when it is neces- board, working models. flannel boards, mold signs, sary to accommodate several locations. 'Since nearly all and signals mobile classrooms are 12-place units, the size of the trailer should be not less than 52 nor more than 56 feet long in- PSYCHOPHYSICAL LABORATORY side. The inside height should be 8 feet, with a width of 10'. The rear of the trailer should 'contain 2 storage closets, The psychophysical laboratory should contain equip- a teacher's desk, a chair, built-in film-storage closets, and ment needed to test the student's physical, mental, and emo- program racks. The mobile classroom should have good tional qualifications for safe and skillful driving. When the acoustics, waterproof materials inside and out, high-grade combined room is not used, this laboratory should provide tile on the floor, and windows at evenly-spaced intervals. at least 720 square feet of space, with the minimum dimen- For maximum safety, two 36-inch doors with safety latches sion being 24'. should be located on the curb side. Like any ether class- The furniture and equipment needed in the psychophysi- room, the mobile unit should have good lighting, wiring, cal laboratory will include a demonstration table, chairs, heating, and cooling systems. and worktables. Spaces should also be provided to accom- The simulator cars sl.ould be arranged six on each side, modate equipment for testing visual acuity, depth perception, one behind the other, with the step form of elevation for color vision, field of vision, reaction time, steadiness, night cars so all students can see the screen. vision, and the like.
OUTDOOR AREAS AND FACILITIES SIMULATOR LABORATORY Driver education simulators are accepted as a means of Behind-the-wheel instruction provides the skillsnecessary providing the preliminary steps to behind-the-wheel instruc- for safe and efficient driving. Provision should be made fez tion. Because of the nature of the simulator units, facilities extensive experience under a wide variety of conditions. for them should be considered as permanent installations, preferably in a separate simulator laboratory. ON-STREET DRIVING The size of the simulator laboratory will depend on the number of simulator cars to be installed. A typical 8-car in- An on-street ing area is recommended where traffic stallation will accommodate 450 to 500 students per year, congestion is not a problem. The first driving maneuvers and a 16-car installation will accommodate 960 to 1,000. should be conducted in locations such as driveways where The room size for 8 cars should be 24' x 33'; for 16 ears, there is no traffic. As ability develops, students should get it should be 30' x 40'. experience driving in situations approximating normal driv- Since the college or university program is one of pro ing conditions, and dm, finally, in actual normal traffic fessional preparation, it is often desirable to have a demon- situations. stration setting, consisting of a limited number of simulators Blocked off streets arc sometimes used when street traffic of different mires rather than a complete instructional lay- is too heavy and school driveways are not available to out of any one make. teach the first driving maneuvers. Arrangements should be The room should be clear of obstructions that might made with the residents of the area and with police officials. interfere with the projector beam, and should be provided Since advance driving skills arc taught where 'other traffic with such items as a chalkboard, bulletin board, tact board, is involved, streets should Pot be blocked off for aa undue and magnetic board. The cars are arranged in a_semi- length of time. circular fashion, with the first row a minimum of 8 feet, preferably 10 to 12 feet, from the screen, and with the out- side cars not exceeding an angle of 30 degrees from the OFF-STREET DRIVING screen. The first row should have the lesser number of cars. An off-street driving range is recommended where land A minimum of 24 inches should be allowed between the is available. Ranges should be laid out to simulate most rows, with a 30-inch aisle down each side of the room. Aisle physical situations associated with driving, such as. traffic spaces must comply with state safety codes. The projector signs, signals, and other control devices; parallel and angle should be located in the center at the extreme rear of the parking; upgrade and downgrade situations; and simulated room, and a 6' x 8' screen should be placed in the front emergency situations. Space should allow for needed skill- of the room. test maneuvers Different types of road surfaces should be Manufacturers' specifications for electrical requirements provided. If night classes arc conducted, the area should should be followed. Ordinarily, the standard 110-volt, 60- be lighted. The size of the driving range should be no cycle alternating current is required. It should be supplied smaller than 350' x 450'.
89 t_.11.1).-,_ p 1 \11,t-_elsiri irAcal it-N
12114. 4 214V110"-50.--.1 ; ru.."1".,- 24-
L EGT_.40 - SOLID WHITE LINE SOLID YELLOW LINE -- SKIP WHITE LINE OARALL DIMENSIONS LENGTH -4S5' WIDTH: - 357"
Courtesy of Michigan State University
Figure 40 Multiple-Car Off-Street Driving Range
The multiple-car drivingrange has the advantage of ac- All signstraffic-contiol signals,stop, warning, yield commodating several cars simultaneously under thesuper- the right-of-way, regulatory, guide, and information vision of one teacher, thus reducing the per-studentcost. Upgrade and downgrade roadways With this type of range, communication between theinstruc- Simulated road surfacesconcrete, asphalt, and gravel tor and students is accomplished by means of radioor Muddy surface foremergency situations public-address system. Stanchions, guide-on, etc., formaneuvers The following is a list of recommendedequipment and facilities for the off-street (lavingrange: POINTS TO REMEMBER Curbs for parking practice Determine the needs of the student and the objectives Intersections for various turnmaneuvers of the program Gravel area for driving and turnmaneuvers Provide as many realistic situations as possible Streets marked properly Design the driver-training area equal to the best facili- Streets that are both wide andnarrow ties available
SELECTED REFERENCES
Allgaier. Earl, Classroom and laboratory Facilities fora Driver Educa- School Health Services. Washington, 1).C.: National Education Asso- tion Course. Washington. D.C.: Traffic Faiginctring and Safety De- ciation. 1964. partment, May 1964. Suggested School Health Policies. 5th ed. Washington. D.C.: National F.ducation Association. 1967. \mcrican C ollege Health .1,socialion."Recommerded Standards and Prac- tices for a Ceillege Health Program, Part H. journal of the American National Commission on Safety 1.7.ducation (NEA ), Driver and Traffic College Health Association. OctoSer 1963. Safety Education: Policies and Practices. Washington, I) C.: The Com- mission. 1958. Brady. Leon. aid Stack. Herbert J.. Highway Safety andDriver Educa- tion. Englewood Cliffs. N J.: Prentice-Hall. Inc.. 1962. Participants in National Facilities .Conference, Planning Areas and Facili- ties for Health. Physical E4ucation, and Recreation. Chicago: The Ath- Joint Committee on Health Pioblems in Education of the National Educa- letic Institute, and Amax-an Association for Health. Physical Educa- tion .Issociation and the Americas: Medical Association. Health Educa- tion, and Recreation ( NEA }.1965. tion. Wash:ngton. 1).C.: National Education As.sociatioit. 1961. Healthful School Living. Washington. C: National Education Asso Teacher's Manual for Driv*er Education. Springfield, Ill- State Department dation. 1957. of Public Instruction, 1958.
90 Chapter 12
OFFICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE UNITS
In planning college and university facilities for health the 'faculty member's office should be close to his teaching education, physical education, recreation, and athleties,Lure- station and secretarial sery ices. Offic.c earpeung is desirable ful consideration should be given to the administrative func- for good acoustics, decor and faculty morale. tions which take place in conducting these programs. Essen- tialfacilitiesrelated to administration in these program ADMINISTRATORS' OFFICES areas include: Administrators' offices Student sports actin ity The same elements listed above apply to the office of an Faculty offices offices administrator. It should be a minimum of 200 square feet Secretarial and clerical Conference rooms in size. It should have easy access to the secretarial area offices (or lounges) and still have the necessary privacy. Reception and waiting Staff locker, shower, and A large facility may contain a suite of offices with ac- rooms rest rooms commodations for several administrators. Administrative Office staff workrooms Toilet rooms offices should be provided with private toilet room!. Storage rooms FACULTY LOCKER-SHOWER ROOMS OFFICES Where the number of faculty members exceeds eight, Though not an infallible standard, examination of con- nought should be given to a faculty- locker-shower room. temporary American colleges and universities discloses that Such an area should :ontain shot as, a toilet, and an indi- there is a ratio of approximately one full-time (or the equiv- vidual dressing locker for each faculty member. Compar- alent) faculty member in health education, physical educa- able facilities should be provided for both men and women. tion, recreation, and athletics for every 275 full-time stu- dents, particularly where the traditional required, intramur- SECRETARIAL AN D CLERICAL OFFICES al,intercollegiate athletic, and recreation programs are offered. This ratio would be smaller where graduate pro- Where a college or university operates an extensive pro- grams and research are emphasized, or where professional gram in health education, physical education, recreation, preparation in health education, physical education, and and athletics, one secretary or clerk-typist for each three recreation is a major function. full-time faculty members is considered minimum. Antici- A large number of the working hours of a faculty mem- pated growth should be given careful consideration in facil- ber are spent in his office where he can carry on a variety ity planning. of activities related to his teaching-coaching-administrative A centralized "main office' is t.enerally the rule in admin- functions. Thus, each full-time faculty member should have istrative arrangements. However, in large operations, there his own private office. This office should be quiet, attractive, is much to be said for dispersing the secretarial and clerical comfortable, and functional. It should provide security, a offices according to their functions (e.g., intercollegiate ath- reasonable amount of storage space, and it should enhance letics, intramural sports, health education, men's physical the dignity and efficiency of the occupant. education, women's physical education, and recreation). The individual office should be a minim um of 100 Personnel working in these offices perform, in varying de- square feet in size. A larger office is an invitation to house grees, the following duties: more than one in the room, and thus destroy privacy. Care- Act. as receptionists for students, faculty, visitors, sales- ful thought should be given to the location and arrange- men, press representatives, and the like ment of doors, windows, telephone, electrical outlets, inter- Take and transcribe dictation, and perform a variety communication facilities, storage facilities, lighting, and of typing chores units for heating, ventilation, and cooling. Receive and redirect telephone calls Each faculty member's office should provide space and Receive and distribute mail and other communications arrangements for the following items: Answer written co:respondence A large work desk, with lock Schedule appointments, and, in general, 'keep track* A comfortable desk chair of faculty A four-drawer filing cabinet or credenza Operate -a variety of office machines, such as duplica- Bookshelving for 200 volumes tors, mimeograph machines, ditto machines, and com A side chair puters A compact storage cabinet or built-in closet File department papers, correspondence, forms, and Air-conditioning is recommended in warmer climates in other materials view of the trend toward year-round operation. Transact certain business operations, such as book- Offices should be located in an area free from general keeping and accounting traffic noises. Careful consideration should be given to Prepare copies of class tests and other teaching mater- acoustics, including the transmission of sound through the ials as needed in courses walls and air-supply system. Without sacrificing privacy, Dispense tickets for spectator events
91 t.:0111 -A.1.: X11+ t 111:161TY FACKITIF-S tat JUE
The sec-re-14114i and helical kffices te.lsonably used as a gall- lounge-. a MIAMI faculty meeting room, prominent and accessible. but YtA 1_1 as 14A einuttl reading loon., and a filsiz % it% Lig tourn. Theisual, Cher agsSoCialleing 4J Id loitering. They should act as buffer mai, and acoustical en% ironinent should be balanced. Ail areas fox individual facultyrneniberg. The tombiliation efficiency kitchenette adjacent to the 4.tinicrenix room may reception toom-4.,ffice arrangement has much to CohlMtlid be desired. Chapter 10 contoins further details un faculty itbut there is some risk that the reception function may lounges. make it difficult to carry out the other necessary duties of a secretary or stenographer. STORAGE AREAS Reception rooms or areas should be large enough to An easily-accessible and secure storage area is desirable accommodate one caller fur each faculty member whom the in the administrative unit. This area should pray ide storage office serves. but should be a minimum of 200 square feet for relatively small, but possibly valuable, items of equip- in size. The reception room should have a dignified and re- ment and supplies, such as: laxing atmosphere. It should be separated from the office Films Office supplies employees by a counter or partition, but be constructed to Books and periodicals Retainable records and enable the receptionist to observe those coming into and Projectors documents going from the reception area. The counter can also serve Ideally, this storage area should be located so as to be as a worktable over which many transactions between the under the surveillance of the office personnd. secretaries and others can take place. Space for such items as chairs, small tables, and a coat rack is necessary in tLe ATHLETIC TICKET OFFICE reception area. Carpeting in this area is conducive to quiet- ness and an air of dignity. If the facility housing administrative personnel also con- In a larger office, where two or more employees are sta- tains spectator facilities, or serves a spectator ticket-dispens- tioned and the reception function is distracting to employees ing function, this area should be isolated from the other ad- engaged in other work, it may be desirable to separate the ministrative units without losing close communication with reception area from that used for secretarial or clerical them. It is important that the athletic ticket office serve a work. In such case, a separate but adjoining office space crowd at a contest expeditiously and, in so doing, not dis- should be provided for secretarial or clerical employees. turb the other administrative facilities and functions in the The secretarial office should provide ample space for a building. This office can serve effectively as both a working work desk, filing cabinets, built-in closets or storage cabi- office and a ticket booth. nets, a typing station, and a worktable or counter. Secre- The ticket office needs to be planned for a continuous tarial and clerical employees should have operating space advance sale of ticketf Those coming for service should be of at least 120 square feet per person, exclusive of the recep- in easy view of the ticket-office personnel. To provide secur- tion and storage areas. ity for money and tickets, a vault or safe should be built The telephone should be located at the receptionist's desk. into the facility. Drawers for money should be built into the The combination telephone, with telephone-intercom exten- counter. A glass window wall with speaker openings and sion phones to each office, is recommended. Incoming calls curtains which can be drawn for privacy should be pro- should signal only the receptionist. She should receive all vided. calls and route them to the proper person. Faculty offices FACILITIES FOR GRADUATE ASSISTANTS should be equipped with extension phones providing inter- communication and conference features. All telephones Graduate assistants (or teaching fellows) are becoming should facilitate privacy and convenience. more numerous on college and university campuses. It is Individual mail boxes should be provided for each key important that some plans he made for their accommoda- person in the building. These boxes should be readily ac- tions. Ideally, each should be provided a study or work cessible, should be constructed so that mail and messages cubicle. Privacy and quiet should be prime objectives. The can be easily placed in them, and should provide the pri- cubicle should be of sufficient size to accommodate a small vacy and security normally expected. study desk with drawers and a work chair. If planned care- fully, individual cubicles of 50 to 70 square feet per person can provide adequate study and office space. Gooa light- WORKROOMS ing, ventilation, and security are factors worthy of consid- In smaller administrative suites, a workroom is a neces- eration in planning. The offices for graduate assistants sity. It can house machines, such as duplicators, mimeo- should be near the faculty offices. graph machines, ditto machines, and calculators, and pro- STUDENT ACTIVITY OFFICES via space for operating them. Shelving for paper storage, and space for stencil files is desirable. Although the loca- More and more colleges and universities are making tion of the workroom is important, it should not occupy provision for such student-directed recreation programs as prime space. It should be immediately accessible to the office sports clubs, intramurals. WRA's, and WAA's. If this is a workers and close to the reception room. A toilet room policy, offices within the administrative unit should accom- with one hand lavatory and one water closet should be ad- modate these activities. jacent to this workroom. The size of each office should be a minimum of 100 square feet per function assigned. It should be arranged to house ;t desk, files, storage, and a telephone. CONFERENCE ROOMS it should be determined if a regular or a Dutch door At least one conference room should be included in the will best serve each specific office from a traffic corridor. plans for a modern physical plant designed to seri, c the A t% orkroorn for mimeographing, sign making, and similar health and safety education, physical education, recreation, activities would be desirable. and athletic programs. Such a conference room should pro- These student activities may be more properly grouped vide a minunum of 15 square feet of floor space per occu- together and removed from other college administrative pant under peak-load conditions. This room might also be activities.
92 t.11-11C ES AND ADMINISTRATIVE umrs
OTHER SUGGESTIONS best as a separate administrative unit with a separate facility. The nature of men's and women's physical education The form of administrative units in health and safety ed- ucation, physical education, athletics, and recreation will programs frtquently requires separate but coordinated vary with the needs of the particular college or university. facilities to best achieve their respective purposes. Some common organizational arrangements which affect Combinations of the above are sometimes feasible and can be grouped in a single facility. the design of facilities in these areas are as follows: The centralizing of faculty offices may tend to improve The administration of intramural athletics can be sepa- morale, egminuniattions, and unity of purpose. This may rated fiem other traditional administrath c units. be of more ii.sprtance than separating faculty members The teacher - education function can be separated into a so as to locate them neara to their teaching stations. self-contained administrative unit. Single offices, even though small, are preferred to shared Intercollegiate athletics, with peculiar and distinct func- offices. tions, often lends itself to a szparate adminigtath c facil- Offices related to health education, physical education, ity. recreation, and athletics, are comparable to those of other Graduate programs in health eilt.cation, physical educa- administrative .;nits of the college or university. Thus, the lien, and recreation can frequently be accommodated same levels of quality are applicable.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Erexsta, Sam F. Programing, Planning and Comtructiren of College and Nattu.a: Cuunal un School:Joust Cunstrucuun, Time Sa%cr Standards. University Buildings. Provo, Utah; Brigham Young Universay Press, New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1964. 1963. Planning America's School Buildings. Washington, D.C.: American Asso- Caudill, William W., Toward Better School Design. New York F. W. ciation of School Administrators, 1960. Dodge Corp., 1954. Ramsey, Charles G., and Sleeper, Harold R., Architectural Graphic Stand- Guide for Planning School Plants. East Lansing, Mich.. National Council ards. New York. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1956. on Schoolhouse Construction, c/o Floyd G. Parker, Secretary, Michi- gan State University, 1964. Schools in the U.S.A., Building Bulletin No. 18. Washington, D.C. U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961. Mac Connell, James D., Planning for School Buildings. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice -Hall, Inc., 1957.
93 Chapter 13
RESEARCH AND TEACHING LABORATORIES
Rese,reli facilities are bewining increasintgly important for use in the gy mnasium or on the playing field. Further- in eolleges and unix ersities. In the quest for new ideas and more, there are liberal arts colleges and other research- in the old ones, reseal play $ an impor- oriented institutions whose undergraduate curriculums re- tant rule. frown er, it must be remembered that the acquisi- quire that the student have research experience. In such tion of research facilities and equipment dues not guarantee institutions, it is not 'unreasonable to expect the department thatI. aluable research w ill be conducted. Facilities and of health, physical education, or recreation to provide lim- equipment are only tools that must be lused in an effecth e ited research facilities and supervision of selected research manner if meaningful results are to accrue. An inquiring, activities. open-minded attitude must be maintained or the contribu In colleges and universities offering professional prepara Lions from the use of research tools t, ill be meager. Lion in health education, physical education, or recreation, It is impossible to list the research tools that axis one there is, of g;ourse, a greater need for the ,de% elopment of indh idual estigatur w ill w ant to use in doing research. research and teaching laboratories. This is particularly true A laboratory, in a sense, takes on the personalits of the where graduate curriculums exist in these areas. Such facil- one who is in charge of the research being conducted there. ities are required not only to provide experience and train- The mature investigator w %cry frequently develop his ing for students, but alsc to attract and retain capable re- ot-n research equipment 'Jt modify apparatus already in search scholars. Therefore, it is not possible to decide on a existenct-. Also. the equipment to be used determines tz., some "per student" basis what kinds of laboratories, or even, in extent the facilities in which it will be housed. many- instances, how many square feet of laboratory space The very nature of investigation and in% estigators de- should be provided. The character of the institution and the mands freedom to w ark in almost any direction. The listing _interest and ability of its faculty must be taken into account of facilities and equipment tends to stifle this freedomto before decisions are made on these matters. stereotype the work being done. The investigator himself is the only person in a position to determine his own inter- ests and the directions which will produce the most valuable TEACHING AND RESEARCH LABORATORIES resuks. Hence, onto he can judge what kinds of facilities and equipment w be needed. The strength of research lies In the early stages of professional preparation of students in diversity of approach. in departments of health, physical education, and recreation, Despite the wide diversity in research tools, there arc small research laboratories served as teaching laboratories some facilities and equipment which are commonly used in in the conduct of various undergraduate and graduate laboratories for research in health, physical education, and courses. It is still necessary and desirable to use research recreation. A list of manufacturers (including addresses) of laboratories for presenting occasional demonstration ex- research equipment appears in Appendix L. periments in the teaching of classes. However, this cannot Some aspects to be kept in mind in planning research be a frequent practice in a productive research laboratory, facilities, and how these facilities can be utilized most effici- especially when the classes contain more than just a few ently will be suggested in the first section of this chapter. students. The second part contains typical types of laboratories asso- Separate teaching laboratories should be provided tc ciated with departments of health, physical education, and handle laboratory sections of various courses. There is no recreation, or those which might be expected to be developed reason why the same teaching laboratory cannot be utilized in the future. for conducting some of the laboratory sessions in a variety of courses, including tests and measurements, physiology of GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS exercise, and biomechanics. At least one such teaching lab- There are a number of general considerations which will oratory should be available which is equipped with station- have an important bearing in determining specific labora- ary lab tables containing gas, water, and electricity. Hoods tory requirements. for the Bunsen burner, cabinets for storing small pieces of equipment, and a connecting supply room are also essen- AIMS OF THE INSTITUTION tial.Closed-circuit television receivers are desirable. The laboratory can be designed to accommodate equipment used The nature of the educational institution and its objecth es in conducting experiments with animals and human beings. and function dill determine in large measure the ty pc, num- Frequently, the teaching laboratory can be equipped with ber, size, and relati% c importance of research and teaching durable, inexpensive, and easily-serviced apparatus where laboratories in the department of health, physical education, students can carry on experiments individually or in small or recreation. In junior colleges, or in four-s ear institutions groups. While such equipment may not provide the degree in which only service courses comprise the department offer- of precision expected of sophisticated research apparatus, ings, elaborate, sophisticated research laboratt,ries will sel- itis generally accurate enough to present desirable princi- dom, if ever, be required. However, laboratory experience ples. A space of approximately 1,000 square feet, with a may be desirable as a part of a health education or other 12-foot ceiling, is generally large enough to accommodate course. Likewise, some testing equipment may be required a class of 20 students.
94 RESEUL11 AND Tk-At.:111NG folItiEs
A small gymnasium of approximately 2.001) square feet existing as wdl as the proposed institutes un the campus or more, with a ceiling height of 24 feet, inay function as should be investigated. another teaching laboratory for conducting other kinds of experiments. This facility is useful for instructional pur- poses and for th, student tr., gain experien-e in administer SERVICE FAciuriES TO BE SHARED ing tests and taking measurements. Such a facility should be free of obstructions su that fitness or sports tests may Although there is a need for individual research labora- be safely administered. Walls should be flat, without orna- tories, some facilities lend thems-elves to shared use. A work- mentation or equipment, to permit wall-volley tests to be shop supervised by a capable machinist or other skilled conducted. Such items as chinning bars, mats, and volley- worker is an essential ancillary facility in institutions where ball standards should he available for administering a wide considerable research is being conducted. If the research variety of sports and other tests. productivity of the health, physical education, and recrea- As the fields of health, physical education, and recreation tion unit is sufficiently great, there is justification for hous- advance in maturity as disciplines, it is probable that lab- ing and supporting this type of ancillary facility in this unit. If, however, research and laboratory teaching is done oratory experience will replace some of the course lectures, particularly in courses at the graduate level. This will in- on a smaller scale, the facility may be shared by other crease the need for teaching labs as well as research labs. units in the college or university, or such services may be purchased as needed. Graduate students should have considerable laboratory ex- If a workshop is planned, 110v and 220v electri. perience before they embark on the collecting of data for rent with good ground connections should be made avail- the writing of a doctoral dissertation. able. Oversize doors should be provided as well as a good ventilation system so that sawdust and other pollutants will not become a hazard or annoyance. Cupboards with locks should be in ample supply to store hand tools to prevent INDIVIDUAL LABORATORIES their being stolen or misplaced. Since considerable noise Several forces are acting to accentuate the role of the may be generated, the workshop should be isolated from research investigator in colleges and universities. The avail- other facilities where quiet work is being done. There should ability of funds, greater specialization, increased research be a minimum of 80 footcandles of light on the task being encouragement from the administration, and competition performed. The room should be at least 500 to 600 square for university faculty have all had a positive influence on feet in size, with a ceiling height of 12 feet. the place of research. The recent interest within the fields of Another unit which lends itself to shared use is a data- health, physical education, and recreation in developing a processing center. This may be a small room housing a few body of knowledge, and the development and expansion of desk calculators which are available for use by various graduate programs in these fields have also created a great- faculty members, graduate or undergraduate students, and er demand for research facilities and trained investigators. nonacademic personnel. On the other hand, the facility may- A few years ago, there was rarely more than one faculty be expanded to include card punching and sorting equip- member in these fields engaged in research, even in large ment, tabulators, collators, and magnetic or punch-tape departments or schools. The picture is changing so rapidly equipment. There may also be computer consoles which that now a sizable proportion of some faculties are doing connect by telephone or other lines tc a large centralized researchsometimes several faculty members sharing a com- computer on the campus, or even at other institutions. Com- mon interest or specialty. This is similar to conditions puter consoles located in various buildings on the campus which have existed for some time in many other disciplines. will be the most common way of providing computer ser- Provisions must be made for this development. vices at large universities. Punch cards or tapes will not It should be recognized that often each investigator will have to be transported across the campus with the use of require a laboratory cr research facility for his own use, this arrangement. even though it may be modest in scope. Investigators who Ilegional electronic library services are being planned are likely to make the greatest contributions in research arc, for various locations in the United States. Provisions should for the most part, independent thinkers, and must function be made for making use of this service. on their own much of the time. This is not to imply that the The installation of punch-card and computer equipment investigators should not be expected to share major facili- requires the installation of large electrical conduits, good ties, expensive apparatus, or supporting services. But each ground connections, and ovelsize doors. A great deal of 'cook' can be expected to desire at least a small "kitchen" of heat may be expected to be generated by the electronic his own. equipment, so some means of dissipating this heat will be Joint appointments, in which a faculty member holds an required. Space should be provided to permit direct access appointment in more than one department, are increasing to each piece of equipment for servicing. Since considerable in number in departments of health, physical education, noise is developed when data-processing equipment is in and recreation. Pros isions should be made for some faculty operation, acoustical treatment of ceiling and walls is es- members to do research in other departments, and, con. sential. The division of the area into smaller rooms with versely, members of other departments may be expected to soundproof walls helps reduce the noise problem. use some of the health, physical education, and recreation Other specific facilities may service a number of investiga- research facilities. tors. For example, the cost of such facilities as an environ- A related development is the organization in many large mentally-controlled treadmill room, or hot or cold room, or universities, of centers c;r institutes for research which cut a barometric chamber is generally so high that only one across departmental lines. There arc a number of advan- such facility may be available id one institution, and thus tages to such organizational setups, including the cross- must be shared. A photography dark room, which is an fertilization of disciplines and the sharing of elaborate facil- essential provision for a bioniechanics laboratory, may also ities and expensive apparatus. In the planning of research be needed by other scientists using a photographic recorder, facilities for health, physical education, and recreation, the or by someone teaching or doing research on posture.
95 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY FACILiTIES i;'1,11DE
The dark room, for obvious reasons, should not have an olds. It is often more convenient to take research apparatus outside wall with a window. Therefore, good forced ventila- to the schools, camps, YMCAs, andother agencies than to tion is essential. The room should be pros ided with run- bring the subjects to the laboratories. Hence, in planning ning water, sinks, ample wall cupboards,and a generous research facilities, serious thought should be given tothe supply of duplex electrical outlets (110v ). The recommended development of a mobile laboratory. The trend toeliminate TOM size is 225 square feet or more,with a 12-foot ceil- laboratory schools makes the consideration of a mobile ing. laboratory more urgent. A number of researchers and teachers have need for Trailers, campers, trucks, and other vehicleseven rail- graphic services for preparing materials for publication, fur road carshave been converted into mobilelaboratories. presentation at meetings, and for instruction. The types of Often the use of a r.eld generator is necessary toprovide cameras should be providedwhich can produce a 3-11T x current for operatingmobile-laboratory equipment. It is 4' slide in a matter of a minute or two at little cost. Dupli- surprising how much equipment can becompactly installed cating equipment may also be housed in this facility. in a mobile facility. If the needs of the department are sufficiently large, a full-time or part-time person may be required to prepare SPECIFIC LABORATORY FACILITIES graphic materials. A room used for this purpose should be The information about laboratories listed in this section well lighted a minimum of 80 footcandles is recomm en ded comprises only suggestions of how researchfacilities might and should have large wall cupboards for storing drafting be organized. Obviously, the character and organizationof and some camera equipment. A room with a minimum of the institution itself will be an important factor indetermin- 400 square feet and a 10-foot ceiling height will provide ing how facilities are to be organizedand administered. In sufficient space for the usual requirements of this facility. one institution, forexample, health education may be the responsibility of a School of Health, Physical Education, SUGGESTIONS FOR PURCHASING EQUIPMENT and Recreation. In another, it may be the responsibilityof The manufacturing of research equipment has become a the School of Public Health. In one university, exercise very competitive business. As a result, there isfrequently a physiology is taught in the Department of Physical Educa- variety of the same kind of equipment available. Before tion. In another, this responsibility restswith the Depart- purchasing larger expensive units, it is worth the time and ment of Physiology. effort to investigate carefully the various makes. The annual meetings of professional societies generally include exhibits by manufacturers of research equipment appropriate to the MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION particular area of investigation. For example, equipment and installations used for research in biological or health- Much of the so-called practical or applied researchwill oriented laboratories are exhibited at the annual meeting of be conducted in the gymnasium, swimming pool, andother the Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biol- indoor and outdoor activity areas. This means that inorder ogy. to utilize measurementand evaluation equipment effectively, In considering particular pieces of equipment, one should the regular activity areas must be planned andconstructed consider: (1) whether students are to use the equipment; in such a manner as to facilitatethe ccnduct of research. (2) what service the company is willing to provide and For example, many skill tests are administeredwith the use where the service centers are located; (3) whether the equip- of some type of wall volley as a part of abattery to meas- ment is electronically compatible with other equipment now ure skill in a certain activity.Therefore, it is important to in use or contemplated (often it is more economical to pur- construct the walls of a gymnasium sothat present tests as chase units that match others from the same company so well as those developed in the future may be utilized. that the responsibility for servicing them rests with one com- Consideration should be given to the attachmentof spe- pany ); (4) what powersupply is needed; (5) ease with cial equipment to walls and ceilings, such as jumpboards, which the instrument may be calibrated; (6) portability of ropes, and strength-measuringdevices. Grids could be paint- the equipment; (7) initial and annual servicing cost; and ed on the walls of the gymnasium as well as on tiewall (8) noise, vibration, and heat generated by the equipment. of a diving well in the swimming pool in order to measure Unbiased answers to many of these questions can some- distance and height when analyzing movement. times best be found by having discussionswith other scien- Much of the research equipment heeds tc be portable so tists who have used such installations. that it can be moved to the action areas. This meansthat proper electrical outletsand suitable acoustical treatment OFFICE SPACE of these areas must be planned for in advance. These laboratories will contain the equipmentthat will Individual offices for the various faculty members and be used at the elementary, junior, and seniorhigh school graduate students involved in research should be located levels. Physical education teachers at these levelsshould convenient to the various laboratories. The installation of be encouraged to make use of some of this equipment on for quiet work (e.g., calcu- one or more rooms to be used the job. lating or reading) is helpful. The following items of equipment are representativeof the kind used in this type of laboratory: MOBILE LABORATORY RGS equipment Sliding calipers It is a basic axiom in research that datashould be col- Sphygmomanometer Minnesota Block Test lected from a representative sample of the population to Stethoscope Tensiometer which the results are ultimately to be applied. For thesake Audio-electronome Back and leg dynamometer of convenience of graduate students and professors, college Visual-electronome Electric chronometer freshmen have become the greatest tested population of the Mechanical metronome e A video-tape recorder with country. However, if educators are tolearn about ten-year- Chest calipers (small) playback attachment olds, it is generally necessary to study and test ten-year- Purdue pegboard Skinfold calipers
96 10:SEARCH AND TEACIIING IABURATORIES
Lincoln Oseret.o.v, test It Elgin exercisetable Reaction measuring devices kit Stop watches (100th of a Taxiometers Slide rules second) Sargent jump and reach boards Stadiometer Multiple angle testing uni' Anthropometric devices Automatic performance Storage cabinets (adequate Electromyograph facility (In addition to clertrodes analyzer for equipment, metal, 18" x and a multichannel recorder with appropriate ampli- Hand dynamometers 36", with locks) fiers, the room will normally have to be enclosed with Muscle tonometer copper screening or other material toeliminate electri- cal interference.) An instructional laboratory in the elementary school Special simulated game areas may be constructed so should contain facilities and equipment which could be that a true picture of a performer in action may be studied. used to provide opportunities for the development of the This may mean that a miniature running track is devel- child's body from the waist up, and, at the same time, be oped, as uell as other similar replicas of playing areas. used to measure his ability to lift his own weight, as is Nets and other devices may need to be used to catch ob- done in chinning or climbing. The following pieces of ap- jects or to prevent them from traversing the customary paratus are suggested: distance. 4 pairs of climbing ropes 4 pairs of climbing poles PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 4 pairs of swinging rings In planning facilities for research in the area of physiol- 1 wall adjustable horizontal ogy of exercise, itis well to anticipate that research with ladder animals as well as with human beings may be conducted. 1set (3 sections) of stall Although most of the interest of physical educators is in bars applied research in which human subjects can be used, These pieces of apparatus will provide repeated opportuni- nevertheless, much valuable work can be done inexpensive- ties for a class of 32 children to participate within a period ly with dogs and smaller animals. Equipment is available of 25 to 35 minutes. for exercising many kinds of animals. The effects of either forced or spontaneous exercise may be studied. Some sug- gestions for facilities in this area are given below.
BIOMECHANICS (KINESIOLOGY) EXERCISE ROOM (HUMAN BEINGS) There are many areas in the field of biomechanics in An area of at least 40' x 40', providing a minimum of which research may be conducted. The type of research 1,600 square feet of space, should be provided for the ex- ercise room for human beings. may range from cinematography to human engineering. The most popular methods of standardizing exercise in If there is a physiology-of-exercise laboratory available, ex- human beings are as follows: (1) by means of a motor- perimentation may take place in which the equipment from driven treadmill, bicycle, or other ergometer; and (2) step this laboratory is utilized jointly with the exercise physiol- tests of various kinds. The exercise room should be large ogist, or used separately by the kinesiology researcher. enough to accommodate all of the needed equipment. There In cinematographic research (especially time lapse and high speed), a room 30' x 30', with a ceiling height of at should be space for five technicians as well as for scientific instruments (e.g., a Tissot tank). least 24', is a necessity. Overhead, side, and beneath grid Since some noise and vibration result when the tread- screens are needed. Special cameras whose speeds vary from mill is operatingand some treadmills are quite heavyit 48 to several hundred feet per second are useful. Special is well to locate this room on the ground floor, with provi- film readers and projectors should be provided in order that sions for reducing noise. The treadmill should be installed accurate measurements may be made. The use of special in a pit (and even on a pad to help further reduce noise), mirrors to reflect images is also recommended. if possible, with space in the pit for servicing. Equipment representative of the type used in this kind of The room should be air-conditioned, with control over laboratory is as follows: temperature within a ±1-1/2 degrees Fahrenheit, and con- Polaroid land camera (motor-driven) trol over humidity of ±5 percent. Electric current (110v Bolex and Kodak reflex camera ( motor-driven) and 220v) should be supplied through numerous outlets. High-speed camera (motor-driven) Stroboscopic equipment (including single and multi- A large thermopane observation window should also be flash units with strobolume and strobotac parts) installed. Graphic view camera for use with stroboscopic equip- A room 20' x 25', with a ceiling height of 12 feetto ment allow for walking, running, or riding a bicyde up a grade Force plates on the treadmillis generally sufficient. If the treadmill is Multichannel recorder with high frequency response not installed in a pit, the ceiling may. have to be higher. 35 mm reflex camera It is usually desirable to have connecting cables, including Video-tape recorder with two channels and with play- voice communication, to space adjoining the exercise room back apacity so that desirable data can be recorded outside the room. Strain gauges and associated equipment The kinds of equipment found in the exercise room, in ad- Oscilloscope dition to exercising apparatus, might include: Electronic counters Multichannel paper Telemetering apparatus Amplifiers recorder Electronic gas analyzers Two metal storage cabinets (approximately 18" deep Tape recorder (multi- Douglas or metecrological by 36" wide) with locks channel) bags Turntables Gas meters Barometer Belometers Cot
97 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY mcurriES GUIDE
ANALrfICAL ROOMS MOTOR LEARNING AND PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORTS The number of anal) tical rooms w ill depend upon dm Much of the research equipment found in psychology, extent of the research being LulICILletvd acid the numLer of physiology of exercise, and kinesiolugy (Nomechanics) in% estigators in% oh ed. These rooms should be a minimum laboratories can be utilized in conducting research in motor of 20' x 20' each, with a ceiling height of 10 feet. They learning and psychology of sports. However, it is necessary ahuuld be air-conditioned and should contain the benches, to have a separate room or facility, at least 30' x 30', with cabinets, sinks, fume hoods, and air, gas, and electrical- a 12-foot ceiling. current supplies iusually found in laboratories of this tS pc. The arrangement of the equipment in the room will de- The ts pical kinds of equipment used in these rooms include. pend on the research underway at the moment. In any Chemical gas analyzer Centrifuge event, the electrical devices that are used should not be con- pH meter Microscope stantly moved or they will become unusable. Analytical balance Autoclave Some of the equipment which might be included in a lab- Still Glassware oratory for research in motor learning and psychology of Spectrophotometer Bunsen burner sports is as follows: Refrigerator or freezer Desk calculator Multichannel recorders Electronic kits Standard electric clocks Audio amplifiers Interval timer r Microphone ANIMAL EXERCISE ROOM Steadiness units Audio oscillator This room should be similar to the exercise room for Muscle stimulator Oscilloscope human beings except that it may be smaller-300 to 350 Electronic counters Telemetry transmitter square feet, with a 10-foot ceiling. Treadmills for exercising Variable power supply Telemetry receiver dogs or smaller animals are no larger than half the size of Voltage stabil;zer Magnetic tape recorder human treadmills. Ventilation should be adequate to mini- Battery charger Storage cabinets (metal, mize odors and to discharge air. This air should not be Seashore test with locks) permitted to circulate to other rooms. Terrazzo or other suitable floor surface, with ample drains to facilitate clean- HEALTH EDUCATION ing, should be provided. The equipment to be used should be similar to that found in the exercise room for human Some specific research facilities should be provided for re- subjects. search in health education. The following are recommended: A room for plant and animal feeding experiments (500 square feet): ANIMAL HOUSING ROOMS Some natural sunlight (not for animals) Cages for small animals should be in racks on casters Special humidity and temperature control, and exhaust to facilitate their transfer to a steam room. The steam room ventilation (elimination of animal odors) Cages (for small animals and/or birds) for cleaning cages should be on the same level and as close as possible to the housing room. The animal rooms should Sink with hot and cold water all have adequate ventilation to minimize odors, and the Refrigerator (for storing isotopes and biologicals) Steam room for cleaning cages air should not be recirculated to other areas. The rooms A laboratory room and workroom (with sink, running should be air-conditioned and without natnal light. Lights should be vaporproof, and automatic light control should water, gas, and electrical supplies; air-conditioning with be available. The electric current supply to this room, as humidity control: well as to refrigerators and freezers, should be connected to Storage cabinets (two or more, metal, with locks) an alarm at the plant department so that if a power failure Refrigerator with freezer to 0°F. occurs, this will be known immediately. An automatic re- Incubators (bacterial style, egg) corder for continuous recording of temperature and humid- Food scales (grams) and animal scales up to 10,000 ity should be installed. Terrazzo or other suitable floor sur- grams face with adequate mudcrock drains should be provided. Glassware (beakers, flasks,test tubes, racks, etc.) All surfaces should be glazed, and there should be a sill Binoculars cock for hosing down the room. Only food, water, cleaning Balance (analytical) scales (automatic type) supplies, a scale, and a few other pieces of equipment are Gas burners (Bunsen) Digestion flasks, etc. normally kept in the animal housing room. Autoclave (sterilizer) Storage room (300 square feet) should house: Specimen cabinets ADDITIONAL FACILITIES Teaching aids In many ilepartments, additional major facilities may be Large (flat) map cabinets required. Because research in exercise physiology is closely Bookshelf-type cabinets related to research in environmental physiology and nutri- Cabinets (with glass doors and locks) tion, the following facilities may be needed: Closet space (for skeleton, etc.) Barometric chamber (with space for controlled exer- Old equipment which may be modified for new experi- cise) ments c Hot room (with space for controlled exercise) Experimental teaching aids (mannequins, skeleton, Cold room ( with space for controlled exercise; models, charts, motion-picture projector, overhead Diet kitchen projector, and opaque projector) Flow thiough water tank for studying energy metab- Film strip and slide projector olism during swimming and rowing Microscope (with turntable and amplifier) Isotope storage, handling, and counting equipment Micro-projector
98 REsMitcli AND TFAcill Ni,; Law JRATI
Vision and hearing test voipment iph,"-Car4)11--strtvt drivingraitgc (at least 35t1' x X-ray film viewer 4511'; see Figure 41,1) Small classrioin to seat 24 (with 4bservation deck pro- viding one-way vision) RFCREA !lox SAFETY EDUCATION The research lacilities of other disciplines, such asthose of psychology and socioloKc, should bemade available for Many institutions have special facilities fur research in use 'oy theircre-ation,departinent personnel. Holm er, ;t is safety education. Some tecommended facilities and equip- recommended that a special camp site. where experimenta- ment items are as follows: tion with human subjects maybe conducted. be developed Simulator laboratory (60(.; square feet): by the college or university. Studies ofplant life and soil Aetna Drivotrainer conditions may also be made at such campfacilities. AAA auto trainer Computer facilities should be utilized by thegraduate Driver trainer department. Thera- Psychophysical testing laboratory (720 square feet) for students and faculty of the recreation peutic recreation researchersshould utilize the research testing: faciiities of medical schools, as well as those of stateand Visual acuity local hospitals. The establishment of model community Distance judgment centers and playgrounds onthe campus could provide ideal Field of vision settings for research beingconducted on leadership and Color vision Night vision program problems. Glare vision Glare recovery HISTORY AND SOCilLOGY OF SPORTS Reaction time Steadiness test Little in the way of special facilities is recommended for Safety Education Laboratory (500 square feet): research in the history and sociology of sports. In addition Equipment for testing: to office space, research workers in this areamight require Protective devices for industrial accident prevention rooms for the storage and useof manuscripts, rare books, Protective devices for use in physical education, ath- tapes, and video-tape collections. Reproducing equipment letics, and recreation and microcard or microfilm readers might also be needed.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Barrow, Harold M., and McGee, Rosemary, A Practical Approach to Meyers, C. R.. and Mesh, T. E., Measurement in Physical Education. Measurement in Physical Education. Philadelphia: Lea & Febigcr, 1964. New York: Ronald Preys Co.. 1962.
Clarke, H. Harrison, Application of Measurement to Health and Physical Research Methods .Applied to Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. Education. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc, 1967. 2nd cd. Washington, D.C.: American Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. 1959. Larson, Leonard A., and Yocom, Rachacl D., Measurement -and Evalua- Evaluation in tion in Physical, Health and Recreation Education. St. Louis: C. V. Scott, M. Gladys, and French, Esther, Measurement and Physical Education. Dubuque, Iowa: Wm. C. Brown Co., 1959. Mosby Co., 1951.
Mathews, Donald K., Measurement in Physical Education. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Co., 1963.
99 Chapter 14
ON-CAMPUS AUXILIARY AND DECENTRALIZED
FACILITIES
One of the problems generated by increasing enrollments RECREATION BUILDINGS in colleges and universities is the shortage of physical edu- cation and recreation facilities for use by the large number Another concept involving the utilization of auxiliary facilities, which has been implemented on some of students living on the campus. Experiencei Jwn that campuses, itis most difficult,if not impossible, to include enough is the construction of a building primarily intended for the space in the regular physical education and recreation facil- development of recreational and intramural activities for ities to accommodate all students who want to use these boil men and women. Most institutions providing instruc- facilities. Various methods of solving this dilemma have tional programs in health education, physical education, been attempted by different institutions, and there has been and recreation, in addition to recreational and intramural some success in alleviating the problem. activities, will find such a building an important adjunct facility. As student populations increase, a degree of decentraliza- tion and utilization of auxiliary resources becomes necessary Where adequate instructional facilities are available else- in many aspects of campus life_ This is particularly applic- where on the campus, the use of the recreation building for able to student housing, food service, classroomspace, and instructional purposes may be very limited. If such a build- recreation facilities. ing is used primarily for instructional purposes, there When planning for the health, physical education, and should be some unassigned space available for recreational recreation needs of college students through auxiliary and use by students during all periods of the school day. Figure 41 shows the floor plans of a recreation building. decentralized facilities, it is recommended that planningcom- mittees or coordinators: LIVING-LEARNING CENTERS Consult with members of the health, physical education, and recreation departments in the early planningstages A recent trend in educational practice is to create separate Emphasize the need for instructional and recreational college or university units where sections of a larger student facilities for college students body are grouped together according to classes, studycon- Establish justification for the decentralization of facili- centration, intellectual interests, or other means. Students in ties these smaller units are usually housed together, separate Develop specifications for the design, layout, and loca- from other students on the campus. Provisions for class- tion of facilities rooms, laboratories, and other facilities necessary for imple- Plan appropriate provisions for the use and accessibil- mentation of the teaching-learning process are included in ity of facilities for both men and women in coeduca- this homogeneous complex, whichmay be described as a tional housing units college within a college. Identify those areas specifically designed for theex- When such complexes are planned, it is essential that dusive use of men or women (e.g., weight-lifung rooms attention be given to student needs for instruction in physi- for men) cal education activities and for opportunities topursue Establish procedural policies which will provide opti- recreational interests. The administrative policies for the mum opportunities for the growth, development, and operation of these units usually imply complete self-contain- happiness of students ment, so it is important that physical education and recrea- tion facilities be included as an integral part of the complex. Since use of these facilities will be limited to instruction and STUDENT-UNION BUILDINGS recreation, with no requirement for spectator space, certain One of the first concepts to illustrate the utilization of economies can be effected in building costs. auxiliary facilities for recreation and other student services Facilities in these centers should include those listed below was the student-union-building concept. Most institutions of for dormitory complexes, plus those necessary for the im- higher learning now consider a student-union building an plementation of a complete program of health, physical essential aspect of the campus building complex. Facilities education, and recreation for all students residing in the in these buildings provide an avenue for student participa- center. Standards governing the construction, size, and num- tion in a wide range of recreational activities, and serve as ber of these facilitiesare induded elsewhere in thisGuide. a supplement to similar facilities ordinarily included in cen- tralized gymnasiums, field houses, and similarareas. Since DORMITORY COMPLEXES administrators of union buildings are convinced of the im Another situation which creates problems is the increas- portance of prc-v iding a variety of recreational facilities for ing tendency to develop housing units,r complexes, at the college stircients, this aspect of the unionprogram will likely edge of the campus, far removed from existing physical be expanled rather than .aiiiziled n future planning. education and recreation facilities These residence units,
100 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN 15 16 GROUND FLOOR PLAN 15 16 1 ' GENERAL EXERCISE 13 , 5 UASH 1214 13 C.S UASU V I WRESTLING A JUDO II9 COURTS 10 POOL BAGPUNCHING ROOM u II 9 Tc" 10 MECHANICAL FENCING GOLF & CREW - ,a,a It :4a "- MEN'S LOCK ER lleft... ab I FILTERATION= RANGE POOL OFFICE ROOM 1 - = ..,,, xma.2.7.3 i"--IQUIP. OM rl - --- 2 3 5 W W RIFLE RANGE ARCHERYRANGE r HAND AL COU t T5- - LOCKERWOMEN.SL Roots r---- rfc.,- -- i H COURTSND,BALL - I 4 E . Ti MAIN FLOOR PLAN GYMNASTIC CENTER SECOND FLOOR PLAN SOUTH GYM I . SHUFFLEBOARD GRADUATELOCKERS NORTH GYM RUNNING TRACK WOMEN'S I LSOCIALROOM TENNIS TABLE OFF, i III FIIMMISIMMIY111 MIMIZIMMIKIMILW MEN'S TOILET 41 TOILE75W LOUNGE OFFICES GEN, 'CONFERENCE, MEN'S TOILETS W 5 E N ACTIVITY ROOM OFFICS Rom 0,47 OFFICE SPECIAL EXERCISE ROOMROOM //tarmommitzal/ MANAGFLOOROFFICEMAIN GYMNASIUM ERS rsomittram I! / /i E ..N Recreational Gymnasium, Purdue University Figure 41 sometimes housing sev eral t-ousand SL.:druts, illustrate IN DOUR FAC I MIES clearly the need to provide a variety of reavational-activ areas which are easily accessible to the resident student. The following indoor facilities should be included in each When plannin1.-1, dormitory complexes, careful attention Game rooms for billiards, table tennis, shuffleboard, should be given to the provision of adequate recreational and table games facilities, both indoor and outdoor. The planning should Large unobstructed area suitable for such activities as include the designation of space to be reserved and develop- ed in order to meet adequately the present and future needs dancing, mixers, and the showing of movies of students :iving in the residence units. When existing Lounge and reading rooms housing units have inadequate provisions for recreational Weight-lifting and exercise rooms facilities, it may not be possible to provide additional in- Storage room for equipment for games and sports door facilities. -In such instances, consideration should be given to the development of outdoor facilities on nearby GUIDE LINES FOR PLANNING RECREATIONAL outdoor space that may be available. listed below are sug- FACILITIES IN DORMITORY COMPLEXES gestions foxfacilities, both in door and outdoor, v, hick Standards governing construction of these facilities should be included in connection with housing complexes. should conform to those included elsewhere in this Guide. Facilities should be located near housing units. within easy reach of the students. Facilities should require a minimum of maintenance (e.g., use of paved materials and artificial turf where feasible). Facilities should be available for student use during OUTDOOR FACILITIES evening as well as daylight hours. This suggests ade- The following outdoor facilities should be prof ided for quate lighting equipment supplied with automatic tim- dormitory complexes: ing devices which are also subject to manual control. Paved multipurpose area, 60' x 120',, for each dormi- Equipment for use at these facilities should be housed tory and equipped as follows: nearby and be readily accessible to students at all Painted lines for basketball, volleyball and other times. court games If reservations for use of facilities are necessary, they Basketball goals and backboards should be easily arranged for by the student at the Sleeve inserts for poles to support nets housing center where facilities are located. Rebound backboards or rebound nets Use of the facilities should be limited to the college or Turf playing field, 260' x 360', for soccer, touch and university student and not be open to the general pub- flag football, and softball lic, except during vacation or other periods when the Battery of four to six tennis courts located within easy students are not in residence. access of housing units In general, these facilities should not be used in or- c Outdoor picnic, relaxation, and sunning areaswhich ganized or instructional programs unless such pro- provide: grams can be arranged so as not to interfere with stu- Paved area for shuffleboard; turf for such activities dent use of the facilities during leisure hours. as croquet and lawn bowling These facilities should be so arranged that supervision Picnic tables, and fireplace equipped with cooking can be kept to a minimum. facilities Dormitories housing married couples should have Area for sunbathing and relaxation playground space equipped with play equipment appro- Sheltered area for patio and benches priate for use by children of all ages.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Bars, Chester A.. Planning a College Upion Building. New Yolk. Bureau Mons, E. E.. et al. Residence Hall Planning Aids. Washington, D.C.. of Publicatons, Teachers College, Cc lumbia Unix asity 1960. College and Unix asity Physical Facilities Series, U.S. Office of Educa- tion, 1965. Crane, W. .1., *Practices and Problems in Residence 11.11: Planning.* Per- sonnel and Guidance Journal, January. 1962, pp. 448-452. Stevens. George F. The Union Recreation Area. Ithaca, N.Y.. The Asso- ciation of College Unions. 1965. Dobcr. R. P.. Campus Planning. New York: Reinhold Publishing Corp., 1963.
102 Chapter 15
OUTDOOR EDUCATION AREAS AND FACILITIES
The increasing interest in outdoor education has signifi Other% ise, the ad% autages of such unique laboratory exper- cant implications for college and university curriculums. iences are not fully realized. This interest has resulted in an unprecedented need fur more adequate land areas and facilities to supplement the existing physical resources of a campus complex. SITE CHARACTERISTICS Outdoor education, as currently conceived, is a means of curriculum enrichment and program improvement through When a site for an outdoor education center is consid- the use of the outdoors and natural resources. It is multi- ered, the program and ultimate utilization of the area disciplinary in character, cutting across many subject-matter should be factors of prime importance. Because of the diver- areas and activities. In its broadest sense. outdoor educa- sification of outdoor education programs, the multiple-use tion encompasses the use of the outdoors as a laboratory aspect should receive serious consideration. It is quite pos- sible that an outdoor education center may serve for public for learning and for acquiring the knowledge, skills, and school outdoor education, college outdoor education classes, appreciations necessary for the enjoyment of the outdoors in the constructive use of leisure time. The outcomes represent children's summer camping, family camping, therapeutic many of the objectives of education through a deepening of camping, and camping for older adults. The site should have potentialities for the establishment of a physical plant perception relating to human and natural resources. In planning areas and facilities for outdoor education in that might meet all of these purposes and interests. colleges and universities, consideration should be given to Another consideration must be the maximum number the wide variety of functions of institutions of higher educa- to be served at any one time. Most centers are designed to tion to which outdoor education can contribute. These in- serve 150 or more participants.. The site, accordingly, dude the curricular offerings in many disciplines and activ- should contain at least 150 acres, since 'an acre per par- ities, teacher and leadership preparation, campus recreation ticipant* is a sound guide in the selection of an outdoor and continuing education, and educational and recreational education center. This guide might be waived if the land services to the college or university community. under consideration is immediately adjacent to a large tract The outdoor education areas and facilities described of public land which would be utilized for program pur- herein are integral parts of the large college or university poses. campus and constitute a complex which will serve the edu- Any site which is ultimately selected for the establishment cational programs of the individual schools and depart- of a resident outdoor center should possess special features. ments therein. The responsibility for the planning and ad- If any of them is lacking. the achievement of a complete ministration of an outdoor education complex may be under program might be seriously hampered, or the heal.th, wel- the jurisdiction of one school or department, or may become fare, and safety of the participants might be compromised. the responsibility of several schools or departments. It is, therefore. imperative that any site under consideration In addition to areas and facilities owned by the college possess the following characteristics: or university, there arc many lands and structures, public Sufficient isolation to provide a degree of privacy and and private, which can and should be used to supplement serenity the teaching resources of the institution. Plans for develop- Reasonable accessibility to established roads, enabling year-round use ment should consider future growth in outdoor education. A minimum of natural and man-made hazards A variety of native vegetation, including woodlands Rolling terrain with some open fields RESIDENT CENTERS FOR Wildlife habitat that can be maintained with good OUTDOOR EDUCATION AND CAMPING management The resident outdoor education center operated by a col- Accessibility to a pond, lake, stream, or seashore lege or university serves many areas of the total curriculum. Natural areas that may be developed for scientific Such a center can provide the facilities for meaningful ex- study and exploration periences in the techniques of teaching in outdoor settings. Soil conditions that will permit adequate drainage and Students preparing to teach can be provided with oppor- adequate sewage disposal tunities for broadening their understanding of conservation Accessibility to a sufficient and safe water supply and utilization of natural and human resources. Proximity to adequate hospital services The resident center should be used to prepare future camp leaders and outdoor recreation specialists. It should also be utilized to enrich the curriculum in the areas of the SELECTING THE SITE natural resources, social sciences, and special education. Selecting a site for the establishment of an outdoor center In order to make the program fully practical and meaning- is a difficult task. Prior to the ultimate decision, competent ful, children from tl.c campus laboratory or public camp planners, architects, engineers, and program special- schools within reasonable distance from the campus, should ists should be consulted. Maps and aerial surveys should be in attendance with the college cr university students. be used, and a ten-year weather map sho-dd be reviewed
103 AN1* t \ 1-111.1LITIE1tit Iii in order to determine the climatic conditions that can be WADS AND PARKINt; ARE..t; expected. The possibility of encroachment from future de- % elopment of surrounding areasshould also be considered, Afier tile tentative locations of the main buildings and and a buffer zone should be included in the final purchase. living areas hae hew determined, the road-and-trail system The buffer zone should comprise a strip approximately 50U should be studied. Every outdoor center should have two feet wide, running around the entire perimeter of the pro- access raads. Although only one may beused, the sceond perty. This strip would never be developed to any degree is important in the event of an emergency, such as a forest and would serve as a natural barrier to the encroachment fire, flood, or snowshde, which may make the main access of unsuitable developments. road inaccessible. Whenever possible, existing public lands should be used A minimum of vehicular traffic should be perm tied in for the development of an outdoor education center. Many the living areas. Such roads should be considered service states permit colleges, school districts, and other govern- roads only and should not be open to the gene! public. mental agencies to use state-owned lands for educational Parking facilities should be developed adjacent to the purposes. If such land is not available, then the possibility main administration building, with some provision for of purchasing land immediately adjacent to public land overflow parking to accommodate large groups for special should be explored, since the educational potential would occasions. be enhanced through utilization of this public land in the program of the outdoor education center. CARETAKER'S RESIDENCE Prior to the final selection of a site, all potential users The caretaker's residence shouid be located on the wain of the site, including school officials, youth-agency officials, access road into the outdoor center. This placement assures and community recreation officials, should be consulted. It a certain degree of security when the center is not in use. is well to be liberal in the determination of acreage to pur- Since anyone entering the site must pass the caretaker's chase, to allow for program expansions which may not be residence, this arrangement will tend to minimize vandal- included in the first plan but should be anticipated in a ism and safeguard against the theft and destruction of valu- master or long-term plan. able equipment.
ADMINISTRATION BUILDLNG PLANNING THE LAYOUT OF THE CENTER There is need for intensive study in the planning phase Without question, an administration building is ultimate- ly necessary for the smooth administration of any outdoor of any outdoor center. Good planning in the initial phase building will ultimately mean better facilities, a considerable saving center. However, it is not necessary to have this in both effort and cost, and better use for the center. The constructed in the first phase of the building program. paramount considerations in planning should be: (1) the When the administration building is constructed, it programs to be conducted; (2) the age and sexof partici- should include office space for the director of the center and pants in the various programs; and (3) the educational and adequate office spare for other faculty members and key recreational potential which the site offers. Consideration staff. A conference room and a room for clerical staff are also necessary. A workroom with space for storage, dupli- should also be given to the following: (1) roads and trails; should be (2) the location of major buildings, especially those requir- cating equipment, and the processing of mail ing a water supply and sewage disposal; and (3) accessi- included. There should be toilets for both men and women, bility to water for educational and recreational purposes. and space should be provided for the processing of partici- pants at the time cf enrollment and departure.
CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES DINING HALL AND KITCHEN After the architect has been decided upon, considerable housing for the dining hall and kitchen is a priority and time should be spent in deciding onthe type of facilities that should be constructed in the first phase of the building pro- will ultimately be constructed. Wherever possible,natural gram. The dining area should be spacious enough to ac- materials should be used, and the buildingsshould be de- commodate all participants, staff, and occasional guests. signed and constructed so as to blend harmoniouslywith The food-dispensing area should be so designed that either the natural setting. Nearly all of the standardbuilding ma- cafeteria-style or family-style meals may he possible. Most terials can be used to produce an attractivebuilding which programs will utilize family-style meals. On occasion it may will blend in with the natural area. In selectingthe ma- be advantageous to use a cafeteria line, and the facility terials for construction, those requiring the least amountof should be adequate for this type of service. year-round maintenance should be carefully considered. Since the outdoor center may, on occasion, serve two or Prior to actual construction, a master planof the total more groups with different programs at the same time, it is area should beformulated. Even if insufficient funds pre- sometimes desirable to have sliding panels that can divide vent the construction of alldesired facilities during the first the dining area into two separate units. Such an arrange- building phase, all potential buildings should be located on ment offers flexibility and is certainly desirable if more than the master plan, and, wherever possible, a scalemodel of one group is to be served at one time the total outdoor education center should bedeveloped. Al- The kitchen area should include a food-preparation area, though this planning is sometimes time-consuming, itwill a cooking area, and a separate room for dishwashingand contribute significantly to the ultimate utilizationof the the return of dishes after use. A walk-in freezer and a walk- facility. in refrigerator are also assets. A food-storage room with All buildings considered for the housing of participants endosed shelving is a necessity. All food-storage areas and for program purposes should be winterized,and, wher- should b^ adequately rodent-proofed. A stove-exhaust sys- ever possible, theprinciple of multiple-use should be fol- tem and food-preparations-center ventilating system are lowed. necessary.
104 uriDuoR ELATAT,TAAARMS AND FACILITIES
LEGEND 1. Living units 12. Swimming area 2. Office 13. Council Ring 3. Infirmary 14. Staff Residence 4. Trading Post 15. Archery Range 5. Director's Lodge 16. Rifle Range 6. Dining Hall 17. Field Archery Range 7. Staff Offices & Library 18. Maintenance Storage areas 8. Boat Dock 19. Nature Center 9. Sanitary units 20. Trailer Sites 10. Outpost units 21. Camperaft Area 11. Overnight camping sites
fi(.t.X 20 *Crtf_
W. STATE SCMOL of GOISt. RWT\ON
Figure 42 Rsidnt Canter for Outdoor Education and Camping
105 COLLEGE AND VNIVERSITYFACILITIES GLIDE
The actual location ofsinks and stoves and otherwork areas depends onthe overall design of thefacility. Many different kitchen layouts canbe used. Before the final de- cision is made, thearchitect and feud -sere icespecialists should be consuled. Facilities in the kitchen areash..uild include office space for the head cook ordietitian, and a service roomfor the dispensing of food and the storingof utensils for the kitch- en. A completely-enclosedgarbage crib should be built out- side the kitchen area.Garbage and refuse shouldbe dis- posed of in a mannerwhich meets the statehealth code. The kitchen staff shouldhave toilet and hand-washingfacil- ities available fortheir use. The fuel usedfor cooking should be either electricity or gas,and the trend seems tobe toward electricity. Thebuilding should be wellinsulated and an adequateheating system should beinstalled. there should be space tohang coats, In the dining area, of the hats, and foul-weather gear.The general atmosphere dining hall should be warmand relaxing. Thelighting sys- lighting tem shouldbe ample and freeof glare, and the fixtures should be inkeeping with the motifof the overall design of the center.Walls and ceilings shouldbe smooth in cleaning. The surfaceof the floor should order to facilitate Figure 43 be of a materialthat is easy to maintain,with sufficient falls. In the dining area, terrazzomakes Small Housing Unit friction to mitigate vinyl- a verygood floor covering,although asphalt and asbestos tile may beused. In the kitchen area, a grease- proof asphalt tile ornonskid quarry tile makes apractical floor covering. the cabin. The needfor a separate entrance tothe heating room isself-evident in a coeducational center. HOUSING UNITS Since cabins arefrequently dispersedthroughout the shower depends considerably onthe living area, it is moreeconomical to have toilet and The type of housing unit central building ratherthan in the programphilosophy that is to bepursued. Some public- facilities located in one have a preference for alarge cabins. The slight inconveniencethis arrangement may school outdoor educators considerable saving in cost. housing unit that willaccommodate a teacher andthe total create represents a house in- For spring, fall, and summerprograms, temporaryshel- class, while others prefersmaller cabins that will of tents of eight to ten childrenwith a ters, such as teepees,covered wagons, various types dividual program groups Adirondack-type shelters arerecommended group leader.The larger housing unitswill accommodate and tarps, and (see Figure 44). In these temporaryunits, pit latrines may thirty to forty children andfouto six staff members. meet all be used. However,they should be constructed to existing health codes. SMALL HOUSING UNITS LARGE HOUSING UNITS of small housing units isthat they One of the advantages A large living unit,intended to accommodate40 children may bewidely dispersed throughthe total camp area. members, should be sodesigned as to house one program groupwith and four to six staff Many times each cabin will provide living accommodationsfor both sexes (see Figure leader (see Figure 43). Such aplan contributes by having the sleep- an adult 45 ). This canusually be accomplished significantly to an enrichingof the social concepts of group by a conference room orlounge area. possible for each small program ing areas separated living and also makes it It is suggested thatthe staff rooms belocated immediately group todevelop its own identity.There seems to be little sleeping area, forbetter super- considerably adjacent to the children's question but thatsmaller housing units add vision and to provide anatmosphere of securityfor the to programdevelopment and also lend adegree of flexibil- duplicate in the larger living unit. children. each wing, a ity that is difficult to A workable arrangementis to have, in However, for year-round operation,small units are some- and a counselors' room or heating unit in sleeping area for 20 campers times impracticalbecause of the cost of a staff room with two orthree beds. The ratioof staff to each cabin. If oil or gas is tobe used for fuel, large units be at least one to ten insuch a facility. during the winter campers should are considerablyless expensive to operate In a large living unit,separate toiletsshould be pro- months. when possible, showerfacilities prime vided for both sexes, and, In warm climates,small cabins should be given should be included in thebuilding. Some outdoor centers consideration. Each cabinshould be constructed to accom- referred to as aself-contained unit that, in and one or two staffmembers. contain what is modate eight to ten campers addition to the sleeping andliving quarters and toiletfacil- All cabins should beserviced with electricity, with atleast The inclusion of a living area. If the ities, includes asmall kitchen area. one electricaloutlet in the counselor's kitchen makes possible a greatdegree of flexibility, since and have separate furnace units, cabins are to be winterized small groups may cooktheir own meals.However, this is designed that the maintenance pei- living units. each cabin should be so not the most widely-usedplan in the design of sonnel can enter theheating room without actuallyentering
106 1.4Ow. aft V II. 40 Vt. eP p / tt t. fr V. ;' ;. 4 4%. rd . 1J 41 4 . 41 r `4"` Temporary Shelters Figure 44 CevorecA OUTPOST C MO' S vI 404 INImet COLLEGE AND VNIVERSITY FACILITIESGUIDE
Figure 45 Large Housing Unit
HEALTH LODGE When a large living unit is constructed, muchconsidera- tion should be given to thearchitectural features. Careful The health lodge should be located nearthe food-prepa- planning is needed in order to fit a largebuilding into a ration area. This locationwill permit the delivery of food to camp setting withoutdestroying any of the natural beauty the patients when necessary. It also assuresproximity to a of the area. The heating plant and the typeof insulation good service road for an ambulance orother necessary will depend upon the general location of the site. vehicle. Comfortable beds and mattresses w:th water-repellent The facilities in the health centershould include a wait- covers should beprovided. There is a trend toward elimi- ing room, an isolation room, anexamining room, and two nating springs, and foam-rubber mattresses arebeingplaced wards of at least two beds each (seeFigure 46). Two wards on plywoodframes. From a health point of view, this prac- are necessarybecause outdoor education programs are ticeis to be recommended, and itlends :Bell to simple usually coeducational. The bathshould include a tub as housekeeping. well as a shower, and the isolation roomshould be equip- Wherever possible, the beds should be built intothe unit, ped with separate toilet facilities. and movable furniture should be kept to a minimum.Each The nurse's quarters should beattached' to the health camper should beprovided with a storage area for cloth- lodge and should include a living room, akitchenette, and ing, suitcases, and other personal items.Single beds are a bedroom.Although the health lodge shouldbe fully recommended. Double-deck beds are sometimes used,but equipped with first-aid equipment andmedical supplies, it they increase problems of supervisionand are extremely must be rememberedthat this building is intended as a dangerous for young children. The toilet rooms shouldbe supplement to the hospital whichwill serve the center and equipped with mirrors and sinks sufficient for the morning in no way should attempt toduplicate hospital facilities. and evening rush periods. If the lighting in the sleeping areas is to besubdued in order to create a more restful atmosphere,then wall lights STAFF QUARTERS should be provided for reading. types of staff the lounge In large outdoor education centers, two If possible, a fireplace should be included in The first is adequate housingwith area. This will addconsiderably to program possibilities quarters are needed. add to the modern conveniences for permanentstaff. The second is during inclement weather. What a fireplace can and resource person- general atmosphere of a building far outweighs its cosi. suitable housing for visiting teachers
108 OUTDOOR EDUCATION AREAS AND FACILITIES nel who will be working in the program. Allstaff quarters CRAFT 5110P AND SCIENCE CENTER should be comfortable and attractive, and shouldinclude Every outdoor education center shouldhave one build- at least a bedroom, a snackkitchen, toilet facilities, and a ing or one section of abuilding set aside for nature crafts. comfortable living room. These facilitiesshould be so de- Most of the activities will take place inthe out-of-doors. signed as to accommodate both sexes. However, it is necessary to have an areawhere tools and materials may be stored and where classes may continuein MAINTENANCE BUILDING AND SHOP inclement weather. The other section ofthis bulk ag may serve as a science center,where telescopes, microscopes, The maintenance building andshop should include: a for all building materials; butterfly nets, and other equipment used in a nature or sci- carpenter shop; storage areas ence program mightbe stored. The center might also have garage space for trucks, tractors,and other vehicles; a stall of equipment; a few exhibits tostimulate the interest of the participants for the greasing, servicing, and maintenance and excite their curiosity. Itis well to have a series of and space for construction and repair. nature trails, originatingsomewhere near the science center. RECREATIGN LODGE AND LIBRARY OVERNIGHT CAMPING FACILITIES Although the program is basically one thatfeatures out- Whenever possible, participants in an outdooreducation door activities, it will, upon occasion, be necessary tohave program should beencouraged to move out of the build- an indoor arealarge enough to house the entire camp pop- ings and participate in anovernight living experience in a ulation. Such a building should be equippedwith adequate tent or similar temporaryshelter. A unit of covered wagons lighting facilities and a large fireplace. It shouldbe well in- not only adds romance tothe overnight experience, but sulated and heated. It is also suggested that a separate also provides for many stimulating discussions onthe west- room to serve asthe library for the outdoor education cen- ern migration of early pioneers(see Figure 44 ). Under such ter be included. The needfor a library is self-evident, since circumstances, the children areactually reliving a historical many questions willbe raised in the field and left unan- experience. A reconstructedIndian village serves a similar swered until further research andexploration can take purpose. Other overnight units,which may not have the place in the center library. educational value of the two mentioned butwhich also prove to be mostenjoyable, are Adirondack shelters, tree TRADING POST houses, and Alpine villages where A-frameswith appropri- Although many centers and camps incorporate asmall ate motifs are used. of the dining room or the administra- Of prime consideration in any overnight camping area store into the corner features of the land. Regardless of the type tion building, a separatebuilding might better serve this are the general confusion in of shelter used, every overnight unitshould be equipped function, thereby relieving congestion and toilets, a cook- areas that mightbe serving other purposes. Thetrading with running water or other water supply, post can be designed sothat half of the building is used to ing area, and a small council ring. dispense camperaft equipment, such as axes, compasses, fishing rods, snowshoes, and cross-countryskis. UTILITIES All camps must be equipped withutilities in order to function. These utilities are especially importantfor centers that plan to operate twelve months a year.Most outdoor education centers operate most of the yearand must have adequate water, electrical service, and sewagedisposal.
WATER Every resident outdoor center musthave safe and ade- quate water approvedby the State Department of Health. In the absence of State Departmentof Health guides, the U.S. Public Health Service should beconsulted. A storage reservoir should be constructed, with aminimum capacity of i0,n00 gallons for a camp serving 150participants. This amount represents a minimumsupply for one day.
SEWAGE DISPOSAL The general terrain and soil conditionswill dictate the best type of sewage-disposal system to bedeveloped. Under normal conditions, the system will include a septictank, dosing chamber, and tilefield. In some sections of the country, a sewage lagoon hasproved to be most effective if there is sufficient space to place it therequired distance from any living area. Flush toilets are highly recommended for theestablished living units, while pit latrines may be usedfor overnight and outpost living units. All sanitaryfacilities should be constructed in accordance with the regulationsof the state Figure 46 Department of Health. Special county, city, orU.S. Forest A com- Health Lodge Service requirements may also govern construction.
109 COLLEGE ANL) UNIvElism:mt.:m.111:s cum: petent engineer should be consulted on the construction of ALUMNI FAMILY CAMPS any disposal system. He should be able to advise un regu- lations which exist in a given area. The final plans and Another trend in utilization of the outdoors by colleges construction must be approved by authorized inspectors. and universities is the development of alumni family camps. In many institutions, the alumni association, in cooperation with the college or university administration, will operate ELECTRICAL SERVICE a family camp during the summer months for alumni and The electrical distribution system for the outdoor educa- their families. tion center should be designed to meet the maximum antici- Alumni family camps fall into two categories. the unor- pated use. It is necessary to consult the master plan in ganized; and the organized or structured camp. In the or- order to determine any possible future expansion. Wherever ganized camp facility, cabins are provided for the families, possible, all electrical lines should be placed underground and central dining facilities are usually provided. The pro- for considerations of aesthetics and safety. gram features outdoor recreation, which includes such activi- ties as horseback riding, sailing, canoeing, boating, and HEATING SYSTEMS swimming. The type of heating system chosen should depend on the In order to reduce the cost of such a program for the facilities to be heated and the geographic area in which the participant, some consideration should be given to including center is located. The type of fuel used may depend upon a kitchenette in each of the living units. If this plan is fol- heating needs and local prices. Fuel oil and liquid propane lowed, a central dining hall could be eliminated. It is recom- have been widely used. However, any center under construc- mended that each of the cabins be equipped with toilet and tion at this time might consider the use of electric heat. Al- shower units rather than the centralized sanitary facilities though the initial construction cost may be high, there are such as might be found in the resident outdoor education many advantages in efficiency, maintenance, and safety. center. In the unorganized alumni family camp, tent sites, trailer sites, or some kind of primitive shelters, such as Adiron- FIRE-PROTECTION SYSTEMS dack units, are provided in place of cabins. This type of The need for fire protection is self-evident. Every cabin facility appeals to those who enjoy rugged outdoor living and every building should be equipped with a water-type and appreciate the low cost. Either outdoor cooking facil- fire extinguisher. In addition, there should be frustproof fire ities or centralized eating facilities may be used, although hydrants located strategically throughout the camp, with outdoor cooking by individual families seems to be more sufficient lengths of hose to reach all buildings in a given popular. - area. If possible, large buildings should be equipped with a sprinkler system. All buildings accommodating more than ten participants TENT SITES should be equipped with two means of egress. All outside The requirements for a tent site are: level ground with doors should swing in the direction of egress. All highly- sufficient space to pitch a large family-size tent; a fireplace inflammable material should be avoided in the construction or cookout area; a table with benches; toilets; a parking and furnishing of buildings. area; and running water. In order to avoid overcrowding, there should be no more than four to six tent sites to an PROGRAM FACILITIES FOR A RESIDENT CENTER acre. So that traffic may be controlled, one-way roads The following types of program facilities may be desir- through the immediate tent-camping area are recommended. able for a resident center. nature-study demonstration areas; Running water should be available within two or three hun- weather stations; nature trails; council rings; rifle ranges; dred feet of each camp site. If flush toilets are used, they target archery; field archery; boating and canoeing; swim- should be placed no more than 300 feet from the living ming areas; cz.mperaft areas; and winter activity areas. areas. It is desirable to provide showers and washtubs in Specifications for these areas and facilities may be found a central location that may be utilized by several tent units. elsewhere in this Guide. ADIRONDACK UNITS SPECIALIZED COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY For the family that cannot afford the investment in a OUTDOOR CENTERS tent, an Adirondack unit should be provided. The require- During the summer months, the resident outdoor educa- ments for Adirondack shelters are similar to those for tent tion center of the college or university may be used for a sites. variety of programs. It is possible to utilize the facility as a demonstration summer camp for children, where college students working as counselors or activity specialists may TRAILER SITES earn college credit in the areas of outdoor recreation, natur- Itis recommended that trailer sites be somewhat re- al science, social science, or the fine arts. The facility may moved from the tent-camping areas. The most adequate also be used as a rehabilitation center for special education. trailer sites are crescent-shaped. With this design, the car In addition to the resident outdoor education center, and trailer may enter at one end and park at the top of man) colleges and universities operate other types of out the crescent; and, when ready to leave, continue nut to the door centers, such as forestry camps, geology camps, bio- access road without having to turn around. The small area logical field stations, music camps, arid camps for the so- of land filling the crescent should provide sufficient solitude cially maladjusted. The educational potential of all such and isolation to achieve the atmosphere required of any outdoor facilities should, wherever possible, be explored and camp site. In addition to a fireplace, table, and sanitary utilized as part of the institution's total outdoor education facility, electrical outlets should be provided, with coin- complex. operated units. The more elaborate trailer sites may include
110 II-1 Z )1 MIR EKTATitX AREAS 1N1-1.ACILITILN
I, ...tier....lid sew age hookups. lIcme% er, many times the addi- Plot study areas that may involve special studies of tional cult vi installing the hookups is nut w,rrr.riztrl. natnral communities., such as succession studies and survey on the amount of use the sites receive is necessary special habitat studies before funds are allocated fur this type of trailer-site install- Horticultural and garden areas that may be used fur ation. ,the study of horticultural plants or fur the devdupritent The program fox the orgariLcd ramily camp is very sim- of children's garden programs under practice leader- ilar to that for the iesident outdoor education center, with a ship great de.;.I of emphasis 041? the teaching rif outdoor recrea- The outdoor laboratory can be used by many college or tion skills. In the unorganized camp program, facilities are university groups. Classes in ornithology may find it a spot provided where the family may elect to participate as a for field observation. Classes in botany. zoology, geology. family unit without the benefit of formal instruction. horticulture, agriculture, teacher education, conservation, and outdoor recreation are only a few that might make use CONFERZNCE AND WORKSHOP CENTERS of a good outdoor laboratory. A resident outdoor education center owned and operated by a college or university can be designed to serve a num- OUTDOOR LABORATORY LNTERPRETIVE CENTER ber of functions in addition to teacher and leadership prep- aration. Off -campus conference centers are becoming in- It is recognized that the outdoor laboratory is intended creasingly popular and are particularly effective as *change as a :pot for direct experiences with the world of nature, agents' in continuing education. With some modifications but a building may serve as an important aid in such edu- that will make the facility more adaptable for adult groups, cation. It may range from a small me-room structure, in- the resident outdoor education center can serve many tended primarily as a bad-weather shelter and storage spot, groups for in-service education. The growing popularityof to a comprehensive building similar to a community nature conference centers in outdoor settings can be attributed center. The following features might be included in the build- largely to the better human relationships and understand- ing, depending upon the needs of the particular institution: ing that occur in such informal situations, and the resultant Museum-type displays effectiveness of education. Another factor is the ability to Library provide working conferences with opportunities for outdoor Meeting rooms with projection equipment,blackboards, recreation. Not the least of the considerations is the addi- etc. tional income from a conference center which will help de- Laboratory work space fray the operational costs of the installation. The provision Storage facilities for tools and equipment used outdoors of rooms for two to four people instead of large dormitor- Simple cooking and refrigeration equipment for day- ies, adequate toilets and baths, a few conference rooms, and use groups efficient food service will make a successful combination of Toilets an outdoor education facility and a conference center. In addition to use by classes, an outdoor laboratory College outing clubs and other undergraduate and grad- would receive informal use by many students interested in uate groups may wish to utilize the facilities of the center increasing their knowledge about the outdoors. for outdoor recreation on weekends and during college or university vacation periods. Such possible use should be considered in the development of the master plan for the FARMS center. Farms and agricultural lands are frequently among the holdings of colleges and universities, having bee.i obtained OUTDOOR LABORATORIES through gifts or acquired for educational purposes and re- search. Such facilities offer unique possibilities for field The term "outdoor laboratory," as used herein, refers to study, professional preparation of teachers and youth lead- any outdoor arealand or waterthat isutilized for out- ers, and recreation. These farm lands increase in impor- door education on a day-use basis. Outdoor resident centers. tance as land areas and farm life become less prevalent. which have been considered earlier in this chapter, may also A farm setting adds materially to programs of outdoor be used as outdoor laboratories. education, especially if located in or near urban areas. The outdoor laboratory may consist of only a few acres natural or it may Farm museums, pioneer farms, and demonstrations of mod- or hundreds of acres. It may be largely ern agriculture may be developed and are added values to be horticultural. It may have limited facilities designed to farms owned by colleges and universities. serve one specialized interest, or it mayhave extensive facil- ities designed to serve a wide variety of interests. Colleges and universities will generally use such areas as laborator- ies for learning for college students, or as experimental SERVICE FACILITIES FOR DAY-USE AREAS areas for children, with opportunitiesfor leadership and Facilities for meetings and for the comfort of various-size observation by college students and faculty members. groups are an important part of outdoor laboratories. The following are some of the developments possible in These facilities include toilets and siionle facilities for food outdoor laboratories: service. Most groups using the areas will probably bring Wooded areas with experimental plantings, seed germi- picnic meals, but there is generally a need for refrigeration nation beds, trails, and similar developments and for shelter in case of rain. An open-sided shelter is Wet areas with ponds, bogs, marshes, streams, sea- satisfactory for summer use, but for winter use it would be shores, and lakeshores (Special piers, bridges, walk desirable to have an outdoor meeting room with tables, ways, and pathways are sometimes developed tomake heat, and very simple cooking facilities. possible better study of water life.) Outdoor picnic areas with fireplaces usually add to the Nature trails ranging in materials presented from appeal of day-use areas. Council rings or outdoor meeting technical data on local ecolcav to simple identification -:pots for classes are also desirable.
111 IFAcILITII-astaIDE
OUTDOOR SPORTS AND SKILLS COMPLEX NATURE CRAFTS AND CAMP-CMFT SKILLS While many otaCkur education and outdoor recreation A purtiun of an outeoux spurts and skills (ornplex activities may be conducted ern a single site, !Bice ate situa- should be set aside for creative arts and crafts dealing with tiuns %%here a 4.1uSier of ,Niles acid facilities is uulita and native materials, camp crafts, orienteering, compass games, operated by the college or unhersity of these units outdoor cooking, and outdoor living. Simple structures for may be an outdoor spurts and skills complex, which should crafts and outdoor acti% !ties may be pros idea as needed for complement the other types of areas and facilities described iadement weather and for the huusipg equipment_ in this chapter, and should also serve specific programs, many of which fall within the scope of the schools and de- CASTING AND ANGLING partments of health, physical education, and recreation. The areas and facilities that may be included in an out- Open level spaces and casting platforms (where there is door sport!, and skills complex are briefly described herein. w atm) are needed to provide instruction in castingand Sec eral of these areas and facilities should be duplicated ui angling in an outdoor spurts and skills complex_ Informa- the outdoor recreation center and scampus. Spe. &cations tion concerning instruction, equipment, and competition for and detailed descriptions are omitted, since they may be casting may be obtained from the American Casting Associ- found in the publications of agencies that ha% e responsibil- ation and the American Association for Health, Physical ities for, and controls over, specific activities. (See the list Education, and Recreatioa (sze Appendixes F and K). of agencies in Appendix F.) SHOOTING AND GUN SAFETY ARCHERY Outdoor ranges for rifle, shotgun, trap, and skeet shoot- Target archery may he taught indoorsof outdoors, de- ing should be provided in the outdoor sports and skills pending on the se-.son of the t ear and the available space. complex when space and safety requirements permit (see To extend the opportunities for this growing spurt, it is Chapter 20). Complete information concerning the construc- recommended that there be outdoor ranges for instruction tion of outdoor ranges may be obtained from the National and recreation, as well as indoor space and equipment (see Rifle Association (see Appendix K). The Association has a Chapter 6). Space to insure safety can be prov;ded in a complete, modern shooting range equipped with the newest variety of outdoor settings, including the outdoor spurts devices for safety and acoustical treatment. These devices and skills complex, with adequate provisions for necessary are available for observation and research i.. the construc- equipment, such as targets, mats, nets, or other types of tion and maintenance of shooting ranges for rural and ur- backstops (see Chapter 8). Recommendations concerning ban areas. specifications may be obtained from several sources, such as the National Archery Association and the American Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recrea- WINTER SPORTS tion (see Appendix F). Increasingly, colleges and universities are providingfacil- Provision should be made for a field-archery range in Else ities for instruction and participation in such winter sports outdoor sports and skills complex. A course of 14 or 28 as skiing and tobogganing (see Chapter 20).Detailed spe- targets in a partially-wooe.ed area would be appropriate, cifications should be studied before deciding on ski slopes as would a junior range of 7 targets. Field courses can be and tows, snow machines, and toboggan slides. These planned according to the unique iCatures of the land, add- specifications may be procured from trade associations, pri- ing to the adventure of the sport. Information on specifica- vate contractors, and park agencies. Other winter sports, tions is available from the National Field Archery Associa- such as ice skating, need special facilities such as rink tion (see Appendix F). and warming houses (see Chapter 16). Archery games such as clout, roving, and archery golf can be conducted in large playfields, outdoor recreation areas, and golf courses with little added equipment. The inclusion of archery in the Olympic games, and the growth of bow hunting and bow fishing are stimulating the teaching of competitive and recreational archery. There- CAMPUS OUTDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES fore, the planning for space and equipment for sport is The increased interest of the American public in outdoor becoming increasingly important. recreation finds its counterpart on college and university campuses. Many institutions are, therefore, making special provisions for outdoor recreation opportunities for students BOATING, CANOEING, SAILING, during their leisure. It is recognized that what a particular AND OTHER WATER ACTIVITIES college or university endeavors to develop is contingent The availability of natural lakes, rivers, and water im- upon what is already available through public and private poundments in many parts of the cc untry makes it possible agencies, as %dl as the environmental possibilities near the to include a variety of water activities in physical education Institution. Developments may range from picnic areas and recreation progr:ms. Increasing numbers of colleges ..aid outdoor meeting spots on the campuz, to special areas and universities now have, or plan to acquire, properties a considerable distance away. that will provide opportunities for instruction and recreation Following is a list of serne possible campus facilities in water activities. Information concerning specifications for ot.!cloor recreation, many of which may be found in for facilities, equipment, and safety features is available various combinations: from several sources, such as the American National Red Swimming beaches Cross and the trade associations concerned with boats tg Boating areas, including provisions for sailing, canoe- and sailing, skin and scuba diving, and water skiing (see ing, and water skiing Appendixes F ai:d K). Fishing facilities
112 0140 di EDI LATI4 0% Altf_Xs\i t iacl
and cook-out arras, 4.0.11.141.Lietra XL gil.e oppor- Winter sports areas with ski tows, ski runs, skating tunities for campus dubs or classes to conduct such areas, etc. activities as steak fries and dam bakes ( Fireplaces, lieidetit:taci;onlinutiatitins (These are not usually picnic tables, and water are desirable. picnic dietra lithe taleatiun area is near the 4:4111!".1S. Many may be needed if the area is to be used in inclement institutiuns maintain areas for studentsaria ;acuity at weather. See Chapter 20. ) more distant lakeshores, seacoasts, or mountains,anA PrInntiv e camping facilities for groups that may wish overnight or weekend accumniudations are needed. a rugged outdoor experience They :nay consist of dormitories, small cottages, cab- Hiking trails ins, ski lodges, or tent and trailer spaces.) Trails fur groups interested primarily tit natural pct Sometimes campus organizations sail as sailing clubs., race, such a botany, ornithology, and geology ski dubs, or natural science clubs may develop facilities to Riding stables and bridle trails meet their particular interests. In other cases, the student Amphitheaters fur outdoor .diarnatic produaluns, mu- unions assume the responsibility for developing the outdoor sical events, or campfire programs recreation areas as part of their programs. In still other Meeting facilities cases, the college or university administrationtakes the lead.
SELECTED REFERENCES
American Asst.pusto.,n, Camping Standards. .M.-rtins% ilk, Ind_ Shama,, Joseph J., A Nature Center for Your Community. Information The Association, 1966. Education Bulletin No. 1. New York National Audubon Society. 1962. Conservation of the Campsite. .Martinsville, Ind.: The Association. 1960. Smith, Julian W.; Carlson, Reynold E.; Donaldson, George W.; and Mas- ters. Hugh B., Outdoor Education. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- Athletic Institute, The, Camperaft Series 1. Color-sound 35mm Film Kit. Hall, Inc-, 1963. Instruc or's Guide and Student Handbook. Chicago: The Institute, 805 Merchandise Marc, 1965. Stapp, William B., Integrating Conservation and Outdoor Education into the Curriculum. Minneapolis: Burgess Publishing Company, 1965. Nathans, Alan A., The Handbook of Camp Maintenance. New York: As- sociation Press, :959. Young Men's Christian Association, Developing Camp Sites and Facilities. New York: Association Press, 1963. National Association of Biology Teachers (Richard Weaver, ed.), Manual for Outdoor Laboratoric... Da/mile, The Interstate Printers and Young, Paul R., Elanentari, Lessons in tk,,dening. Columbus, Ohio. The Publishers, Inc., 1959. National Garden Institute, 1953.
Outdoor Recreation Resources Review Commission Outdoor Recreation for Ameria. Washington, D.C.: United States Government Printing Of- fice,1962.
113 Chapter 16
ICE-SKATING FACILITIES
Artificially -frozen ice-kaiing facilities arc replacing rat After the function of the ice facility has been determined, wally-frozen skating areas in many colleges and unii ersi- considerable planning is fiCCe-S-Sitr) to insure an efficiently ties.Artificial rinks, tither indoor or outdoor, provide operated facility. This can best be done by engaging an smooth and hard ice in Math ely-moderate weather. With experienced designing engineer who has a number of suc- the otIvent of mechanical freezing, the skating seasonhas cessfully - operating rinks to attest to his ability. Some fed been extended far be and the 20- to 60-day natural-la that the engineering and super ision of construction should season. With artificial-ice equipment,the season ma), range be the ;esponsibility of the same person to insure a quality anywhere from fn c to Pick e months, depending on facility. In enclosed rinks, the building housing the ice conditions and the design and construction of the should be engineered and planned concurrently and com- facility. This does not mean thai natural-ice rinks have plementary with the ice-making machinery and system. gone out of style, but it dues meanthat artificial rinks Other areas that must be considered in planning the total are supplementing natural rinks 'shere% u local iatcrest and space are locker and shower rooms, the skate rentaland available funds make it possible. sharpening area, space for putting on skates, the warming area, toilet rooms and cloak and book-rack room, equip- Ice surfaces for colleges and universities are of four ment storage and utility areas, and a storage area for ice- types: maintenance machines. A pit with a drain into which scrap- Natural-outdoor: not very practical or dependable ings from the ice may be dumped is a necessary installation except in extreme northern states, but low in cost in enclosed ice arenas. It should be close to the ice and at Artificial-outdoor: usable up to 50 percent of the time five months per year in temperate or colder climates, the same level. A.:re area designed for hockey should be a minimum but frequently out of use because of the hot sun, tem- of 85' x 185' (85' x 200' preferred), with rounded corners perature rises, snow, rain, wind, litter, or the like and a wall (dasher board) which meets the specifications Artificial-covered: only usable 90 percent of the time for competition. For instruction and recreational skating, up to six months per year it is generally agreed that the necessary area per skater is Artificial-enclosed: usable 100 percent of the time up to 30 square feet. Thus, a rink the size of 85' x 185' would 12 months per year if the insulation, heavy-duty ma- accommodate 524 skaters. chinery, and ventilating, air-conditioning, and temper- ature-control equipment are properly engineered into the total structure SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR ICE HOCKEY The enclosed ice arena is a practical physical education- For intercollegiate hockey, the ice (rink) surface must athletic facility for use during the entire school year. be at least 85' x 185', though 85' x 200' is preferred. It The rink should be located near other physical education must be enclosed with a wooden wan (dasher board) which and athletic areas, but particularly close to parking facili- has rounded corners and is 4 feet in height. A two- to four- ties. Normally, it is housed in a separate building or in a foot screen above the dasher board affords protection to separated portion of a field house. The desired room tem- the spectator and keeps the puck in play. Strong glass or perature of the rink varies considerably from that of other plexiglass screens are excellent but are apt to cost consid- indoor areas. When the temperature rises above 55°F, com- erably more. The dasher board should be covered with a plex problems of ice condition, ice-making costs, and hu- tough kick board eight inches high at ice level to protect midity are encountered: it from being marred and punctured by skates. The dasher board with screen must be strongly constructed in order to A major item to consider in locating the ice is the nature withstand the shock of skaters bumping into it. Planners of the soil upon which the ice will be built. Unless the soil and architects should consult the official hockey rule book is well drained and free of excessive moisture, "hearing" of for rink specifications and suggested design. the ice or concrete can result. lied': lnical freezing can pen- There should be at least two team locker rooms with etrate to a depth of eight feet or more. Therefor, a careful_ attached shower rooms, plus a change room with shower soil analysis is a primary factor in determining the site of for officials. If a competitive hockey program is planned, the ice rik. sectioned locker rooms to accommodate more than two In the college or university program, an ice facility may teams simultaneously would be desirable. An athletic train- serve for skating instruction, recreationalskating, competi- ing room is recommended. If entrances open to the outside tive hockey, dance and figure skating, and curling. Some of the arena, locker rooms can frequently serve other ath- institutions have three separate ice areasone main area foi letic teams when hockey is not in season. hockey, insu uction, and recreation; one for figure skating; Other special provisions for intercollegiate competition and one for curling. The ice qualities are different for each include: (1) hockey goals and their storage; (2) a score- area. Skating ice and curling ice are so different they are board, (3) provisions for players' boxes and penalty boxes; not interchangeable for use. The main arena can accommo- (4) a public-address system, (5) highintensity lighting; date dance skating when not being used for recreational (6) a press box; (7) provisions for radio and television; skating. (8) ticket booths and admission turnstiles; (9) adequate
114 ICK-SK ATIM; FAciLITIEN publit test towns, (10) p-ablik 'telephones. (11) toncessioit months. While hockey interest mzy diminish during She stands. (12) a scoter's and tuner 's box.(13)hvt water fox summer, skating instruction can continue. and recreational tie-maintenane tnachinety, (14) uatet outlets. and (15 ) sk:Aing is a continuing pleasure fur many Also. figure and administrative units. dance skaters will continue to phictice. Extremely-careful seaii,g 114 s as hockey and i.e shows is a plane thought must be given to humidity and temperature control consideration. Space (Index bleachers may accommodate to minimize fogging, condensation, and soft ice. (Ste Fig some facilities cited above. The provision of highluality ures 47 and 48.) music foi both skaters and spectators is difficult since acous- The refrigeration system is of prime importance, and a tics over ice presents a special problem. number of cl.oices can be made in its design. Among :hem are (1) type of engine room; (2) extent of automatic con- SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR CURLING trol; (3) number and size of compressors; (4) type of power supply; (5) number of brine pumps, (6) type of heat-rejec- Curling ice is different from skating ice in both texture tion system, (7) type of refrigerant, (8) type of brine; and and hardness. Neither ice is suitable fur both skating and (9') qpe of fluor construction. Inexperienced planners curling. Curling requires iu. which i';ery level, and tex- should not attempt to design rinks. The ice-making engineer tured (pebbled) to accommodate the accurate sliding of should be inv oh ed ,extensiv el} in the preliminary planning the 40-pound rocks which are delivered skillfully from one and throughout construction. end of the ice to the other. The game's full possibilities can- not be realized without good ice. Such ice requires good equipment, and pride, patience, and competency on the part ENGINE RQOMS of the ice- makers. Curling ice in covered or inside rinks is more contribu- For the past few years, there has been a trend toward tory to the game than that which is outside. Except in ex- the purchase of engine rooms which are assembled in the tremely-cold climates, it is not practical to attempt to pro- factory and installed as a complete unit on the job. These vide curling ice without artificial refrigeration. engine rooms have replaced the 'site- built' engine rooms, The room accommodating the ice should be kept cold which require greater space and are more expensive. It is heating is not necessary or men desirable. When temper- probably easier, however, to maintain and repair equip- atures exceed 50°F, problems of fogging, dripping, and ment in a site-built engine room. "greasy" ice are apt to be encountered. Resurfacing the ice may be necessary several times a year, but "pebbling* may be necessary several times a day. Pebbling is accomplished AUTOMATIC-CONTROL SYSTEMS by sprinkling droplets of warm or hot water over the ice surface from a portable canister equipped with a nozzle. Machines may be automatic or manually controlled. In the planning and construction, provision should be Automatic safety devices may be required by codes govern- made for keeping the ice clean and free from dirt or grime. ing this type of installation. The slight additional cost for The curling-area size is determined by the number of fully-automatic operation may be offset by the savings sheets (lanes) desired, a sheet being 14' x 138'. Two to effected in salaries. Automatic controls can start the com- four sheets normally constitute a college or university curl- pressors when brine temperatures start to rise, and shut ing rink. Thus, an area of 62' x 150' would accommodate them off when they fall. The starting temperatures of the iour -sheets, with a border of four feet on each side and six compressors can be staggered for a more economical use feet on each end to accommodate a concrete or wooden of power. In addition, a brine-pump control can be set to deck around the rink. Each curling sheet can accommodate stop brine circulation if the air temperature falls below the eight persons in a curling match. brine temperature, a condition that occurs often in the cold- Little playing equipment is needed in curling except the er climates. rocks and brooms. Broom storage racks or closets and To illustrate this choice, assume that an outdoor ice rink an official scoreboard at the end walls arc required foi the of 85' x 185' needs 150 tons of refrigeration to maintain area. Good artificial lighting (100 footcandles) which does the rink surface at near peak demand. This refrigeration not cast shadows is recommended. 'told* lighting helps can be obtained with one 150-ton compressor, two 75-ton preserve the ice and its condition- compressors, or three 50-ton compressors. When sunshine Curling ice should be maintained at a temperature of or rising air temperature causes the brine temperature to 24° to 26°F, in contrast to skating ice which requires 10° rise above the level set to start the chilling process, thy. com- to 15°. Outside windows should be omitted, as well as any pressors will start to work. In the case of one compressor, conditions that produce drafts or uneven temperature maximum power will be utilized, and when electricity is the changes. A minimum number of entrances should be in- power source, maximum demand rates will be charged even stalled. Electrical outlets and hose bibbs should be provided though a minimum of refrigeration is required This expense in the arena area. Light colors should Be used for walls is greatly reduced when two compressors are used, and a and ceilings. still greater saving is effected when the capacity is divided Spectator facilities are rarely needed in curling arenas, among three compressors. The greatest power-cost saving but an elevated lounge from which games can be viewed occurs during long periods of cold weather when minimum through insulating glass is a feature which has merit if refrigeration is required. Some motors arc designed for four costs are not a major factor. Change, locker, or storage or more power levels to lessen electrical costs. rooms can be located under the lounge if desired. In order to assure continuous operation, there should be two compressor systems, each with the capacity to provide the necessary refrigeration. They should be used alternately, INDOOR ARTIFICIAL-ICE RINKS of course, but with two, a standby is always available in If the building is constructed for year-round use, it must case of failure of one of the systems. Thought should be be especially well insulated throughout and there must be given to installing equipment which does not require tend- adequate refrigeration capacity for use during the summer ing by a licensed engineer.
115 .a._NI$ irFRSITY FACILITILS GUIDE
7 Ars b_11.1 1 T11111:71.-
Figure 47 Ice Arena, Bowling Green State University
O
Figure 48 Floor Plan of Ice Arena, Bowling Green State University
116 ICE-SKATLNG FACIIITIES
POWER SUPPLY and must be closely checked. It is possible to purchase salt (for brine) that contains a chromate which acts as a rust The refrigeration plant may be operated by either elec- inhibitor. This inhibitor does not last long, however,and tricity or natural gas. Natural-gas engines may be more additional chromate must be added from time to time to expensive to install, but may operate at considerably less maintain the rust-inhibiting factor.Although corrosion is cost. Gas engines can be put under service contracts that reduced by the chromate, it is not eliminated. There is a assure a life expectancy comparable to that of electric mo- growing trend toward the useof ethylene glycol or metho- tels. Gas engines also provide heat energy that can be used lene alcohol as a brine. Once stabilized, these brinesusually for space heating through a heat-recovery system. require only infrequent checking. BRINE PUMPS The brine pump is the heart of the refrigerating process. FLOOR CONSTRUCTION When it breaks down, everything stops and the ice surface The following types of floor construction are used in is at the mercy of the sun, weather, and temperature during building artificial-ice rinks: the period of repair. Some brine pumps have quick-repair Steel pipe in post, - stressed concrete features which can shorten the time the system is out of Steel pipe in reinforced concrete operation. For all practical purposes, the breakdown time Open steel pipe (or in sand) due to brine-pump failure can be eliminated by building two Open plastic pipe (or in sand) or more brine pumps into the system. With this arrange- These choices are listed in the order of their cost, with ment, other pumps will give standby service in case one :he most expensive listed first. In addition to the choices fails. listed, aluminum-finned tubes have recently made their appearance as piping for rink floors. HEAT-REJECTION SYSTEMS The newly-developed construction using steel pipe in Heat removed from the ice mast be eliminated in the re- post-stressed concrete floors is the most costly of the choices frigeration process. This is accomplished by the condenser, listed, but tLe least likely to develop cracks or heaving. It which removes heat from the refrigerant. The condenser is reliably calculated that a post-stressed floor can endure, may use either cold water or the evaporation principle to if necessary, at least twice as much frost heaving as con- accomplish heat rejection. An evaporating condenser costs ventional reinforced-concrete floors. more initially, but if water is an item of expense, it will be Sand-based rinks have been purported to have the fol- cheaper to operate. Many competent rink designers insist lowing advantages: cheaper initial cost; economy of opera- on evaporating condensers where -.ity water alone must be tion; avoidance of cracks; easier repair; level surface; and used for cooling. The refrigerant, which has absorbed heat less possibility of heaving. However, their use for other in cooling the brine, must be cooled in this cycle of opera- sports (e.g., tennis and court games) in the off-season is tion. This is done by circulation through coils exposed in not feasible. Concrete-base rinks, though more expensive, the air. When the air temperature atone cannot cool the may have advantages worth the extra costs. refrigerant to the proper level, water is sprayed on the coils, Plastic pipe is lightweight and easy to handle, especially and fans blow air over the wet coils to cause evaporation. in portable and take-up installations. However, plastic acts This process provides the necessary additional cooling. as an insulator and does not transfer heat from ice to brine as rapidly as does steel. Plastic is cheaper than steel, but REFRIGERANTS may not last as long. The main preference for steel seems to be the efficiency in maintaining ice temperatures. Several refrigerants are available. Ammonia and Freon The floor pipes are connected to headers attached to the 22 are the most common, but other trade-name products supply and return lines. There are two basic header de- are worth consideration. Although operation with ammonia signs, each with several variations. One system employs a has been -efficient, it is both toxic and explosive, and, for header at each side of the rink, or at each end, with the these reasons, the trend has been toward the use of Freon floor piping joined to these headers at each end. The ad- 22 and other refrigerants which are neither toxic nor ex- vantage of this design is that ideal uniformity of ice can be plosive. maintained. The disadvantages are that it is the most ex- There is little difference in the initial cost of refrigeration pensive design, and temperature-expansion variables can machinery designed for either ammonia or Freon gas. The be a problem. In the second design, both headers are at the cost of the refrigerant does differ, however, with Freon cost- same side or end, and the rink grid surface is made up of ing about five times as much as ammonia. This cost is hairpin pairs of pipes. This is the most common modern equalized since an ammonia system will use nearly five design. Another recent design is one in which the headers times the refrigerant necessary in systems using Freon gas. bisect the center of the ice. Since Freon gas is odorless, leaks in the system may go Grid-construction practices in building rink floors call for undetected and expensive replacement of refrigerant becomes especially good drainage around foundation footings to necessary. This is not the case with ammonia. However, cut off ground-water seepage into the floor area. A common safety is an overriding factor that dictates the preference of practice is the installation of a slip-joint consisting of two Freon for ice-rink refrigeration. This does not mean that or- more dry, lubricated membranes between the grid and there are not applications where ammonia should be recom- foundation slabs of concrete. The concrete slab that encases mended, but local laws should always be consulted before the grids should be poured in one continuous operation using ammonia. In using Freon, some operators add which will permit the grid slab to contract or expand as a another gas that has a detectable odor. unit rather than in sections. The return header should be at a slightly higher elevation so there can be no trapped TYPES OF BRINE air in the cross pipes. The floor should be pressure-tested Calcium-chloride brine is used in most ice-rink refrigera- after construction, and after assembly if it is a take-up rink. tion systems. It is not expensive, but it is highly corrosive This will eliminate brine leakage due to faulty assembly.
117 CoLLECE AND VNIVERSITY FACILITIES GVIDE
SEMIENCLOSED OR OUTDOOR ARTIFICIAL-ICE RINKS water can be contained by means of grade or dike, flood- ing is possible. If these conditions do not prevail, it is neces- The ice-preparation procedure for artificial ice is essen- sary to spray tire water into the rink. Flooding is faster and tially the same whether the rink is open, covered, or en- more economical, while spraying provides ice when flood- closed. ing fails. Either process calls for temperatures of `,:0°F or In outdoor and semienclosed rinks the air temperature colder, and the colder the temperature, the farter the rink is much more variable and demands some additional con- ice can be made. sideration in preparation and care of the ice. The length of In either the spraying or flooding method of ice-building, season is greatly restricted when the rink is not enclosed or the temperature of the water must be taken into account. covered. Also, the unenclosed rinks present problems rela- Water cwning from the main contains sufficient heat to tive to (1) the size and type of warming area; (2) lighting; melt ground frost. Therefore, it is advisable to flood at a (3) traffic control and ticket collection; and (4) dependable slow - enough late to permit water to chill before the frost usage and scheduling. melting point is reached. If spraying is necessary, the hose Although a majority of outdoor rinks have no cover, should be fitted with a spray nozzle and the water should some covers are available which are of value in protecting be directed high m the air. Since lower temperatures occur and preserving the ice. Netting is available to provide a in the evening, many communities do their flooding or sunshade on bright days. It is drawn across the rink on spraying at night, thus obtaining a faster build-up of ice. high cables as a curtain, greatly weakening the melting The periods of delay, when it is necessary to wait for the effect of sunlight. An inflated bubble of fabric material has sprayed coat of water to freeze, are shorter at night. been used as a rink endosure, but its effectiveness has not The rate of build-up in a spray operation may be accel- been established. erated by diking the base ice with snow to reduce runoff. Permanent covers may be constructed of steel, aluminum, Care should be taken not to melt into the snowbank with concrete, and wood. All of these types of covers reduce ice- too much water at one time. Shell ice will result. freezing costs and snow-removal expense. New building and Shell ice occurs when water seeps away after the surface engineering techniques are making the completely-enclosed is frozen over. Seepage can occur if the ground frost melts, and temperature-controlled rink practical and serviceable a leak in the dike develops, or water melts away a partof as a college or university facility for nine months of the the snowbank. Shell ice will remain a problem until it is year or longer. removed. If air pockets develop-in the process of flooding, Whether the skating area is open or enclosed, a warm- they should be punctured and filled with water before flood- ing room or skate-changing area is necessary. This area ing is completed. contains a maximum number of benches and often has Natural-ice skating rinks can be created on tennis courts checking facilitiesfor shoes. Synthetic floor surfaces are or other hard-surface areas, although costly additional now available which will permit walking on ice skates from construction is necessary. Some types of tennis courts do the ice to the change areas, the concessions, or into the not hold up well if water is frozen on their surfaces. warming rooms. Adjoining the warming room in many rinks is a food concession. A first-aid room for the handling LINER-TYPE RINKS of skating falls and injuries should be provided. A skate- rental facility is another feature found in many artificial-ice In many areas of the country, the traditional method of rinks. A lockable storage area for equipment and supplies building natural-ice rinks is almost impossible because of should be provided. constant freezing and thawing. In order to have success with the usual natural rink, temperatures must remain near or OTHER USES FOR ARTIFICIAL-ICE RINKS below freezing. Fluctuating temperatures cause the ice to melt and the ground to thaw_ Where this occurs frequently If the rink has a concrete or asphalt surface and is not during the season, the natural-ice rink construction is im- used for skating 12 months of the year, uses should be con- practical. in order to provide a skating facility under these sidered for the off-season. With only slight modifications, circumstances, the liner-type rink is a possibility. the skating area can be used for tennis, badminton,olley- In the liner-type rink, a plastic-type liner (polyethylene) ball, and other such activities requiring smooth playing is used to prevent water seepage and to waterproof the floor surfaces. and sides of the rink. This material is available in large sections-100' x 100', 200' x 200', and variations of these NATURAL-ICE RINKS sizes. A framework to euntain the liner should be construct- ed on ilat ground, or around the edge of a hard-surface PRESEASON PREPARATIONS area. Sand is placed on the inside for a distanceof 10 to When the rink is to be laid on the ground, sufficient 12 inches from the bottoms of the boards and shaped to moisture must be in the soil or applied to it to develop a form a cove. The liner is placed on the inside of the frame- firm soil crust. The area should be watered if a dry condi- work and up over the top. A cap of 1' x 4", which will tion prevails. If a temporary dike is needed, it should be extend below the jcy on the inside, is necessary around the made in the fall so that settling can take place. structure in order to prevent skates from puncturing the If the rink is to be made on a concrete surface such as liner. The rink is then filled to the proper level with water. a tennis court, all drains should be sealed. The available Fencing and a ramp and rail are recommended. A plan water supply should be checked, and all equipment needed for the inclusion of music may be desirable. for filling the area, spraying, scraping ice, and removing snow should be ready and on the site prior to rink-building RESURFACING time. The ice should be resurfaced when needed. This can be RINK CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES lccomplished by scraping away or sweeping the cuttings and spraying a light coat of water over the ice. If some Site characteristics control in part the procedures neces- cuttusgs are leftafter scraping, a little additional water sary to build natural -ace rinks. If the gruad is level and should melt them and a good skating surface will result.
118 ICE-SKATING FACILITIES
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS should be taken to prevent accidents. Ice should be four inches or more in thickness to be certified as safe. Warn- The thickness of ice is critical on ponds, streams, and ing signs, barrittxs, and the dissemination of warnings lakes used for ice skating, and proper safey precautions through pu'olk-communications media are desirable.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Gabrielsen, M. A, and allies, C. M., Sports and Recreation Facilities for Scott, Harry A., and Westkaemper, B., From Program to Facili- School and Community. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.. Prentice-Hall, Inc.. ties in Physical Education. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1958. 1958.
Rink Covers and Enclosures. Proceedings, Fib Annual Conference. Fort Myers, Ha.: Ice Skating Institute of America, P.O. Box 955, 1961.
119 Chapter 17
FIELD HOUSES
The term 'field housed was appliedoriginally to a facil- LOCATION ity for the storage of equipment, or to anenclosed area with Consideration, related to the locationof the field house a dirt surface toprovide for practice of such intercollegiate are as follows: sports as football,baseball, track, and tennis where climatic The field house should beaccessible to those who use conditions did not permit early-season practiceout-of-doors. it most frequently.Therefore, it should be located near Field houses were also used for practiceof intercollegiate the major classroom buildings,dormitories, and phys- sports ar.d for outdoorphysical education classes during ical education buildings. inclement weather. The modern fieldhouse is used for con- The field house should belocated in attractive sur- ducting outdoor physical education and recreationactivities roundings and should be pleasing indesign. The de- under cover, but, at the same time, it mayprovide facilities sign should be functionalrather than traditional. It is for a variety of other activities. possible for an architect toplan a building whose For detailed information on generalbuilding features, design will be modern and functional,but still blend see Chapter 4. in with the other architectureof the area. Facilities should be so located as to permitexpansion. PLANNING Attention should also be given tothe slope of the land adequately-planned outside the buildings to preventsurface drainage. It cannot be overemphasized that an institutions to and well-constructed building is a keyfactor in enabling Consideration should be given in some provide adequate service joining the field houseand other physical education the physical education program to the need to to the college or universityof which it is a part. A survey facilities. Such a decision may eliminate conducting activities com- duplicate in the field house theoffice suite, central of available campus facilities for dressing-locker rooms, show- mon to modernphysical education programs will determine equipment supply room, the number and kind of activity units toinclude in the er rooms, training room,and other service facilities. Athletic fields and playing courts shouldbe Lontigaous building. to the field house. DESIGN SIZE designing a field Items that should be considered in of facilities to be house are: accessibility, beauty, economy,flexibility, super- The size of the field house and the type provided will be dictated by: the presentand anticipated fu- vision, and utility. ath- The following list of recommendations concerningde- ture programs ofphysical education, recreation, and sign and construction may serve as acheck list for schools letics; the climatic conditions of the area;facilities already contemplating the building of a field house (notlisted in in existence; and the amountof money available. No matter should be planned not priority order): what the size, however, the building Provide ample space for the activities desired. only to satisfy present needs butalso those of the foresee- Include adequate administrative, recreational, and ser- able future. plan a field house in con- vice facilities. Some institutions may wish to Design for future needs. nection with a stadium. Inthis case, consideration should Provide accommodations for men and women. be given to combining the two structuresin such a manner Provide drainage around the exterior ofthe building. that the back wall of the stadium may serve asone of the Provide adequate storage space. sidewalls of the field house. Such aplan may have inter- esting possibilities, bothfrom the standpoint of economy Install proper lighting. effective development of the Provide for maintenance of light fixtures. and with respect to a more Provide adequate wiring, with provisionfor high- areas under thestadium. The minimum lengthof the field house should accommo- voltage current. straightaway for men's track,plus Provide windows and skylights with minimumglare date at least a 60-meter sufficient distance for startingand stopping. A wide door intensity. straightaway, to permit competitors to run Install sufficient and well-placed heating vents. at the end of the outside the field house,will prevent injuries andeliminate a Provide for sufficient natural ventilation. limited. Six lanes are desir- Include adequate exhaust fans and vents. mental hazard where space is able. Some provision should bemade for the eliminationof Provide waterproof insulation for the ceiling. individuals who may enter the Place pipelines an adequate distance fromthe floor. entrances so as to protect field house at track level andcollide with runners on the Include sufficient rest-room space. to be a con- Provide sufficient shower and locker facilities. track. The track should be of such a size as Install an adequate public-address system. venient fraction of a largerstandard distance. Include adequate facilities for cleaningand mainte- Even though field houses of manyshapes and sizes have been erected, present and future programsshould be care- nance. specialists before the size and Include sufficient water outlets. fully delineated by program
120 FIELD 110I SES
shape of the structure are determined. The minimum %Oath track. The shot put area should be isolated at one end of required to house a baseball infield is 125 feet. A vne- the building. Permanent pits should be located near the sides eighth mile track enclosing baseball facilities requites an of the building. Temporary units can be excavated within area at least 200 meters long and 160 feetwide. the track oval for meets attracting numerous spectators, or movable pit boxes can be used. For high jumping and pole LAYOUT vaulting, portable pits may be used.
The layout of the field house will determine the extent to ENTRANCES which it will serve the purpose for which it was intended. Space will most likely be p: o v ided for track and field A paved access roadway should serve the field house, sports, baseball and football, and, in some instances,for and provision should be made for trucks to enter the build- basketball and tennis. The total area required for a track ing and move to unloading points without damage to depends upon its proportional length of one mile, the radi- floors. Entrances to the field house should be so located as us of the curves, and the actual width of the runningdis- to reduce to a minimum the possibility of injurycaused by tance. The width of the running track should be at least persons or vehicles entering or leavingthe building. 18 feet, and, for hurdle races, the lanes should be a mini- mum of 3 feet in width. The track within a field house DRINKING FOUNTAINS should be so located that it is usable during the indoor The activity areas will require installation of recessed- training season. type refrigerated-water drinking fountains. Flush-type cus- Special areas for the shot put, high-jump, long-jump, pidors, located no less than three feet from the fountains, triple-jump, and pole-vault events should be provided with- should also be provided. in the track oval or adjacent to the outer periphery of the
=
0 a.
74 0111..
444hfiderniaba f- ;;:el 4truirimilsrf7 r! 117t
- fir. CI
- 4 ..111144%.- S . ... 7 - . "- i"v ...... ,. vv. ". . a ...1,4:tzt
Nil
410
. _1244_ e. A VievEndrir.
Figure 49 Physical Education and AthleticComplex, Illinois State University
121 COLLEGE AND VNIVERSITY FACILITIESGUIDE
1,111111,
-11111assmata1
m. I
:4r
I
K 100 -.--m-r-- G110%1110 FLOOlt 01..4N t?. Figure 50 Floor Plan of Physical Education andAthletic Complex, Illinois State University
122 FIELD 1101:SES
SERVICE AREAS Every attempt should be made to avoid using odd-shaped areas or space left over in a corner. An underpass from the existing physical education build- After a building is completed, it is impossible ix) add ing to the Feld house may be desirable in order to make storage space unless that space is taken from areaswhich service areas in the existing building available to some par- were designed for other uses. Thoughtful planning of stet- icipants in the field horse. If the field house is not adja- age space should be done when one is setting forthhis cent to any other facility, consideration shou1:3 e given to total space needs. Adequate maintenance and control over the erection of a field service building, simple in design, supplies and equipment is possible only when proper stor- with storage space and dressing, shower, and toilet facilities. age space is available. Specific information on locker, shower, toilet, and other Another considnation of major importance in ct;nuec- service facilities may be found in Chapter 9. tion with storage is the provision of adequate -sited entrances to storage areas. An adequate loading dock may also be TRAINING AND FIRST-AID ROOMS required, depending upon the types of supplies and equip- Training -room facilities and personnel should be avail- ment to be used. Additional information on storage areas able to all students requiring their services and shotid be may be found in Chapter' 9. easily accessible to participants in the field house. Detailed recommendations concerning training and first-aid rooms PUBLIC-AVDRESS SYSTEM may be found in Chapter 9. Provisio as should be made for the installation of a public-address system. Acoustical treatment of the building STORAGE SPACE is desirable. Spscific details may he found in Chapter 4. Many field houses have been constructed with insufficient storage space. Space should be provided for equipment and FLOORS supplies for both the physical education and athletic pro- Every consideration should be given to the latest devel- grams. Supply rooms should be large enough so thaLboth opments in types of floor surfacing. The basic functions to supplies and equipment can be cared for and issued prom be served by tie field house in the particular institution them. It is essential to have adequate and conveniently- will determine the final selection. See Chapter 4 for derailed placed storage space if the facilities are to be fully usable. information on floors.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Scott, Harty A., Competitive Sports in Sehcols and Colleges. New York. Snowberger, C., A Functional Fieldhouse; Journal of Health, Physical Ed- Harper and Brothers, 1951. ucation, and Recreation, Vol. 35, No. 1, Ja-Inuary 1965, pp. 3841, 52.
Scott, Harry A., and Westicaemper, Richard B., From Program to Facili- ties in Physical Education. New York. Harper and Brothers, 1958.
123 Chapter 18
ARENAS
An arena is a structure to provide mass setting for Place pipelines an adequate distance from the floor. spectators arounu an activity area. The activity area may Include sufficient rest-room space for men and women. serve only one gurpc:,e or it may be constructed to serve Provide sufficient shower and locker facilities. several purposes, read:iy interchanged, or with planned Provide well placed ticket-sale and ticket -taking facilities. adaptations. Depending upon the pm-poses and the climate, Provide for telephone, television, radic, and telegraph the arena may be connected to the field house. When these facilities in the press area. two facilities adjoin the gymnasium, the total complex pro- Provide an adequate sound system. vides for the instructional, profes.,ional education, iiitra- Include adequate facilities for cleaning an 3 maintenance. mtiral, recreational, co-recreational, and athletic programs. Include sufficient water outlets. The arena itself can be used net only for spectators at Provide a large enough entrance for the delivery of competitive activities, but also for such events as demonstra- equipment to the arena. tions, exhibitions, commencemet.: -vercises, concerts, tour- naments, and mass m' iings. LOCATION For detailed infornatica on g'Leral building features, see Institutions planning an arena should consider thefollow- Chapter 4. ing items related to the location: An effort should be made to locate the structure away 2IANNING from industrial and congested areas. The same basic principles apply in the planning and con- Arenas should be so arranged that effective supervision struction of arenas as for other athletic, physical education, is possible with a minimum of effc rt and cost. Offices and recreation facilities. An adequately-planned and well- should be located as conveniently Ls possible to all fa- constructed building will enhance not only the athletic pro- cilities. Equipment and supply rooms should be located gram, but the program of the entire college or university. within or adjacent to the dressing rooms so that super- A survey of modern athletic programs and a careful analy- vision of the locker room is possible from the supply- sis of the needs of the particular institution determine the issue rooms. nature and type of building to be constructed. The arena should serve as a functional facility. The arena should be so constructed that exclusion of DESIGN unauthorized persons- from certain designated areas is possible. The following guides in design and construction might The facilities of the arena which are open to spectators serve as a check list for colleges and universities contemplat- should be easily accessible to the public with a mini- ing an arena: mum of traveling through other areas. An analysis of Provide ample space for the activities desired. the anticipated traffic flow in the building will pay Design for future needs. enormous dividends in terms of easier supervision and Provide for expansion or change. lower maintenance costs. Provide for portable facilities. Facilities should be planned and located using a long- Plan for accommodation of spert.:.:Jrs in areas where range approach which will permit possible expansion. needed. Engineering features for foundations, reinforcement, Provide well-designed spectator exits. drainage, pumps, and valves should be determined in Provide drainage around the exterior of the building. the light of the qualities of the land area Include an.adequate lobby and vestibule. Adequate parking areas adjacent to the facility, with a Provide for adequate storage space. paved access roadway leading to the building, are nec- Install proper lighting. essary. Institutions having stadiums may wish to take Provide for maintenance of light fixtures. advantage of stadium parking facilities to accorr.mo. Provide a sufficient number of electrical outlets, and date persons using the arena. place them for easy access. Provide adequate wiring, with provision for high-volt- SIZE age current. Select good paint colors for the interior of the building. The needs of the particular college or university will de- Provide windows and skylights with minimum glare termine the arena size. The height of the structure will be intensity. determined by the number and location of balconies to be Place windows asay from goals and goal lines. provided. The arena must be able to accommodate crowds Install sufficient and well-placed heating vents. effectively and safely. This will be particularly true when Provide for sufficient natural ventilation. many different types of activities are scheduled. Provide filters in the air-circulation system. The floor size should be dictated by the activities to be Include adequate exhaust fans and outlets. conducted in the building. It is recommended the: the activ- Provide waterproof insulation for the ceiling. ity-area dinmsions be not less than 150' x 250'.
124 ARENAS
BALCONIES AND BLEACHERS way. Designers may &tick on the useof a continuous cross aisle connected through the exittunnel to the con- When permanent balconies are planned, they should be c-)urse In such a design, all seatsabove this cross aisle constructed without supporting pillars which would inter- a:;e accessible only J means of stairs ineach exit tunnel, fere in any way with the playing oz visual area. Balconies unile *he lower seats can be reached from the vertical aisles should be served by ri.mps which connect directly, or by cunnectinF the main zicss aisle. This system simplifiesthe ::.erns of wide corridors, with convenient entrancesand flow of spectators to and from an event, and allows for exits. Temporary bleachers, when placed in front of and efficient management and control at one !evel. A portion of below the permanent balconies, should continue the sight the loH er seats are attached to telescopic platf..irms lines of the balconies. Such bleachers should be inspected roll back into wall pockets when a larger arena Boor is thoroughly before they are used, and their capacity should desired. never be taxed. The arena should be so designed that the normal flow in arenas designed primarily for basketball, spedators of traffic will not encroach upon the activity areas. This is should enter and exit at a single level at various points essential in order to avoid interference v.ith activities and to around the circumference, from an exterior perimeter walk- decrease maintenance costs. 338 -*1
- - =7,"""
as'
szErzrumesmamsostswwwomm.r+miems remisesiseessassw-siossainin..t *sremsmow-zwcammairroiss.nsawmmomiLwwmsrm=irnsommor.01 .0",40? "40
im mmlVS10arIreipflr"..211. 4.,, , ie../ . 4/ 0 allIilkSINIIirnc..11SwMMEIrOOOOOOOOO -...-1511...... S=NTIMUISIIMIIMMINSIMMIIMIIM =MIMS MIIEllas,-e- "W.0"/' 111=eamlWww08171_USUIlb_. MUMININI.... I 'N-11111tMINMS1Nrinvore emes111r==11110i A //,/".A 0 EMS El frAie I i rsa easuaamsamosialip.assalar=alwasma_nri-asssawossumat.=alo , 7.rmsaasilaik-sagamaaasmalawasawip ilwammarCelPVImaillainfe=rnuiar altamortsmaemnit. ,_ /4,'de ,e, rairsemmsomemnsummum:sssessImmiumonunatteiiiiassirri_mmaissarmsessms=ssommor=mmismaitgamm '0,0-;,-, d'.0 iorYg#0,0.,. III.V.2r rellommemrssiimemr.. aulaWriammusfaCials tr ,. eimariasorwmasimmersamisaiumz-mturosseiwavaa0- 14. Will11SUIllsser=sammem-aamam-...assrmisam=aPi_usaMM71=flialls i_m swum ..T.t... .a...a.. fir="/hot,' ,.. :=Pe_1. SUBMINTUSISIMM1171MIMEMM.11, Ii xL-Wslomr-Uagaim,mer.-.111mar-.4 OOOOO rzi==m=siormammearesurz ... swOwer=11111! ..?=lara do /70 ,,..*i- ,.... e Ire es a er.11 or u ...v. I.mom owommissaile moa si411118 MM. ;,,,, /V ' r1111Bet.. ...essaillro 1111611IRTAM .1!.. ^11111P_Thal11..T'100111111 a.a asap ., 11411a lia13 am a all Bp! Urals lava
3 74. CO4CPWAIS asaars 111 .1: .:. . .. .," -.." ". ,
zz GENERAL FLOOR PLAN:
Figure 51 Arena, University of New Mexico
125 i:nil AND t' N1V1.1t Sin FAULITIEN GUIDE
Balconies can be constructed as a continuation of bleach munication facilities are located high in the arena, an ele- ers or they can be elevated above themand partially *.7X vator should be provided. A rest room and refreshment tend over the seating at a lots el let el. Requirements for facilities should also be included. Serious consideration ramps, stairs, aisles, exits, doors,corridors, and fire-alarm should be gi% en to television-installation requirementsboth systems may be obtained from localand state officials and closed- circuit and conventional types. Detailed information the National Fire Protection Association' Following -in on sound control and acoustics may be found inChapter 4. event, it should be possible to empty the buildingwithin a reasonably short period of time. ENTRANCES Bleachers can be of the roll-away, folding or reverse- Entrances to the armia should be located with reference stack type. There is considerable expense connected with to parking facilities and traffic appro aches. Provisions the latter type, and, consequently, it is not recommended should be made for a paved access roadway into the arena, except as supplemental seating. in addition to at least one entrance large enough to accom- The height of the last row of seats is determined by the modate trucks. The main lobby should be of sufficient size number of rows and the increased elevation of each. The to accommodate anticipated crowds seeking tickets and ad- height of the seating surface of the first row should be 22 mission. This is particularly important in northern climates. inches from the floor, and each successive row should be The lobby should be so designed for ticket selling and from 8-1/2 to 11-1/2 inches higher than the preceding one. collecting that the traffic will flow in a straight title, or The width of each seating space should not be less than nearly so, from the entrances to the box office to the ticket 18 inches, with 24 inches recommended. The space required collectors. To avoid congestion, approximately two-thirds per person will vary from 2.7 to 3 square feet. Sight lines of the lobby should be planned for accommodating box should be considered in relation to the increase in elevation offices and ticket purchasers. The remainder should be between successive rows. It is preferred that spectators have reserved for ticket holders, who should have direct access focal points of vision at the court boundary line nearest to to admission gates. the seats. Focal points more than 3 feet above these bound- ary lines are unsatisfactory. DRINKING FOUNTAINS When bleachers are extended, the first row should be at least 10 feet away from the court sidelines and end lines. An adequate number of refrigerated-water drinking foun- The depth of closed bleachers varies from 3 feet for 10 tains should be provided. Recessed-type fountains are rec- rows, to 4-1/2 to 7-1/2 feet for 23 rows. ommended. Flush-type cuspidors should be installed and The elevated seating deck or platform can be used to should lx. located no less than three feet from the fountains. supplement the number of seats provided at floor level. Drinking fountains should be so located that they do not Removable bleaeners for the deck should be the same as interfere with the circulation of the crowd. those used at floor level. By adopting this design, additional activity space is provided on the deck and in the area under SERVICE AREAS it. The depth of the deck depends upon the number of Conveniently-act :.ssible dress in g units, equipped with bleacher rows. Permanent seating facilities may be provided in a bal- chalkboards and tackboards, should be provided for the Since permanent home and visiting teams. When the arena is to be used for cony or on the level of the playing floor. intercollegiate -or interscholastic basketball tournaments or seats restrict the use of a basketball pavilion, they should other competitive athletic events, consideration should be not be used at the playing-floor level in such afacility. given to providing separate locker rooms with adjoining Balconies may be constructed to provide seats to supple- shower and toilet facilities. These units could be used at ment removable bleachers at court level and on the elevated other times throughout the year by intramural and other deck. Balconies can be constructed as a continuation of activity participants. It is desirable to provide passageways removable bleachers or can be elevated above them and be partially extended over the seating at a lower level. The from dressing rooms directly to the arena floor to avoid crowd interference. balcony should be so designed that spectators in each row A dressing room with adjoining shower and toilet facili- have the desired focal points. The seats for a balcony can ties should be ?rovided for staff members. It is desirable have backs or can be similar to those for stadiums. To de- that a separate dressing room be provided for game of- termine requirements for ramps, stairs, exits, doors, cor- ficials. ridors, and fire-alarm systems, planners should consult Separate toilet facilities in sufficient number for men and local and state laws and the recommendations of the Na- women spectators should be provided in close proximity to tional Fire Protection Association. the seating areas. Toilet rooms should be located near traf- fic lanes. For detailed information on service areas, see Chapter 9. COMMUNICATION FACILITIES Accommodations for reporters, sports broadcasters, TV STORAGE SPACE announcers, motion-picture cameramen, and scouts should be planned in the original design. It should be noted that Arenas require adequate storage space. Supply rooms the working press prefers to be as close as possible to the should be of sufficient size to accommodate the storage, action at basketball games. Consequently, space for then% repair, and issue- of athletic equipment. These areas should during these contests should be provided at courtside. be strategically located ir, the building and properly secured Somidproof broadcasting and television booths should be and ventilated. Proper control of supplies and equipment provided for radio and TV services when the arena will be car. only be accomplished when proper storage space is used for attractions of considerable public interest. If com- provided. The equipment room should be so constructed as to facilitate efficient checking in and out of equipment. It is also important that adequately-sized entrances to the storage 1 Buikling Exits Code, National Fire Protection Association. 60 Battery March Street, Boston, Mass. areas be provided. To facilitate the handling of large and
.126 ARENAS lieavequipment, a loading dock should be construaed. An SCOREBOARDS AND TIMING DEVICES elevator is necessary for the movement rof equipment to Scoreboards and timing devices should be of sufficient different levAs. number and be so placed that they can be seen readily by CONCESSION BOOTHS players and all spectators. They should be easy to operate and readily accessible for maintenance purposes. When the arena is planned to a cc o m m ()date large crowds, concession booth should N., constructed. They PUBLIC-ADDRESS SYSTEM should be equipped with electric stover, sinks, hot and cold running watch, and sewer connections, and should be lo- Provisions should be made for the installation of a catedhere they do not interfere with the normal flow of public-address system. Specifications for such systems may affic. be found in Chapter 4. Acoustical treatment of the building is desirable. LOUNGE AND 1ROPHY ROOM FLOORS If space and funds are available. a coilibination lounge and trophy room is advisable for a variety of uNs col,- Careful consideration should be given to the latest devel- nected with the athletic program. An adjoining kitchenette opments in types of floor surfacing- The basic use of the is also desirable. Some institutions may wish to display facility should be the determining factor in the final selec- trophies in areas more accessible and convenient to public tion of the type of flooring. view.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Howard, G. W., and Nlasimbnnk, E., Administration of Physical Educa- Scot., Harry A., and Wczkaemper, Richard B., From Program to Facili- tion. New York. Harper aid Row Publishers, 1963. ties in Physical Education. New York Harper and Brothers, 1958.
Scott, Harry A., Competitive Sports in Schools and Colleges. New York. `Sun cy of All Weather Playing Surfaces; Scholastic Coach, Vol. 36, \o- Harper and Brothers, 1951. 5, January 1967, pp. 15-16, 62-63.
127 Chapter 19
STADIUMS
The stadium is a permanent seating structure around a preferred seats are higher up, opposite the center of the field. sports field for viewing sports events and other activities. Another design based on the crescent principle is composed The same general rules of planning relate to stadium con- of rectangular seating sections, the depth of which decreases struction as to the other parts of the physical education and as the units extend toward thegoals. This design is econom- athletic plant. The program dictates the structure. ical because curved back_ and sides are eliminated. Another The size and design the stadium will be influenced by advantage is that the greatest number of seats are concen- such factors as the following: trated within the 40-yard lines. The particular functions it is to serve in the total pro- The rectangle is the most common and least complicated gram of the college or university and community structure. It provides for practical and economical expan- The number of persons it is to serve presently and in sion when necessary. the foreseeable future The muleshoe and horseshoe are two designs intended The topography of the land and the climatic conditions for permanent structures with large initial capacities. Ex- of the region cept for bowed tiers in the horseshoe type, they aresimilar. A conformity to the official rules of the sports which it Better sight lines in the bowed tiers provide the advantage is to serve. of facing the spectators toward the center of action. This Those responsible for planning stadiums should keep in advantage, however, is reduced by the fact that curved con- mind that the structure is a service unit to the physical ed- struction is more expensive than straight-line forms. The ucation, recreation, and athletic programs of the institution. matshoe stadium (see Figure 52) allows for inclusion of In the early stages of planning, there should be a joint ef- a 1:00-meter straightaway for a track, plusadditional space fort of all concerned. The professional staffs of the depart- for field events. There is some merit in building a muleshoe ments inIolved should furnish the curriculum and activity stadium in stages, with the initial structure being rectangu- requirements. All uses should be investigated as they relate lar. to the total educational program. From the standpoint of The bowl-design stadium, built to handle large crowds, justification, a multiplicity of uses might be the determining has both advantages and disadvantages over those already factor for approval. discussed. It completely encloses the playing field, which For detailed information on general features of outdoor rules out a 200-meter straightaway unless special provisions facilities, see Chapter 5. are made. Consideration may be given toadding a second deck as additional seats are required. DESIGN AND SHAPE FOOTBALL AREA After those persons responsible for planning have deter- mined the uses and the desired seating capacity of a pro- The development of any stadium football field should posed structure; a selection is made of the design which best include an overall grading-and-drainage plan prepared by serves the intended purposes. State and local building codes a competent professional. Provisions should also be made and other standards furnished by professional organizations for an adequate watering;and- sprinlding system. The field and trade association can be used as guides in planning. should be crowned at the center, sloping up to one-fourth The architectural design of the stadium must consider inch per foot toward the sidelines. The total area for foot- aesthetic values. It is desirable to design a structure for ball should be not less than 85,000 square feet. The field beauty as well as for utility. Ideally, the structure should should be on a north-south axis. harmonize with the character of the terrain and conform to the architectural style of the region, the community, or TRACK-AND-FIELD AREA the other buildings of the campus where it is located. Track-and-field spectator seating is generally parallel Outdoo: structures for spectators are found in a variety to the straightaway for the dashes. Some planners, however, of shapes (see Figure 52). The most common of these have located spectator seating so that the structure angles shapes are as follows: in gradually toward the straightaway end of the track. The Crescent front end of the structure nearest the starting line should be Rectangle farther away from the track than the from end nearest the Muleshoe finish. This arrangement faces the spectate toward the Horseshoe most common center of continuing action. This type of Bowl arrangement can be planned and designed without interfer- The crescent design places the greatest number of seats ing with other activities when the track-and-field area is a opposite the center of action. This shape is usually of per- facility by itself. manent construction and used for sports requiring a rec- Track-and-field activities require several acres of ground tal. r, Jar playing field. The front is parallel with the field, to include space for the development of a quarter-mile oval, but the back and sidt:s form a continuous curve with its running track with a minimum straightaway of 175 to 180 caner located on the midline of the fidd. In this design, the meters. The straightaway should face north so that partici-
128 STADIUMS SIMPES OF OUTDOOR SPECTATORSTRUCTURES
111=11110114111111
RECTANGULAR. CRESeENT-tYPESOF STRUCTURES // -, \ / / N I / \ 77=3 i
MULESHOE STADIUM HORSESHOE STADIUM THE B 0 WI simpiz. ENCLOSES BOTH ENDS AS/NO/GATED) BY TILE DOTTED E X TENS IONS
11%.1
THE "V" AND MODIFIEDL." STRUCTURES
Figure 52 Slopes of Outdoor Spectator Structures
129 Col-LE GE AN0 EarILITIES GUIDE pants in hurdles and sprints do not run tow and the north. or loam. The pitcher's mound should be largely of day The track should be flat, and the surface should be com- and is, by rule, required to be 15 it %hes above the base- posed of cinders or synthetic material. Track rules require line le% el. ,Fixed hollow posts should be dri% cn Ltneath the that there be a two-mch solid curb constructed around the bases to secure diem. A two-percent slope from the pitcher's interior of the track. This ci di may be made of w trod, con- plate to the outfield facilitates drainage_ Surface drainage e.e, asphalt, or steel. Inclination of the tr,:cli should be in the direction of the slope is considered indispensable to limited to the ratio of 1 to 100 laterally and 1 to 1,0CG in good playing conditions. the running direction (for field events, in the jumping or throwing direction). Most tracks are constructed so that IMPORTANT FACTORS IN STADIUM DESIGN lateral inclination is toward the inside curb, where small The main considerations in planning spectator structures scuppers permit the water to drain from the track to the in% (rive seating deckL, deck supports, seats, and means of edge of the infield. ingress and egress. Field events which should be considered in planning track-and-field areas and facilities are: road walk and SEATING DECKS AND DECK SUPPORTS steeplechase; high, long, and triple jump; discus and shot- Several factors should govern the selection of materials put; javelin; and pole vault. A raised landing platform to be used for seating decks and deck supports. These fact- covered with huge chunks of rubber or with some other ors include expected capacity, intended use of the structure, type of 'portable pit" is generally placed over the pole-vault of funds, climatic conditions, and desi.ed aes- landing pit so that the participant does not have so far to thetic qualities. Wood, stone, brick, steel, and reinforced fall when landing. For the high-jump pit, the same type of concrete are the materials most frequently used. The inclu- landing platform may be used, provided the platforr is sion of service and other facilities under the stadium make placed closer to the high-;amp standards. mandatory a solid, continuous, and waterproof deck of For field events in which the participant must land in a either concrete or metal. Appearance, tensile strength, adapt- pit, the landing area must be filled with sawdust or other ability, exhaustibility, durability, and cost of construction soft material. The landing pit for the long and triple jump and maintenance are kerns that should guide the buyer in must have a minimum width of 9 feet and a minimum the selection of building materials. length of 15 feet. The scratch line for the long jump is Concrete, structural steel, wooden columns, and natural approximately 12 feet from the near edge of the landing or artificial embankments serve as supports for decks of pit. For the triple jump, the scratch line should be placed spectator structures. Reinforced concrete columns are gener- nt least 36 feet from the near edge of the landing pit. The ally used to support concrete decks. Steel decks are usually high-jump and pole-vault landing pit(s) must be not less surmounted on steel columns and beams. Either steel or than 19 feet wide and 12 feet long. It is recommerded that wooden substructures support most wooden decks. The runways for the pole vault and jumping events be con- supporting structure of the stadium should rest upon foun- structed of rubber asphalt or a synthetic material. The dations of concrete. The design of deck supports should same type of material is recommended for the high-jump meet structural strength requirements of state end local approach area and the throwing areas for the weight events. building codes, and the supports should be so located that they provide unobstructed spaces of the appropriate dimen- BASEBALL AREA sions to accommodate proposed uses of the underneath portion of the-stadium. The baseball stadium should parallel the home-to-first Stress standards should be considered at all umes in and home-to-third base lines.It may be constructed of stadium construction. Irrespective of the. materials used for wood, steel, brick, or concrete. To provide the most satis- construction, all spectator structures should be designed to factory vision for the most players, the layout of the dia- meet the following specifications: to support, in addition to mond should be such that a line between home plate and their own weight, a uniform, distributed line load of not second base intersects the path of the sun at right angles. less than 100 pounds per square foot of gross horizontal If home plate faces south, the late-afternoon sun will be projection; to resist a horizontal wind load of 30 pounds behind the first baseman. The stadium design resembles an per square foot of all vertical projections; and to withstand "L" or a modified "V," and if permanent seating of the type a seat load of 24 pounds per linear foot of seats, and a mentioned above is not a part of the facility, demountable force of ten pounds per linear foot applied in a direction or mobile units may be arranged in the above-mentioned perpendicular to the seats' length. Seating standards re- design. quire that all seats and footboards carry line loads of not The baseball field requires approximately three acres. less than 120 pounds per linear foot. If an outfield fence is used, itis generally placed 325 to Seating decks may be constructed of concrete, steel, or 340 feet from home plate (measured down each foul line). wood. Reinforced concrete is satisfactory, provided it is The fence in straightaway center field is usually 385 to 410 properly designed and constructed. One of the disadvantages feet from home plate. The diamond is 90 feet square. of this type of material is its tendency to crack when it is It is important that there be a large frame backstop with used in structures located in areas north of the frost line. sturdy wire netting, stationed 60 feet behind home plate. The proper placement of expansion joints, the sloping of This backstop should be 20 to 25 feet high to keep the ball treads to the front, and the adherence to standards for ma- in the field of play. Attached to each end of the backstop terials used in the concrete are guide lines to reduce the should be a fence at least four feet high, 60 feet from the deterioration and maintenance cost for this type of material. nearest foul line, and extending to the outfield fence where Bent steel plates may be used ifi the construction of steel it joins it on foul ground 60 feet from the foul line. Where decks (prefabricated sections of treads and risers). This itis necessary to put the backstop a great deal less than type of deck affords flexibility in expansion. A facility of 60 feet behind home plate, a hood which slopes 450 toward this kind may be salvaged and moved to a new site, and the field should be installed. it is a sturdy, durable, and watertight (if welded) structure. Turf is the ideal surface for the unskinned areas. These However, steel plates do tend to deteriorate if not painted areas should be a mixture of natural earth, sand, and clay on a regular basis.
130 sTADIUMS
A structure with a seating capacity of less than 5,0011 DECK WALLS AND RAILINGS persons might be constructed of wooden tretAls and riser, The ends, backs, and, in some instances,the fronts of mounted on concrete, steel, or wooden substructures. The the seating structures should be bordered bywails or a only advantages of this type of construction are lower cost railing. These walls or railings shouldextend at least 42 and portability of the seating facilities. Deterioration of the inches above the treads and be designed to prevent specta- wood and the almost constant maintenance problems are tors from sitting on them. disadvantages. TREADS AND RISERS SIGHT LINES The seating deck of a spectator structure has a stepwise- Seating facilities should be constructed toprovide spec- type surface of treads and risers. Thetreads form the hori- tators with a good viewof the performance. Nearness and zontal surface while vertical surfaces form the risers. To an unobstructed sightline to the desired points affect the mininlize expense, treads and risers should be assmall as quality of the accommodations.A sight line is a straight possible but sufficient in size for comfort and good view. line from the eyes of the seated spectator, overthe heads The height of the first riser should be kept to a minimum of others below, and to a point on the fieldthat represents 1;ecause it affects the ultimd.te height of the entire structure, the spot nearest the structure that shouldbe in his field of and, therefore, the cost. The width of the treads is governed vision (see Figure 53). by factors of economy and comfort. A minimum depth of Recommended focal points for sight lines are asfollows: 24 inches is recommended for treads with backless seats. for football, the nearest side boundary line; fortrack, about For s.tructures without continuous seating decks, this meas- knee-height of the runner in the nearest lane; forbaseball, urement Flould be taken between the frontedges of the seat- several feet behind the catcher; for side seatingfor tennis, ing surfaces of successive. tiers. The minimum depth for four feet in toward the seats from the doublesboundary -treads supporting seats with backs is 30 inches. Tread line; and for end seating for tennis, ten feet behindthe base widths remain constant except for the first tier, unless there line. is a railing, low wall, or fence in front; in which case, additional space is required for spectator movement. SEATING ARRANGEMENTS Drainage must be considered in the design of treads for Si.veral factors enter into the design of seating facilities. solid decks. A forward slope of 1/2 to 1 inch per tread These factors include the nature of the contest, thecomfort will permit water to drain off rapidly, in addition to facili- and convenience of spectators, proper balance of cost and tating hosing the deck for cleaning purposes. Gutters aad comfort, stadium cleaning, and maintenance expenses. drains should be included for large structures. The stand- Back supports are generally unnecessary in stadiumsbe- ards for the F"..ze of the drain are based on the minimum cause of the nature of the activityand the added cost of ratio of I square inch to each 300 square feet of deck sur- such supports. For planning purposes, an area of 2' x2', face served. or 4 square feet per seat,should he allowed for bench-type State and local building codes set standards for aisles, seats. The height of the seatsabove the foot-support treads entrances, and portals for spectator structures.Planners should be between 16 and 18 inches. should be cognizant of such codes. Aisles may not be neces- Some designers make no allowances for seating other sary in small seating structures. For structureswith many than directly on the treads. However, elevated bench-type rows and large capacities, however, aisles are necessary. seats are much more satisfactory. Sections between aisles should contain tiers with 24 to 32 Douglas fir, redwood, and southern cypress are the seats. The first aisles should be located 14 to16 seats from woods most commonly used fox bench construction, since the ends of the structure. Horizontal walks are generally long experience has proved them to be satisfactory seating undesirable because persons using them will obstruct the surfaces. Factors such as decay resistance, bleeding, strength, sight lines of others. If such walks are used, the next tread slivering, and cross section of grain warrant consideration above should be high enough to permit the occupants to in selecting the kind and quality of wood. Typesof commer- look -aver thoze persons walking in front of them. cial coo ering which protect and aid in the maintenance of Aisles should have a minimum width of 36 inches, and, wood seats should be investigated. Synthetic material;. com- if divided by a portal or obstruction, each side should be posed of plaste., Fiberglas, and the likemolded into seat- at least 24 inches wide. Whenever the riserheight exceeds ing structures are now past the experimental stage.Extruded 9 inches. an intermediate step is necessary. aluminum, natural or in color, is fabricated intostadium- seat construction and may befound in many modern stadi- ENTRANCES AND EXITS ums. The natural type isneither hot nor cold, withstands The seating capacity and the number of seats in each weather, defies insect destruction, and drains and dries section will determine the number of entrances and exits quickly and cleanly. required. It is important that spectators be dispersed in a minimum amount of time. It is highly desirable to have SEATING CAPACITY exit ramps leading from stepped aisles. Ramps, stairs, and If possible, :he seating capacity of a stadium should be passageways should be as wide as the deck aisles served. sufficient to met present needs, with plans for expansion to Stairs or ramps not opening directly into a street or open satisfy predicted needs for a period of at least 20 years. space should have lanes of at least 20 feet in width leading The number of seats required will be influenced by: the out of the area. sports and other activities to be served; enrollment of the Entrances and exits for structures should be located for college or unix ersity; population and socioeconomic status accessibility and be adequate in size and number for crowd of the surroun ding city and region; available public and dispersal. When entrances and exits are located at the front private means of transportation; and planned expansion of of a structure, a lov,, fence or wall should separate the walk- the program. rhe p.ovision of an excessive number of way from the playing-field area. The first tier of seats seats should be avoided because construction and mainte- should be high enough to allow the occupants an unob- nance costs make it impractical to provideaccommodations structed view. that are seldom used.
131 SIGHT LINES AND FOCAL POINTS 0/A&RAM A allDiagram seats. "B" A shows represents a seating heighf section from with a seat a gradual eye level. increase "C" representsin the distance from eye level to the top riser heights. The focal points, "A", are the same from of a focalspectator'sDiagram point is B head.closer shows to a the seating field. section These diagrams are adapted from Concrefsr Grandstands, Portland Cement Association, Chicago, 1948. with constant riser and tread heights. As the sealing tiers progress upward, each ST.AMIUMS
stadium. Common SITE AND LOCATION with consideration of facilities under the errors frequently made inthe development of tills area are Since spectator structures should be easily accessible to the failure to prot.ide a watertight seatingdeck-- with the the users, location L a prime factor in selecting the site_ necessary inclusionof expan;:itan joints and insufficient These facilities should be on the college or university cam- fenestration and ventilation. pus and located near the &vmnasium sothat locker, shower, dressing, equipment, and other service facilities can be used. SERVICE FACILITIES Duplication of existing adequate facilities increases the Cur's The nature and scope of service facilitiesdepend upon of construction, operation, maintenance, and supervision. be served, There should be sufficient space to serve the activities to be the size of the spectator structure, the activities to and the funds available for construction.Items to be con- conducted, and the building should be on a plot large for enough for adequate safety provisions for traffic movement sidered in planning for service facilities are: provisicns cleaning the stadium; general lighting andelectrical outlets; and parking requirements. public toilets; protection against freezing;drinking foun- A primary requisite for a satisfactory site is adequacy of public-address systems; first-aid size. The topography of the land is also an importantfactor tains; public telephones; rooms; concessionbooths; radio, press, and television ac- influencing the choice. The site should be flat or easily lev- and eled. However, natural inclines of the topography can be commodations; ticket booths; storage rooms; gates fences; and an access roadway. The availabilityof electric- used for support or partial support of a structure. Surface affects the operation drainage of the site and adjacent areas, and the subsurface ity, gas, water, and sewer connections soils and geological formations should also be considered. of several of the items listed above. For detailed information on servicefad, ities, see Chapter 9. DEVELOPING THE SPACE UNDERNEATHTHE STADIUM FACILITIES FOR (MEANING The space underneath a stadium can serve a varietyof purposes, bu: considerableplanning for utilizing this space Stadium cleaning can 4P expeditedby providing the rec- should occur at an early stage. Planners should not con- ommended deck slope, and drains withhose bibbs located sider service units in this section of the stadium if no more not more than100 feet apart. Pa"ing the surfaceunder the than 15 rows of seats are contemplated. Under-stadiumde- stadium seats, and installingdrains and hose bibbs de- ielopment is economically advisable only if the costof signed to prevent freezing, facilitatesstadium deaning. construction of needed facilities is less than itwould be at other available sites. Many colleges and universities may LIGHTING AND ELECTRICALFACILITIES findit more feasible to develop the areaunderneath the General lighting and electrical outletsshould be planned stadium than to have the various func:zons which might be to satisfy the requirementsof the specific spectator structure. served there dispersed to more remote areas. If night games are to beplayed, illumination is necessary A variety of uses can be made of the spaceunder a for all areas to be used by spectators.The playing areas stadium. The most common facilities to be located inthis should receive extra illumination in situationswhere the area are: public toilet rooms, storage rooms,concession last row of seats is severalhundred feet away from action booths, and dressing rooms for competitors. Activity areas, on the field.Uniform illumination is necessaryfor proper classrooms, and offices might also be included in this area. player judgment of the balland its trajectory. Therefore, One or more lounge rooms for pregame meetings and/or there should be uniform lightthroughout the playing area luncheons .41 the press, or for other similar purposes, and the space around it. may be provided if space isafforded_ Other possible facili- Adequate light should always beprovided in the stands. ties to be developed in this space include:auditoriums and Some illumination should beprovined on the ground im- band rooms; dormitories and dining halls;instructional mediately surrounding ele playingfield. Standards for the areas; maintenance shops;housing for the caretaker; basket- design of floodlights are publishedby the Illuminating ball courts; auxiliary gymnasiums; practicefacilities for Engineering Society (IES).Footcandle requirements may baseball and track; and squash and handball courts. be found in Chapter 5. Steps in planning the area under the stadium include: a The number and locationof electrical outlets depend on determination of the capacity and type of the proposed the nature and scope of servicefacilities and other facilities structure; a study of other present andprobable future facil- under the stadium seats. Outlets are necessaryfor water ity needs; and a determination as towhich of these needs coolers, scoreboards, concessionstands, dressing and train- can best besatisfied through development cf the space under ing rooms, ticket offices,first-aid stations, clocks, the press the stadium. Three important questions shouldbe answered box, the public-address system, andtelephones. in determining the feasibility ofdeveloping this portion of the stadium. Is it possible to construct the facilities inkeep- TOILET AND PLUMBING FACILITIES previously-determined requirements? Will these rag with the that is Lcilities permit the intended use? Is it economically prac- Public toilet units should be located in an area tical? If the space under the stadium is to bedeveloped, easily reached from the seating area:Because the stadium other important factors which should be considered are: structure is ordinarily notheated, all plumbing should be of water, the structure should be above the ground and/or permanent constructed so that it can be completely drained c4)nstruction; the seating d?ck should bewatertight; the space and water lines should beburied beneath the frost line of requirements of the various facilities willindicate the loca- the locality. tion and design of columns, trusses,beams, and other sup- ports; the substructure should bedesigned to support the DRINKING FOUNTAINS '.eating deck, and, at the same time, toprovide a frame Care should be taken to avoid placingdrinking foun- -,,,ork for the construction under the stadium. tains where the flow of pedestriantraffic would be impeded. Ramps, stairs, walks, and other stadium servicefacilities However, they should be convenientlylocated throughout should be located to satisfy the intended purpose,but also the stadium.
133 CULLEGE AND UNIVERSITY EACILEIES GUIDE
PUBLIC TELEPHONE FACILITIES by sound and electrical engineers and should be included One public telephone should be provided forevery 1,000 in the original design. spectators, with a minimum of two for the stadium regard- less of the seating capacity. Booths should be enclosedto TICKET BOOTHS eliminate noise, ;lid should be placed in accessiblelocations. The number of ticket booths fora spectator structure de- pends .ipon the seating capacity, the number ofpreseason PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS or pregame tickets sold, and the number of entrants If the spectator structure is surrounded bya fence, booths Public-address systems are a necessity in all stadiums, can be located at the fence or in the area outside the en- and large structures should have permanent soundsystems trance. All ticket booths should be well protected from the operated from the press box. Additional outlets should be elements and constructed to prevent forced intrusion. located in strategic spots on the field. The size of thestruc- Every stadium should have a room within its enclosure ture will dictate the number and location of speakers. Pro- wiiere monies from concessions and ticket sales can be col- visions for increased volume does not solve the problem lected. The size of this office depends of lack of an adequate number of speakers. upon the capacity of the stadium and the scope of concession services. Adequate heating, lighting, and ventilation should be FIRST-AID ROOMS provided. A first-aid room with approximately 150 square feet of STORAGE ROOMS space should be provided for every 10,000 seats. It should be located on tLe ground level and should be screed byan The nature, extent, and loc atiun ofstorage rooms vary access roadfor ambulance service. in accordance with the proposed use of the stadium and its under portion. Storage rooms andentrances should be CONCESSION BOOTHS large enough to accommodate the equipment. Few stadiums have ever been constructed which have adequatestorage There is a correlation between thevolume of sales from space. concession booths and accessibility, which indicates that these booths should be accessible from allseats. Approxi- GATES AND FENCES mately 100 square feetper 1,000 spectators should be allowed for permanently-located concession booths. Where admission is charged, a fence witha minimum height of 7 feet surrounding the spectatorstructure and the enclosed field is essential. Gatesare necessary for spectator COMMUNICATION FACILITIES and service entrances and exits. Admissiongates should be Press, radio, and television accommodationsare neces- located near the parking lots and other main approaches sary adjuncts to a modern stadium. The football press box to the structure. The number and size of the entrances de- should be located opposite the 50 -yard line, preferablyon pends on predicted present and future attendance.Exits the west side of the stadium. Baseballpress bcxes usually should permit the crowd to vacate the endosare in 10min- occupy some portion of the stand behind home plate, aud utes or less. Twenty-two inches of linear exit space should tennis matches can best be served by a press box behind the be provided for each 500 spectators. At leastone gate 14 end of the courts. Provisionsmust be made for television feet high and 14 feet wide should be providedto accommo- and radio, and a means of communication betweenthe date tracks and buses. press box and the field is necessary. Provision should be made for a press box in the original ACCESS ROADS design of the stadium, Thepress box should be of sturdy, A paved access roadway should serve the inner- stadium permanent construction and should be high enough toper- area. This road should lead directly to the concession mit the occupants to see over the spectators standing in the booths, first-aid station, and dressingrooms if these are in preceding row. It should be heated and enclosed, witha the stadium. glass front. In cold climates, consideration should be givento pro- SCOREBOARDS AND TIME CLOCKS viding an area for sports photographersat either end of the press box. A protected and heatedstructure providing Scoreboards are essential for football and for baseball overhead cover, with an openarea in front from where fields. Time docks are also desirable for football. pictures could be taken, might be constructed fora nominal sum. PROVISIONSFOR FUTURE EXPANSION Stairs and/or an elevator should provideaccess to the If there is a possibility that the size of the stadium will press box, and the latter is recommended if the press-box need to be inereased in the foreseeable future, the method of floor is over 30 feet above ground level. Public toilet facili- expansion should be determined and the necessary details ties should be immediately adjacent, witha minimum of two incorporated in the original footings and other construction. water closets, or one for every ten occupants. Utility, tel Insofar as possible, the iequirements for future expansion ,and special radio requirements should be determined should be built into the initial structure.
SELECTED REFERENCES
Howard, C W,and Masonbrink, F.., Administration of Physical Educa- Hughes, W. L, and French, E., The Administration of P:sysical Education. tion. New York: Harper and Row Publishers, 1963. New York: A.S. Barnes and Company, 1954.
134 S7ADIUMS
Scott, Harry A.Anpetiive Sports in Schools and Colleges, :gen York. LAP szlit 4,1121dc journal, Vo 42, Nu. 1, March 1962. Ilaiper and Brudiers. 1951. *Syracuse University tight:rig Systems; AthIctic journal, Vol- 46, No. 3, Scutt, harry A., and Westiaemper, lticLard B.. From Programto Fadli- :November 1963. ties in Physical Education. New York; Harper and Drutisers, 1958.
135 Chapter 20
OFF-CAMPUS AREAS
Because of rapidly - increasing enrollments, manycolleges behind the firing line to accommodate shooters, instructors, :..nd universities have been forccd to procure areasand and the service facilities they need The distancebetween facilities beyond the boundaries of the campus toprovide firing points is 5-1j2 feet or more, and while a minimum adequate instructional and recreational space for their grow- ceiling eight offeet is widely advocated, an incroased ing campus families. The presentchapter will discuss some height would greatly enhance the activity. i SeeChapter 6.) of the types of off-campus areas now beingdeveloped. The outdoor small-bore rifle range requires ashooting distance of 300 feet with the same space needsbaween PICNIC AND RECREATION AREAS targets and behind the firingline as cecified ..bove for the indoor range. Space needs behind the targetdepeni OD the Ideally, the college or university will have picnic orcook- kind of target and bulletstops used. Becauseof the danger out areas within its main campus.These spaces should be of occasional ricocheting bullets, thisfacility must be located within walking distance of other 1;:ing and learningfacili- in an isolated area, orbulletstops of armor plate must e ties. If this is not possible, theyshould be located where constructed which will effectively trap the entireslug. they will be accessible off-campus, and preferably in an area Ranges for high-powered rifle shooting forall official of wooded land which provides the picnic atmosphere.One distances require firing lines at 200, 300, 600, 800,and or more three- tofive-acre plots, properly landscaped with 1,000 yards. Safety requirements demandmuch greater trees and shrubbery, will normallysuffice for this activity. spaces, and moreJiective facilities must be provided for The availability of a stream or other body of water com- trapping the slugs. plements the setting, and a dependable supplyof drinking water is necessary. The picnic area should include tables and benches,simple ORIENTATION shelters, and fireplaces equipped with grills forcooking. The indoor range requires plenty oflight and the ab- Toilet facilities, and provisions for disposingof bottles, sence of glarefrom the sun or artificial light. The outdoor cans, and otherthrow-away items are important. range must be soarranged that shooters will not be firing A small 'council ring' with benchesflustered for group toward the direction of the sun. When target areas are singing, and equipped for campfires adds to the use of north of firing lines, this requirement isnormally satisfied. such areas. Consideration should be given tothe provision If prevailing winds are a factor, provisions areneeded to of a small, smooth, concrete dance slab as afurther means shield the area as a means of reducing the nuisancecreated of enhancing the use and enjoyment by college or univer- by flying dirt, debris, and burned gunpowder. sity groups. Local park or recreation, directors, state ornational BULLETSTOPS forestry services, and state highway personnelshould be The indoor range utilizes armor plate as a meansof consulted for plans and specifications for the Lquipment trapping the slug and shieldingthe entire areasides, top, items listed above. rear, and bottom.Bullet traps are available commercially. Guesswork and trial-and-error planningshould not be part RIFLE RANGE of the planning process where these requirements are con- Colleges and universities desirous of providingfacilities cerned. Authoritative assistance must be utilized. for shooting marksmanship will need the technicPI assist- ance of the National Rifle Association(see Appendix K), TARGETS which is organized and equipped to provide detailed written and pulley wheels the safety Target carriers which utilize cables material and personal assistance. Because of are necessary forthe small-bore and pistol ranges. Target responsibility, and in order to develop shootingfacilities racks and safety pits are used for thelarge-bore rifle range. which will be most efficient and effective, it is also recom- mended that assistance be obtained from thefollowing sources: personnel of one or moreof the service academies; LIGHTING state, local, and federalpolice organizations; the armed A minimum of 50 footcandles isneeded for proper light- forces or National Guard; or members ofwell-organized ing on firing lines,while 70 footcandles is necessary on tar- rifle and shooting clubs. The section whichfollows is get areas. intended only for the purpose of providing generalunder- standing as a first step in the process of developingshoot- HORSEBACK-RIDING FACILITIES ing facilities. Man's int-nest in horses for use in recreationhas led to the demand on many campuses for facilitiesand programs SPACE REQUIREMENTS of recreation and instruction in horsebackriding. While The indoor small-bore rifle range requires a shooting the accommodati,-n of this interest demandsmuch effort and distance of 50 feet. An additional 6 to 10 feet is needed for financial expenditure, the activity is worthyof inclusion targets and bulletstops, and a minimum of 15 feet is needed where the interest is sufficiently strong.
136 riFIZAMIL'S AREAS
One university has a fine horseback-ridingfacility which ISOLATION CORRAL includes heated stables, an indoor arena, an outdoor ring, Size: 20' x 20' and miles of riding trails. Another institution, on the other Location: 100 feet from barn hand, has a fine working arrangement with a local riding Equipment: Feeder, water spigot, and tank academy which owns the facility and horses. and provides Materials ins xuction and bus transportation for anestablished fee Railroad ties and 2-inch by 3-inch; 3 lumber, pail by the studert A third institution has made available capped top for organized student use the needed space atilt! facilitiesfur Bumper boards on insides of posts for saftly a riling and rodeo club.The horses are owned and card Six upright posts for shelter 9 feet high in for r)y individual students. The rodeo dub is a University- front and 8 feet high in rear sponsored activity which indudes competitive rodeo. This Frame roof and corrugated metal operation makes the activity available tostudents n.ho are sufficiently interested, and it leaves to indivichial owners the FEED-STORAGE BARN responsibility for feeding and care of the animals. Other Size: 100' x 150' x 40'high colleges and uni;ersities have utilized these and other plans hay for satisfying the need for inclusion of horseback riding in Capacity: 100 tons of baled Materials the overall program.' Telephone poles 40 feet high The material which follows will outline the facilities need- 2-inch rafters ed to serve riding classes with a maximum of 22 students. metal These facilities include 15 acres and involve a barn, a rid- Frame roof with corrugated ing ring, an isolation corral, afeed-storage barn, a remuda REMUDA NIGHT TRAP night trap, and a hitching rail. Size: 150' x300' BARN Materials Stalls Railroad tie posts Number:28, with 14 on each side V- -mesh wire Size.10' x 12' HITCHING RAIL 9' height in front, 8' in back 12 feet between stall rows Size: 80 feet long by 4 feet high Ruts:10' x 20' Materials Tackroom 2-inch pipe, 4 feet high Concrete footings spaced 6 feet apart Size:10' x 24' Classroom Size10' x 24' MISCELLANEOUS Office suite Horses (western and/orgaited) Size:10' x 10' Saddles (western and/or English) Materials Bridles Darn:Lumber - #3 rough, 1-inch stock Saddle pads Roof - corrugated tin or aluminum Grooming equipment, including12 brushes, 12 combs, Frame - 2-inch lumber and 12 hoof picks Stalls:B timper boards - 2" x 10' Hardware, including shovels, rakes,and shoeing tools hatch doors - 3-1/2 feet wide Toilet facilities in barn Runs:10' x 20' for each stall One-half ton pickup Ports - railroad ties Twelve-foot stock horse trailer 1:inch cable, 3 strands with turnbuckle on Tractor with front-end loader andblade each end Loading ramp Fe3ders Polo mallets, balls, and ball pick-ups Size: 6' deep hay-feeder type Thirty-five 55-gallon water barrels Grain boxes - 2' x 3' College or university administratorsexploring the pos- Gertrai sibility of adding horseback riding totheir programs will Cement foundation with 8-inch footings carefully the problems involved. 3 sides and one-half back on eachstall be well advised to study It is a uniquely-specialized activity,and, as such, requires Plumbin to iriclude 1-inch pipe with water people who have had exper- spigot and tank foT each stall consultation with professional ience with it. Especially pertinentfor study arc: costs; loca- Electric wiring and fixtures for tackroom, with campus and community zoning, dassmom, barn, and the head of each stall tion and relationships sanitation, etc.; anand theavailability of continuous leader- RIDING RING ship, supervision, and animal care. Size: 150' x 300' GOLF COURSES Materials Facilities are needed which willaccommodate instruc- Railroad lies and 5-foot V-mesh wire with tional, recreational, and competitive aspectsof the golf one strand of1-inch elevation cable on facilities for instruction, which arefrequently end. program. Golf top of tie; gate on each located in the physical educationcomplex, are described in Chapter 8. In addition tothese kinds of facilit es (driving Among the colleges and universities withestablished programs and ex- nd practice perience in this activity am St.Laurence University, the University of range and/or cages,practice putting greens, ; Colorado, New Mexico State University, StevensCollege, Sweetbrier Col sand traps), each college or universitydesirous of promot- lege, Mary Washingtun College; and StateUniversity College at Oswego ing golf will need access to an18-hole golf course. The (New York).
137 COLLEGE AM uNivasnx FAC.:LIM GLIDE
responsibilities in an section which follows describes matterswhich must be con- him to carry forward his creative efficient and satisfying way. It is difficult,therefore, to re- sidered by a college or university administration studying needs for the 18- the feasibility of golf-course ownership. cord a specific standard regarding space hole golf course and its auxiliary services- It isgenerally believed that the minimum space needed is 110 acres,but COURSE OWNERSHIP 160 acres is probably a more realisticand desirable stand- The golf course is an expensive facility from the stand- ard.3 point of construction, operation, and maintenance. It is important, therefore, that college or university officialstho- FACILITIES FOR INCLUSION rough') study the cost factors to be sure of their ability and The golf center usually includes an 18-holegolf course, a willingness to finance the project. An increasing number of pro-manager shopand;or clubhouse, a 15- to 35 tee driving institutions have constructed courses for use by members of range and one or more net cages,one or more practice their campus families, and they should be consulted con- putting greens of 8,000 to12,000 square feet each, a prac- cerning the problems and costs involved. In addition, the tice sand trap of 250 to 2,500 squarefeet. and a par-3 National Golf Foundation2 can provide valuable assistance course. Lightingfor night play is highly recGmmended as a in the form of published surveys and expertpersonnel. means of extending useof these areas, and some utilization The following plans with respect to ownership are worthy of artificial surfaces for practice puttingand for tees should of consideration: be considered as a means of withstandingheavy use. College or university ownership and operation fcr exclusive use by the campus familystudents, faculty, SUMMARY and employees. This plan eliminates the problems The golf course is not a facility which cln be described created by joint use of a facility owned by a private. in generalities and by rule-of-thumbstandards. On the or municipal body. Inaddition, it assures the institu- all contrary, is a highly-specialized facility which requires tion that its programs will be given top priority at major study and the specialized skill of a competentgolf- times. When a college or university canforesee maxi- course architect to design it andbring it into use. The mum usage of the facility andthe ability to finance the which project, this plan should prove far superior to any National Golf Foundation is a nonprofit organization was organized and isoperated to be of service to people other. and organizations in need of technical information ongolf College or university ownership and operation for and golf facilities. Its publications and the etaff ofgolf con- use by the campus family andother groups from the and community-at-large. Many colleges and universities sultants which it employs should be utilized by college university alithorities interested in developinggolf programs have created long-range golf-course plans which antici- and facilities. In addition, institutions which havesuccessful pate joint institution-community utilizationduring the golf-course programs in operation should be visited for the early years of the project, with eventual full utilization purpose of studying the operationand consulting with the of the course by the institution at the end of a 5- to people who have actual experience with the problems tobe 15-year period. In many instances, this plan seems to be the only way an institution or small community can encountered. hope to finance a project of this magnitude, and it can result in a fine experience in cooperative planning for SNOW-SK1ING FACILITIES human progress. This arrangement might continue In recent years, there has been a great upsurge inthe indefinitely, or it could terminate with the construction popularity of snow skiing. As a result, numerous colleges of a second municipal course created to satisfy a great- and universities have added skiing instruction to thephysi- er community demand forgolf facilities. cal education program. Ownership by a private or municipal group,with the One of several approaches may be taken tothis phase college or university entering into acontractual agree- of the program, depending on the particular local circum- connection with part or ment for use of the course in stances. The following approaches,which are currently be- all of its golf program. This planmight prove satis- ing used at various institutions, should beconsidered by factory for all parties of the agreement,and it could be colleges and universities contemplating the inaugurationof the only way many institutionswill solve their pro- a skiing program: gram needs. There areobvious disadvantages and Construction of an instructional area on campus. On problems to be faced, but these canoften be alleviated some campuses, naturalslopes exist which can be when people of good faith areunited in an intelligent converted to an instructional area. In other cases, endeavor for the common good. slopes have been built from fill left over fromother The publications of the NationalGolf Foundation which projects. are listed atthe end of this chapter include extensiveand Construction of an instructional area off the campus, specifically-pertinent information on mostof the important but close to it, where a satisfactory natural slopeal- aspects of golf-course planning,operation, promotion, and ready exists. maintenance (including actual costexperience of srecific Purchase or development of a ski complex awayfrom courses). the campus which will serve as an instructional area and also as a recreational-skiing areafor both stu- SPACE REQUIREMENTS dents and the general public. This would be a com- bined commercial and instructional area controlledby The good golf-course architect is an artist-scientistwho the college or university. needs land sufficient in amolmt, kind, end terrain toenable 3 National Golf Foundation, Planning and Building the Golf Course,The 2 National Golf Foundation, Room 804, Merchandise Mart,Chicago, Foundation, Chicago, 1967. (This publication also includes valuable dis- Ill. 60654. cussion on most of the pertinent problems of golf-course planning.)
138 CiFF-C.AM PCS AREAS
Teaching Gf the instructional program at a privately faces. 4 to 5 feet is needed. Sometimes leveling and owned commercial ski area. Usually, special arrange- manicuring the slope can extend the ski season signifi- ments can be made or lift fees and other matters relat- cantly. In some locales, where snow depth is not con- ing to the program. sistently adequate_ snow-making machines have been Teaching of only. the Las:e fundamentals on the small used to supplement the natural snow. Current informa- slope on or near campus, and teaching the more ad- tion on how to obtain or construct such machines can vanced tediniqees, requiring more challenging terrain, be obtained from the United States Ski Association at an off-campus commercial area. (see Appendix F). How long a given amount of snow Obviously, if the program is conducted off the campus, will last depends, of course, on the temperature and transportation arrangements must be made for both stu- the ..ind of snow (wet, dry, etc.). The amount of ski- dents and instructors. Usually, this requires hiring com- inf.is also a factor. With excessive skiing, a limited mercial buses, which adds considerably to the cost of the amount of snow will "wear out' (melt as a result of program. Still,itis often the most desirable approach. friction from the skis sliding over it). Tows and Lifts - .F,everal types of ski tows and lifts are CHARACTERISTICS OF A available. Among them are rope tows, pama, T-bar, SKI SLOPE FOR INSTRUCTION single-chair, double-chair, and gondola-type lifts. For Following are some important characteristics to consider short and relatively gradual slopes, the rope, pama, in the selection of a ski slope to be used for instruction: or T-bar type is customarily used. Chair and gondola- Terrain and Slope - Each stage of instruction (begin- type lifts are installed on steeper and larger slopes. The ning, intermediate, and advanced) requires different amount of use the area will receive will strongly influ- skiing terrain. The most basic fundamentals of skiing, ence the type of tow or lift installed, because some lifts for instance, can be taught on a level surface. As skiers are very complex and expensive to construct. The safe- become more advanced, a larger area and a more ty of the skiers should be a prime consideration in challenging terrain should be provided. Instruction at determining the type of tow or lift to be used. the beginning level calls for a relatively gradual incline Lights - At some ski areas, lights are installed to enable with an unobstructed run-out at the bottom. The needed night skiing. If the demand is great, and the snow width of the slope depends on the number of skiers adequate to handle additional use, then lights may using it at one time. Variety in steepness ranging from increase the usefulness of the area significantly. 0 to 15 percent grade is desirable. Instruction at the in- Safety - The ski area must be constructed and man- termediate level calls for a larger total area with a aged with safety in mind. An adequate number of per- variety of terrain and slopes ranging from 5 to 30 sons prepared to care for possible injuries must always percent grade. A wide-open Tun-out at the bottom is be available when the area is in operation. The not so essential for this level of skiers. Advanced skiers amount and type of safety equipment necessary for the need terrain which offers them significant challenge particular-ski area must be available at the area. For and variety. They learn faster and enjoy instruction details on safety equipment and procedures, contact more on larger, well-developed skiing areas. the National Ski Patrol System.4 Snow - The necessary snow depth depends on how manicured the surface is under the snow. With very smooth surfaces, such as turf, skiing can be effective on 4 to 6 inches of snow. On some rough mountain sur- 4 National Ski Patrol System, Inc., 828 Sevmteenth St, Denver, Colo
SELECTED REFERENCES
Delamater, James B., The Design of Outdoor Physical Education Facilities Golf Instructor's Guide and Golf Operator's Handbook. Chicago- Natimal for Colleges and Schools. New York. Bureau of Publications, Teachers Golf Foundation, Inc., 804 Merchandise Mart, 60654 College, Columbia University, 1963. Organizing and Operating Public Golf Courses. Chicago: National Golf Division for Girls' and Women's Sports, Archery-Riding Guide, Washing- Foundation, 1967. ton, D.C.: American Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, 1201 Sixteenth St., N.W. (Current Year) Planning and Building the Golf Colirse. Chicago: National Golf Founda- Bowling-Fencing-Golf Guide. Washington, D.C.: AAHPER. (Current tion, 1967. Year) Planning Information for Private Golf Clubs. Chicago: National Golf Foundation, 1967.
139 APPENDIX A
NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON FACILITIES FOR HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION
SPONSORING ORGANIZATIONS
The Athletic Institute Laurence A. Mullins American Association for Health, National Council on Schoolhouse Physical Education, and Recreation Construction Caswell M. Miles John L Cameron
American Association of School National Education Association administrators Jackson M. Anderson Jordan L 'Larson Notional Federation of State High American Camping Association School Athletic Associations Reynold E. Carlson David C. Arnold
Association of College Unions National Recreation and Park nternational Association Loren V. Kottner Joseph Prendergast
Notional Association for Physical Society of State Directors of Health, Education of College Women Physical Education, and Recreation Leona Holbrook Harold K. Jack
National College Physical Education School Facilities Council of Architecture, Association for Men Education, and Industry Harold E. Kenney Jordan L. Larson
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
CHAIRMAN TREASURER Caswell M. Miles Laurence A. Mullins Planning Associates The Athletic institute Voorheesville, New York Chicago, Illinois
SECRETARY CONFERENCE DIRECTOR Jackson M. Anderson Harold K. Jack University of Minnesota Temple University Minneapolis, Minnesota Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
STEERING COMMITTEE
Anita Aldrich, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana Harold E. Kenney, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois Jackson M. Anderson, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, John J.Kirk, New Jersey State School of Conservation, Minnesota Branchville, New Jersey John M. Cooper, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana James W. Long, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon Samuel M. Cooper, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Lloyd Messersmith, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Green, Ohio Texas George F. Cousins, Indiana Universal+, Bloomington, Indiana Caswell M. Miles, Planning Associates, Voorheesville, New Prudence Flaming, Temple University, Philadelphia, Penn- York sylvania Cecil W. Morgan, Ithaca College, Ithaca, New York S. L Fordham, University of Illinois at Chicago Circle, Chica- Laurence A. Mullins, The Athletic Institute, Chicago, Illinois go, Illinois J. Keogh Rash, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana Leona Holbrook Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah Armond H. Seidler, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, Harold K. Jack, Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania New Mexico Clayne Jensen, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah
140 APPENDIX B
PARTICIPANTS IN THE FOURTH NATIONAL FACILITIESCONFERENCE Biddle Continuing Education Center Indiana University, Bloomington April 29-May 8, 1967
Aitken, Margaret H.Chairman, Department of Physical Jack, Harold K. Cl.airman, Department of Health, Physi- Education for Women, Western Washington State College, cal Education, and Recreation, Temple University, Philadel- phia, Pennsylvania. Bellingham, Washington. Aldrich, AnitaChairman, Department of Physical Educa- Jensen, ClayneProfessor, College of Physical Education, tion for Women, Indiana University, Bloomington,Indiana. Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. Anderson, Jackson M.Chairman, Department of Recrea- Karl, John H.Assistant Intramural Diredor, Purdue Uni- tion and Park Administration, Universityof Minnesota. Min- versity, Lafayette, Indiana. neapolis, Minnesota. Kirk, John J.Director New Jersey State School of Con- Ashton, DudleyChairman, Department of PhysicalEdu- servation, Branchville, New Jersey. cation for Women, University of Nebraska, Lincoln,Nebraska. Long, James W.Direcor, Division of Physical Education, Bischoff, David C.Associate Dean, School of Physical Health, and Recreation, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Education, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachu- Oregon. Loveless, James C.Cirector of Physical Education and setts. Bushore, Donald E.Regional Director, The Athletic Insti- Athletics, DePauw Univeffity, Greencastle, Indiana. tute, Chicago, Illinois. Messersmith, LloydChairman, Department of Physical Carlson, Reynold E.Professor of Recreation and Park Education and Health, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Administt ation, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana. Texas. Christiansen, HolgerAthletic Finance and Facilities Co- Miles, Caswell M.Planning Associates, Voorheesville, ordinator, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. New York. Cooper, John M.Director of Grcduate Studies, School of Niontoye, Henry J.Professor of Physical Education and Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, Indiana Univer- Research Associate in Epidemiology, University of Michigan, sity, Bloomington, !ndiana. Ann Arbor, Michigan. Cooper, Samuel M.Chairman, Department of Health and Morgan, Cecil W.Dean, School of Health and Physical Physical Educatior, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Education, Ithaca College, Ithaca, New York. Green, Ohio. Mueller, RobertAssistant to the President, Ithaca College, Counsilman, James E.Professor of Physical Education Ithaca, New York. and Swimming Coach, 'Indiana University, Bloomington, In- Mullins, Laurence A.President, The Athletic Institute, Chi- diana. cago, Illinois. Cousins, George F.Professor of PhysicalEducation, In- O'Connor, Burton L.-- Professor of Health, Physical Educe- Illinois. diana University, Bloomington, Indiana. lion, and Athletics, Illinois State University, Normal, Delamater, James B.Head, Department of Physical Edu- Pease, Esther E.Associate Professor of Physical Educa- tion, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. cation, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mex- 4-- Rash, J. KeoghChairman, Department of Health and Safe- ico. Duncan, Margaret M.Head, Department of Physical Edu- ty Education, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana. cation for Women, Northern Illinois University,DeKalb, Illi- Seagers, Paul W.Professor of Education andSchool Building Consultant, Indiana University, Bloomington,Indiana. nois. Fleming, PrudenceAssociate Professor of PhysicalEduca- Seidler, Armond H.Chairman, Department of Health, tion, Tempe University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Physical Education, and Recreation, University of New Mex- Fordham, S. L. Director, Division of Physical Education *ico, Albuquerque, New Mexico. and Ath!etics, University of Illinois- at Chicago Circle, Chico- Smith, Julian W.Professor of Education and Director, AAHPER Outdoor Education Project, Michigan State Univer- go, Illinois. Heffinglon, Marvin D.Supervisor of Men's Intramural sity, East Lansing, Michigan. Activities, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. Thiel, Glenn N.Administrative Assistant to the Dean, College of Health and Physical Education, Pennsylvania Holbrook, LeonaChairman, Departmentof Physical Ed- ucation for Women, BrighamYoung University, Provo, Utah. State University, University Park, Pennsylvania.
141 APPENDIX C
NONPARTICIPANTS WHO CONTRIBUTED TO ADVANCE PREPARATION OF MATERIALS FOR THE FOURTH NATIONAL FACILITIES CONFERENCE
Boo lavaltor, Karl W.Indiana University, Bloomington, In- Horrschor, BartonUniversity of California at Los Angeles, diana. Los Angeles, California.
Brown, RoscoeNew York University, New York, New Kenney, Harold E.University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. York. Matthews, DonaldOhio State University, Columbus, Ohio, Bruce, Benjamin F.Indiana University, Bloomington, In- diana. Morehouse, Laurence University of California at Los An- geles, Los Angeles. California. Dolma, Eugene Ithaca College, Ithaca, New York. Myhro, Loren G.Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana. Demo, Thoodoro R.Indiana University, Bloomington, In- diana. Nickoson, RonaldIthaca College, Ithaca, New York.
DoVrios, Herbert University of Southern California, Los Nugent, TimothyUniversity of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. Angeles, California. Rarick, Lawrence University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis- Cockles, David D.Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. consin.
Grant, Robert Ithaca College, Ithaca, New York. Slater - Hammel, Arthur T. Indiana University, Blooming- ton, Indiana. Haniford, George W.Purdue University, Lafayette, In- diana. Wells, Gardner E.State University College, Oswego, New York. Harding, CarolMichigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Zabik, Rosy:. M.Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana.
Hartvigson, Milton F.Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
142 APPENDIX D
PARTICIPANTS IN PREVIOUS NATIONAL FACILITIES CONFERENCES
First National Facilities Conference Participants
Jackson's Mill, West Virginia, December 1-15, 1946
Abernathy, Ruth Everly, Robert Jones, Clayton Romney, G. Ott Andrews, Robert Ferguson, Thomas C. Jones, Grace Roy, Walter Ashcroft. J. Holley Forsythe, Charles E. Lensch, Dorothea M. Schooler, Virgil Ayars, George W. Gable, Martha luehring, F. W. Scott, Harry A. Bank Theodore P. Gregg, Leah J. Manley, Helen Stafford, Frank S. Barrett, Lewis R. Madden, Gavin McClintock Ralph Streit. William K. Beaghler, Amos L. M.D. Haman, Ray L McGowan, E. T. Tarrant, Julian W. Bookwaliar, Carolyn Hay, William H. Miles. Caswell M. Trent, W. W. Bookwalter, Karl Herniund, Vernon F. Miller, Ben W. Van Horn, Paris J. Butler, George D. Hilton, Ernest Nordly, Carl L. Wilson, Charles C., M.D. Camp, Marjorie Hughes, William L Oppermann, Paul Christiansen, Milo F. Hyatt, Chauncey A. Petticord, B. R. Dane, C. Wesley Jeffers, T. C. Pritzlaff, August H.
Second National Facilities Conference Participants
Michigan State University, East Lansing, May 4-12, 1956
Anderson, Jackson M. Deach, Dorothy F. Landis, Paul E. Smith, Julian W. Ashcroft, J. Holley Dexter, Genevie Lensch, Dorothea M. Streit, William K. Bachman, William E. Doell, Charles E. Lets, Donald J. Svobada, Robert L. Bank, Theodore P. Elmer, Arthur C. Mathewson, F.S. TaylorJ. L. Barrett, Lewis R. Forsythe, Charles E. McGowan, E. T. Terry, William L. Bishop, Thelma D. Gabrielsen, Milton A. McNeely, Simon Verhulst, Lucille H. Champlin, Ellis H. Graves, Charles M. Miles, Caswell M. Vernier, Elmon L. Christiansen, Milo F. Guillaume, Harold B. Packard, Marion V. Wectkaemper, Richard B. Coe, Merrell A. Hernlund, Vernon F. Pritzlaff, August H. Whorlow, Merl I. Coleman, Helen L. Herrick John H. Rosh, J. Keogh Woolridge, James D. Cooper, Shirley Hughes, William L. Rice, Edwin G. Yoho, Robert Daniels, Arthur S. Jack, Harold K. Scott, Harry A. Daubed, Russell B. Jones, Thomas H. Sharp, L. B.
Third National Facilities Conference Participants
Indiana University, Bloomington, January 15-24, 1965
Aldrich, Anita Counsilman, James E. Kenney, Harold E. Seagers, Paul W. Anderson, Jackson M. Cousins, George F. Kottner, torero V. Seidler, Armond H. Arnold. David C. Crawford, Robert W. Krueger, Charles E. Skea, Graham M. Bank, Theodore P. Daniels, Arthur S. Lengfeld, Fred Smith, Julian W. Bartelma, David C. Dhainin, Felix K. Loft, Bernard I. Spain, James M. Beazely, A. E. Gabrielsen, Milton A. McCarthy, Robert E. Stein, Thomas A. Benedict, Paul H. George, Jock F. Mclelland, Malcolm J. Van Morgan, Harold Berke, Ira Graves, Charles M. Miles, Caswell M. Ver lc,. Jay M. Bookwalter, Carolyn Hartvigsen, Milton Millman, David Vye, Lloyd Bookwalkter, Karl W. Haynes, Evan Mittelstaedt, A. H., Jr. Wargo, Joseph B. Bradley, Neil Hebei, Everett L. Nugent, Timothy Wectkaemper, R. B. Butler, George D. Hester, Oka T. Perkins, James Wilson, Ralph C. Cameron, John L. Holbrook, Leona Perry, Russell Yoho, Robert Carlson, ReynokI E. Hughes, Wayne Porter, William Chapman, Frederick M. Jack Harold K. Rash, J. Keogh I Castello, Milton Kaplan. Robert Robertson, David H. APPENDIX E ATHLETIC FIELD AND COURT DIAGRAMS
Ice Hockey Croquet 1-- 200' 60' CO' SPOT PLAYERS', BENCH e PENALTY -SNOT NEUTRAL . .-----LINE ZONE 2o CENTER CENTER * CIRCLE, ICE SPoT, -43" /5140. 3"R. 2.1_Z' GOAL 85' C 28' L5; GOALLINE -a FACE-OFF 211"' CICLER 6 FACE-OFF IVA, SPOT. .5" ...6" R_. FACE-OFF SPOT,6"R- 0 CENTER 21*-3" LINE ----- . PENALTY BOX 241: Players' Seats or Benches.Should have a seating capacity of 14, be placed , A i directly alongside ice, as close to center lineas possible, and adjacent to dressing rooms. II 9 4. 5 Trr 10 The "Art Ross" 1F-POST goalnet,used by the National 7' Hockey League. S OT
f c c So/ 1X
QCOC.)0W
C
C 3 V. ,hr SNIM .00 o10
LIJJ
144 APPENDIX E ATHLETIC FIELD AND COURT DIAZ;RANIS
Speedball Baseball A.)60 \hie. Bid LIKS.toXint3 SOX. CATCHER'S BOX los UK. IPITOMIIrS 'LAM COAC4CS 110X sums sac ---t 1.314C5 --G "V 1.11t5
0
COAch( SOK
=0111I.
4e-d, to NEXT NOTEKS SCot .T--I 15XITEKS Box \ Coa.E SOULE
PankttyKiaMarkt
'sr 5 --Yar)4Line.
DIAGRAM NO. 1 aoil 1 fe14e.1 Lime 27 van. 1 11.-- 2.7 Yds. DIAQIIAM 4F 3PEECZAU. FIELD
Football Handball Court CIO
11111111 INEWMISPIIMMIMIMAAINfrn. 411=411Ir Amr
145 APPENDIX E ATHLETIC FIELD AND COURT DIAGRAMS BASKETBALL COURT DIAGRAM
IF COURT IS LESS MAN 74 FEET ANG IT SHOULD BE DIVIDED BY TWO UNES, EACH PARALLEL TO AND .40 FEET FROM NE FARTHER END TINE.
RECTANGULAR -SACKSOJULD IS 72 INCHES WIDE. DIVISION FAN SHAPED SAaCleARD UNE -- elf 54 INCHES WIDE. 2 INCHES WOE if .,1, S INCHES DEEP l 1 6 FEET RADIUS 7. OUTSIDE 6 FEET RADIUS 2 INOI LINE OUTSIDE a
4444 IS INCHES 2 FEET RADIUS RJ INSIDE 41( g.
16 INCHES loovec_,,- 14 INCHES 2 INCH LINE 11 FEET 10 MONS -.1717asnu 19 FEET TO CENTER-0 OF ClitLE 12 INCHES WIDE BY S INCHES DEEP
OPTIMUM LENCTH $C OP 94t INSIDE THE COLOR OF THE LANE SPACE MARKS AND NEUTRAL ZONES ALL UNES SHALL BE 2 INCHES WIDE {NEUTRAL ZONES EXCLUDED) SHALL CONTRAST WITH ThE COLOR OF TH2 BOUNDING LINES
Left End Shews MINAJM of 3 FEET SEMICIRCLE BROKEN UNES Right End Shows Smell Large Becktotrd Preferably 10 feet of unobstructed space outside. For the broken line semicircle in the he Backboard Car !Cols School far College Games. if impossible to provide 3 feet a narrow Waken Avow 1SM, it is recommended there he end 'MC A. Gantt'. line should he marked inside the court parallel S marks 16 inches long and 7 spaces with and 3 feet inside the boundary. 14 inches long.
2
tit
-
2 C .k
I a 1
I 11
at at
146 Badminton 4 4' Tennis 7R' /3, 1111101111, SIOE UNE (DOUBLES)1,9'.---+ 21' SIDE LINE (SINGLES) 2/' :WIESE T I17' 8'6" SIDE BOUNDARY LINESNORT - SERVICE LINE (SNCLES) ±- SIDE 13 /ONGSERVICE*WRY LINE(DOUBLES) LINE (DOOLIS Otav) SINGLES 27' /1=6" I jCENTER. BASE LINE MIKES/t6" 20 ' CENTER LINE) HIGH 5' BACK BOUNDARY LINE DOMES36'1 SERVICE LINE SERVICE LINE CENTER MAR I< /°'" 611 .11111141MMINI 111111101111.01J. "T" Sq.. 46 Goal Lino Corr.wc Floe Over-all Court Dimensions. Dimensions and Specifications from "Sport for the Fun of W' and "Active Caws and Contests" Douhles-181 x 40'. Singles-12'Deck Tennis x 40'. 37 SIDE' LINE (00(/8IES) SIDE 1, /NE (SINGLES) to Its0 /2' 0 MaeCMP4f Cwt.*. floe slo Moowlmimi.75 vstla Minimum 45 yards I;;; 4. , ' 1;' i A rlr, , LL W.NL) . (jIit 0" .(5'`,::, ; 50I. 3l, &tANt ANI ',4 - . I . LANE NO 4 115/5* r 7, lio1 / AlEA/juilEP-AEN Y_LINE'4 ____ : :,..._ 1-4 . 4. .9 P') ;1il{' 141')ITC i iii:, .51) 47- I ANL!"I AN( "..D LANE NO 3 91175 7 't ./ fi4 ti (.25' 30 AM.5 LANE NO_ 2 LANE ,SO A, I Ft Alt BLOW-OP 11 YARD', OF AI l 14( 2I AY I X(,t4ANGI 5 TAT ION`, TURN STAGGERS f QUA( _ _ f -',TART _.,____220 DA',» - - 11111 All AWAY 1 1 AG " 55 APO; - J RAIL 51, YPROS QUARTER-SUPPLEMENT TO NATION MILE `TRACKRULESALLIANCE TRACK AND FIELD
NAZI r ' I I - - _ O 1, "1) ,6' 44(1 Y111) OIIO 111 ( WA-) 1 Ai II YAltip,, At t fit t Al f X IANKA. r.(..) TAIION5 r uunt PAII.1010 1141),I9 A,11 f I Al ff A I I LANE NO . I IlAIl BLOWUP OP 2 , TURN , , - STAGGERS St,S ( 3 ' e 'I t A N T ANA " ' 5 I1 . - 0,I S '.I.7 ,,";: ? LANE NO 2 511. LANE NO I 'Ior I, ^,_41-`2.,..: SW'VT' ,.ANC Am ,, 19 to /5' - __.....m. :sir,. A ', fl io ,", L ANE IVO 3 1').SW t Am .,, t1 Ar.r; .11, p...,, 4 (7T11',1,_1 r,7r iC 7 Ir. LANE NO 2 7"V .. * - '' 42. UAW. 5 SI, t i , !:1 ,( r7 _ ,Te.. LANL',2I ANI 5 i'is4 5 I,'5 i ' A , LANE NO.. 3 ' i ( 4 ' '1.' Al`jiAtIf '., / ,.',. LANE " LANE NO 4 I IL L I1N.' . I ' I . ' - - 1wi i . BLOW -UP OF 2 T UFIN STAGGERS i BLOW -UP (),:s4p.4111.13,AII Afl 13j1;1).0QuI 1 ,L11 j11411 '41, or i 1 URN S 1 A(,GE RS I ,14k)1,11.1 QU T OM 1_ APPENDIX F SOURCES OF OFFICIAL RULES many sp,xte:9 go,xls stores corm' rule bc.01ks on 0 wade key gtt warts. Cte.k a.? 4.145 wlrkr, ,r reed unable t0 tha t-.;;;-.14 r)a list $.64119 !.X11 k..oi Pa111.01.....C., the, y be obtame,, by welting to eA fol.low;ng E.. 4 ces..!c save time.r mgt..' be well to enclose pa), evnt bo'n your order. (N-Ae. Prices subject to change. Some F,rices inclxle erxling charges.)
?olloweng Jim is not esclustve. Ti,erelare. The eclat%) rece...ng 10",;:h will make this Iist "ere com- plete, or which will help ccrreCt such data as may become outdated. ;HE ATHLETIC INSTITUTE ?.ERCHAND ISE Mi.AT, ROOM 805 CHICAGO. ILLINOIS 60654 ACTIVITY SOL,TRCE OF RULES COST
Aerial Tennis Sells Aerial Tennis Cv. iiree) Box 42, Kansas Clty, Kan., 66103
Archery (Fieid) Notional Fie!J Archery Assn. a00 Rt. 2. Box 514, Redlands. Calf., 92375
Archery (Target) Notional Archery Assn. 11.25 23 E. Jacksor. Bled., Chicago. III. 60604
Archery (Indoor) American Archery Council S .75 23 E. Jackson Blvd., Chicago, 60604
Archery (See DGWS listing) Badminton American Badminton Asst, S .25 Alfred W. Hayes. 10552 Atmoyo Ave Los Angeles. California 90064
Badminton Dayton Racquet Co.. 302 S. Albright St Arcanum. Ohio 43504 (free) Badminton (See DGWS listing)
Bonbon (Rules included) General Sportcraft Co.. Ltd.. 33 New Bridge Rd Beigenfield, N.J. 07621 s .25 Baseball (Nonprofessional) Guide National Baseball Congress. Wichita, Kansas 51.75 (Annual w /rules)
Baseball (Copyrighted Rules) National Baseball Congress, Wichita. Kansas 5 .25 5 .25 OR 5 FOR 51.00 Baseball (American Legion) American Legion. Box 1055. Indianapolis, Ind.. 46206 (free) Baseball. Babe Ruth League Babe Ruth League. Inc 524 la Hamilton Ave., Trenton. N.J. 08609
Baseball (Khoury League) George Khoury Baseball, 3222 Park Ave.. St. Louis. Mo. (free) S .15 Baseball. Little League Little League Baseball. Inc. P.O. Box 925, Williamsport, Pa. 17704 5 .25 Baseball, Little League Little League Baseball. Inc. (Umpire's Handbook) P.O. Box 925. Williamsport Pa. 17704 (free) Baseball, Bronco-Pony-Colt Boys Baseball. Inc., P.O. Box 725. Washington. Pa. 15301 52.00 Baseball "Knotty Problems of Baseball The Sporting News. 2018 Washington Ave.. St. Louis. Mo. 63166 (Profeseznal Rules) S .50 Baseball (Professional Rules Only) The Sporting News. 2018 Washington Abe., St. Louis. Mo. 63166 Baseball (See NCAA listing) American Amateur Baseball Congress 51.00 Baseball Umpire's Handbook Ohic 44313 (Does not include actual rules) 216 Plaza Building. 2855 W. Market St, P.O. Box 5332. .50 Baseball Scorer's Handbook trnerican Amateur Baseball Congress Akron. Ohio 44313 (Does not include actual rules) 210 Plaza Build,ng, 2855 W. Market St., P.O. Box 5332, 51.00 Baseball, Rules in Pictures American Amateur Baseball Congress 216 Plaza Building, 2855 W. Market St, P.O. Box 5332.Akron. Ohio 44313 51.00 Baseball, Too. nameni Manual Amerkcm Amateur Baseball Congress 216 Plaza building. 2i155 W. Market St.. P.O. Box 5332.Akron, Ohio 44313 S .35 Baseball. League Organization American Amateur Baseball Congress 216 Plaza Building. 2855 W. Market St., P.O. Box 5332.Akron, Ohio 44313
Baseball (See High School listing) S .50 Basketball Balanced (Height Equalization) John L McHale, 4 Nolontgornery Rood, Scarsdale, New York 10583
Basketball (See AAU listing) Basketball (See High School listing) Basketball (See NOM listing) Basketball (Set DGWS listing)
Basketball (Biddy) .'ay Archer, /01 Brr-cis Scrar.,ton, Ca., 18 ;01 S .10
Bicycling Eke:re rf bonertn. 122E 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 1E,517 ,free)
Billiards (Pules & Records) fII riot Conar ess ct Areet,o. N. Wati.er Cr, Chietgo, 111. 6050 ie, t 1.25 149 APPENDIX F
ACTIVITY SO:ACE OF441:1ES COST
Bocce General Sport aft Co Ltd, 33 New BrxIgt. Rd.. Bergenfield, N.J. 07621 S .25
Bocce Lignurn-Vitoe Prtpclucts Cc p., 6b Boyd Ave.. Jersey C;ty. N.J. 07304 ,freei
Bowling (Duck Pin) Notional Duck Pin Bowling Congress ,freel 1420 New York Ave.. N. W., Wasliingt on. D.C. 20005
Bowling (Ten Pin) Arr.erican Eowling Congress s .25 1572 E. Copitol Dr., Milwaukee. Wisc. 53211
Bowling. Womens (Ten Pin) Women's International Bowling Congress. Inc. (free) 1225 Dublin Rd. Columbus, Ohio 43212
Bowling (See DGWS listing)
Boxing (See AAU listing)
Costing (Official Rules for Fly and Bait Casting) American Costing Education Foundation P.O. Box 51. Nashville. Tenn. 3%202
Corkball Rawlings Sporting Goods Co. (free) 2300 Delmar Blvd.. Si. Louis, Mo. 63166
Croquet General Sportcroft Co., Ltd. s .25 33 New Bridge Rd.. Bergenfield. NJ. 07621
Dartball Wisconsin State Dartball Comm. s .40 9333 W. Lincoln Ave.. West AllisWisc. 53214. c/o E. Dorow, Pres.
Darts General Sportcraft Co. Ltd.. 33 New Bridge Rd Bergenfield. NJ. 07621 s .25
Deck Tennis General Sportcraft Co.. Ltd., 33 New Bridge Rd.. Bergenfield, NJ. 07621 s 25
Fencing Arnoteur Fencer's League of Americo 53.00 William Latzko, P.O. Box 144. Terre Haute, Ind. 47808 Fencing (See DGWS listing)
Field Hockey (See DGWS listing)
Field Hockey General Sportcroft Co Ltd., 33 New Etidge Rd.. Bergenfield, NJ. 07621 s .25
Floor Tennis U.S. Floor Tennis Assn. (free) 1580 Sherman Ave.. Evanston, lIl. 60201
Football (Junior !League) Poo Warner Football Nutionol Heodquarters 5 .25 1004 Western Saving Fund Bldg.. Brood & Chestnut Streets. Philadelphia Po... 19107
Football (Six-Mon) (See High School' listing)
Foothall (See High School listing)
Football (See NCAA listing)
Golf U.S. Golf Assn., 40 E. 38th St New York, N.Y. 10016 S .25 Gymnastics (See AAU listing)
Gymnastics (Sea NCAA listing)
Gymnastics (See DGWS listing)
Handball (See AAU listing)
Handball U.S. Handball Assn. 51.00 4101 Dempster St., Skokie. 111. 60076
Horseshoes General Sportcroft Co., Ltd., 33 New Bridge Rd. Bergenfield. N.J. 07621 3 .25
Horseshoes (Professional) National Horseshoe Pitchers Assn. of America (free) Elme.- Beller. 9:25 Palm St., Bellflower, Calif. 90706
Ice Hockey (See NCAA listing)
Icc., Skating Amoteur Sloating Union. Edward 1. Schmitzer 4135 N. Tray Si., Chicago.111. 60618
Indoor Hockey Casorn Corps 6030 Wayzata Minneapolis. Minn. 55416 S .25
Locrosse ;See DGWS listing)
Lawn Bowls John W. Deist. Secretary, 1525 Ridge Court (free) Wauwatosa. Wisc. 53213
Marbles Shooting Noticnol Marbles Tournomeni (frv,e Clevelond Press Bldg.. Cleveland 14, Ohio
Outings (See DGWS listing)
Poddle Tennis General Sportcrofto.. 14d, 33 New Bridge Rd.. Bergenfield. NUJ. 07621 S .25
150 APPENDIX F
ACTIVITY SOURCE OF RULES COSY
Poddleboll Rodney J. Grarnbeau, Sports Bldg. (free) University of Michiga.), Ann Artor, Mich. 48104
Quoits General Sportcroft Co.. Ltd.. 33 Ncw Bridge Rd., Bergenfield, N.J. 07621 5 .25 Riding (See DGWS listing)
Roller Hockey National Roller Hockey Assn. of the U.S. 97 Erie St., Dumont. NJ. 07628 Roque American Roque Leogue. inc. S .30 4205 Briar CI eak Lane, Dallas, Texas 75214 Scoopboli (Rules for 26 different games) Cosom Industries. 6030 Wayzata Blvd., Minneapolis, Minn. 55416 S .25 Shooting (See National Rifle Assn.listing)
Shuffleboard (Deck) General Sportcraft Co., ltd., 33 New Bridge Rd Bergenfield, NJ. 07621 S.25
Shuffleboard (Table) American Shuffleboard Leagues. Inc. (free) 533 Third St Union City, NJ. 07087
Skating (Figure) U.S. Figure Skating Assn. 53.00 575 Boylston St.. Boston, Moss. 02116
Skating (Roller) U.S. Amateur Roller Skating Assn. S1.50 i 20 W. 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 10036
Skating (Speed) Amateur Skating Union of the U.S.. Edward J. Sdunitzet sl.00 4135 N. Troy St., Chicago, III. 60618
Skeet Shooting National Skeet Shooting Assn. S .25 3409 Oak Lawn Ave, Suite 219, Dallas, Tex. 75219
Skiing (See NCAA listing) Skiing (Downhill, Slalom, Giant Slalom. Jumping & U.S. Ski Assn.. Gloria C. Chadwick, Executive Sec'y. 52.00 Cross-Countrv. FIS and USSA Rules) Broodmoor, Colorado Sprngs. Colo. 80906
Skindiving Competitive (See AAU listing) Smash Smash. 1024 North Blvd., Oak Pork, III. 60301 (free)
Soccer (See NCAA listing)
Soccer [See DGWS listing) Softball (12--lost and slow pitch) Amateur Softball Assn,, Suite 1300. Skirvin Tower S .75 Oklahoma City. Okla. 73102
Softball (161 Umpires Protective Assn. of Chicago, Edw. Weinstein, Chairman, Rules Committee 5 .60 Apt. 710, 3550 Lake Shore Dr., Chicago.111.
Softball (See DGWS listing)
Speed-A-Way Marjorie S. Larsen. 1754 Middlefield 51 .25 Stockton, Calif. 95204 Speedboll (See DGWS
Spiral Tennis General Sponcroft Co, Ltd., 33 New Bridge Rd, Berger.field, N.J. 07621 S .25 Squash Racquets U.S. Squash Racquets Assn. s2 c0 200 E. 6th St.. New York, N.Y. 10021
Swimming (See AAU listing)
Swimming (See NCAA listing) Swimming (SynchronizedSee AAU listing)
Table Tennis General Spu.4fraft Co Ltd., 33 New Bridge Rd., Bergtnfield, N.J. 07621 S .25
Table Tennis (Instructions) US. Table Tennis Ass" 5 .10 210 Saturn Dr, North Stu.. Newark, Delaware 19711
Table Tennis (Rules) U.S. Table Tennis Asin. ifree) 210 Saturn Dr., North Star, Newark, Delaware 19711
Table Tennis (Instructions & Rules) Nissen-Sico, 930-27th Ave.. S.W., Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52404 (f-ee)
Tokraw Game General Spot/croft Co Lid., 33 New Bridge Rd.. Bergenfield, NJ. 07621 S .25 Tennis (Includes Guide) U.S. Lawn Tennis Assn. $2.00 5] E. 42nd St., New York, NY. 10017
Tennis (Rules Only) U.S. town Tennis Assn. 5 .25 51 E. 42nd St.. New York, N.Y. 10017 Tennis (See DGWS listing)
151 APPENDIX F
ACTIVITY SOURCE OF RULES
IEttf115 Dayton Racquet Co.. 302 S. Albright St.. Ar corm% 01io 45304
Tennis UrT.pire's Manual (Includes Pules) U.S. Lawn Tennis P ssn, 51E. 42nd St.. New York. N.Y. 10017
Tether Ball (Inf !coed ao:1) W.J. Volt Rubber Corp.. 3801 S. HtntriA Blvd. Soma Ana, Calif. 92704
Tether Pall Inflated Boll) General Sportcroft Co., Ltd.. 33 New Bridge Rd.. Eel genfield. N.J. 07621
Tether Tennis General Spodcralt Co. Ltd.. 33 New Bridge Rd.. Bergenfield, N.J. 07621
Touch Football The Athletic Institute. 805 Merchandise Mort, Chicago 111.60654
Track & Field (See AAU listing)
Track & Field (See High 'School listing)
Trock& Field (See NCAA listing)
Turf Bowling (Boccie) Lignum-Vitae Products Corp.. 96 Boyd Ave jersey City, N.J. 07304
Volleyball (Includes Rules) U.S Volleyball Assn., USVBA Printer ".0. Box 109, Berne, Ind. 46711
Volleyball (See DGWS listing)
Water Polo (See AAU listing)
Weight Lifting (See AAU listing)
Winter Sports (See DGWS listing) Wrestling (See NCAA listing)
NCAA RULE BOOKS AND GUIDES Notional Collegiate Athletic Bureau Box 757. Grand Central Station New York, New York 10017 $1.00 Baseball Soccer Basketball $1.50 Swimming $1.50 Football Track & Field Ice Hockey S1.00 Wrestling Football Rules Interpretations $1.00 Gymnastics Skiing is DGWS OFFICIAL GUIDES FOR Division for Girls and Women's Spo WOMEN'S SPORTS, INCLUDING RULES 1201 Sixteenth St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 51.00 Volleyball Aquclics Arcberi-Riding $ 1.00 Soccer-Speedball 51.00 Basketball Softball 51.00 Bowling-Fencing-Golf Track& Field Field Hockey-iocrosse 51.00 Tennis-Badminton 51.00 Winter Sports &Outing Activities Gymnastics Notional Federation of Stole High School Athletic Assns. HIGH SCHOOL ACTIVITIES 7 S. Dearborn St, Chicago, III. 60603 Foetal!: Basketball:, S .40 Rules R.T.es Casebook S .75 Casebook Player Handbook 5 .30 Player Handbook V.anual 5 .40 Official's Manual Baseball: Pu 5 AD Football. Tor..,ch Football Castbocit S .75 Six-Man Football 1Jrnpir e's ?.! anal $ .40 Track & Field. Rules & Records
OFFICIAL Akti BUIE BOOKS AND GUIDES Amateur Athletic Union of the United States 231 W. 58th St., New York N.Y. 10019
AAU Ha natal:A 52.00 Swimming, Water Polo& C ving Basketbnit $1.75 Swimming (Symbronited) Bov;ng $1.75 iTenAS. Field mnastio $2.00 Weight Lifting HarvitaIl 1.25 Wrestling r-r:o 11.75
NRA AND INTERNATICNA1 SHODT,NG Natir.$nil RIfirt Assn.. lf.00 Rhode Island Ave, N.W UNICN RULE BOOKS Wo china, n rt. C. 25.0_ °C5 NRA HighPower kiPe S .25 1SU Center-Fire Pistol NRA Pistol S .25 1SU P.opicl-Fire Pistol NRA Sr, nallborPotin $ 25 ISU Running Deer NPA Shotgvn S .25 ISU Ruining Poet.-utk& Boar ISU Conslitutp-_,n S 20 151.1Clay Pleon ISU General Regulations S ,7r) ISLISkeet ISLISR R>31F &Free filstol S .21:t 1511Bc...nd (all rules) 152 isle f ree fi,tif. ATfliyMtle S.20 APPENDIX G
REQUIREMENTS OF THE AGING AND THE DISABLED
A BRIEF PHILOSOPHICAL BASIS stereotypes now most commonly being applied to the dis- abled and the aging. All individuals have the same basic socio-psychological If health, physical education, and recreation have a pur- and physical needs, regardless of age, ability or disability, pose in the life of anyone, their purposes and objectives nationality, race, or religion, although these might manifest increase in magnitude and significance when related to the themselves in different ways. All of us have been privileged aging and the disabled, who, because of society's apathy, to travel the avenues of self-exploration, self-identification, more than by personal desire, have been prone to inactivity self-expression, self-administration, and self-discipline and have had an excess of leisure time. Because of society's in order that we might identify ourselves as a part of, and lack of understanding and foresight, they have been denied apart from, the rest of the world. We have had the oppor- the opportunity to participate and, thereby, have been de- tunity to try many things, some by trial and error, some nied experiences in growth and development which are with success, and others with failure. Via these routes, we essential to a favorable end product. They have also been have been privileged to develop a concept of self which is denied many opportunities in adulthood, and as senior essential to success, to health, and to happiness. citizens, which enrich our lives both personally and profes- From childhood through adulthood, those learned and sionally. enjoyable experiences which are integral parts of health, Certainly, if physical fitness is important to anyone, it is physical education, and recreation were instruments: in ful- proportionately more important to the person with a disa- filling our basic socio-psychological and physical needs, bility. This is particularly true of certain physical disabilities affording each of us a better concept of self. These are so in which physical maintenance is a major problem and a fundamental that most of us take them very much for grant- major objective. ed. Yet, if we look about us, we will see that these basic Stating it simply, we should begin with the 'normal" and things, in part or whole, have been denied the majority of deviate as little as possible in programming for, and work- our disabled population, and are being denied increasing ing with, the disabled. numbers of aging. These are "living experiences," not iso- The lack of accessibility and usability of facilities for lated, remote, or clinical services. health, physical education, and recreation has been a great Everyone in our society should have the inherent right to deterrent to participation by the aging and the disabled. normal education, growth experiences, and social and recre- Many administrators and professionals have not yet ational pursuits. Society, in all its components, must play recognized the necessity and the desirability for planning an increasingly important part in returning the disabled to facilities and equipment so that they will be equally usable their rightful places in society, and in maintaining.the aging by the "able" and the "disabled." They are not fully aware of isolation is as participating members of society. Imposed the large numbers involved, and that these numbers are degenerationphysically, mentally, emotionally, and so- steadily increasing. They have failed to recognize the signif- cially. icance of this in the lives of the disabled and the aging. The disabled must be prepared for the normal recipro- They are unaware of the full potential for participation that cities of life. They must understand that if they are to have exists among the disabled and the aging. Because of the normal privileges and opportunities, they must be prepared facilities in which many have had to function, they have for normal risks, hazards, and failures. We must educate seldom considered the various causes and manifestations and equip, not solicit or over-protect disabled individuals. of disability in their regular program concepts. The people, and the concern or the lack of concern of the On the other hand, the disabled and the aging, over the people, who surround the disabled person are of major sig- years, have been somewhat apprehensive concerning their nificance. It is important to note how much the public bene- own abilities to participate, or they have been made tobe- fits from normal, objective association with the disabled. ltve they could not do many things that we now know they A disability is specific. It must not necessarily be a hand- can do, particularly if facilities and equipment are appro- icap. People and things make a disability a handicap. We riately planned. They have been equally apprehensive must regard an illness or disability as an experience in the about projecting themselves into many normal, objective, life of a person, not a disaster. It is an intense and persis- competitive, social settings, largely because ofinaccessibility. tent experience which luis considerable impact on one's life, but given the proper opportunities, those with an illness or THE PROBLEM a disability will relate effectively to each and every one of us the true significance. or insignificance, of this intense ex- The most frustrating of all problems to disabled and perience. Social interaction will result in better and more aging individuals are buildings and facilities, supposedly realistic understanding, rather than the presently devaluating created for the public, that are designed in such a manner
153 APPENDIX G that they prohibit their full participation. It is equally frus- paralysis and, !ri ni3.3t 1.-.=nces, secondary loss of contro: trating to professional people dedicated to rehabilitation to of organs) from automobile accidentsper year. find that architectural barriers prohibit the disabled indi- Increases in leisure time have also contributed to the in- vidual, however well rehabilitated, from pursuing his aspir- stances of such disabilities as traumatic paraplegia. Swim- ations, developing his talents, and exercising his skills. ming and boating, or other water accidents, for example, Many of the disabled are afraid to venture forth because create thousands of such disabilities each year. of the architectural barriers they encounter. Others have SOCIOECONOMIC SIGNIFICANCE convinced themselves it is better to stay back because they feel they are a burden to others when they attempt to pro- The human resources (talents and skills) among the dis- ject themselves into normal social settings. abled are of considerable socioeconomic significance. These Although there are other problems, the one that is heard human Tesources are still being overlooked and neglected most often and the one that is presently enemy number one while we bemoan our lack of qualified personnel in various is inaccessibility. areas and levels of endeavor. In spite of forward-moving programs of physical restor- A large portion of our disabled and aging have been ation and rehabilitation, professionals in the field of rehabil- unnecessarily institutionalized or are to be found in back itation are finding it very difficult to project clients into rooms, protected and pampered by solicitous parents, rela- normal situations of education, recreation, and employment tives, and friends. Experiences and statistics in this regard because of architectural barriers. Therefore, the problems are dynamically startling and truly sad. An unnecessarily inherent to the design of buildings and facilities quickly take large proportion of our disabled young people have had to on the role of "villain" and might revert the social and eco- be placed in hospital schools, orthopedic schools,or pro- nomic gains now evident to constructive rehabilitation. vided home-bound instruction. The cost per capita of such The solution of these problems is not within the realm of schooling is many times the cost when they are included in professional rehabilitation workers. It must be a challenge the regular school system. A multitude of other benefitsare to all architects, builders, designers, educators, engineers, also to be derived by these people when they are properly manufacturers, and in all probability, legislatures and mu- included in regular schools. nicipal leaders, with encouragement and guidance from WITH WHAT AND WHOM ARE WE CONCERNED? those professionally engaged in medicine and rehabilitation. If more facilities in communities were accessible to, and We are basically concerned with making it possible for usable by, the disabled and the aging, treatment centers, the great talents and resources of millions of disabled and hospitals, and other institutions could make prudent use of aging individuals to be put to use for the betterment of these facilities, helping bridge the gap between patient and mankind by the elimination of architectural barriers. More community, and helping to resolve some of the acute prob- specifically, it has been our purpose to develop standards lems which face the patient upon discharge. and .specifications for all buildings and facilities used by the public so that they will be accessible and functional to STATISTICAL SIGNIFICANCE the disabled and the aging. In setting ont upon this mission, it was recognized that Alarming as it may seem, approximatelyone out of the majority of buildings which we will using within the every seven people in our nation has a permanent physical next decade or two are already built. Therefore, the first disability. Among these cagesare many different causes problem was to determine what might be done to make and manifestations of physical disability, and each hasits accessible and functional the existing buildings which are own particular associated problems. now nonaccessible. The second task, and the simpler of the Contrary to what most people think, recent advance- two, was the development of the standards for proper de- ments in science and medical technology tend to magnify sign and construction of new buildings and facilities. this problem. Medical sciencenow makes it possible to save many lives, decrease the mortality rate at birth, and in- SOLVING THE PROBLEM crease longevity, all of which greatly increase the numbers In October 1961, the American Standards Association of individuals with permanent physical disabilities. Itis officiallyreleased "American Standard Specifications for further evident that the situation will get muchworse before Making Buildings and Facilities Acccssibleto, and Usable it gets better. by, the Physically HandicappedThe cosponsors of this Also contributing to the increasing incidence ofperma- project were the President's Committee on the Employment nent physical disabilities is the advancing machine age, of the Handicapped and The National Society for Crippled the continued expansion of industry, and the rapidly-in- Children and Adults. Extensive research, experimentation, creasing numixis of motor vehicles, both in total numbers 2nd development were carriedon at the University of Illi- and the percentage of populace ownership. Authorities antic- nois, in part under a grant made to the University by the ipate over 200,000 traumatic paraplegics (individuals with National Society for Crippled Children and Adults. A Steer- spinal-cord injury resulting in bothmotor and sensory ing Committee vias appointed and, subsequently,a Sectional
154 APPENDIX G
Committee was selected, with representation from more than Subsequently, on February 9, 10, and 11, 1964, a work- 50 professions, trades, governmental agencies (federal,statc, shop on this problem was held at the Universityof Illinois. and local), national societies, and national associations. The There was broad representation among the participating standards referred to above were carefully scrutinized by all personnel, which included not only those who wouldbe members of the Steering and Sectional Committees. Tice able to contribute to the matter under consideration,but standards were then carefully reviewed by several boards also these- who would be instrumental inimplementing these and committees of the American Standards Association. considerations. Therefore, these standards constitute a very sound basis SUMMARY for action on the part of all those who are, or should be, A little coordinated planning can open up many new interested in this problem. These standards are concerned with all causes and mani- worlds to millions of people. We are wasting shameful because we have festations of disability. They are concerned with, and ap- amounts of money and human resources overlooked some relatively-simple things. We must make plicable to, all buildings used by the public. Although the specifications are applicable to all buildings regardless of all buildings and facilities accessible to, and usable by, the the function of the building, they do not yet include specifi- disabled and the aging. The disabled and the aging can be accommodated in all cations for some facilities of specific and unique purpose. buildings and facilities used by the public: They are being supplemented to include these. It should also independently and without distinction be emphasized that these standards can and will be amend- without loss of space or function to the general public ed from time to time to keep pace with changing social and without significant extra cost. technological advancements. recommended On November 14, 1963, interested and authoritative All standards and specifications which are will be of benefit to persons met at the Athletic Instituteoffices to make a pilot to facilitate the disabled and the aging referred to herein can be incorpor- investigation into the problems confronting the physically everyone. The standards basic archi- disabled in the use of health, physical education, and recre- ated in any type of building regardless of the ation facilities. tectural concept. AMERICAN STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAKING BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ACCESSIBLE TO, AND USABLE BY, THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED FOREWORD (This Foreword is not a part of American Standard Specifications far Making Buildings and Foci:sties Accessible to, and Usableby. 'he Physically siandi capped. (Al 17.1-1961.) This standard supplements other American Standards relating to various aspectsof buildings and facilities. Its specifi- cations, which are the result of extended andcareful consideration of available knowledge and experience on thissub- ject, are intended to present minimum requirements.They are recommended for use in the construction of all buildings and facilities and for adoption and enforcement by administrativeauthorities, so that those individuals with permanent physical disabilities might pursue their interests and aspirations, developtheir talents, and exercise their skills.
The ASA Sectional Committee, Al 17, which developedthis standard, had the following representation: LEON CHATELAIN, JR., Chairman T. J. NUGENT, Secretary Organizations Represented
AFL-CIO Association of Casualty and Surety Companies
American Foundation for the Blind Construction Specifica:ions Inslitute
American Hospital Association Federal Housing Administration
American Hotel Association General Services Administration
American Institute of Architects Industrial Home for the Blind
American Municipal Association Industrial Medical Association
American Occupational Therapy Association Indoor Sports Clubs, Inc.
American Physical Therapy Association Institute for the Crippled and Disabled
American Society of Landscape Architects National Bureau of Standards National Congress of Organizations for the Physically Handicapped American Society of Mt....chonical Engineers
Arner:con Society of Safety Engineers Notional Council of Churches
American Vocational Association National Council on Schoolhouse Construction
Associated General Contractors of America National Elevator Manufacturing Industry
155 APPENDIX G Organizations Represented National Paraplegia Foundation Chi Ichen's Bureau National Rehabilitation Association Division of Accident Prevention Notional Safety Council Division of Hospital and Medical Facilities National Society for Crippled Children and Adult: (sponsor) Office of Education Paralyzed Veterans of America, Inc. Office of Vocational Rehabilibtion Paraplegics Manufacturing Company U.S. Deportment of Labor Plumbing Fixture Manufodupers Association Bureau of Employment Security President's Committee on Employment Bureau of Labor Standards of the Handicapped (sponsor) U.S. Veterans Administration Society of industrial Realtors University of Illinois Rehabilitation Cente: Telephone Group
United Cerebral' Palsy Associations. lac The Steering Committee: K. Vernon Banta U.S. Conference of Mayors Philip A. KIcger Leri Chateiain, Jr. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare T. J. Nugent Clinton H. Cawgill Bureau of State Services Jayne Shover H. Dwight York
This material is reproduced from the American Standard Specifications for Making Buildingsand Facilities Accessible to, and Usable by, the Physically Handicapped, A117.1. Copyright 1961 by ASA. copies of which may be purchased from the AmericanStandards Association at 10 East 40th Street. New York, New York, 10016. 1.Scope and Purpose 2.6 Aging. Those manifestations of the agingprocesses that 1.1 Scope significantly reduce mobility,flexibility, coordination, and perceptiveness but are not accounted for in the aforemen- 1.1.1 This standard applies to all buildings and facilities tioned categories. used by the public.It applies to temporary or emergency 2.7 Standard. When this term cppears in small letters and is conditions as well as permanent conditions. It doesnot apply to private residences. not preceded by the word "American," it is descriptive and does not refer to an American Standard approved by ASA; 1.1.2 This standard is concerned with non-ambulatory dis- for example, a "standard" wheelchair isone characterized as abilities, semi-ambulatory disabilities, sight disabilities,hear- standard by the manufacturers. ing disabilities, disabilities of incoordination, and aging.' 2.8 Fixed Turning Radius, Wheel to Wheel. The tracking of 1.2 Purpose. This standard is intended to make ail buildings the caster wheels and large wheels ofa wheelchair when and facilities used by the public accessibleto, and functional pivoting on a spot. for, the physically handicapped, to, through, and within their 2.9 Fixed Turning Radius, Front Structure to Rear Structure. doors, without loss of function,space, or facility where the general public is concerned. It supplements The turning radius of a wheelchair, left front-foot platform existing Ameri- to right rear wheel, or right front-foot platform to left can Standards, and reflects great concern for safety of life rear wheel, when pivoting on a spot. and limb. In cases of practical difficulty,unnecessary hard- ship, or extreme differences, administrativeauthorities may 2.10 Involved (Involvement). A portionor portions of the grant exceptions from the literal requirements of this stand- human anatomy or physiology, or both, that havea loss or ard or permit the use of other methodsor materials, but impairment of normal function as a result of genesis, trauma, only when it is clearly evident that equivalent facilitationand disease, inflammation, or degeneration. protection are thereby secured. 2.11 Ramps, Ramps with Gradients. Because the term "ramp" 2.Definitions has a multitude of meanings anduses, its use in this text is clearly defined as ramps with gradients (orramps with 2.1 Non-ambulatory Disabilities. Impairments that, regard- slopes) that deviate from what could otherwise be considered less of cause or manifestation, for all practicalpurposes, the normal level. An exteriorramp, as distinguished from a confine individuals to wheelchairs. "walk," would be consideredan appendage to a building leading to a level above or below existing ground level. As 2.2 Semi-ambulatory Disabilities. Impairments thatcause such, a ramp shall meet certain requirements similarto individuals to walk with difficultyor insecurity. Individuals those imposed upon stairs. using braces or crutches, amputees, arthritics, spastics, and those with pulmonary and cardiac illsmay be semi-ambula- 2.12 Walk, Walks. Because the terms "walk" and "walks" have tory. a multitude of meanings and uses, their use in this text is clearly defined as a predetermined, prepared-surface,ex- 2.3 Sight Disabilities. Total blindness or impairments affect- terior pathway leading to or from a buildingor facility, or ing sight to the exient that the individual functioning in pub- from one exterior area to another, placedon the existing lic areas is insecure or exposed to danger. ground level and not deviating from the level of theexisting 2.4 Hearing Disabilities. Deafnessor hearing handicaps that ground immediately adjacent. might make an individual insecure in publicareas because 2.13 Appropriate Number. As used in this text, appropriate he is unable to communicate or hear warning signals. number means the number of a specific item that would be 2.5 Disabilities of Incoordination. Faulty coordinationor necessary, in accord with the purpose and function of a palsy from brain, spinal, orpet ipheral nerve injury. building or facility, to accommodate individuals with specific I See definitions in Section 2.
156 APPENDIX G disabilities in proportion to the anticipated number of indi- 4.Site Development5 viduals with disabilities who would use a particular building or facility. 4.1 Grading. The grading of ground, even contrary to exist- ing topography, so that it attains a level with a normal en- EXAMPLE- these specifications shall apply auallbuildings and trance will make a facilityaccessib:e to individuals with ities used by the public. the numerical need for a specific item would differ. physical disabilities. for example. between a maim transportation terminal, where many individocis with diverse disabilities would be continually coming and going. on office build- 4.2 Walks ing or factory, where varying numbers of incliwidualswah disebiliies of vary- ing monifeswions on many knSttan(eS, very lolge number s might be employed 4.2.1 Public walks should be at least 48 inches wide and or hove reason for frequent visas, o school or church. where the number of should have a gradient not greater than 5 percent.6 individuals may be fixed and octivAies more definitive, and the many other buildings and facilities dedicated io specific functions and purposes. 4.2.2 Such walks should be of a continuing common sur- NOTE. Disabilities a-e specific and where the individual has been properly face, not interrupted by steps or abrupt changes in level. evaluated and properly oriented and where architectural barriers have been eleninat-cl, a specific disobility does not constitute a handicap. It should be 4.2.3 Wherever walks cross other walks, driveways, or emphasized that more and more of those physically disabled are becoming parking lots they should blend to a common level.? participants. rather than spectators, in the fullest meaning of the word. NOTE: 4.1 and 4.2. sepai-ottly or collectively. ore greatly aided by terrac- ing, retaining walls. and winding walks allowing for more gradual incline. 3. General Principles and thereby making almost any building accessible to individuals with permanent Considerations physical disabilities, while contributing to its aesthetic qualities. 4.2.4 A walk shall have a level platform at the top which 3.1 Wheelchair Specifications. The collapsible-model wheel- is at least 5 feet by 5 feet, if a door swings out onto the chair of tubular metal construction with plast:c upholstery for platform or toward the walk This platform shall extend at bock and seat is most commonly used. The standard model of all manufacturers falls within the following limits, which least 1 foot beyond each side of the doorway. were used as the basis of consideration: 4.2.5 A walk shall have a level platform at least 3 feet (I) Length: 42 inches deep and 5 feet wide, if the door does not swing onto the (2) Width, when open: 25 inches platform or toward the walk This platform shall extend at (3) Height of seat from floor: 19 1/2 inches least 1 foot beyond each side of the doorway. (4) Height of armrest from floor: 29 inches 4.3 Parking Lots (5) Height of pusher handles (rear) from floor: 36 inches (6) Width, when collapsed: 11 inches 4.3.1 Spaces that are accessible and approximate to the facility should be set aside and identified for use by individ- 3.2 The Functioning d a Wheekhair uals with physical disabilities. 3.2.1 The fixed turning radius of a standard wheelchair, 4.3.2 A parking space open on one side, allowing room wheel to wheel, is 18 inches. The fixed turning radius, front for individuals in wheelchairs or individuals on braces and structure to rear structure, is 31.5 inches. crutches to get in and out of an automobile onto a level sur- 3.2.2 The average turning space required (180 and 360 face, suitable for wheeling and walking, is adequate. degrees) is 60 x 60 inches. 2Extremely small, large, strong, or weak and involved individuels could NOTE. Actually, a turning space that is longer than it is with.. specifically. fall outside the ranges in 3.3.1. 3.3.2. 3.3.3, and their reach could differ from 63 x 56 inches, is more workable and desirable. In an area with two open :he figure given in 3.3.4. However, these reaches were determined using o ends, such as might be the case in a cot- idor, a minimum of 54 inches be- lot ge number of individuals who were functionally trained, with a wide range tween two wails would permit a 360-degree turn. in individual size and involvement. 3.2.3 A minimum width of 60 inches is required for two 3 Most individuals ambulating on braces or crutches, or both, or on cones individuals in wheelchairs to pass each other. ore able to manipulate within the specifications prescribed for wheelchairs, al- though doors present ryite a problem at times. However, attention is called to 3.3 The Adult Individual Functioning in a Wheelchair 2 'the fact that a crutch tip extending laterally from an individual is not obvious to others in heavily trafficked areas, certainly not as obvious or protective as 3.3.1 The average unilateral vertical reach is 60 inches a wheelchair and therefore, a source of vulnerability. and ranges from 54 inches to 78 inches. 4 Some cerebral palsied individuals, and some severe arthritics, would be extreme exceotions to 3.4.1 and 3.4.2. 3.3.2 The average horizontal working (table) reach is 30.8 5Site development is the most effective means to resolve the problems inches and ranges from 28.5 inches to 33.2 inches. created by topography, definitive architectural designs or concepts, water table, 3.3.3 The bilateral horizontal reach, both arms extended existing streets, and atypical problems singularly or collectively, so that ag- gress, ingress, and egress to buildings by physically disabled can be facilitated to each side, shoulder high, ranges from 54 inches to 71 while preserving the desired design and effect of the architecture. inches and averages 64.5 inches. 6 Itis essential that the gradient of walks and driveways be less than that 3.3.4 An individual reaching diagonally, as would be re- prescribed for ramps, since walls would be void of handrails and curbs and would be considerably longer and more vulnerable to the elements. Walks of quired in using a wall-mounted dial telephone or towel dis- near maximum grade and considerable length should have level areas at in- penser, would make the average reach (on the wall) 48 tervals for purposes of rest and safety. Walls or driveways should have a inches from the floor. nonslip surface. 3.4 The Individual Functioning on Crukhes3 7This specification does not require Pie elimination of curbs, which, particu- larly if they occur at regular intersections, are a distinct safety feature for oil 3.4.1 On the average, individuals 5 feet 6 inches tall re- of the handicapped, particularly the blind. The preferred method of meeting the specification i: to hove the walk incline to the level of the street. However, quire an average of 31 inches between crutch tips in the at principal intersections, itis vitally important that the curb run parallel to normally accepted gaits.4 the street, up to the point where the walk is inclined, at which point the curb would turn in and gradually meet the level of the walk at its highest point. A 3.4.2 On the overage, individuals 6 feet 0 inches tall re- less preferred method would be to gradually bring the surface of the drive- quire an average of 32.5 inches between crutch tips in the way or street to the level of the walk. The disadvantage of this method is that normally accepted gaits.4 a blind person would not know when he has left the protection of a walk and entered the hazards of a street or driveway.
157 APPENDIX G 4.3.3 Parkin2 spaces for individuals with physical disabili- inches when open and shall be operable bya single effort. ties when plated between two conventional diagonalor NOTE 1: Two-leaf doors are not usable by these with tbsdbffhies defined in head-on parking spaces should be 12 feet wide. 2.1. 2.2. and 2.5 unless they -.)perate by a single effort.or unless one of the 4.34 Care in planning should be exercised so that indi- two leaves meets the requirement of 5.3.1. viduals in wheelchairs and individuals using braces and NOTE 2 V .s recommended that off doors hare Lek plates extending free crutches are not compelled to wheel the bottom of the door to at least 16 inches from the floor, or be mode ofa or walk behind parked material and finish that would safely withstand the abuse they /night receive cars. from tones, crutthes. wheelchair foot - platforms, or wheelchair wheels. 4.3.3 Consideration should be given the distribution of 5.3.2 The floor on the inside and outside of each doorway spaces for use by the disabled in accordance with the fre- shall be level for a distance of 5 feet from the door in the quency and persistency of parking needs. diredion the door swings and shall extend 1 foot beyond 4.3.6 Walks shall be in conformity with 4.2. each side of the door. 5.Buildings 5.3.3 Sharp inclines and abrupt changes in level shall be avoided at doorsills. As much as possible, thresholds shall 5.1 Ramps with Gradients. Where ramps with gradients are be flush with the floor. necessary or desired, they shall conform to the fallowing NOTE t. Care should be taken in the selectecn. placement. and setting of specifications: door closers so that they do not prevent the use of doors by the physically iisabled. Time-delay door closers are recommended. 5.1.1 A ramp shall not have a slope greater than 1 foot NOTE 2: Automatic doors that otherwise conform to 5.11. 5.32, and 5.3.3 rise in 12 feet, or 8.33 percent, or 4 degrees 50 minutes. ore very satisfactory. 5.1.2 A ramp shall have handrails on at leastone side, NOTE 3. These specifications apply both to exterior andinterior doors and and preferably two sides, thatare 32 inches in' height, meas- doorways. ured from the surface of theramp, that are smooth, -hat ex- 5.4 Stairs. Stairs shall conform to American Standard A9.1- tend 1foot beyond the top and bottom of the-ramp, and 1953, with the following additional considerations: that otherwise conform with American Standard Safety Code for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings, and Toe Boards, 5.4.1 Steps in stairs that might requireuse by those with Al2-1932. disabilities defined in 2.2 and 2.5or by the aged shall not have abrupt (square) nosing. (See Fig. 1.) NOTE 1: Where codes specify handrails to be of heightsother than 32 inches. It is recommended that two sits of handrails be installedto serve all NOTE: Individuals with restrictions in the knee, ankle. or hip, with artificial people. Where major traffic is predominantly chilJrtn, particularly physically legs, long leg braces, or comparable conditions cannot, without grid difficulty disabled children, extra core should be exercised in theplacement of hand- and hozord, use steps with nosing as illustrated in Fig. la, but con safely and rails, in accordance with the nature of the facility and theage group or groups with minimum difficulty use steps with nosing as illustrated in Fig. lb. being serviced.
NOTE 2: Core should be token that the ',derision of the handrailis not in itself a hazard. The extension may be modeon the side of o continuing wall. 5.1.3 A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip. 5.1.4 A ramp shalt! have a level platform at the top which is at least 5 feet by 5 feet, if a door swings out onto the platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall extend at least 1 foot beyond each side of the r.',,o7way. 5.1.5 A ramp shall have a level platfoem at least 3 feet deep and 5 feet wide, if the door does not swing onto the a-UNACCEPTABLE platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall extemi at least 1 foot beyond each side of the doorway. 5.1.6 Ecich ramp shall have at least 6 feet of straight clearance at the bottom. 5.17 Ramps shall have level platforms at 30-foot inter- vals for purposes of rest and safety and shall have level platforms wherever they turn. 5.2 Entrances 5.2.1 At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in wheelchairs. b. ACCEPTABLE NOTE: Because entrances also serve as exits, some being particularly im- portant in case of on emergency, and because the proximity of such exits to all Fig. 1 ports of buildings and facilities. in accordance with their design and function. is essential (see 112 and 2000 through 2031 of American Standard Building Stops Exits Code. A9.1-1953) it is preferable that all or most entrances (exits) should be accessible to. and usable by. individuals in wheelchairs and individuals with other forms of physical disability herein applicable. 5.4.2 Stairs shall have handrails 32 inches highas meas- ured from the tread at the face of the riser. 5.2.2 At least one entrance usable by individualsin wheelchairs shall beon a !evel that would make the ele- NOTE; Where codes specify handrails to be at heights other than 32 inches. vators accessible. it is recommendr cl that two sets of handrails be installedto serve all people. Where traffic is predominantly children, particularly physically disabledchil- 5.3 Doors and Doorways dren, extra core should be exercised in the placement of handrailsin accord- ance with the nature of the facility and the age group or groups beingser- 5.3.1 Doors shall have a clear opening ofnc less than 32 viced. Dual handrails may be necessary.
158 APPENDIX G
5.4.3 Stairs shall have at least one handrail that extends 5J Water Fountains. An appropriate number of waterfoun- at least 18 inches beyond the top step and beyondthe bot- tains or other water-dispensing means shall be accessible No, tom step. and usable by, the physically disabled. NOTE, Core should be token that the erdension of the handrails is not in 5.7.1 Water fountains or coolers shall have up-front spouts Nutt a hazard. The extension may be mode on the side of a continuing svoll. and controls. 5A.4 Steps should, wherever possible, and in conforma- 5.7.2 Water fountains or coolers shall be hand-operated tion with existing step formulas, have risers that do not ex- or hand- and foot-operated. (See also American Standard ceed 7 inches. Specifications for Drinking Fountains, Z4.2-1942.) 5.5 Floors NOTE Conventional floor-mounted wilier coolers can be serviceable to 53.1 Floors shall have a surface that is nonslip. individuals in wheelchairs is a small fountain is mounted on the side of the cooler 30 inches above the floor. 5.5.2 Floors on a given story shall be of a commonlevel NOTE 2, Wall-mounted, hand-operated coolers of the latest design, manu- throughout or be connected by a ramp in accord with 5.1.1 tortured by mony companies, can serve the able-bodied and the physically through 5.1.6, inclusive. disabled equally well when the cooler is mounted with the basin 36 inches from the floor. EXAMPLE I: There sholl not be a difference between thelevel of the floor of o corridor and :fie level of the floor of the toilet rooms. NO1E .1: Fully recessed water fountains are not recormrended. EXAMPLE 2: There should :sot be o difference between the levelof the Boot NOTE 4: Water fountains should not be set into on alcove unless the alcove of a corridor and the level of a meeting room, dining room, or anyother is wider than a wheelchair. (Se* 3.1.) room, unless proper romps are provided. 5.8 Public Telephones. An appropriate numberof public 5.6 Toilet Roams. It is essential that an appropriate number telephones should be made accessible to, and usable by, the of toilet rooms, in accordance with the nature and use of a physically disabled. specific building or facility, be made accessible to, and us- NOTE The conventional public telephone L,00th is not usable by most physi- able by, the physically handi:apped. cally disabled individuals. There are many ways in which public telephones can be mode ocrAssisle and usable. It is recommended that architects and builders 5.6.1 Toilet rooms shall have space to allow traffic of confer with the telephone company in the planning of the building or facility_ individuals in wheelchairs, in accordance with 3.1, 3.2, and 5.8.1 Such telephones should be placed so that the dial 3.3. and the handset can be reached by individuals in wheel- 5.6.2 Toilet rooms shall have at least one toilet stall that chairs, in accordance with 3.3. (1) Is 3 feet wide 5.8.2 An appropriate number of public telephones should (2! Is at least 4 feet 8 inches, preferably 5 feet, deep be equipped for those with hearing disabilities and so iden- (3) Has a door (where doors are used) that is 32 inches tified with instructions for use. wide and swings out (4) Has handrails on each side, 33 inches high and paral- NOTE: Such telephones can be used by everyone. lel to the floor, 11/2 inches in outside diameter, with 5.9 Elevators. In a multiple-story building, elevators are es-
1 1/2 inches clearance between rail and wall, and fas- sential to the successful functioning of physically disabled tened securely at ends and center. individuals. They shall conform to the following requirements: (5) Has a wo:er closet with the seat 20 inches from the 5.9.1 Elevators shall be accessible to, and usable by, the floor. physically disabled on the level that they use to enter the NOTE: The design and mounting of the woter closet is of considerable im- portence. A %mil-mounted water closet with a narrow under-structure that re- buildina, and at all levels normally used by the general cedes sharply is most desirable. Ha floor-mountedwater closet must be used, public. it should not have o front that is wide and perpendicular to the floor of the front of the seat. The bowl should be shallow at the front of the seat and turn 5.9.2 Elevators shall allow for traffic by wheekhairs, in backward more than downward to allow the individuals in o wheelchair to get accordance with 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 5.3. close to the water closet with the seat of the wheelchair. 5.10 Controls. Switches and controls for light, heat, ventila- 5.6.3 Toilet rooms shall have lavatories with narrow ap- tion, windows, draperies, fire alarms, and all similar controls rons, which when mounted at standerd height are usable by of frequent or essential use, shall be placed within the reach individuals in wheelchairs; or shall have lavatoriesmounted of individuals in wheelchairs. (See 3.3.) higher, when particular designs demand, sothat they are 5.11 Identification. Appropriate identification of specific fa- usable by individuals in wheelchairs. cilities within a building used by the public is particularly NOTE: It is important that drain pipes and hot-water pipes under o lavatory essential to the blind. be covered or insulated so that a wheelchair individual without sensation will not burn himself. 5.11.1 Raised letters or numbers shall be used to identify rooms or offices. 5.6.4 Some mirrors and shelves shall be provided above lavatories at a height as low as possible and no higher than 5.11.2 Such identification should be placed on the wall, 40 inches above the floor, measured from the top of the to the right or left of the door, at a height between 4 feet 6 shelf and the bottom of the mirror. inches and 5 feet 6 inches, measured from the floor, and preferably at 5 feet. 5.6.5 Toilet rooms for men shall have wall-mounted uri- nals with the opening of the basin 19 inches from the floor, 5.11.3 Doors that are not intended for normal use, and or shall have floor-mounted urinals that are on a level with that might prove dangerous if a blind person were to exit or the main floor of the toilet room. enter by them, should be made quickly identifiable to the touch by knurling on the door handle or knob. (See Fig. 2.) 5.6.6 Toilet rooms shall have an appropriate number of NOTE: KrArling can be imposed upon door handles or knobs by use of towel rocks, towel dispensers, and other dispensers and dis- textured plastic. posal units mounted no higher than 40 inches from the floor. EXAMPLE Such doc-s might lead to loading platforms, boiler rooms, stages, fire escapes, etc. 159 APPENDIX G 5.12 Warning Signak from the hazard, and warning devices shall be installed in 5.12.1 Audible warning signals shall be accompanied by accord with 5.12.2. simultaneous visual signals for the benefit of those with hear- 5.13.3 Low-hanging door closers that remainwithin the ing disabilities. opening of a doorway when the door is open, orthat pro- 5.12.2 Visual signals shall be accompanied by simultane- trude hazardously into regular corridor s or traffic ways ous audible signals for the benefit of the blind. when the door is closed, shall be avoided. 5.13 Hazards. Every effort shall be exercised to obviate haz- 5.13.4 Low-hanging signs, ceiling lights, andsimilar ob- ards to individuals with physical disabilities. jects or signs and fixtures that protrude intoregular corri- dors or traffic ways shall be avoided. A minimumheight of 5.13.1 Access panels or manholes in floors, walks, and 7 feet, measured from the floor, is recommended_ walls can be extremely hazardous, particularly When in use, and should be avoided. 5.133 Lighting on ramps shall be in accordwith 1201, 1202, 1203, and 1204 of American Standard A9.1-1953. 5.13.2 When manholes or access panels are open and in use, or when an open excavation exists on a site, particu- 5.13.6 Exit signs shall be in accord with 1205 of American larly when it is approximate to normal pedestrian traffic, Standard A9.1-1953, except as modified by 5.11 of this barricades shall be placed on all open sides, at least 3 feet standard.
UMJD TESTINg OUTLET WITH smoky MEAD
RAMBLE Rom* a soiE- 4'1,00Y s--OPEtenicp hAtiDa (V470.0. CNROME . %PE RAIL b
PLuteetmi WALL 5CALE: WaltON
Fig. 2 160 Knurled Door ilandl,, eud Knobs SHOWER FACILITIES APPENDIX G RECOMMENDED FACILITYADAPTATIONS FOR THE AGINGAND THE DISABLED
P:2_ 41 A L. :rivrit.o"
Slit,se4ric AA/ 711:Pv.
vJ
z-SL.ora 7D e,a4r 5E c2/Y
$w* filAZA et.. £4 IC .544#4*ea /zPs 161 APPENDIX G
/41.... Ai ..., c..4 1....4' /%sait/'- C °
il r O Vx /4" 'ASbar ahrm;nurnalloy -.shoed .sAolvn Sc of bracket 9 guide ...1%.5. wee del-ta. IsaD. #uiing.203' MICA-S.C.-Alton/ clearance. tlekl it, Q CD- W # bol4 S. S.Ce /any -los?' /fir.vihreacho( O /" a D. 0 Bar -..5"...5. %Shape .5haffin. ® Sea?' 4rac4etiu 2per ect74 S.S. ® teepee- JoeDeArii
ic-'01.1/ ki- Hon/Ep5 56-A 7--,5 F019' R.4 134 PL e cr is u5 hi 0 la E75,,5
162 APPENDIX G
4-5.0 aIt05 raisedPods.
for a' /e9
a
i lecepRoar 4GT I 0 AI A
OCT4IL //CCE .5 /DE .4LrC 1"=Po" %SCA C. artear /'e4' gr
I%fedi' Ircove 46a. 54 keeper .0_.shopsof as shown pe ...TCC776 N 2525 EL EVAT/04/ %S. C.4444C.'sTit IR ...VCALE,TEIRPO
"VAS PA /49. 4 PC6' IC .5";7/se, &CAW-
163 APPENDIX G 16' 2Z7
7-Ai_i___- to.:4Aiez, 64/0,vvE trz . 6in, 2 44E 0',e A/ 044/3E4 gig-4=0/.14/Sage,411:241°
4.Lrs/2Qosi.z. "dim #faz,r/-eisC 5 l.../4e/Tirr) No, op 4l41:90/.54141ke9) a .^. I "7/9/ CA Z..bid v./ em. Yea*
641/PET), 0.244 SA it Gns7-4,4 41:, dz/cArr) 1---=211110311103Z-1 E4 r /A/ 4 AI 4 0
164 APPENDIX G i
/1'20.67.6zorm. j& ,hvE ZZ- 0 1 1.-
4- 0 - i i
2 = 22' zf- 2.
I
i a i
4Zf- 2' 21- Z"
Iii "'4/2cvf/to.AdfcAL, /°/PE An. 4.'"'N Ili734
1...)- 4
its 1 N
I I u.S.ECT7tOisi IA-Ad" 6cittar:vria/=0" 7-44/VOAQ PAQAPLEi C76s/LE 721 165 APPENDIX G
L
VAL. a 4Z- .61. /1"4-. /f-cma
166 APPENDIX G
,fort 4: /. 4 scsa - #17 4iiiai7 tan GMrTAMA/C WITH 0elo WiNee d 7' WALL, J/0i, /-"N
of _up
"MINIMUM"
"PREFERRED" writoeinswmiciA/42:_poo.e.2,42c.6Ej O041
,von-rb!cad Ls
167 APPENDIX G
4WD
1 I
0
r-Paatvz CinrE
SZCPE EGE V4T 7 rizoilr EL XilIVIew ////////////// z / .\\/.4V4gAm Fete/474/a /-` // zit (Aim 41a41)
If recess is necessary or desired, it must have 14111434; ...51.0772r ne this minimum characteristic. AIM Neu x, G .dam i4xtov SAlowilv4 40fOiliYr/N4
PLAN %,7A EIZ fia7C-likiieL=117E0 -5C:4 car:P=BriLo
168 APPENDIX G
1 _
1 ! ; if-it___, ,. ...art 77. ;o ' i k a
4 I.: A . A A A .... Aor A A ... : .A 4.. . A A . A . :. 1. :w A A A A AI A . a ore a A T ...A Ao -A a e A . . vs x
CIO
A a A .., AA . k----.::...... :. _L
1 14 x 14 x 11
a,0 WENNT WALL MOUNTED PREFERRED. FROM FLOOR IF FLOOR MOUNTED PLACE 1..E5.73 1N NCcORDANcE. WITH A.S.A.-A117,1-1c161
FL-ooRLINE
PLAN OFPi.ACEMENT of MODERNTELEPHONES (SEVERAL DE516 NSAVAILABLE)-04' S c E 34."' =1' TOBE EQUALLY USABLEBY ABLE t II)15ABLED 5NINLLER CRILDREN
169 APPENDIX H
ABBREVIATED CHECK LIST OR FACILITY PLANNING
It is hoped that this Check List will give some additional Adequate outlets throughout, both 110v and 220v. direction in securing and planning the necessary faci:ities. Clocks in all classrooms ( at rear), public places, and Selected standards, items for convenience, and special fea- offices. tures are also listed so that the facilities can be utilized most Spotlights for archery and rifle targets. effectively. Telephone and intercom to all offices. Provision for easy relamping of all light fixtures. GENERAL Sprinklers in combustible storage area. Written program essential. All requirements of facility Oversize drains in necessary areas such as hydrotherapy spelled out in detail. All staff members contribute. Func- and laundry. tion, size, and relationship important. Easy access to plumbing chase and piping. AdHocBuilding Committee which indtr. es representa- Adequate water supply and drain for pool. tives from Health, Physical Educate...., And Recreation Thermostatic control and pressure regulators in all show- faculty and staff, and general administration. er plumbing. Visitation to similar facilities of other colleges/universi- Self-cleansing shower heads. ties most profitable. Cost of travel saved many times by Adequate number of drinking fountains. avoiding mistakes and gaining ideas. Ducts designed for future air-conditioning if not provided. Future as well as present needs estimated and firm pol- Separate thermostats in areas. icies established with appropriate parties. One hundred percent exhaust for steamy or odor-produc- Gross construction and equipment budget established. ing spaces, such as locker, shower, toilet, and animal Budget contingencies of not less than 10 percent. rooms. All staff and specialists review preliminary and final Special attention to mechanical ventilation for pools, working drawings so as to incorporate experience into handball courts, and other critical areas. the final plans. Emergency lighting equipment. Tare space (toilets, circulation, mechanical structure) within 20 to 25 percent of gross area. STRUCTURE AND FINISHES Plans meet all building codes. In control of partial use of buildings, entire building Facilities vandalproof, easy to maintain, and, most im- does not ha% e to be unlocked when only one or two portant, functional. areas are being used. Building carefully related to site. Adequate parking and Hazards such as low door closers, projections, and circulation. Coordinated with master plan. rough walls eliminated. Certain consultants, such as acoustical engineer, utilized When needed, movable roll-away bleachers used. to insure proper design of specialized areas. Trophy cases, public telephones, and ticket booths pro- Consideration given tier future expansion plans. vided. Special needs of physically handicapped met (ramps and Color schedule reviewed by building occupants. other conveniences). Overhead-supported apparatus and catwalks secured to Circulation spaces allow for movement of crowds and beams engineered to withstand loads. oversized equipment. In most instances, movable and folding partitions power- Elevator(s) and/or dumb waiter for movement of equip- operated and controlled by keyed switches. ment. Proper inserts for equipment such as net standards. Keying planned jointly by the HPER administrator, uni- Goals and apparatus securely recessed in walls and versity building and grounds personnel, and hardware floors according to court locations and functional needs. supplier. Hardware schedule door numbers and archi- Matting or other appropriate materials provided on walls tect's door numbers are identical. where needed, such as under basketball goals and in Adequate allowances for space, and number and types of wrestling rooms. teaching stations. (See specific chapters for standards.) In large teaching-station areas, walls are stable and Teaching stations planned for multiple use where advis- usable for rebounding purposes such as tennis practice. able. Ease of maintenance. Floor design and materials conform to latest standards MECHANICAL SERVICES and specifications (Electrical, Heating-Ventilation, Plumbing) Line markings completed before final seal coat is applied. Shielded, vaporproof light fixtures in moisture-prevalent Abrasive, nonskid, slip-resistant flooring impervious to area. water in all areas where water and moisture are preva- Electrical switches and outlets kept out of wet areas and lent, such as laundry, swimming-pool, shower, dressing, four feet off floor. drying, and animal-experimentation rooms. Lighting standards met (see Chapter4). Lighting in large areas wired in zones, suitably rheo- INDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS stated for economy of operation. GENERAL-USE GYMNASIUM(S) Special protection for lights where needed. Fire-alarm systems as per code. Contains at least 25,000 squa -e feet. Main electrical feed lines allow for growth (light level Ceiling height minimum of 24 feet. additional equipment). Adequate storage areas with double doors.
170 APPENDIX H Electrical outlets and pelts for public-addresssystem. tail, and 7i.thting. scoreboards, TV and other uses strategically located. Suflicient snace for storage, spectator area, and conces- Wall free of obstructions. Hard, easily-cleaned surface sion areas. for ball-rebounding activities. Intercommunication-and-amplifying system.. Adequate seating selected for multiple use of facility. Best Adequate pasrages and doors for movement of large utilization of space. equipment. Safety zones provided between courts, and between boun- dary lines and walls. RIFLE RANGE( a) GYMNASTICS GYMNASIUMS) Safety precautions are essential, such as placement of en- trances, sufficient space between each firing point, and Minimum of 10,000 square feet. Ceiling height minimum protection against ricocheting bullets. of 24 feet. Backstop and steel plate of the backstop are of sufficient Proper inserts and rigging for apparatus. thickness and at proper angle. Adequate storageminimum of 600square feet- -for con- Ample firing stations to accommodate a class of 20 templated equipment. students. Multiple-use and zoned areas coordinated. FENCING ROOM(S) WRESTLING AND PERSONAL-DEFENSE ROOM(S) Multipurpose area with sufficient size to provide official- Walls, doors, and floors padded and free from projec- length strips for both instructional and intercollegiate pro- tions. Doors swing outward or are cut to swing inward grams. over matted areas. Floors lined with regulation fencing strips. Adequate space or provisions made for nonparticipants Fencers can work with electrical equipment. to enter area. Fencing targets are attached to war. Shrinkage has been figured in specifications for mats. When necessary, mats are movable. INDOOR ARCHERY RANGE(S) Other possible uses, such as tumbling instruction. Sufficient storage available for targets an3 equipment. WEIGHT-EXERCISE ROOM( S ) Room specifications are sufficient for practice on regu- lation range without hitting fixtures aid ceiling. Contains at least 2,500 square feet, with ceiling at least Entrances to range are behind shooting line or adequate- 12 feet high. ly controlled to prevent persons moving into line-of-flight Adequate provision for moving heavy equipment, and of arrows. for storage and anchoring of equipment. Mounted targets on easily-movable frames facilitate use Floors constructed to withstand and/or protected against of area for other activities. use of heavy equipment. Full-length mirrors placed 24 inches from floor. DANCE STUDIO(S) Adequate mechanical services and acoustical treatment provided. Minimum of 100 square feet per student at peak load. Full-length mirrors on one or more walls (30 feet), HANDBALL AND SQUASH COURTS placed 24 inches above floor level. toAdequate dispersal of microphone jacks, electrical out- Minimum of eight courts of regulation size for either lets, and speaker installations. handball or squash, or both. Where budget dictates, Ample built-in cabinets for record players, microphones, courts are used interchangeably with contrasting court and amplifiers. line markings and use of portable tell tales. Ballet barres (adjustable heights from 40 to 48 inches) All fixtures, hardware, and obstructions placed flush on one or more walls. and in areas that conflict the least with play. Located near dressingrooms and outside entrance. Special attention given to mechanical-service specifica- Wooden, resilient floor, without waxor resin finish, for tions that insure proper ventilation, control of moisture, proper slide and protection of bare feet. and adequate lighting. Ceiling height proportional to ,ize of studio (12-foot New construction design and materials studied and used minimum). where feasible. Acoustically treated. Space and construction design provided in rear of courts Large studio with a .cep rise in floor level has advan- allow for instructional and possible spectator opportun- tages, such as two teaching stations and modified stage. ities.- Traffic patterns and spectator space considered when performing stage is included in studio area. EXERCISE-THERAPY ROOM(S) Lighting for stage area includes special wiring and fix- Located at ground level with easy access,or other pro- tures, such as dimmer board, battens with fresnel, follow visions are niacie (suds at ramps or elevators). spots, and floor pockets. Designed for privacy. Ample storage areas (percussion and music cabinets, Walls, floors, and ceiling support special cquipmezt. and space for costumes and stage properties). Adequate storage space available. Aesthetic considerationsare included (carefully-selected Multipurpose possibilities as other teaching station. colors and draperies). Auxiliary areas, or other combination exerciseareas, BOWLING LAN E(S ) are planned for classes and recreational groups in the social forms of dance. Mechanical and acousticalser- Special attention to mechanical services, acousticalcon- vices are important.
171 APPENDIX SWIMMING POOLS Materials used in construction of service areas planned for ease in cleaning (such as coved bases) and resistance Clear-cut statement on specific programs and require- to moisture (such as noncorrosivemetals and impervi- ments for facilities, in addition to general principles. ous materials). Board of Health and other code regulations met. Floor surfaces nonslip and pitched toward drains. Latest knowledge and experience incorporated in plan- Opaque windows installed where feasible, and placed ning. Experienced pool consultant, architect or engineer properly for privacy. has advised on design and equipment. Layout of locker room provides ease in supervision. Proper depths to accommodate age groups and types of Foot traffic kept to minimum, with dry-aisle traffic pat- activities. terns. Minimal depth for diving: 10 feet for 1-meter boards, 12 Vaporproof lighting fixtures, and safe location of electri- feet for 3-meter boards, and 16 feet for 10-meter towers. cal outlets and switches. Requirements met for competitive swimming, such as Special drains with mud crocks located at entrances from 7-foot indoor lanes (eight-foot outdoors), and 12-inch the playing fields, with provisions for hosing down. black or brown lines on the pool bottom; pool 1 inch Separate locker and shower facilities for swimming. longer tha.i official measurement; depth and distance Gang (group) showers, but approximately 10 percent markings. individual shower-dressing stalls in women's areas. Adequate deck space for instructional needs. Towel bars, or hooks, and foot-drying ledge in toweling Adequate office space with entire view of pool area and areas. toilet-shower-dressing area. Toilet floors kept dear of partitions and fixtures. Recessed steps or removable ladders do not interfere with Locker and shower facilities for faculty. competitive-swimming turns. Provision for use of dressing-shower facilities by officials. Properly- constructed overflow gutter extends around pool Adequate dressing space between lockers in both men's perimeter. and women's locker rooms. Adequate storage spaces for maintenance and instruc- Mirrors not placed above lavatories, and adequate hair tional equipment. dryers. Spectator space separated from pool area. Proper sight Adequate drinking fountains. lines. Careful selection of locker system based upon specific All equipment, such as diving equipment and lane an- needs. chors, securely and safely anchored. Temperature control and adequate hot water essential. Traffic patterns give efficient control of swimmers from Adequate ventilation of lockers and locker rooms most showers and locker rooms to pool, and toilet facilities important. provided for wet swimmers are separate from the dry area. FIRST-AID AND ATHLETIC-TRAINING ROOMS Recirculation pump located below the water level.. Access to filter room allows for ease in maintenance and Adequate training room(s) convenient to locker room. movement of materials. Hydrotherapy, electrotherapy, taping, and exercise areas Proper drainage in pool, on pool deck, in overflow functionally zoned in suite. Wet areas curbed, with ade- gutter, and on floors of shower, drying, and dressing quate drains. rooms. Adequate mechanical services for all equipment. Adequate space allowed around and below diving boards. Room specifications similar to those for shower and Fifteen feet dearance above 1- and 3-meter boards, and drying rooms. 10 feet above 10-meter platform. Athletic trainer (physical therapist) is key person in Effective circulation of water in pool, with adequate inlets functional planning. and outlets. First-aid rooms convenient to spectator facilities. Underwater lights, underwater observation windows, and underwater speakers of proper design and installation. MISCELLANEOUS Temperatures maintained: air r to 4' higher than water Launch-3- room(s) sized for projected needs. Laundry temperature; water temperature for general use is 78' to installation specifications built in. 82; temperature of 68' for competitive swimming; and Matron and custodial spaces with maintenance facilities. humidity of 45 to 55 percent. Adequate storage space (minimum of 300 square feet for Gutter waste water and direct waste water valved to each area). Adjoining teaching stations with double doors. return to the filters. Central check-out and repair space adequate for equip- Mechanical services, acoustical treatment, and nonglare ment and supplies (see Chapter 9). lighting have received special attention. Proper secnrity for storage and equipment areas. All metal fittings are of noncorrosive material. Provision for servicing and maintaining pipes, lighting, CLASSROOMS, LABORATORIES, AND machinery, and equipment. RELATED INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS Determine number of classrooms from aux-lcAim and SERVICE AREAS anticipated class enrollments. Emphasis on lecture-laboratory classes and inclement- LOCKER, SHOWER, AND DRYING ROOMS weather transfers from outdoor areas require excess Functional locker rooms serve both indoor and outdoor classroom capacity. teaching stations. Traffic patterns avoid crossing cor- Consider a 150- to 300 -scat lecture hall with ramped ridors. seating. Size, type, and mechanical services of locker rooms based Space requirements range from 12 to 20 square feet per on projected growth and needs. student (the larger the classroom capacity, the lower the
172 APPENDIX H allowance per student). For specialized instruction which away. requires storage and equipment, allow 20 to 35 percent An area approximately 125 feet wide is recommended additional space. for a practice baseball infield. In all classrooms, provide chalkboards, tackboards, and Design meets the standards of accessibility, supervision, TV conduits, and make ample provisions for electrical utility, and validity. outlets and for audiovisual aids. Ample spectator egress and ingress, and efficient traffic Careful attention to acoustics, color_ and lighting (see patterns. Chapter4). Adequate accommodations for women. Student and faculty lounges include efficiency kitchenettes. Square footage ample for the programs and services. Teaching materials centers have deign criteria similar Provision for maintenance of light fixtures. to libraries. Doors and traffic areas adequate for movement of equip- Provide for student reading rooms. May possibly be ment. combined with student lounge. Elevator and/or some other lifting device provided where Whea canteens are included, provide for adequate in- necessary. stallation, servicing, and maintenance of space, with due Latest research findings carefully considered before select- regard to sanitary conditions. in types of flooring.
OFFICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE UNITS STADIUMS Enough offices for future growth. Consideration given as to best placement of athletic Single offices provided for facility and staff (see Chapter areas, such as track and field (see Chapter 19). 12). Utilization of all space in, around, and under stadium. Pleasant working conditions with good acoustics, pri- Future expansion plans. vary, and freedom from noise. Minimum width of 24 inches for treads with backless Telephone and intercommunkation system. seats; 30 inches for seats with Sacks. Offices arranged to accommodate furnishings and traffic Aisles minimum width of 30 inches. If divided by a por- flow. tal, minimum width of 24 inches on each side. Built-in safe cr walk-in vault for records and/or tickets. All traffic areas allow ease of traffic flow. Adequate provisions for offices for graduate assistants Focal points for sight lines: for football, nearest sideline; and fir student activity offices. for track, knee height of runner in nearest lane; for base- Workroom and storage spaces for secretaries (150 to ball, several feet behind catcher; and for tennis, 4 feet 300 square feet minimum). outside boundary lines and 10 feet behind base lines. Chalkboards and tackboards in appropriate offices. For stadium cleaning, recommended deck slope with Well-arranged facilities for receiving and distributing drains and hose bibbs not more than 100 feet apart. mail. . At least one public telephone for every 3,000 spectators. Efficient interrelationships of office facilities consistent Press box heated where necessary, and equipped wit1 with administrative organization. toilet facilities and ample electrical outlets. Adequate electrical outItts, lighting, and air-conditioning. Elevator and/or some other lifting device provided for Conference rooms may combine an efficiency kitchenette press box. with units for reading and relaxation. Scoreboards and press and photographers' boxes lo- Administrative suites located near main entrance. cated with proper relationship to sun.
RESEARCH AND TEACHING LABORATORIES ICE-SKATING FACIUTIES Teaching and research laboratories available, including Special attention given to mechanical services, refrigera- individual and possibly mobile laboratories. tion system, and unique heating and ventilation needs. Sharing.of service facilities, such as the data-prvcessing Utilization of specialists and consulting engineers (see area, workshop area, photographic darkroom, graphics Chapter 16). area, and duplicating facility. Combination use of space well planned, such as tennis, Specific laboratories may indude: measurement and eval- badminton, and volleyball courts. uation; biomechanics (kinesiology); physiology of exer- Ice-maintenance equipment room adequate for oversize cise; health education; safety -...C.ucation; motor learning equipment, with oversize doors and extra ceiling height; and psychology of sports; recreation; and history and adequate provision for steam and drainage needs. sociology (see Chapter 13). Skate-sharpening room, with proper fahaust and venting for dust problems. RESIDENT OUTDOOR EDUCATION CENTER Amp'x storage space for rink boards and ice equipment Planned for multiple use for various age le.vels and var- during nonseason. ied programs (see Chapter 15). Special recessed bases for rink boards imbedded in floor Site selected carefully for isolation, yet limited accessibil- for necessary stability. ity with adequate and safe water supply. If bleachers are used on main floor surrounding rink, Adequate drainage and sewage d;sposal. movable roll-away bleachers are utilized out-of-season Availability of utility lines. as Cuviders for teaching stations. Fire protection available. Jacks for sconboards, amplifying system, goal lights, and electrical outlets recessed and strategically located. FIELD HOUSES Adequate protection from flying pucks. Automatic ice-making equipment used. Six-lane, 60-yard straightaway track, minimum of 60 Locker and drying rooms have adequate mechanical yards plus sufficient distance for starting and stopping ventilation for ice-hockey uniforms. Ventilated, oversize (see Chapter 17). lockers used. Exit doors (width of running track) at end of straight- 173 APPENDIX I
THE STEPS IN BUILDING'
OWNER ARCHITECT OWNER AND ARCHITECT 1. Seeks architectural services 2. Preliminary conference 3. Owner /architect agreement 4. Establish building program 5. Set production time limits 6. Program analysis 7. Schematic designs 8. Approves schematic documents 9. Preliminary drawings 10. Preliminary specifications 11. Preliminary estimates 12. Conference on preliminaries 13. Revisions to preliminaries 14. Approves preliminary documents 15. Authorizes final documents 16. Approves special consultants, if any SPECIAL: 17. 25% of fee now payable 18. Final working drawings 19. Conference on specifications 20. Final specifications 21. Final estimates 22. Set construction time limit 23. Conference and review 24. Revisions, if required SPECIA 25. Review by city, state, and federal groups 26. Conference and acceptance 27. Approves final documents SPECIAL 28.50% of fee now payable 29.Select contrbdors for bidding 30. Issues documents for bidding 31. Receives bids 32. Bid tabulation and review 33. Advises on contract award 34. Awards contract 35. Assists in execution of contract 36. Executes contract 37. Approves bonds and insurance 38. Arranges for waiver of liens 39. Issues proceed letter to contractor 40. Field construction begins 41. Supervises construction 42. Prepares field inspection reports 43. Reviews and approves shop drawings 44. Inspects and approves samples 45. Prepares monthly certificates 46. Pays construction costs monthly 47. Review construction reports SPECIAL- Emergencies SPECIAL Construction delays 48. Prepares and signs change orders 49. Countersigns change orders SPECIAL 50. 25% of fee prorated 51. Receives special guarantees from contractor 52. Makes final inspection 53. Receives release of liens 54. Makes final payment 55. Accepts building 56. Assumes maintenance 57. Celebration "Tolson from The Cie el. Schee lbws., Educational FocilNies leborof °ries. Inc.. 477 Modison Avenue, New York NY.
174 APPENDIX I
STANDARD FORM OF QUESTIONNAIRE FOR SELECTION OF ARCHITECTS FOR SCHOOL BUILDING PROJECTS*
A. Information by the school system to the architect:
1. Name of school system
2. Name of superintendent or other person to whom questionnaire should be returned:
3. Size of system (pupil enrollment) o
E 4. General description of proposed projects: a 3 Esc
5. Approximate timetable for planning & construdion period:
B. Archited's questionnaire:
1. Name
2. Business address
1. Telephone number
4. Type of organization (check one)
0 individual
E I= partnership
I= corporation 0 0 'Approved by the Notional Council on Schoolhouse Construction and the American Institute of Architects and available from ALA. 1735 New York Ave. nue. N.W., Washington, D.C. 175 APPENDIX I
5. Names of principals, professional history, professional affiliation, key personnel, staff organization: (Attach information if you prefer.)
6. Attach list of completed buildings your firm has designed during recent years. If you have recently established your own practice, indicate pricr responsible affiliation with other projects. Underline those which you feel are examples of your work appropriate to our problems & which you would like to have visited. Include cost of building, type of building, location & dates of construction. (Use separate sheet.) 7. Give names of persons to whom the board of education may write. These persons have knowl- edge of your firm and your work:
8 Attach any other material which might help the boord of education in giving your firm proper consider- ation. In questions 7 & 8, the board is interested in finding out about your: Integrity Thoroughness Creativeness Adequacy of supervision Business procedures & record keeping on the job Financial rosponsibility 9. If you are called in for an interview, you will be asked to furnish information indicating: That your organization is adequate to do the job. That previous commitments will not prevent expeditious planning of this project. That you are willinn to devote time to carry out cooperative educational planning with designated school staff member; or committees. Completeness of contract documents (plans & specifications).
TEXT JOINTLY COPYRIGHTED BY NATIONAL COUNCIL ON SCHOOLHOUSE CONSTRUCTION AND THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. THIS FORM MAY BE DUPLICATED PROVIDING: (1) IT IS REPRO- DUCED VERBATIM, & (2) ADVANCE PERMISSION IS GRANTED BY BOTH COPYRIGHT HOLDERS.
AIA subcommittee: NCSHC subcommittee: Eberle M. Smith, AIA, Chairman Wilfred F. Clapp, Chairman Clarke E. Harris, AIA Paul W. Seagers Lauren V. Pholman, AIA W. W. Theisen
176 APPENDIX I
TIME REQUIRED TO PLAN AND CONSTRUCT A SCHOOL BUILDING'
1. Selection of architect, consultant, and site: on. to four months 2. Preparation of program requirements for educational specifications: on. to six months 3. Time between receipt of program requirements and completion of preliminary plans: two to six months 4. Time between preliminary plans and beginning of final drawings: up to two months 5. Time from approval of preliminary plans to completion o; final drawings and specifications: two to ten months 6. Time between approval of final drawings and receipt of contractors' bids, one and one-ha to two months 7. Time from acceptance of bid to completion of the building: twelve to twenty-four months
*Condensed from o study mode by NJ.. Engelhardt. Jr.
177 APPENDIX I
NEW EDUCATIONAL DIRECTIONS
Many large cities are currently engaged in extensive children will have better schools, thereby increasing deseg- planning which will result in revitalizing city life. Projects regation problems. for urban renewal, industrial plazas, business centers, hous- The education park, education plaza, or campus school ing developmeats, school-plant renewal, and park develop- should be on a site which is large enough to compare fa- ment are dtsigned to revitalize urban living. Large areas, vorably with that of the suburban schools. A suburban ele- even in the heart of the city, are being cleared of old struc- mentary school for 1,000 pupils generally has a site which tures so that the land can be used for other purposes. has 10 or more acres of usable space for outdoor physical education and recreation. Therefore, a campus school or an THE EDUCATION PARK, EDUCATION PLAZA, education park for 5,000 elementary pupils should have OR CAMPUS SCHOOL 50 or more acres for such use. This center should have at least 12 indoor physical. education teaching stations which Proposals for renewal of the school and community-col- are functional for recreation. lege plants have included the development of larger centers Recommendations, standards, and specifications for plan- for education, such as an education park, education plaza, ning facilities for health, physical education, and recreation or a campus school. Such centers are often planned to serve for the park-schools for the elementary, junior high, or about 5,000 elementary or middle-school pupils. They in- senior high grades are included in the 1965 edition of the clude a complex of buildings located on a large site rang- Guideprepared by the National Facilities Conference.* ing from 50 to 150 acres. Sometimes the centers include high school and junior college students. Occasionally, the LOCATION centers have included university students They are usually planned so that they are functional for recreation. The park-school concept, which is included in the 1965 City education officials are under great pressure to im- Guide,holds that an elementary school should be located prove the scope and quality of education and to desegregate in a park-like setting and planned so that it is functional the public schools. The construction of new and improved for a neighborhood center for recreation as well as educa- schools is a key factor in relieving this pressure and in tion. likewise, the junior or senior high school should be solving these problems. The improvement of the quality functional for a community education and recreation center. and scope of education, particularly the enrichment of the Such park-schools should be used on a year-round sched- curriculum, is a major factor in solving desegregation ule, and be open for after-school and evening use during problems. Good programs in health, physical education, the school yew.. These education-recreation centers are well recreation, and outdoor education are essential to such suited to the extended school year, whether it be the enriched curriculum enrichment. summer school or the arrangement of the school year by Broadly-conceived programs of health, physical educa- quarters. tion, recreation, and outdoor education can provide learn: The education park or plaza is, in essence, a complex of ing experiences which achieve desirable outcomes in citizen- elementary park-schools located on large land areas cleared ship, fair play, and teamwork that reinforce the foundation by urban renewal, or in open spaces which are available for good citizenship and character. Outcomes in skills, near the edge of a city. Such parks orplazas cannot serve knowledges, and attitudes can prepare the individual for a the purpose of enriching and improving the quality of edu- lifetime of participation in recreation that is of benefit to cation, or in solving the problems of desegregation, if they both himself and society. The achievement of these outcomes are located on sites which are too small for a good pro- can be a powerful force in the solution of civil-rights prOb- gram of outdoor physical education and recreation. lems. Outdoor education centers or school camps can serve effectively as education parks or plazas. A city that is plan- NEEDED FACILITIES ning for the development of several education parks should also plan for some outdoor education centers. Such centers The health, physical education, recreation, and outdoor have great potential values for the enrichment of education education facilities of an education park, education plaza, and in solving problems of integration. A week or two in or a campus school should be more adequate than those of camp will be beneficial to all children in the middle grades, the schools it replaces. Most of the old and inadequate particularly for culturally-deprived children from the homes schools are located in the congested section of the city. A of the low-income families. majority of them are over thirty years old. Most of them have small sites and substandard indoor physical educa- 'Planning Areas and Fadlities for Health, Physical Education, and Recrea- tion facilities. Such old and inadequate schools have stimu- tion, The Athletic Institute, 805 Merchandise Mart, Chicago, Ill. 60654, and the Amakan Association for Heakh, Physical Education, and Recre- lated parents to move into suburban areas where their ation. 1201 Sixteenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. (20036), 1965.
178 APPENDIX
COOPERATIVE PLANNING BY CITY AGENCIES SCHOOLS FOR DEMONSTRATION, OBSERVATION, AND RESEARCH The various agencies of a city which are responsiblefor and sec- planning the facilities for schools, parks, urbanrenewal, Colleges and universities often have elementary observations, and re- housing, industrial parks, and business plazasshould have ondary schools for demonstations, developing the master plan fin the city. For searchin the professional preparationof public-school a share in though the univcr- example, park and education officials, through cooperative personnel. Such schools are needed even of the best public schools for planning, can get more adequate sites and spacefor educa- sity has arranged with some tion and recreation. The park-school or itslarger counter- internship or practice teaching by-teacher trainees. supplement the recreation College and university demonstration schoolsshould be part, the education park, can otherwise they cannot be education center can also pro- superior to the best public schools, areas in the parks. Such an observation, and re- vide the facilities for teaching and learning theskills, knowl- used effectively in the demonstration, quality of public edge, and attitudes so important for a lifetime of participa- search needed to improve the scope and education. Since the programs of health,physical education, tion in recreation. relatively new addi- Likewise, by cooperate planning, education,urban re- recreation, and outdoor education are facilities for these pro- newal, park, and housing officials can achieve moreof their tions to the public-school curriculum, substandard. Colleges and universities can goals. Renewal of the city is not complete oreffective with- grams are often help to improve these programs by providing superiorfacil- out good schools and park centers. their demonstration schools. Recent advancements in knowledge andtechnology have ities to accommodate them in being motivated Recommendations, specifications, and standards for resulted in more individuals with disabilities outdoor educa- to pursue a college education.Each year an increasing health, physical education, recreation, and and secondary schools are not number of colleges and universities are extendingthemselves tion facilities in elementary for planning college and university to make their offerings available toall qualified and deserv- included in thisGuide facilities. However, the 1965 edition of theGuidefor school ing people. The development andimplications of *continuing include such recommenda- education" add further significance to the needand desirabil- and community facilities does recommended that facilities for everyone, tions and standards.' Therefore, it is ity of designing college and university in plan- including the disabled and the aging (seeAppendix G). college and university officials use the 1965Guide ning facilities for demonstrationschools.
Ibid. APPENDIX K
AGENCIES PROVIDING RESOURCE MATERIALS FOR OUTDOOR EDUCATION
American Association for Health, Physical Education, and National Archery Association, P.O. Box 832, Norristown, Recreation, 1231 Sixteenth St., N.W., Washington, Penna. (19404). D.C. (20036). National Council of the Young Men's Christian Association, American Camping Association, Bradford Woods, Martins- 291 Broadway, New York, N.Y. (10007). ville, Ind. (46151). National Field Archery Association, Route 2, Box 514, Red- American Casting Association, P.O. Box 51, Nashville, lands, Calif. (92373). Tenn. (37202). National Rifle Association, 1600 Rhode Island Ave., N.W., American National Red Cross, Seventeenth and D Streets, Washington, D.C. (20036). N.W., Washington, D.C. (20006). Sport Fishing Institute, Bond Building, Washington, D.C. Boy Scouts of America, New Brunswick, N.J. (08903). (20005).
180 APPENDIX L
SOURCES OF RESEARCH EQUIPMENTAND MATERIALS*
C. M. Ma rchioni, PuthErford, N.J. (tripods). LABORATORY EQUIPMENT SOURCES Camera Equipment Co., Inc., 315 West 43rd Street, New ANTI! ROPOMETRIC (physit,ue, posture, toot, etc.) York, N.Y. (10036) (camew rontr..1.: and sales). Charles Beseler Company, 219 South 18th Street, East Or- Anatomical Chart Co., 5728 Blackstone Avenue, Chicago, Ill. ange, N.J. (070181(enlargers, opaqueprojectors). (60637) charts). Milliken, 131 North 5th Avenue, Arcadia, Calif. (91006) Cambridge Scientific Industries, Inc., 19 Poplar Street, Cam- (cameras). b-idge, Md. Plot 3) (Lange skinfold calipers). Division of Highway Studies: Institute for Research, State Col- C. H. Stoehing Co., 424 North Homan Avenue, Chicago, Ill. lege, Pa. (16801) ipidorio. data transducers). (60624) (calipers and a nth ropomete rs). Eastman Kodak Co.. Rochester, 'N.Y. "cameras, projectors). Central Scientific Co., 1700 Irving Park Road, Chicago, Ill. F and BiCeco, Inc., 315 West 43rd Street, New York, N.Y. (60613) (calipers and a nthropomete rs). (10036) (camera rentals and sales). Clay-Adnms Co., Inc., 141 East 25th Street, New York, N.Y. Lightning-Lite Co., 14414 Detroit Avenue, Lakewood, Ohio (10010) (skeletons and models). (44107) (photographic equipment). Denoyer-Geppert Co., 5235-39 Ravenswood Avenue, Chi- Microcard Reader Corporation, 365-70 South OakStreet,Wes. cago, Ill. (60640) (anatomical charts, models, skeletons, etc.). Salem, Wis. (54669) (pocketsize microcard reader, wt. 7 Gersmehl, V. R., 3817 Warren Avenue, Cheyenne, Wyo. ounces, operates on battery orplug-in). (82001) (skinfold calipers). Mitchell Camera Corporation, 666 West Howard Street, Glen- Gilliland Instrument Co., 3124 East 14th Street, Oakland, dale, Calif. (cameras). Calif. (94601) (anthropometric calipers). Paillard Inc., 1900 lower Road, linden, N.J. (07036) (bolex '1.E. Morse Co., 455 Douglas Avenue, Holland, Mich. motion-picture cameras, 8 & 16 mm.). (49423) (harpenden skinfold caliper). Recordak Corporation, 847 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, J. A. Preston Corporation, 175 Fifth Avenue, New York. N.Y. ill. (60607). (10010) (anthropometers). Revere-Wollensak Division, 3M Co., 2501 Hudson Road, St. Keuffel and Esser Co., 500 Central, Northfield, Chicago, Paul, Minn. (55119) (cameras). (planimeters, skin pencils). Richardson Camera Company, 2201 West Desert Cove, Phoe- Leighton Flexometer, 1321 East 55th, Spokane, Wash. (99203) nix, Ariz. (85029) (cameras, motl..m analyzers). (flexometers). Simon Brothers, Inc., 30-28 Starr Avenue, Long Island City, Lightning-Lite Co., 14414 Detroit Avenue, Lakewood, Ohio New York (1 1101) (enlargers). (44107) (somatotype pedestal). Specto Ltd., Vale Road, Windsor, England (500 watt, 16 mm. Narragansett Gymnasium Equipment Co., 110 West Carpen- projector with superior single -frame projection, and twoframes ter Street, Moberly, Mo. (65270) (stadiometers, scales, cali- per second and standard speedgoodfor loop films and pers, etc.). skill analysis). Newark Pedometer Co., 95 Monroe Street, Newark, N.J. Stacor Corporation, 285 Emmett Street, Newark. N.J. (07114) (07105) (pedometers). (stacor TR 16 drawing boardtable top illuminator for read- Nissen-Medart Corp., 930 27th Avenue, S.W., Cedar Rapids, ing x-ray films, tracing, etc.). Iowa (52404) (stadiometers, scales, etc.). Texas Instruments, Inc., 13500 North Central Expressway, Syd Meadows Physical Fitness Co., 2460 Warrensville Road, Dallas, Tex. (75231) (motion analyzers, film readers, and Cleveland, Ohio (44118) (calipers). viewers). The Scholl Manufacturing Co., Inc., 62 West 14th Street, New Triad Corporation, 777 Flower Street, Glendale,Calif.(91201) York, N.Y. (10011) (pedograph). (stop action cameras, oscilloscopes). Toledo Scale Co., Toledo, Ohio (weighing scales). Quickset, Inc., 8121 North Central Avenue, Skokie,III. University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa (Dr. Howard Meredith, (60076) (motion-picture accessory equipment). East Hall) (52240) (stadiometer charts). Vanguard Instrument Corporation, 20 West Centennial Ave- W. M. Welch Scientific Co., 7300 Linder Avenue, Skokie, III. nue, Roosevelt, N.Y. (11575)(motion analyzers, film readers, (60076) (charts and models). and viewers) (represented by Triad Corporation). Wittnauer Instruments Division, 580 Fifth Avenue, New York CINEMATOGRAPHY N.Y. (10036) (8 mm. camera - projector combination). All-American Productions and Publishers, P.O. Box 91, Gree- (strength, agility, flexibility, power, endur- ley. Cob. (80631) (films and motion-picture projectors). MOTOR FITNESS American Chronoscope Corporation, 216 West First Street, ance, balance, speed, andaccuracy) Mount Vernon, N.Y. (10550) (timing devices). A. E. Gay, R. D. 4 Chestnut Ridge, Lockport, N.Y. (14094) Arriflex Corporation of America, 257 Park Avenue, New (Gay apparatus for girls' pull-ups). York, N.Y. (10010) (cameras). A. R. Young Co., 520 North Dorrn/n Street, Indianapolis, Ind. Beaulieu, 921 Westwood Boulevard, Las Angeles, Calif. (46202) (treadmill). (90024) (cameras). Aircraft Components, Inc., Benton Harbor, Mich. (49022) (ca- Beckman & Whiney, San Carlos, Calif. (ccrnerns). ble tension accessories). Bell & Howell Co., 7100 McCormick Rood, C hicngo, Ill. American Chronoscope Corp., 316 West First Street, Mt. Ver- (60645) (cameras, projectors, and film viewers). non, N.Y. (10550) (timing devices). Benson-Lehrner Corporation, 14761 Califs Street, Van Nuys, Ann Arbor Instrument Works, 1200 Rosewood Street, Ann Calif. (91401) (motion analyzers, film readers, & viewers). Arbor, Mich. (48104) (dynamometers). Burke &Jame:, Inc., 321 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Ill. Barber-Green/ Co., 400 North Highland Avenue, Aurora, III. (60604) (photographic equipment). (60506) (trainer, 2' x 12', placed 18' above the floor). 'This list was prepared by J. Grove of the Deportment of Physical Education. University of Wisconsin, for the ROSOCIf:11 Council of the AmericanAssociation for Health. Physical Education. and Resation. 181 APPENDIX I.
Battle Creek Equipment Co.. Battle Creek, Mich. (health Tracer Lab., inc., Route :28, Waltham, Mass. (02154) (timers, walker, rehabilitation equipment, Muller Permag bicycle ergo- etc.). meter). W. C. Dillon and Co., Inc., 14602 Keswick Street, Van Nuys, Brailsford & Company, Inc., Milton Point, Rye, N.Y. (10580) Calif. (91405; (weight indicators, including dynamometers). (timers). W. E. Quinton Instrument Co., 3051 44th Avenue West, Seat- C. H. Stoelting Co., 424 North Homan Avenue, Chicago, III. tle, Wash. (98199) (aluminum treadmill, model 18-49, 3/4 (60624) (dynamometers, fleximeters, H.P., 110 volts, 60 cycle Al. eledronic bicycle ergometers). Carey Sale, 714 Hamburg Turnpike Pompton Lakes, N.J. W. J. Volt Rubber Company (subsidiary of American Machine (07442) (calibrator for tensiometers). & Foundry Company), 315 East Grand Avenue, Chicago, Ill. David Wexler & Co., 1243 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, (60611) (isometric exercise and testing equipment). 111. (60605) (Franz metronome). Nikon Timing Device Co.., P.O. Box 712, Glen Ellyn, ill. PHYSIOLOGICAL (cardiovascular, respiratory, etc.) (60137) (athletic performance analyzer). Dimco-Gray Co., 207 East 6th Avenue, Dayton, Ohio (45402; A. S. Aloe Co., Nineteenth and Olive Streets, St. Louis, Mo.; (Graylab timers). 1150 South Flower Street, Los Angeles, Calif. (90015) (labor- Elgin Exercise Appliance Co., P.O. Pox 132, Elgin, III. (60120) atory supplies, hemoglobinometer). (muscle-testing equipment). Allen B. 1DuMont Laboratory, inc., 760 Bloomfield Avenue, Esterline-Argus Co., Indianapolis, Ind. (motor-fitness testing Clifton, N.J. (07012) (cathoderay. and other eledrkal equip- equipment). ment). Fisher Scientific Co., 711 Forbes Street, Pittsburgh, Pa.. American Eledronics Laboratories, Inc., 1303 Richordson Road, (15219) (timers). Lansdale, Pa. (19446) (temperature telemeter; also EKG & Franz Manufaduring Co., inc., New Haven, Conn. (metro- other telemetering devices). nome). American Hospital Supply Corp., 2020 Ridge Avenue, Evans- Hale-Readicn Performance Timer, P.O. Box 1127, Williams- ton, III. (60201) (general equipment). port, Pa. (17701) (reaction timer). American Meter Company, 13500 Philmont Avenue, Phila- Harvard Instrument Co,Dover, Mass. (02030) (motor-fitness delphia, Pa. (19116) (portable respiratory and test meter testing equipment). gives amount of air breathed in a given period; can be con- Hunter Manutazturing Company, Inc., Quarry Road, Coral- neded to a Beckman Analyzer). ville, Iowa (52240) (timing and counting devices). Arthur Thomas Co., Box 779, Philadelphia, Pa. (physiologi- Instrumentation Associates, Inc., 16 West 60th Street, New cal and other scientific equipment). York, N.Y. (10023) (Godart-Landon ergometer). Avionics Research Corporation, 6901 West Imperial High- John Chatillon & Sons, 85 Cliff Street, New York, N.Y. way, Los Angeles, Calif. (telemetry system). (10038) (dynamometers, calibrators, scales). Baldv in-Lima-Hamilton Corporation, Waltham, Mass. (02514) Lafayette Instrument Co., North 26th Street and 52 By-Pass, (load cells, transducers, strain gauges). Lafayette, Ind. (grip dynamometers). Bausch and Lomb Optical Co., Rochester, N.Y. (microscopes, Leighton Flexometer, Inc., 1351 East 55th Avenue, Spokane, blood-analysis equipment). Wash. (99203) (flexometers). Beckman instruments, Inc., 1020 Mission Street, South Pasa- M. Ducommun Co., 580 5th Avenue, New York, N.Y. (10036) dena, Calif. (91030) (Beckman oxygen analyzer); Box 473, (stopwatches). Bellevue, Wash. (98004) (oxygen analyzer E2); Spina) Divi- Maroth Engineering Co., Wilton, Conn. (06807) (precision sion, Palo Alto, Calif. (oxygen microeledrode); Offner Divi- gauge bat - m.p.h.). sion, 3900 River Road, Schiller Park, III. (60176) (eledro- Meylan Stopwatch Co., 264 West 40th Street, New York, N.Y. m yographit and other eledronic equipment, including.custom (10018) (stopwatches, stopwatch boards and stands, tacho- building). meters). Bedon, Dickinson & Co., Rutherford, N.J. (flarimeters, stetho- Milhard Engineering Co., Inc., 13619 Saticoy Street, Van scopes, etc.). Nuys, Calif. (91402) (bicycle ergomatic). Biocom, Inc., 5883 Blackwelder Street, Culver City, Calif. Monark A. B. Cykel Fabriken, Varberg, Sweden (mechanical (90230) (pulse transducer, eledromyographic equipment). bicycle ergometerdelivered in Boston or New York). Biotronics, Box 2987, Newport Beach, Calif. (sledromyo- Narrangansett Gymnasium Equipment Co.,110West Carpen- graphy monitors). ter Street, Moberly, Mo. (65270) (dynamometers, fleximeter Birtcher Corporation, 4371 Valley Boulevard, Los Angeles, sticks, etc.). Calif. (90032) (electromyography stimulators). Nissen-Medart Co., 3535 D eK a I b Street,St.Louis, Mo Brailsford and Company, inc., MiltonPoint, Rye, N.Y. (63118) (dynamometers, flexirneter sticks, man uometers). (10580) (sequence timers). Pacific Siientific Co., 6280 Chalet Drive, Bell Gardens, Calif. Brush Instruments, 3405 Perkins Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio (90202) (tensiometers). (44114) (single as well as multichannel recorders, tape re- Polzer, John 0., 4739 North 19th Sweet, Milwaukee, Wis. corders). (53209) (joint motion instruments, goniometers, etc.). Burdick Corporation, Milton, Wis. (53563) (ultraviolet lights, Porto-Clinic Instruments, Inc., 298 Broadway, New York, N.Y. e 'edrocardiographys, physical therapy and electrotherapy (10007) (readion timers). equipment). Standard Electric Time Co.. Springfield, Mass. (01101) (100- C. H. Stoelting Co., 424 Noah Homan Avenue, Chicago, second timer). III. (60624) (calvanic skin-response equipment, psychologi- Statham Laboratories, 12.401 West Olympic Boulevard, Los cal and physiological cpparotus). Angels:, Calif. (90064) (instruments for measuring accele Calhear Instruments Co., 4024 Fountain Avenue, Los Ange- ation, displacement, etc.). les, Calif. (90029) (sphygmomanometers). The Zimmer Manufacturing Co., Warsaw, Ind. (46580) (gonio- Cambridge Instrument Co.,Inc., Graybar Building, New meters, et:..). York, N.?. (continuous blood-pressure apparatus).
182 APPENDIX L
Cameron Hear:ometer Corporation, 6449 North Newark Industrial Development Laboratories, Inc.., 17 PollockAvenue, Avenue, Chicago, Ill. ;60631) Jersey City, N.J. (07305) (Bollistocardiogroph). Central Scientifit, Co., 170G rr wing Park Roa3, Chicago, 111. Instrumentation Associates, 17 West 60th Street, New York, (60613) (cardiorespiratory equipment). N.Y. (10023) (spirometer, CD-4). Chemtronics, Inc., Box 417, Son Antonia, Tex. (oxygen trans Interstate Drug Exchange, 1922 Utica Avenue, Brooklyn, N.Y. ducers). (11234) (sphygmomanometers, pressure cuffs) (available only Clark Electronic Laboratories, Box 165, Palm Springs, Calif. through a physician). (92262) (pressure-sensitive paints). Janke Aircraft Engine Test Equipment Co., 38 Railroad Ave- Coleman Instruments, Inc., 42 Madison Street, Maywood, nue, Hackensack, N.J. (07601) (photometer). Ill. (60153) (anoxia photometer). Jarrell-Ash Co., Boston 16, Mass. (scientific instruments mi- Colson Corporation, Elyria, Ohio (44035) (plethysmographs, croscopes). automatic blood-pressure recorders, cardiotachometers). Kenelco, Inc., 1753 Cloverfield Boulevard, Santa Monica, Consolidated Engineering Corporations, 620 North Lake Ave- Calif. (90404) (capacitance plethysmograph). nue, Pasadena, Calif. (91101)(oscillographs, telereader, etc.). Lafayette Instrument Co., P.O. Box 1279, North 9th Street Cordis Corporation, 241 Northeast 36th St -eel, Miami, Ha. Road and 52 By-Pass, Lafayette, Ind. (47902) (interval timers, (33137) (imyoerograph). repeat cycle timers, etc.). Crystal Research La bor a tor i e s, 29 Allyn Street, Ha: (ford, LaBerne Manufaduring Co., Box 245, Columbia, S.C. (walk- Conn.: Distributor-a David Wexler & Co., 1243 South Wa- off, standing-tilt tables). bash Avenue, Chicago, I11. (60605). Leeds and Northrup, 4901 Stenton Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. Dallons Laboratories, inc., 120 Kansas Street, El Segunde, (19144) (potentiometer 11 volts). calif. McKesson Appliance Company, 2228 Ashland Avenue, To- Deleon Timing Devices Company, Box 712, Glen Ellyn, Ill. ledo, Ohio (43620) (metabolism apparatus). (60137) (automatic performance analyzer). Medican Equipment Co., 1036 N.E. 6th Avenue, Portland, E. & M. Instrument Co., Inc., 6030 England Street, Houston, Ore. (97232) (Jones Multi-Basal machine). Tex. (77021) (physiographs, transducers, physiological equip- Medicon, 2800 North Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, Calif. ment). (90065) (electromagnetic blood flowmeter). E. F. Mahady Co., 851 Boylston Street, Boston, Mass. (02116) Meditron Co., 708 South Fair Oaks Avenue, Pasadena, Calif. (scientific medical instruments). (91105) (eledromyograph). Eico Electronics Instrument Co., Queens Plaza, tong Island Med-Science Electronics, Inc., 2647-49 Locust Street, St. Louis, City, N.Y. (oscilloscope). Mo. (63103) (nitrogen gas analyzers, spirometers, gas sam- Eledro-Medical Engineering Co., 703 Main Street, Burbank, plers). Calif. (91506) (wedge spirometer, miniature spirometer, nitro- Narragansett Gymnasium Equipment Co., 110 West Car- gen analyzer). penter Street, Moberley, Mo. (65270) (spirometers). Eledro-Medical Laboratory, Inc., South Woodstock,Vt.(05071) Newport Laboratories, P.O. Box 2087, Newport Beach.. Calif. (electroencephalograph, electromyographs). (92663) (EMG, sensitivity 1.0 MV integrating bioeledric cndevco Corporation, 801 South Arroyo Parkway, Pasadena, monitor amplifier suitable for EKG, EEG, as well as EMG by Calif. (91105) (transducers and accelerometers). switching frequency spectrums). Epsco Medical, 275 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, Mass. Nissen-Medcrt Corp., 930 27th Avenue, S.W., Cedar Rap- (02139; (telemetering). ids, Iowa (52404) (spirometers). Fisher Scientific Co., 711 Forbes Street, Pittsburgh, Pa. Non-Linear Systems, Inc., Del Mar, Calif. (92014) (digital (1 5219) (gas analyzers, blood-ar alysis equipment). voltmeters and other electrical equipment). Franz Manufacturing Co., New Haven, Conn. (electric metro- Olande:, Roland & Co., 6313 Santa Monica Boulevard, Los nome). Angeles, Calif. (90038) (Offner West representativeelectro- G. Schirmer, inc., 3 East 43rd Street, New York, NY.(10017) myography). (eledric metronome). Owen Laboratories, 412 Woodward Boulevard, Pasadena, George T. Walker & Co., 324 Fifth Avenue, South, Minnea- Calif. (91107) (time calibrators, etc.). polis, Minn. (55415) (cardiorespiratory equipment). Pacific Scientific Co., 6280 Chalet Drive, Bell Gardens, Calif. Gifford Instrument Laboratories, Inc., Elyria, Ohio(44035) (90202) (tensiometer). (cardiotochometer, spectral recording and other procedures). Parks Electronic Laboratory, Route 2, Box 35, Beaverton, Ore. Gilson Medical Electronics, 3000 West Beltline Highway,Mid- (97005) (telemetry, heart monitors, etc.); 1218 S.E. 7th Ave- dletOn, Wis. (53562) (eight- channel EEG and recorder). -iue, Portland, Ore. (97214). Grass Instrument Co., 101 Old Colony Avenue, Quincy, Phipps and Bird, Inc., 303 South 6th Street, Richmond, Va. Mass. (02169) (el *ctrocardiographs, multichanneleledroen- (23219) (metronomes, kymographs, plethysmographs, pneu- copha!ographs, myogroph action current machines). mographs). Gulton Industries, Inc., 212 Durham Avenue, Mouchen, N.J. Porto-Clinic InstrJrnents, Inc., 11 West 52nd Street, New York, Harvard Apparatus Co., Dover, Mass. (02030) (kymograph, N.Y. (10019) (reaction-time test equipment). signal markers, etc.).. Precision Scientific Co., 3737 West Cortland Street, Chicago, Hebei, Otto K., Scientific Instruments, 80Swarthmore Avenue, III. (60647) (gas meters). Rutledge, Pa. (19070) (gas analyzers). S.L.E. Specialized Laboratory Equipment, 20 Sydenhom Road, Honeywell, Heiland Division, 4800 East Dry Creek Road, Croydon, Surrey, England (electrodes). Denver, Colo. (galvanometers, recording oscillographsk Sanborn Co., 172 Wyman Street, Waltham, Moss. (02154) Hughes Aircraft Co., Aero Space Group, Flight Test Di iision, (electrocardiograph, metabulators, plethysmograph amplifier Clover City, Calif. with 780-7A patent monitor picks up pulse rate from ear Hunter Manufacturing Co., Inc., Quarry Road, Carolville, lobe which can be read directly on a meter). Iowa (52243) (physiological, psychological testdevices). Scientific Supplies, 3950 N.W. Yeon, Portland, Ore. (97210) Hydro-Tex Corporation, 939 West Wilson Avenue, Chicago, (Douglas metabolism apparatus, Beckman PH meter, electric III. (60640) (Douglas bags). stop timer).
183 APPENDIX L
Spoce Lobs Inc., 15521 Lanark Street, Van Nuys, Calif. GUIDES FOR MEASUREMENT, STATISTICS, AND RESEARCH (91406) (telemetry equipment). DESIGN Statham Laboratories, 12401 West Olympic Boulevard, Los Adrian, M.; Tipton, C.M.; and Karpovich, P.V., Bedrogonio- Angeles, Calif. (90064) (Bulletir. No. 1.0--a complete list of metry Manual. Springfield, 11.".;:ss.: Springfield College (02709), rnanufadurers who Make microcmmeters, light-beam gal- 1965. vanometers, cathode-ray oscilloscoi.Ps and oscillographs, po- Ahman, J. S.; and Glock, M.D., Evaluating Pupil Growth. Bos- tentiometers, recording potentiometers, resistance therome- ton: Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 1959. ters or ratio recorders, photographic recording galvanometers Ahman, J. S., et al, Evaluating Elementary School Pupils. and oscillographs, recording string galvanometers - eledro- Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 1960. cardiographs, direct writing galvanometers, D.C. amplifiers, Aids for Physical Education, Athletics, and Recreation. Chi- and carrier amplifiers). cago: The Athletic Institute, 805 Merchandise Mart (60654) Taylor instrument Co., Rochester, N.Y.(sphygmomanometers, Alexander, Corer, and Burke, A. J, How To Locale Edu- clinical thermometers, etc.). cational hiormcdion and Data. New York: Bureau of Publi- Tetemedics Inc., Southampton, Pa. (18966) (EGG, EEG, EMG, cations, Teachers College, Columbia' University (10025), 1951. eledro-oculogram, blood-flow data, phortocardiogram, respi- American Medical Association, 535 North Dearborn Street, ration fundion and goniometric data). Chicago, Ili. (60610) (pamphlets, Physical-Growth Record The Dann Co., 2014 E. 46th Street, Cleveland, Ohio (44103). Form, etc.) The Decker Corporation, Bala-Cynwyd, Pa. (19004) (caudal American Physiological Society. Handbook of Physiology. Five plethysmograph). sections: (a) neurophysiology (3 volumes); (b) circulation (3 The Edin Co., Inc., 207 Main Street, Worcester, Mass. (01608) volumes); (c) resr:ration (2 volumes); (d) adaptation to the (electrocardiographs, eledroencephalographs). environment (1 volume); (e) adipose Tissue (1 volume). Balti- The Garrett Corp., 9851 Sepulveda Boulevard, Los Angeles, more: Williams and Wilkins Co. Calif. (sphygmomanometer). Ammons, R. B., Psychological Reports, Perceptual and Motor The Technicon Cardiograph Corp., 215 East 149th Street, Shills. Louisville: Southern Universities Press (periodical, pub- New York, N.Y. (cardiograph). lished four times per year). Theodore M. Long, Engineering Specialties, 40 South Bridge Barnes, F. P., Research for the Practitioner in Education. Street, Somerville, N.J. (08876) (chronographs). Washington, D.C.: National Education Association (20036), U.M.A., Inc., 376 Lafayette Street, New York, N.Y. (10003) 1964. (sphygmomanometers, thermocycle). Barr, .S.; Davis, R. A.; and Johnson, P. 0., Educational Re- University of Southern California, Human Centrifuge and En- search and Appraisal. Chicago: J. B. Lippincott Co., 1953. vironmental Laboratories, 815 West 37th Street, Los Angeles, Barrow, Harold M., and McGee, Rosemary, A Practical Ap- Calif. (90007) (telemetering). proach to Measurement in Physical Education. Philadelphia: V. Mueller Co., 330 South Honore Street, Chicago, III. (med- Lea and Febiger, 1964. ical and surgical supplies, including stethoscopes, sphygmo- Bayer, L. M., and Bayley, N., Growth Diagnosis. Chicago: manometers). University of Chicago Press, 1959. (seleded methods of in- W. A. Bourn Co., Inc., New York, N.Y. (blood-pressure in- terpreting and prediding physical development from one to struments). eighteen). W. L. Richards Co., 8500 Research Road, Austin, Tex. (78758) Bean, Kenneth L., Construction of Educational and Personnel (knee-ligament testing equipment for collateral ligament). Tests. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1953. Inc., 555 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Warren E. Collins, Blornmers, Paul, and Lindquist, E. F., El...... , -eury Statistical Mass. (02115) (spirometers, metabolic eauipment, treadmills). Me ads. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1960. Waters Corp., Eledro-Medical Instrument Division, 402 First Borko, Harold, Computer Applications in the Behavioral Sci- Avenue, N.W. Rochester, Minn. (55901) (oximeters,. cardio- onces. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1962. tachometers, kymograph recording cameras). Carlson, C. R., et al., An Educational Statistics Primer. Madi- son: Dembar Publications, Inc., 1956. SENSORY TESTS Clarke, H. H., Application of Measurement to Health and American Optical Company, Buffalo, N.Y. ('sightscreener," Physical Education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., Massachusetts Vision Test). 1959. Bausch and Lomb Optical Company, Rochester, N.Y. rortho- ,Cable-Tension Strength Tests. Springfield, Mass.: rater"). Stuart E. Murphy, 1953. C. H. Stoelting Company, 424 North Homan, Chicago, Ill. Clarke, H. H., and Clarke, D. H., Developmental and Adap- (60624) (sensory test equipment). ted Physical Education. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Industrial Acoustics Co., Inc., 341 Jackson Avenue, New York, Inc., 1963. N.Y. (100C 1) (audio equipment). Cochran, William G., Sampling Techniques. New York: John Keystone View Company, Meodville, Pa. (16335) (Keystone Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1953. telebinocular). Cochran,- W. G., and :-ox, G. M., Experimwv--tat Design. New Maico Audiometer, Minneapolis, Minn. (audiometer). York: John Wiley and Sons, inc., 1957. National Safety Council, 425 North Michigan Avenue, Chi- Consolazio, C. F.; Johnson, R. E.; and Pecora, L. J., Physiolo- cago, III. (60611) (driver-education readion timer). gical Measurements of Mm-Aabolic Functions in Man. New National Society for Prevention of Blindness, 1790 Broadway, York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1963. New York, N.Y. (10019) (Snellen Chart). Cooley, William W., and Lohnes, Paul R., Multivariate Pro- Sonotone Corporation, Elmsford, N.Y. (10523) (audiometer). cedures for the Behaviord Sciences. New York: Johr Wiley Welch Allyn, Inc., Skaneateles, N.Y. (13152) (Massachusetts and Sons, Inc., 1962. Vision Test). Cooperative Study of Secondary School Standards, Evalua- Williamson Development Co., Inc. 317 Main Street, West tive Criteria. Wdshing'on, D.C.: Nntionai Education Associ- Concord, Moss. (01781) (dalorimeter for pain threshold). ation (20036), 1950.
184 APPENDIX I.
Cronbach, Lee J., Essentials of Psy ivalogical Testing. New Kelly, Harriet 1, Anatomic Age and Rs Relation to Stature. York- Harper and Brothers, 1960. University of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, XIII. Iowa City: Cureton, T. is. Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance. Si. State University of lowc, 1937. (estimating age from hand Louis: C. V. Mosby Co., 1948.. X-rays). Physical Fitness Workbook. St. Louis: C. V. Kelly, Helen G., A Study of Individual Differences in Breath- Mosby Co., 1947. ing Capacity in Relation to Some Physical Characteristics. Cureton, T. K., et al, The Physical Fitness of Champion Ath- University of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, VII. Iowa City: letes. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1951. State University of Iowa, 1933. Davis, Frederick B., Educational Measurements and Their In- Kempthorne, O., The Design and Analysis of Experiments. terpretation. Belmont, Calif.: Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1964. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1952. Dixon, W. 1, and Massey, Fronk, Jr., Introduction to Statisti- Kendall, M. G., Rank Order Correlation Methods. London: cal Analysis. New York: McGrew-Hill Book Co., 1957. Griffith Co., 1948. Downie, N. M., and Heath, R. W., Basic Statistical Methods. ,The Advanced Theory of Statistics. New York New York. Harper and Brothers, 1959. Hefner Publishing Co., : 95 L Ebel, Robert L, Measuring Educational Achievement. Engle- Kerlinger, Fred M., Foundations of Behavioral Research: Edu- wood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall, inc., 1965. cational and Psychological inquiry. New York: Holt, Rine- Edwards, A. L, Experimental Design in Psycho!ogical Research. hart, and Winston, Inc., 1964. New York: Rinehart and Co., Inc., 1964.. Kitagawa, T., and Mitome, M., Tables for the Design of Fac- Statistical Analysis. New York: Rinehart and torial Experiments. Tokyo: Baifukan Co., 1953. Co., Inc., 1958. Lachtaw, M., and Brown, C., The Evaluation Process in Phy- ,Statistical Methods for the Behavioral Sci- sical Education. Englewood Cliffs. NJ.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., ences. New York: Rinehart and Co., 1963. 1962. Ferguson, George A., Statistical Analysis in Psychology and Lavin, David E., The Prediction of Academic Performance. Education. New York McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1959. New York Russell Sage Foundation, 1965. Fisher, R. A., and Yates, F., Statistical Tables for Biology, Ag- Lindquist, E. F., (editor), Educational Measurement. Wash- riculture, and Medical Research. London: Oliver and Boyd, ington, D.C.: American Council on Education, 1951. 1953.. ,Statistical Analysis in Educational Research. Fleishman, Edwin A., The Structure and Measurement of Phy- New York HougNion Mifflin Co., 1950. sical Fitness. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1964. Martin, W. Edgar, Basic Body Measurements of School Age Gage, N. L., (editor), Handbook of Research in Teaching. Chi- Children. Washington, D.C.: National Education AsioCialion cago: Rcnd McNally and Co., 1963. (20036), 1953. Garrett, H. E., Statistics in Psychology and Education. New Mathews, D. K., Measureme:d in Physical Education. Phila- York David McKay Co., 1958. delphia: W. B. Saunders Co., 1963. Garvin, E. L, Bibliography on High Speed Photography. McCloy, C. H., and Young, Norma D., Tests and Measure- Rochester, N.Y.: Eastman Kodak Co., 1960. ments in Health and Physical Education. New York Appleton- Good C. V., and States, D. E., Methods of Research. New Century-Crofts, Inc., 1954. York Appleton-Century-Crofts, Inc., 1954. McCollough, C., and Van Atte, L, Statistical Concepts. New Greulich, W. W., and Pyle, S. I., Radiographic Atlas of Skele- York McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1963. (program for self-instruc- tal Development of the Hand and Wrist. Stanford, Calif: tion). Stanford University Press, 1959. McNemar, Quinn, Psychological Statistics. New York John Guide to Scientific Instruments. Washington, D.C.: American Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1962. Association for the Advancement of Science, 1515 Massa- Measurement and Evaluation Materials in Health, Physical chusetts Avenue, N.W. (20005). Education, and Recreation. Washington, D.C.: American As- Guilford, J. P., Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Edu- sociation for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation cation. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 1965. (20036), 1950. Harris, Chester W., (editor), Problems in Measuring Change. Medical Electronic News. Pittsburgh: Instruments Publishing Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1963. Company, 845 Ridge Avenue (15212). (instrumentation for Hays, W. L, Statistics for Psychologists. Chicago: Holt, Rine- use in broad fields of research) (free). hart, and Winston, 1963. Meyers, C. R., and Blesh, T. E., Measurement in Physical Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Microcards. Eu- Education. New York: Ronald Press Co., 1962. gene, Ore.: School of Health, Physical Education, and Recre- Morehouse; L E., and O'Connell, E. R., "A Plan for Gradu- ation, University of Oregon (97403) (Fall Bulletin and Spring ally Equipping a Physical Education Research Laboratory," Supplement). Journal of Health, Physical Education and Recreation, 29:28-31 Holzinger, Karl J., Statistical Tables for Students in Educa- (December 1958). tion and Psychology. Chicago: The University of Chicago Moroney, M. J.,Facts From Figures. Baltimore: Penguin Press, 1951. Books, 1956. Hyzer, William C., Engineering and Scientific High Speed Product Information for Schools, Management Publishing Photography. New York: The MacMillan Co., 1962. Group, 22 West Putman Avenue, Greenwich, Conn. (06830) Instrument and Apparatus News, 845 Ridge Avenue, Pitts- ($3 per year). burgh, Pa. (15212) (electronic and mechanical components, Rao, R., Advanced Statistical Methods in Iliomeiric Research. instruments and scientific equipment). New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1952. Johnson, P., and Jackson, W. B., Modern Statistical Methods: Remmers, H. H.; Gage, N. L; and Rummel, J. F., A Practical Descriptive and Inductive. Chicago: Rand McNally and Co., Introduction to Measurement and Evaluation. New York Har- 1959. per and Row, 1964. Johnson, Palmer 0., and Jackson, R. W., Introduction to Research Methods Applied to Health, Physicol Education, and Statistical Methods. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., Recreation. Washington, D.C.: American Association for 1953. Health, Physical Education, and Recreation (20036), 1959
185 APPENDIX L
Scott, M. Gladys, and French, Esther, Measurement and Eval- MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES uation in Physical Education. Dubuque, Iowa: William C. Acme Metal Products, Inc., 7757 So. South Chicago Avenue, Brown Company, 1959- Chicago, (animal cages, exercise wheels for rats, cadaver Sheldon, W. H., The Varieties a Temperament. New York Harper and Brothers, 1950. boxes). Sheldon, W. H.; Duportuis, C. W.; and McDermott, E., Atlas Arthur H. Thomas Co., Box 779, Philadelphia, Pa. (general of Men. New York Harper and Brothers, 1954. laboratory supplies). Sheldon, W. H.; Stevens, S. S.; and Tucker, W. B., The Varie- Bethlehem Instrument Co., Inc., Bethlehem, Pa. (torsion-type ties of Human Physique. New York Harper and Brothers, balance). 1950. Central Scientific Co., 1700 Irving Park Road, Chicago, Ill. Siegel, Sidney, Non-Parano-aric Statistics. New York Mc- (60613) (general laboratory supplies). Graw-Hill Book Co., 1956. Cole-Parmer, 224 West IllinoisSt., Chicago, Ill. (60610). Smithslls, P. A., and Cameron, P. E., Principles of Evalu- Consulting Psychologist's Press, 577 College Avenue, Palo ation in Physical Education. New York Harper and Brothers, Alto, Calif. (94306) (psychometrit_ materials). 1962. Eimer and Amend Laboratory Supplies, 633 GI eenwich Street, New York, N.Y. (10014) (general laboratory materials, glass- Snedecor, G. W., Statistical Methods. Ames, Iowa: Iowa State ware, chemicals). College Press, 1950. Sol leder, Marian K., Evaluation Insinnnents in Heath Edu- Ets Beftendendorff, S. A., 44 Rue De La Senne, Brussels, Bel- cation. Columbus: Ohio State University, 1964. (annotated gium (fatigue products). bibliography of knowledge, attitude, and behavior tests). Exercycle Corporation, 630 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y. (10017). Speer, Mary Eleanor, Charting Statistics. New York McGraw- Hill Book Co., 1952. Friden Calculating Machine Co., Inc., San Leandro, Calif. Gardner Laboratory, Inc., 5521 Landy Lane, Bethesda, Md. Stanley, J. C., Measurement in Today's Schools. Englewood (20016). Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1964. Harvard Apparatus Co., Dover, Mass. (02030) (general lab- Steel, Robert, and Torrie, James, Principles and Procedures oratory supplies). of Statistics. New York McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1960. Japan Eledronoptics Laboratory Co., Ltd. (DistributorFisher Stouffer, Samuel A., etal, Measurement and Prediction. Princeton, NJ.: Princeton University Press, 1950. Scientific Co., 717 Forbes Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15219). LaPine Scientific Co., 6001 So. Knox, Chicago, III. (60629) Tapia, E. W., Bibliographyon High Speed Photography. Ro- (Electron microscopes, vacuum evaporators). chester, N.Y.: Eastman Kodak Co., 1960-64. Tate, M. W., and Clellond, R. C., Non Marchant Calculators, Inc., Oakland, Calif. - Parametric and Short- Marietta Apparatus Co., 118 Maple Street, Marietta, Ohio cut Skdidics. Danville, Interstate Printers and Publishers, 1957. (45750) (psychological testing equipment). Monroe Calculating Machine Co., Inc., Orange, N.J. Thorndike, R. L., Personnel Selection Test and Measurement Professional Equipment Company, Maywood, III. (60153) Techniques. New York John Wiley and Sons, 1949. (portable x-rcy). Thorndike, R. L., and Hagen, E., Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and Education. New York John Wiley and Psychological Corporation, 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. Sons, 1961. (10036) (psycliometric materials). Rolfsmeyer, Dan, Route 3 (Syene Road), Madison, Wis. (white Waddell, J. H., Photographic Motion Analysis. Chicago: Indus- trial Laboratories Publishing Company, 210 North Wells mice and rats). Street (60606). Samuel D. Saikin Biological Research Products Co., 243 West Root Street, Chicago, ill. (60609) (embalmed monkeys, ana- ,Rotating Prism Design for Continuous Image tomical classwork materials). Compensation Cameras (Douglas Paper 3042) Santa Moni- ca, Calif: Douglas Air Craft. Satterfield Eleironics, Inc., i)00 South Park, Madison, Wis. (53713) (light bulbs, perimeters). Wald, A., Statistical Decision Functions. New York John Wi- ley and Sons, Inc., 1950. Scientific Glass Apparatus Co., 741 Georgia Avenue, Silver Walker, Helen M., and Lev, Joseph, Elementary Spring, Md. Statistical Sprague-Dawley, Inc., Seminole Highway, Madison, Wis. Methods. New York; Henry Holt and Co., Inc., 1953. (53711) (white rats). ,Statistical Inference. New York: Henry Holt Standard Scientific Supplies, 808 Broadway, New York, N.Y. and Co., Inc., 1953. (10003) (general laboratory supplies). Watson, E. H., and Lowery, G. H., Gr-ci-mn and Development Western Psychological Services, 12035 Wilshire Boulevard, of Children. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, 200 East Los Angeles, Calif. (90025) (psychometric materials). Illinois Street (60611), 1962. (growth standards for children, ages one to eighteen). Will Corporation, Rochester, N.Y. (general la bor a to r y supplies). Wells, P. V., Roriineter Manual. Princeton, NJ.: Princeton University Press, 1953. Wetzel, N. C., N.E.A. Service, 1200 West 3rd Street, Cleve- land, Ohio (44113) (Wetzel Grid). Willgoose, C. E., Evaluation in Health and Physical Edu- cation. New York: McGrqw-Hill Book Co., 1961. Wilson, E. B., An Wrodudion to Scientik Research. New York McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1952. Winer, B. J., Statistical Principles in Emperin---tel Design. New York McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1962.
186 APPENDIX M
FIRST FLOOR
a
a I Dance Studio
....., ,... ,
Ceincliv Eaws J
Itesoardt
NORTH
SECOND FLOOR
I101fic Gymnasium Gymnasium Gym Usti tiolones (Below) (Below) (Below)elOw) (Below) alal 1
ii I Classrooms 1 allelr.."11111 irin 1 r'. IFIC7/7rili
,,,,gIORTm
1
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Building, Brigham YoungUniversity
187 APPENDIX M
11P 1 1 I L ...1 17, -ATHLETIC ON F. DRESSING ROOMS I i WEIGHT TRAINING TRAMING Li 1CLASSRM.
I 11 ril-AUNIDIt:sfsut STORAGE II DRESSING il NORTH HANDIBIALL HANDBALL II i ROOMS COURTS II I COURTSII (BELOW) II _1I
GYMNASTICS GYMNASTICS (BELOW)
First floor Second floor
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Building Annex, Brigham Young University
186 --ii.`": lei roam ''' t wall '4 i Rai 1'", f,141 - ---1. .0 t.3f '''s t ) '14.411 fr A / / . 0\6-_,k 4.------,' ---- 4 //' c 0 -9 - \ a's -- ',.. ..c,,. . x. i .. . ,..; \ r ., _ _. it -\11 a*.4 - / ," 0411* / c. )00 ci .1 lit4111/ Gel .0, '44)44"11 CAMPY: NAM" ILAM A."1FINAL WAIL/7 APRON ~eftLIIIRAIN ONO roni sew" Yr &Statile a IIIIEION OOOOOOIlif11110 ION 44444 lair rillgift ANIS 11111fINOWICA1 IIENVICES ffffff f1111 ff ION Ifli11111 POOL . - -Aaar- - .. '..4.1;%TY IIiI OftnielMINORLC41111110 fffff ffffff liftON WI APPENDIX 0
GLOSSARY
A.A.U.: Amateur Athletic Union. lkightness Centred: The relationship between the brightness of an object and Access/Ile: Facilities ore conveniently avoilobi to those for whom they were its immediate background. designed to accommodate. Ilkighteess Retie: The r olio of two brightness's in the field of view. Aceudics: The science of heard sound, including its production, transmission, brine: A common coolant made from soh. and effects, the qualities of o room that have to do with how clearly sounds British Thermal Unit: The quantity of heat 1252 calories) required to raise the con be heard or transmitted in it. temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit at or near Adapted Activities: Those physical education and recreation events which hove its point of maximum density Or to 63'). been adjusted to lit the needs, interests, and capabilities of the physitally lkiktheed: An upright partition separating two ports in protection ogainst fire andfor mentally handicapped. or leakage, as o wall or embankment holding bock earth, fire, or water. Adhesive: A substonce that causes bodies to adhere to each other. Cage Attendant (equipment man): Employee whose duties involve he issuance, After Image: A visual response that occurs after the stimulus causing it has core, and retrieval of apparel. ceased. Gaollepewer: The luminous intensity or illuminating capacity of a standard Aggregate: Any hard material (usually sand and rock) for mixing in gradtaled candle, as of a lamp measured in candles. fragments with a cementing material to form concrete, plaster, or the 'like. Casing: The ad or process of encasing o frame, os of o window or o door Aging: Those processes that significantly reduce mobility to perform either phy- Catwalk A narrow footwalk along or around o rigid structure, raised above sical or mental tasks, but are not accounted for in other categories. the floor or ground level to permit access to overhead instollotions. Aims: Remote goals which guide one's thoughts and actions. Caulking: Fillirig in the seams or crocks with o filler. This implies walking or moving about. It describes the patient not Choir An .encircling band on the walls around the room at choir height confined to a bed and who can propel himself. to proted walls from damage by choirs contacting them. Ancillary Areas: Specialized service areas related to physical education act- Chamfer: The surface formed by cutting away the angle formed by two faces ivity spaces, including showers, lockers, toweling rooms, equipment stor- of timber, stone, or metal; to furrow; to :bonnet; to flute; to bevel. age and supply rooms, and offices. Chlorinate: To combine chlorine with water for purification. Angle al Median: The angle between the reflected ray and the normal or Grcuit Brasher: A device that outomoticolly interrupts the flow of on electric perpendicular to the point of reflection. current. Angle of lefrodion: The angle between the refracted ray and the normal or Circulation Area: All space in the building other than odivity, ancillary, and perpendicular drawn to the point of refraction. permanent-seating areas. Apparatus: A device designed to contribute to physical development by pro- Climate Gam!: A term used to include the control of heating, ventilating, viding opportunities for climbing, swinging, balancing, and performing gym- and air-conditioning. nastic stunts. Community: The community is o small city or o section of o larger city, pri- Applied Student Population: The total undergraduate enrollment plus 30 per- marily o residential area usually composing three to five neighborhoods, cent of the graduate enrollment of on institution. representing the service area of o secondary school and containing o bus- Appraisal el Survey: A :nethod of evaluating the existing community recreation iness center. The people ore held together by psychological, sociological, or school resources, program, and services in accordance with some estab- and economic bonds and may act together consciously or unconsciously lished standards or criteria. in their chief concerns of life. The community creates, as a result of its Apron: :h3 forepart of o proscenium stoge. that projects in front of the main common interests, certain institutions of legal, protective, educational, eco- curtain; that part of the stag* nearest the audience. nomic, recreation, and religious character. Aquatics: Sports performed in or upon the water. Competition: Activity involving rivalry in o contest or game in which one per- Arena: A structure to provide mass seating of spectators mound on activity son or group tries to gain advantage over the other person or group_ area. Used for practice in intercollegiate sports, for intercollegiate com- Complementary Colon: A pair of contrasting colors which, when mixed in pro- petition, commencement exercises, dematstrations, and the like. per proportion, give o neutral color or gray. Arena Staging: Circular performing area with audience seated around the Compressor: A machine for putting gases under pressure; used to extract periphery. Sometimes collea -theatre in the round.- heoi from gases so os to lower the temperature of o coolant in the process Aephel: A brown or block solid bituminous substance obtained largely as o of making ice. residue from certain petroleums and which is irsoluble in *ester. k is used Concession: Authority, granted under contract with mutually-occeptable provi- in points and varnishes, and for paving, roofing, and, in combination with sion: by all parties concerned, given by recreation departments to opera- other moteriols, for floor tile. tors permitting them to provide services and/or to sell commodities to Athletic Field: A speciolized type of outdoor recreotion area intended primar- patrons of recreation areas and facilities. ily for highly-organized sports, such os football, track, and baseball. Per- Condemnation: To pass on adverse judgment on; to condemn private prop- manent seating facilities ore usually provided and the area is often en- erty for public use; the processes by which government exercises its rights closed by a fence or wall. Athletic fields equipped with permanent seat- of eminent domain. ing facilities are referred to os stadiums. Condenser:That which condenses, concentrates, or compresses. Athletia: Sports activities based on organized comp, Ilion. requiring o set Conduit: A tube or trough for receiving and protecting electric wires or cables, of rules and o code of ethics. o high degree of skill, conditioning, and train- or for conveying water. ing. Examples of athletic contests ore college football games, high-school Convector: A medium of convedion, the transmission of heat or electricity basketball gomes, Amateur Athletic Union track-and-field meets, one ink& by the moss movement of the heated or electrified particles, such as air, community softball games. gas, or liquid currents. Attrodiveness: Aesthetically appealing; beautiful in terms of intended purpose. Coolant: A liquid such as brine, ethylene glycol, or methoiene okohol, which Auxiliary: An additionol, supplementary facility used to supplement the moin circulates in pipes to freeze water in ice arenas. facility. Co- Recreation: Activities engaged in jointly by both sexes, such as dances, Suiten: A strip of wood put over o seam between boards as a fosiening or cov- mixed choruses, and hiking. ering. Corrective 'therapy: hi physical medicine, a medically-supervised prograni of Seam: Several nearly-parallel rays of light; a long, thick piece of wood, metal, physical exercise and activities for the purpose of improving or maintaining or stone used to support the roof of o building. the health of the patient through individual and group participation; sped- Beveled: Sloping part of the surface; to slope at an angle. Nadir, techniques which have been designed to conserve and increase Binding Glare: Glare which is so intense that for on oppreciobie period of neuromuscular strength and skill, to re- establish and improve ambulation, time no object can be seen. to improve habits of personal health, and to promote relaxation by od- Brightness Valence: Specified limitations of brightness differences and bright- iustment to physical and mental stresses. ness ratios within the visual fields which, if observed, will contribute toward visual comfort and good visual perfnmance.
190 APPENDIX 0
Creative Recreation: Activities which provide opportunity for production, form - Feekandle: The illuminotion'of a point on a surface which is one foot from and ation, origination, making new thongs, or remodeling old things; on outlet perpendicular to a uniform point source of one candela (candle); a Pghting for mon's creative urge. Arts and crofts, dance, drama, and music are ex- term used to denote quantity. amples of creative recreation. Fcetlembert: A unit of brightness of a surface or of a light source. One foot- Crowned Field: A curved field with the summit, or highest point (crown), at lamtert equals one lumen per square foot. Candelas (candles) per square the middle, running lengthwise. (A football field is crowned for the pur- inch is an optional term for a unit of brightness of a light source. One can- pose of drainage.) dela (candle) per square inch equals 452 footlomberts. Curling: An ice sport in which An-pound granite rocks ore slid along a speci- Foet-Psund: A unit of energy equal to the amount of energy required to raise ally-prepared ice lane at targets about i20 feet apart. a weight of one pound a distance of onfoot. D.G.W.S.: Division for Girls' and Women's sport; of the American Association Fulcrum: The support or point of support on which a lever rotates. for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation (NEA). Fuller's Earth: A clay-like earthy substance used as a filter medium. of air spaces Dade: A term applied to the lower portion of walls when decorated separately. Furring: The leveling of a floor, wall, or ceiling, or the creating the act Dasher Boards: rirm wooden boards about A inches high which surround the with thin strips of wood or metal before adding boards or plaster; ice surface for the sport of hockey. of trimming or lining. Day Camping: A group experience in the natural environment under trained Gallery: A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues; leadership, requiring that the campers be absent from home only during upper story for seats. daylight hours. Glaze: Any impervious materialproduced by fireused to cover the body Decentralized: Facilities removed in location from the central activity core. of a tile to prevent absorption of liquids and gases, to resist abrasion and Scattered over the campus at strategic points for easy access to students. impact, or to give a more pleasing appearance. Decibel: The unit for measuring the relative loudness of sounds (as compared Glazed Tile: A hard, dense tile that has been. glazed to prevent absorption, with the loudness of a sound that can just be heard by the ear). to increase its beauty, or to improve ease of cleaning. Deck A platform or floor, like a ship's deck or a swimming-pool deck. Gradient: The grade or rate of ascent or descent; a rote of increase or de- Disabilities of Incoordination: Faulty coordination or palsy from brain, spinal, crease of a variable magnitude, or the curve that represents it. or peripheral nerve injury. Grid: A framework of parallel bars; a grating. A network of pipes beneath Discomfort Glare: Glare which produces discomfort; it does not necessarily in- the surface of the ice through which the coolant is circulated. terfere with visual performance or visibility. Gallen A trough or channel along or under the eaves of a roof to carry Distrid: A large geographical planning unit of a large city, comprising a num- off rainwater; also around the upper edge of a swimming pool. ber of communities. Gymnasium: A building or port of a building devoted primarily to group Driver and Traffic-Safety Education: Learning experiences provided by the activities such as basketball, gymnastics, volleyball, and dancing. It is equip- school for the purpose of assisting students to become good traffic citizens ped with gymnastic apparatus, a court area for playing athletic and game and to operate motor vehicles efficiently and safely. odivities, dressing-room facilities, and sooting for spectators. Driving Simulator: A teaching technique utilizing both films and electromechan- Halfway House: A.temporary home or club-like building for people who have ical devices designed to simulate the driver's comportment of the automo- been released from the hospital, but who are not reody to be totally re- bile, to help students develop proper judgment, behavioral responses, and turned to society. The house provides contact with other persons facing simi- manipulative skills. lar problems of readjustment to the community. Dual-Control Car: A car equipped with an extra foot broke for the instructor Handicapped: A person who has less than normal aptitude and /or ability for (for automatic trorsmissions), and an extra clutch and brake pedal (for con- performing the ordinary tasks of life or of a particular vocation or avoca- ventional transmissions). tion. The usual reference is to a person physically handicapped, i.e., who Easement: A right or privilege that a person may have on another's land, has a specific anatomical or physiological deficiency (e.g.. poor vision, hear- as the right-cf-way. ing), but it may also apply to the mentally deficient, maladjusted, or retard- Eaves: The lower part of a roof projecting beyond the face of the wall. ed person. Eledrolysis: Chemical decomposition by the action of electric current; also, Hand Page: Method for manool operation of the main curtain of a stage, subjection to this process. as opposed to mechanized methods. The operator manipulates lines sup- Elevation: A geometrical projection on a plane perpendicular to the horizon; porting the curtain for the purpose of opening and closing, either traversely on elevated place; the distance above or below the zerolevel or ground or by flying. level. Header: A wooden beam placed between two long booms with the ends of Eminent Domain: The iegol right of federal, state, and local governments the short beams resting against it. A main pipe :rom which many smaller to take any property required for public purpose. The right implies that pipes eminate and return in the process of circulating a coolant. the land must be token by due process of law and that the owner from Health: A state of optimal physical, mental, and social well-being, and not whom the land is taken receives reasonable compensation. merely the absence of disease or infirmity. Escutduton: A shield or plate, as around a keyhole. Health Coordinator: Staff member who devotes time and efforts to fostering Extrude: To thrust out; to push out or force out; expel; to stick out; protrude; and facilitating a cooperative working relationship among various staff project. members concerned with health education. Fecede:The face or elevation of a building. Hoolth-Indrudien Lalboratery: A combination conventional classroom and sci- Facilities: Areas, structures, and fixtures essential to accommodate the pro- e nce laboratory with special provisions for demonstrations, displays, and gram. exhibits related to health education. Fascia: A wooden or stone band between moldings. Heohh Services: Those service: which are designed for health appraisal, Fenestration: Windows and all other sources and means of control of natural health protection, follow-up, and the promotion of optimal health for students light. and school personnel. Field Howse: A building used for conducting field activities under cover. The Health Suite: Room or combination of rooms providing facilities for staff emer- building may also be used for conducting physical education activities during gency cases, health appraisals, screening tests, and Nolation, and with addi- inclement weather. tional toilets and waiting rooms. Food Turning audios. Wheel to Wheel: The frocking of the caster wheels and Heaving: The upheaval of a portion of ice surface in on arena. large wheels of a wheekhair when pivoting on a spot. Hobby: An engrossing activity to which one frequently reverts and to which Folturis: Something firmly attached,, as a part or an appendage, such as a he gives his free time, such os stamp collecting, knitting, ond gardening. light fixture; equipment affixed to the surface of a building in such a .nanner Hose .11ibb: A faucet with the nozzle bent downward and threaded for hose that its removal would deface or mar the surface. (Legally, it is the pro- connections. perty of the building.) Housing Complex: A residence facility for students. Sexes may be in siwicroto Fleshing: Sheets of metal or other material used to waterproof joints and buildings or lividg in different sections of the same building. togas, especially of a roof. Humidity:Moisture content of the air expressed in percent of maximum. Flash: Unbroken or even in surface, on a level with the adjacent surfaces; Hydrostatic That brand of physics which relates to the pressure and having no indentation. of liquids; the principles of statics applied to liquids. Eluting: The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column.
191 APPENDIX 0
In end Hendicapped: A collective term that :Includes all those classifications, On- Campus: Facilities located within normal compus boundaries and easily ac- by authorities, of persons suffering from disease or disability. cessible to resident students. Indoor Center: A building, such os a school, church, or community center, Opaque: Does not transmit light, substances which will not allow light to pass which has the facilities needed to carry on recreation activities. through. influent: Flowing in; that which flows in. Open Spam: A relatively underdeveloped area provided within or near ur- Integration: Functional interrelationship; the process of making whole. ban development to minimize feelings of congested' living. Integwetative: Explanatory; o conception of art, writing, program, structure, Organic: Of or pertaining to an organ or o system of organs. or concept; use to interpret. Organism: An individual constituted to carry on the activities of life by means Isolation: Placed and constructed to eliminate incompatible interferences. of organs separate in function but mutually dependent, any highly-complex halation Room: Area within the health suite providing for separation of one thing or structure with parts so integrated that their relation to one another ill student from another to provide quiet and/or to protect others. is governed by their relation to the whole. Jam: A side post of o doorway, window frame, fireplace, etc. Orientation: The directional placement of o facility establishing position. Joint: A place or part where two things or ports are joined together. Outdoor Canter: An oreo designed to provide the space and facilities needed Leisure: To be permitted; o bulk of time; a stole of freedom; a minimum of to carry on outdoor-recreation activities. obligation; o physiological and emotional necessity; identified by 'when Outdoor Education: A learning processtaking place under Jeodership in no- rather than turol surroundingsin which the participants utilize the out-of-doors os o lob - license: A formal permission to do something; o document indicating certain oratory for learning outdoor skills and appreciations. permission; freedom to deviate from strict conduct, rule, or practices; gen- Outdoor Recreation: This term normally refers to recreation activities taking erally may be permitted by common consent. place in the natural environment; nature and outing activities. Lintel: The horizontal timber or stone thot spans on opening. os over doors Outdoor Theater: A recreation facility designed to meet the needs for o suit- or windows. able place to hold outdoor plays, pageants, concerts, and meetings. Out- Louver: An aperture or frame with louver beards fitted in o slotted panel door theaters vary in size from those located on o playground to the large for ventilation. community-type facilities, and are constructed in o noturol setting, conform. Lumen: A unit of output of light source or of o luminoire. ing to the characteristics of the oreo. Grassy slopes, sodded terraces, ce- Luminaire:Lighting unit, including 14.mps. ment steps of terraces, or permanent or portable benches serve os soots Marina: A water dock or basin providing secure moorings for watercraft. for the spectators. Master Plan: A long-term guide for the systematic and orderly selection and Outrigger: Any temporary support extending out from the main structure. development of facilities and services over o given period of time. It might Park An oreo permanently dedicated to recreation use and generally chor- be composed of such elements os goals, organization structure, activity octerized by its natural, historic, and landscape features. It is used for both program, areas, facilities, personnel, and financial support. passive and active forms of recreation and may be designed to serve the Milieu: The total environment and surroundings within which on activity takes residents of o neighborhood, community, state, region, or nation. place. Milieu is frequently used os o synonym for environment. Park Distrid: A s,bdivision of state government exercising within its jurisdiction Mobile laboratory Unit: A driver - education classroom-laboratory on wheels the authority of o municipality. It may operate and mointoin parks, recrea- to accommodate severcl locotions. tion programs, police forces, airports, and other such facilities and pro- Modality: A method of application, or the employment of any therapeutic groms os may be designated in the act establishing the district. agent; limited usually to physical agents. Parkway: Essentially an elongated pork with a rood running through it, the use Module: A standard or unit of measurement; the length of some part used of which is restricted to pleasure traffic. The parkway often serves to con- to determine the proportions of o building. ned large units in o park system and is rarely found except in large cities. Monitor: An instrument used for monitoring; o warning; o reminder; a test Participant: This term is generally used in reference to o person, other than for intensity of quality. on employee of the sponsoring agency, who is taking part in on activity or Monolithic: Massively solid; single and uniform. event. Mud Crock A ceramic accessory placed in o drain at on entrance to prevent Peak Lard: Maximum numerical count of participants at o given period of tracking mud into the building. time. Mullion: A slender, vertical dividing bar between the lights of windows, Pebbling: The process of surfacing ice for curling by sprinkling droplets of screens, etc. worm or hot water from o connister and special nozzle. Multiple-Car Driving Range: An oreo in on off-street location where o ni.mber Peripheral Field: That portion of the visual field which falls outside the cen- of cars are used simultaneously for laboratory instruction under the super- tral visual field. vision of one or more instructors. Peripheral Vision: Peripheral vision is vision outside the central visual field. Multiple-Use Areas and Facilities: Physical features designed odd constructed Permeable: That which con be permeated; open to passage, or penetration, to meet the space and facility requirements of several types of recreation especially by fluids. activities. A gymnasium is an example of o multi-use facilitydesigned to Persistence of Vision: Vision persisting after the exciting vision stimulus has serve more than one purpose. been removed. N.C.A. A.: National Collegiate Athletic Assocotion. Physical Education: Physical education is the science of and " of movement, Natak rum: An indoor aquatic facility. using all types of sports and physical activities for the fol.-ing specific Ilesligenoe: Failing to act with reasonable core or p.udent judgment undur purposes: to develop and maintain physical efficiency; to delop useful th.e circumstances involved. knowledge and physicalskills;to teach students to act in socL 'y useiol Net Usable Area: All of the activity oreo and ancillary area in evidence. ways; and to develop skills which may be used for physicalto -eotion. Nonombulatory Disabilities: Impairments that, regardless of cause or manifes- Pilaster: A rectangular fecture in the shops of o pillar, but projecting only tation, for all practical purposes confine individuals to wheelchairs or beds. one-sixth of its breadth from o wall. Nonslip: Having the tread so constructed os to reduce sIddding or slipping. Pin Rail: A rail on which pins are attached vertically, to which lines support- Nonslip Tile: Incorporates certain odmixtures such as abrasive granules in the 4+49 overhead staging equipment are fastened. body or in the surface of the tile. Piste (strip): The field of ploy or oreo on which a fencing bout is conducted. Nosing: The protecting edge of a step; that part of the tread which extends Planning: The development of an organized procedure, including the selection beyond the riser; o stair nosing. of goals and objectives and the tools of action necessary to achieve them. Nuisance: An ongoing and continuing condition which is inii.ri)us to health, Plastic Liner: A large sheet of plastic to retain water to be frozen in the build- is indecent or offensive to the senses, or is an obstruction to tha free use ing of o notural-ice surface. of property so os essentially to interfere with the comfortable enjoyment Platform: A surface which is generally horizontal, flat, and raised: or o phil- of life and property. osophical basis for o program of action. Objedives: Short -range and realizable gools; goals which are more attainable Play: The willful and spontaneous natural expression of people which pervades than remote aims, but less attainable than immediote outcomes; attainable many of the recreation activities of children and oduhs. goals which guide one's thoughts and actions. Playground: The playground is the basic recreation area in o residential neigh- Off -Campus: Facilities removed from namol compus boundories, usually re- borhood, providing o variety of recreation activities for people of all ages, quiring motor transportation to and from the facility oreo. primarily children of 6 to 14.
192 APPENDIX 0
Pieta: A smolt Sondscrod meta rarely molt than c block in sae and item Iseidemd ring: A sustained geouc. living experience it the natural on consisting of a won't* or code et a skeet sniersection., viroament under aroused kodership. which the surroundings contrbute Peet Sleeves: 'Arai pipe. installed ground level or slitly below, wfreft through program activities to the imotionol, physicol. and social' growth receives posts to locilitate various activities,. of the individual Princip. le: A simiding rule lot the ptarining, construction. use, a mamtencece ResiSeeity: Ability to bounce bock or spring bock into shape or position after of a fealty in o.cordanct with its intended purpose; a rule of conduct: being pressed or stretched; elastic. afundamental rule; an vattliettool concept, a gv:de to this roquiremens and Ibtedat A resistor lot tegulat:rg a torrent by means of voriable resistance obligations of right conduct. Ira& A facility designed for skating or curling. Professional: A trained, qualified person who makes his riving doing woit Riser: The vertical distance (and pieces; between the steps in a stairway which cots lot special preparation. rigorous :zoirung, the application of Safety frilemaile: The process, throw-oh education, of bridging the gap 'between scsenlific principles. and abiding by a code of ethics. scientific inovikciste of safety and its application by people in doily living. Prepridery Feed:ems: Those services performed by a municipality. scheol, Scheel Cariping: An organized camping program conducted by a school as county, or other government unit for the spoof, benefit of /fie inhabitants on integral port of the regular school program and emphasizingoutdoor of that unit in contrast to a benefit of the general public; or which may be education. condticled in canortition with private enterprise. bermminTechnique of observatiion and testing used to detect obvious de- Preeceadom Stoeiew bone: -in area for performing. vith arched opening on viations from normal', or failure to meet minimum standards_ viewing sods {proscenium orchj. The audience as facing the opening or stage. Sadao ag: Diving with selkontained underwater brectihing ,or.poratus(air Prods* Precaution, eitentiver.ess, and good iudgment applied to action of tank).. conduct, capubie of exercising sound iadgment an putt:hail matters. Smnieetifeedatery Impairments that cause individuals to walk with PrfchP4sicol resting devices used to indicate a var difficulty or insecurity. Individuals using braces or crutches, omputees. ar- nay of abilities related to vis..ol acuity. field of vision, distance judgment thritics, spastics, and those with pulmonary and cardiac ids may be semi - and depth perception, color vision, night vision, glare vision, glare re- ambulatory. covery, reaction time, and stiodiness of hand. Serake Areas: Areas used primarily for the health, safety, comfort, and con- Relish A groove or cut mode in the edge of o board or other material in venience of the participants, such as tr ilets. showers. and locker rooms. such a way that another piece racy be fitted in to form a point. Service Seihrwsw A strudule affording the facilities necessary to occammo- Ilanspe: Because the term "ramp' has a multitude of meanings and uses, its dote the people using such a feCrtatiOn facility as a golf course, swimming use in this tine is clearly defined as ramps with grodi.-nts or romps with pool, or ice- skating rink. It may contain dressing rooms, lorters, toilets, slopes) that deviate from what would otherwise be considered the normal shower rooms, check and storage rooms. o lobby or lounge, and a reooir level. An exterior ramp, as distinguished from a -walk evald be considered shop. Also, to term it used in (damn:* to buildings which facilitate the an appendage to a building leading to a level above or below existing opiration and troirtenancs of the recreation system, such as greenhouses, creond level As yid; a romp shall meet certain requirements similar storage buildings, and garages. to those imposed upon stairs. Sheathing: The inner covering of boards or waterproof material on the roof Ray:A single line of light coming from a !ominous point. or outside woll of a hem* house. 1110111; Salim: Amount of spout needed per person in a Ithary. Sheet: A lone of ice IA' x 138' on which the sport of curling is played. ileayseties Areas: Land and water space set aside for recreation usage. such Shelter Hewn: A building. osuolly located at a playground or ployfield, equip- as pods, playgrounds. foists, and reservoirs. ped with such features as on office for the director, space for storage, toi- Recreation Cemmercial: Recreation services and facilities such as dance halls, lets. and a craft or ploy room. bowling lanes, theaters, omusemen: ports, and carnivals operated pr.morily Shod-Tenn Residence Camp: A creative, cooperative experience inliving for profit and provided by business ants:prises. in the out-of-doors in self-sufficient, small groups for periods of five days Recreation Facilities: Buildings and other physical features and provisions. or less. such as swimming pooh, community-recreation centers, stadiums, and out- Sight Line: A straight line from the eyes of the seated spertotor, over the door theaters designed and constructed for recreation use. heads of others below, to a point on the field Shot represents the nearest Recreation Allesersi: An area or facility for preserving and exhibiting recrea- spot in his field of vision. tion objects and artifocts. Sill: A heavy horizontal tither or line of masonry supporting a wall; a hori- Reareetien, Privet*: A recreation program andloi recreation services establish- zontal piece forming the bottom frame of a door or window. ed under the auspices of on agency or orgariimition which is supported Sleeper: A piece of timber, stone, or steel, on or near the ground to support by other than governmental funds. Private agencies usually serve a porti- some superstructure. color consuvency ono often limit their services to a given area Or a city Social lloasiation: Activities or experiences primarily engaged in to produce and to those invited by the agency. Recreation is often a technique rather such as parties, banquets. cla meetings, picnics, and dente:. than the primary purpose in private agencies. Social recreation uses as o medium the activities of sports, games, drama, Recreation. PeRric A program of recreation provided by the corp.:rote body mow., dance, nature recreation, and arts and crofts. The motivating pur- fur persons residing in any one of the several types of gnvernmentc.l units pose is to bring people together. having tae power of local self-government, tl is financed printorily by tax- Selkt:The ceiling or underside of any architectural member. ation and includes the cslaukshinent. opercanon. conclud. control, and main- Special Recreation Areas end Focifities: Areas and facilities designed, con- tenance of programs, services, areas. and shorted, and equipped to meet the requirements of a specific form of rec- Recreation, Them/poetic The medico' application of f: n activity, voluntarily en- reation activity, such as o golf Course, swimming pool. and athletic goged in by the patient during the period of treatment or convalescence, Sports: Activities which usually require a great deal of physical movement that is enjoyable and personal:y satisfying to hire, e.-en though his par- and the use of specific equipment and areas. Examples ore got tennis, ticipation in it is structured to achieve a predicted result beyond person- bunting, fishing, skiing, and corecrtational softball. Athletics and sports al sotisfoction. ore not synonymous; athletics is one of the many kinds of sporting activi- Redevelepinent:An additional developing process. ties frequently referred to as physical recreation. Relledence (Rellediew Feder): The percent of light lolling on a surface whirls Stendier: An upright bar, beam, or post used as o support. one of o pair is reflected by that surface. of halved, uprigr.l bars. Relleded Mere: Glare resii4ing from specula: reflections of high brightness Stile: A vertical piece in a panel or home, os a door o: window; a set of in polished or glossy surfaces in the field of view. It is usually associated steps used in climbing over a fence or wall. with reflections from within a visual sash oi horn areas in close proximity Sopervise: Oversee or manage a progrom, odiv'ty. or people, and arrong to the region being viewed. for economy of control and management. Refledien Feder: The percentage or light reflected by o given surface. Synchronized: Take ploy of the some time or instant. Any ot the various liquids that vopor.ze at a low temperature. Sysillmtic Artificial, not real or genuine; a substance produced by clamical used in mechanical refrigerotion. A gas such as ammonia or Frew 22, synthesis. which is compressed in the proves: of making ice for ice arenas. babe& Any book containing /Drain fused to ion hides); after the tannin Teas been extracted, the bark is used to cover tracks, circus rings. and dirt floors in field houses.
193 APPENDIX 0
Tern. A'I space in a building o than net usable area. including hotwors. Treesporent Allowin$, light to poss through so that objects behind con be seen stairways, well thichiesses mechanical areas. potmor ant sooting. lobbies. distinctly. public toilets. ct.siodiel *pock and sports needed for service c.sriduits of Tress: An assemblage of members jos bersinsj farming u r igid frominvork; all types. o bracket or moditlion. Tomplete: A short piece plocud in n wall under a bow tdistribuN the pros lietierpineisg: A supporting structure of the knowlation, apecially one *cod Sere; alto a beam spanning a doorway. or the Mk and supporting joists. benoatho Terre Carle: Cloywore having the Tvrfoce coated with lint slip or glad.. ose4 he degree to winch on Urn or instrument actually does what It is in the faring of large building_ s fo- relief ornornont or statues. intended to do. Tiorrese: A type of flooring mode of small chips of nimble set irregularly Vanity Amos: Groupings of lovatories and mirrors for personal grooming. in cemont and polished. Vesiamsle: A passage hall or dumber between the outer door and the ir.- Ihersnesiot: An apparatus for regulating homperature, especially ore that torior ea v. automatically controls o heating unit. Vinyl Tale: Asphalt tile impregnated with vinyl. Threshold: A piece of wood, stone, rnottil, or the the. placed beneath a door; Vitreous: Of, pertaining to. or derived from glass; Ithe gloss, as in color, bri- doorsill; the entrance or beginning point of something; the point at which lioness, ono luster. a stimulus is just strong enough to be perceived or produce a response, WeieThicet: A wood !inn g or paneling on the lower port :11 the walls of a room. as the threshold of pain. Wernting Seem: A room for ice Actors to worm themselves following tispcoure Topegreploy: The configuration of o surface. including its relief: graphic de- to sold. lineation of physical features of any place or region. Weephole: Opening to permit drops of water or other liquid to exude from Tort: A legal wrong resulting from direct or indirod injury to on individual inner containers, from such sources as condensation or overflow. or to property. May re: Jk from omission or "commission.' Zeno Meeting: To mark off or divide building areas for the purpose of area Tete Ugh* A boshet in which clothing for physical 114110x.7om triiway is stored. climate control. Tree& hilts: Major corridors or aisles used by participants or spectators. Treeslacent: Tronsmitting light, but scattering it so that details cannot b. dis- tinguished through the translucent medium.
194 INDEX A Campus school, 178, 179 Ceilings, 16 Acouvisal treatment(seeSound control) Classrooms(seeInstructional areas) Aging, facilities for, 153-169 Climate control, 20, 53, 110,170 Air-conditioning(seeClimate control) Color and aesthetics, 14, 15 Alarm systems(seeSecurity provisions) Communication faelitics, 19, 55, 123, 126, 127, 134 Alumni family camps, 110, 111 Community college, master plan for, 189 Aquatic fadliues, 45- 55,112 Concession areas, 84, 127, 134 Archey ranges, 37, 38, 57, 58, 112, 171 Conference centers, 110 Areas and facilities, ancillary, 8 Conference rooms, 92 auxiliary and decentralized, 100-10Y Construction, of facilities, 104, 106, 108, 109, 117, 118, check list for planning, 170-173 174-177 community college, 189 Corkball areas, 58 concession, 84, 127, 134 Corridors, 12 construction of, 104, 106, 108, 109, 174-177 Court diagrams, 144-147 diagrams for, 144-148 Craft shop, 109 driver education, 87-90 Cricket areas, 58 evaluation of, 9 Croquet courts, 65, 144 for aging and disabled, 153-169 Cross-country running areas, 61 for graduate assistants, 92 Curling facilities, 115, 144 general features of, 12-28, 56, 57 Custodial facilities, 23, 74,133 health and safety education, 79, 85-90, 98, 99 ice-skating, 114-119 D identification of, 159, 160 indoor, 12-24, 29-44, 45-53, 55, 67-80, 84, 86 -89, 94-102, Dance areas and facilities, 30-34, 62,171 114-117, 120-127, 170, 171, 187, 188 Decentralized facilities, 100-102 instructional, 79-84, 94-99, 172, 173 Deck tennis courts, 147 need for, 3, 5, 6, 178 Dining halls, 104,106 off-campus, 136-139 Disabled, facilities for, 153-169 of and administrative, 77, 91-93, 96,173 Diving facilities, 46, 48-50, 54, 55 outdoor, 25-28, 45-66, 80-83, 89, 90, 99, 102, 118, 119, Doors, 13, 14, 158 128-139 Dormitory complexes, 100, 102 outdoor ducaticn, 103-113- 173, 18(1 Drainage, 22, 25, 53, 56, 57 outdoor recreation, 112, 113, 136 Dressing-lockeT rooms, 67- 73,172 planning of, 3-11, 45, 47, 102, 104, 120, 124, 177, 179 Drinking fountains, 22, 121, 126, 133, 159, 168 research. 87, 94-99, 173, 179 Driver education areas and facilities, 87-90 sanitary, 20, 22, 23,133 service, 57, 67-78, 95, 96, 111, 123, 126, 127, 133, 134, E 172 standards for, 7, 8,155 -160 Education park, 178, 179 Arenas, 124-127 Education plaza, 178, 179 Athletes, field diagrams for, 144-148 Electrical services(seeUtilities) objectives of, 2 Elevators, 159 program of, 2 Engine rooms, 115 Audiovisual servict, 19 Enrollment relationships, 8 Entrances and exits, 13, 14, 55, 121, 126, 131, 158 B Equipumr, horseback-riding, 137 Badminton courts, 147 research, 96-99, 181-186 Balconies, 125, 126 riflery, 136 Baseball areas, 130, 144, 145 suggestions for purchasing, 96 Basketball courts, 62,146 swimming pool, 50-53 Bicycling areas, 51 Evaluation, area and facility, 9 Exercise-therapy rooms, 36, 37,171 Bleachers(seeSeating) Exits(see Bocde courts, 65 Entranz, and exits) Bowling lanes, 39, 40, 44,171 Buildings, administration, 104 F dormitory-complex, 100, 102 Facilities(seeAreas and facilities) for use by physically handicapped, 158-160 Farms, 111 livbig-learning center, 100 maintenance, 109 Fences, 25, 55, 57,134 recreation, 100, 101, 109, 187,188 Fencing areas, 35, 62,171 Field handball areas, 58 student-union, 100 Field hockey areas, 58 C Field houses, 120-123, 173 Fire-protection syste:s, 18, 110 CampCamping areas and fadlitic.s(seeOutdoor education areas First-aid rooms(seeTraining and first-aid rooms) facilities) Flickerball areas, 58
195 INDEX Floors, 15, 16, 117, 123, 127, 159 0 Football areas, 58, 128, 129, 145 Foyers, 12 Objectives, health and safety education, 2 of athletic, 2 G of the Institution, 94 physical education, 2 Gates, 134 program, 2, 3 Glossary, 190-194 recreation, 2 Golf areas and facilities, 39, 40, 58-60, 137, 138 Obstacle courses, 61, 62 Grading, 25,157 Off- campus areas, 136-139 Gymnasiums, 29, 30, 41-43, 101, 170, 171 Offices and administrative units, 77, 91-93, 96, 173 Gymnastic facilities, 34, 171 Orientation, of areas, 26, 136 Outdoor areas and facilities, 25-28, 45-66, 80-83, 89, 90, i H 99, 102, 118, 119, 128-139 general features of, 25-28, 56, 57 Handball counts, 35, 62, 145, 171 Outdoor centers, 110 Health and safety education, facilities, 79, 8F.-90, 98, 99 Outdoor education areas and facilities, 103-113, 173, 180 objectives of, 2 Outdoor laboratories, 111 program, 2 Outdoor recreation areas and facilities, 112, 113, 136 Health education(seeHealth and safety education) Outdoor sports and skills complex, 112 Heating(seeClimate control) Horseback-riding facilities, 136, 137 P Horseshoe courts, 65, 146 Hose bibbs, 22 Paddle tennis courts, 63 Housing units, 100, 102, 105, 106, 106, 109 Parking areas, 26, 104, 157 Park-school, 178 1 Physical education, objectives of, 2 program, 2 Ice hockey facilities, 114, 115, 144 Picnic areas, 136 Ice-skating facilities, 114-119, 173 Planning, area and facility, 3-11, 29, 45, 47,102, 104, 120, Identification, facility, 159.160 124, 177, 179 Indoor areas and facilities, 12-24, 29-44, 45-53, 55, 67-80, guide lines to, 7-11, 29,45", 47, 102, 104 84, 86-89, 94-102, 114-117, 120-127, 158-160, 170, need for, 3 171, 187, 188 principles, 4-6 general features of, 12-24 process, 8, 10, 11, 45, 47 planning of, 29, 120, 124 Planting areas, 26, 27 Instructional areas, 79-84, 94-99, 172,173 Platform paddle tennis courts, 63 elemadary physical education, 80-83 Pools(seeSwimming pools) Intercommunication systems(seeCommunication facilities) Press, radio, and television facilities(seeCommunication facilities) K Prindples, planning, 4-6 Kitchens, 104, 106 Program, aquatic, 45, 47 health and safety education, 2 L needs, 2, 3 objectives of, 2, 3 Laboratories(seeInstructional areas) of athletics, 2 Lacrosse areas, 59 physical education, 2 Laundries, 74 recreation, 2 Lavatories, 22 Public-address systems(seeCommunication facilities) Lawn bowling areas, 65 Libraries, 80, 84,109 Q Light ing, 16-18, 25, 26, 53, 55, 57, 133, 136, 170 Living-karning centers, 100 Quoits areas, 66 Locker rooms(seeDressing-locker rooms) Lounges, 84,127 R
M Reading rooms (lounges), student, 84 Recreation, buildings, 100, 101 Maintenance(seeCustodial facilie-es) objectives of, 2 Mirrors, 22 program, 2 research facilities fur, 99 N Research facilities, 87, 94-99, 173, 179 Riding facilities(seeHorsehck-riding facilities) Needs, 2, 3 Rifle ranges, 38, 39, 136, 1.71 area and facility, 3, 5, 6, 178 Roads, 104, 134 planning, 3 Roller-skating areas, 63 program, 2, 3 Roque areas, 66
196 1 INDEX Rugby areas, 59, 60 illumination systems for, 53, 55 Rules, sources of, 149-152 indoor, 45-53, 55 inlets for, 50 S instructional, 45-49, 54 lanes for, 55 Safety considerations, 119, 160 lifeguard stands for, 55 Safety education (see Health and safety education) location relationships of, 47, 53 Sanitary facilities, 20, 22, 23,133 mechanical equipment for, 50, 51, 53, 55 Sauna baths, 77 outdoor, 45-55 Science centers, 109 painting of, 55 Scoreboards, 127, 134 planning of, 45, 47 Seating, arena, 125, 126 program for, 45, 47 stadium, 130-132 recirculation and filtration systems for, 50, 51, 5.), 55 swimming pool, 55 recommended features for, 47, 50 Security provisions, 18, 23, 24, 53, 57 resource materials relating to, 47 Seminar rooms, 79 sound systems for, 55 Service areas and facilities. 57, 67-78, 95, 96, 111, 123, spectator seating for, 55 126, 127, 133, 134, 172 steps for, 55 Shower rooms, 69, 70,160 -164 storage rooms for, 53 Shuffleboard courts, 63, 65, 146 water heating for, 53 Sight lines, stadium, 131, 132 windbreaks for, 53 Signal systems, 18, 19, 160 Skiing facilities (see Snow-skiing facilities) T Snow-skiing facilities; 139 Soccer areas, 60, 61, -16.17 Tare space, 8 Softball areas, 61 Teaching materials center, 79 Sound control, 16 Telephones, 19, 134, 159, 169 Space relationships, 12, 13, 47, 53, 120, 124, 133, 178 Tennis courts, 36, 62-64, 147 Speedbail areas, 61, 145 Ticket offices, athletic, 92,134 Squash courts, 35, 36,171 Timing devices, 127, 134 Stadiums, 128-135, 173 Toilet rooms, 22, 69, 70, 133, 159, 165-167 Stairways, 13. 158 Toweling areas, 69 Standards, application of, 8, 9 Track-and-field areas, -128- 130,148 area and facility, 7, 8, 155-160 Traffic circulation, 12 for physically handicapped, 155-160 Training and first-aid rooms, 74-78, 123, 134, 172 lighting, 17, 18, 26 Trophy room, 127 space, 7, 8 Storage areas, 53, 73, 92, 98, 123, 126, 127, 134 U Student -union buildings, 100 Surfacing, indoo-, 15, 16 Urinals, 22, 166 outdoor, 27, 28 Utilities, 16-21, 25, 26, 53, 57, 109, 110, 133, 170 Swimming pools, 45-55, 172 alarm-systems for, 53 V as part of a recreation complex, 55 competitive, 45-49, 54 Ventilating (see Climate control) construction materials for, 50 Volleyball courts, 65, 146 control of air circulation for, 53 design and purposes of, 45, 46, 53 W diving facilities for, 55 drains for, 53 Walkways, 28, 156, 157 electrical outlets for, 53 Walls, 16, 25,131 entrances and exits for. 55 Water closets, 22 equipment for, 50-53 Weight-exercise facilities, 35, 65,171 fencer for, 55 Workrooms, 92, 98 gutters and skimmers for, 50, 52 Wrestling and personal-deiense rooms, 34, 171 hydrostatic relief valves for, 53
197